You are on page 1of 728

Introduction Page 1

How To Use the 2009-2010


Car Opening Manual
• Always Use Eye Protection
Safety first. Always use eye protection and leather
gloves when needed.

• Always use the Index!


To find a vehicle look in the Index under Make first.
For example: Ford or Toyota then go down the list
alphabetically for example Ford Taurus or Toyota Camry.

• Check For Method 2

Introduction
Some vehicles have a second method that is
shown as method 2 on the NEXT page for that opening.

• Check For Alternate Methods


Some vehicles have an Alternate methods that is
shown as Alternate Method on the SAME page. These
instructions can be found in the front of the book directly
after the index Alternate Methods.

• Check The V.I.N. Number


The 10th digit of the Vehicle Identification Number
shows the year of the vehicle. See chart below.

VIN Character - Model Year Codes


1971 1972 1973 1974 1975 1976 1977 1978 1979 1980
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 A
1981 1982 1983 1984 1985 1986 1987 1988 1989 1990
B C D E F G H J K L
1991 1992 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000
M N P R S T V W X Y
2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009 2010
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 A

© High tech Tools 2009-2010


Page 2 Index From _Alternate To Acura

_Alternate
Model Method Body Style Page #
Method Alt103-04 Alt103-04 103 & 104 Tool 52
Method Alt22 Alt22 22 Tool 53
Method Alt23 Alt23 23 Tool 51
Method Alt26 Alt26 26 Tool 54
Method Alt35 Alt35 35 Tool 55
Method Alt47 Alt47 47 Tool 56
Method Alt74 Alt74 74 Tool 57
Method Alt81 Alt81 81 Tool 61
Method Alt87 Alt57 87 Tool 62
Method Alt89 Alt89 89 Tool 63
Method AltGM AltGM Glassman Tool 58
Method AltGMV AltGMV Glassman Tool Vertical Buttons 59
Method AltOHJ AltOHJ One Hand Jack Tool 60
Method AltSJ1 AltSJ1 Slim Jim 64
Method AltSJ2 Altsj2 Slim Jim 65
Index

Acura
Model Method Body Style Begin Year End Year Page #
CL M1 1997 1999 66
CL M1 2 Door 2001 2003 67
Integra M1 4 door 1986 1993 69
Integra M1 2 Door 1986 1993 68
Integra M1 2 door 1994 2001 70
Integra M1 4 Door 1994 2001 71
Legend M1 2 Door 1986 1995 69
Legend M1 4 Door 1986 1995 78
MDX M1 2001 2006 72
MDX M2 2001 2006 73
MDX M1 2007 2010 79
NSX M1 1991 2005 76
RDX M1 4 door 2007 2010 79
RL M1 1997 1998 74
RL M1 4 Door 1999 2004 78
RL M1 2005 2010 79
RSX M1 3 Door 2002 2006 75
SLX M1 1996 1999 69
TL M1 1996 1998 76
TL M2 1996 1998 77
TL M1 4 Door 1999 2003 78
Index From Acura TO Audi
Index From Make To Make Page 3

Acura
Model Method Body Style Begin Year End Year Page #
TL M1 4 Door 2004 2008 75
TL M1 2009 2011 80
TSX M1 2004 2008 75
TSX M1 2009 2010 80
Vigor M1 1992 1994 69

Alfa Romeo
Model Method Begin Year Page #
All M1 All 81

Audi
Model Method Body Style Begin Year End Year Page #
100 M1 All 84
200 M1 84
4000 M1 1984 1989 82
5000 M1 1984 1989 82

Index
80 M1 All 84
90 M1 All 84
A3 M1 4 door 2006 2010 88
A3 M1 4 door 2006 2010 87
A4 M1 Wagon 82
A4 M2 Wagon 83
A4 M1 Sedan 1999 2001 84
A4 M1 Sedan 2002 2008 85
A4 M1 Upto 1998 82
A4 M2 Upto 1998 83
A4 Avant M1 Wagon 1999 2001 84
A4 Avant M1 2004 2010 85
A4 Cabriolet M1 2 Door 2003 2009 86
A5 M1 Coupe 2008 2010 93
A6 M1 Sedan 1998 2010 87
A6 M2 Sedan 1998 2010 88
A6 M1 Upto 1998 82
A6 M2 Upto 1998 83
A8 M1 Wagon 1998 2003 89
A8 M1 Sedan 1998 2010 89
A8 M2 1998 83
A8 M1 Sedan 2001 2003 89
A8L M1 Sedan 2001 2006 89
Page 4 Index From Audi To BMW

Audi
Model Method Body Style Begin Year End Year Page #
AllRoad M2 Wagon 91
Allroad M1 Wagon 1998 2005 90
Avant M2 91
Avant M1 1998 2005 90
Q5 M1 SUV 2009 2010 90
Q5 M2 SUV 2009 2010 91
Q7 M1 SUV 2007 2010 90
Q7 M2 SUV 2007 2010 91
R8 M1 Copue 2008 2010 93
RS-4 M1 2006 2009 85
RS6 M1 2004 2009 87
RS6 M2 2004 2009 88
S4 M1 2000 2002 84
S4 M1 2006 2010 85
S4 Avant M1 Wagon 2001 2002 84
Index

S4 Cabriolet M1 2006 2001 86


S5 M1 Copue 2008 2010 93
S6 M1 2003 2009 87
S6 M2 2003 2009 88
S8 M1 Sedan 2001 2003 89
TT M1 Roadster 2000 2006 92
TT M1 2 DOOR 2000 2010 92

Autocar
Model Method Begin Year Page #
All M1 All 94

BMW
Model Method Body Style Begin Year End Year Page #
3 Series M1 Convertible 1997 2010 96
3 Series M1 Framed Window 2000 2010 95
3 Series M1 Coupe 2007 2010 96
3 Series M1 2008 2010 96
325ci M1 2006 2010 96
325i M1 2006 2010 95
330i M1 2006 2010 95
5 Series M1 2001 2010 95
5 Series M1 Wagon 2005 2010 95
5 series M1 upto 2000 98
Index From BMW TO Buick
Index From Make To Make Page 5

BMW
Model Method Body Style Begin Year End Year Page #
550i M1 2005 2010 95
6 Series M1 2004 2010 96
6 Series M1 upto 2003 98
645 M1 2005 2010 96
650i M1 2006 2010 96
7 Series M1 4 door 1989 2001 98
7 Series M1 2002 2009 95
745 M1 2005 2008 95
760 M1 2006 2008 95
8 Series M1 Upto 1998 97
M Coupe M1 1998 2002 98
M Coupe M1 2007 2010 96
M Roadster M1 1998 2002 98
M Roadster M1 2007 2010 96
M3 M1 2000 2010 96

Index
M3 M1 Coupe Upto 1999 98
X3 M1 2004 2009 95
X5 M1 2002 2009 95
Z3 M1 1997 2002 99
Z4 M1 2003 2009 99
Z8 M1 99

Buick
Model Method Body Style Begin Year End Year Page #
Century M1 4 door 1980 1982 217
Century M1 2 & 4 Door 1984 1996 218
Century M1 4 Door 1997 2005 323
Electra M1 2 Door 1980 1984 273
Electra M1 4 door 1980 1984 217
Electra M1 2 & 4 door 1985 1990 247
Enclave M1 2008 2010 303
Estate Wagon M1 4 Door 1980 1990 234
LaCrosse M1 2005 2010 219
LeSabre M1 4 door 1980 1985 234
LeSabre M1 2 Door 1980 1985 273
LeSabre M1 1986 1991 247
LeSabre M1 1992 1999 310
LeSabre M2 1992 1999 311
LeSabre M1 4 door 2000 2005 220
Page 6 Index From Buick To Cadillac

Buick
Model Method Body Style Begin Year End Year Page #
Lucerne M1 2006 2010 336
Park Avenue M1 4 door 1980 1984 217
Park Avenue M1 2 & 4 door 1985 1990 247
Park Avenue M1 1991 1996 310
Park Avenue M2 1991 1996 311
Park Avenue M1 1998 2005 221
Park Avenue Ultra M1 1991 1996 310
Park Avenue Ultra M2 1991 1996 311
Park Avenue Ultra M1 1998 2005 221
Rainer Ultra M1 2004 2006 289
Rainier M1 2004 2007 289
Reatta M1 1988 1991 222
Regal M1 2 door 1980 1987 223
Regal M1 2 & 4 Door 1988 1997 317
Regal M1 1998 2004 323
Index

Regal Somerset M1 2 & 4 Door 1986 1987 227


Regal Wagon M1 Wagon 1982 1986 217
Rendezvous M1 2002 2007 224
Rendezvous Ultra M1 2004 2006 224
Riviera M1 Front Wheel Drive 1980 1985 273
Riviera M1 1986 1993 317
Riviera M1 2 Door 1994 1999 225
Roadmaster Estate M1 Wagon 1991 1996 226
Roadmaster Sedan M1 4 door 1991 1996 245
Skyhawk M1 2 & 4 Door 1984 1989 266
Skylark M1 1980 1985 266
Skylark M1 4 Door 1986 1997 227
Skylark M1 2 Door 1987 1991 227
Skylark M1 2 Door 1992 1997 276
Teraza M1 2005 2007 228

Cadillac
Model Method Body Style Begin Year End Year Page #
Allanté M1 1987 1991 230
Allanté M1 1992 1993 231
Brougham M1 2 Door 1985 1992 234
Brougham M1 4 Door 1985 1992 234
Catera M1 1997 2001 232
Cimarron M1 2 & 4 door 1982 1987 266
Index From Cadillac Index From Make To Make
TO Cadillac Page 7

Cadillac
Model Method Body Style Begin Year End Year Page #
Coupe Deville M1 1979 1984 234
Coupe Deville M1 1985 1993 246
CTS M1 2002 2007 233
CTS M1 4 door 2008 2010 255
CTS Sport Wagon M1 4 door 2010 2011 255
CTS V M1 4 door 2009 2010 255
CTS-V M1 2006 2007 233
Deville M1 2 Door 1977 1984 234
Deville M1 4 Door 1977 1984 234
Deville M1 2 door 1985 1993 246
Deville M1 4 door 1985 1993 235
DeVille M1 2 Door 1994 1999 236
Deville M1 4 Door 1994 1999 236
Deville M1 2 Door 2000 2005 237
Deville M1 4 door 2000 2005 237

Index
Deville M2 2 Door 2000 2005 238
Deville M2 4 door 2000 2005 238
DeVille Concours M1 1994 1999 236
Deville Concours M1 2000 2002 237
Deville Concours M2 2000 2002 238
DTS M1 2006 2010 239
El Dorado M1 1971 1978 240
El Dorado M1 2 door 1979 1984 273
El Dorado M1 1986 1991 221
El Dorado M1 Sport Coupe 1992 2002 236
El Dorado M1 Touring Coupe 1992 2002 236
El Dorado M1 1992 2002 236
Escalade M1 1998 2000 241
Escalade M2 1998 2000 242
Escalade M1 2002 2006 282
Escalade M2 2002 2006 283
Escalade M1 2007 2010 243
Escalade EXT M1 2002 2006 282
Escalade EXT M1 2002 2006 282
Escalade EXT M2 2002 2006 283
Escalade EXT M2 2002 2006 283
Escalade EXT M1 2007 2010 243
ESV M1 2003 2006 282
Page 8 Index From Cadillac To Chevrolet

Cadillac
Model Method Body Style Begin Year End Year Page #
ESV M2 2003 2006 283
ESV M1 2007 2010 243
Fleetwood M1 2 Door 1977 1984 244
Fleetwood M1 4 Door 1977 1984 244
Fleetwood M1 2 Door 1985 1992 247
Fleetwood M1 4 Door 1985 1992 247
Fleetwood M1 4 door 1993 1996 245
Fleetwood M1 1994 1999 236
Fleetwood Brougham M1 2 Door 1977 1992 234
Fleetwood Brougham M1 4 Door 1977 1984 234
Fleetwood Brougham M1 4 Door 1985 1992 244
Fleetwood Brougham M1 4 door 1993 1996 245
Limousine M1 1982 1992 244
Limousine M1 1993 1996 245
Sedan Deville M1 1977 1984 234
Index

Sedan Deville M1 1985 1993 246


Seville M1 1980 1985 248
Seville M1 1986 1991 221
Seville M1 1992 1997 248
Seville M1 1998 2004 249
Seville STS M1 1986 1991 221
Seville STS M1 1992 1997 248
Seville STS M1 1998 2002 249
Sixty Special M1 1980 1993 235
Sixty Special M1 1985 1988 247
SRX M1 2004 2009 250
SRX M1 2010 2011 251
STS M1 2005 2010 252
STS M2 2005 2010 253
STS-V M1 2006 2010 252
STS-V M2 2006 2010 253
Touring Sedan M1 2&4 All 235
XLR M1 2004 2010 254
XLR-V M1 2006 2010 254

Chevrolet
Model Method Body Style Begin Year End Year Page #
Astro Van M1 1985 2005 256
Astro Van M2 1985 2005 257
Index From ChevroletIndex From Make To Make
TO Chevrolet Page 9

Chevrolet
Model Method Body Style Begin Year End Year Page #
Avalanche M1 2002 2006 284
Avalanche M1 2007 2010 243
Aveo M1 4 Door 2004 2010 258
Aveo 5 M1 5 Door 2009 2011 258
Beretta M1 2 door 1988 1996 259
Berlineta M1 1982 1992 264
Blazer M1 Full Size 1980 1991 301
Blazer M2 Full Size 1980 1991 302
Blazer M1 S10 1985 1994 247
Blazer M1 K Series 1992 1994 260
Blazer M1 Full Size 1992 1994 260
Blazer M1 S10 1995 2005 262
Blazer M2 S10 1995 2005 263
Blazer Xtreme M1 Pickup 2002 2004 262
Camaro M1 1982 1992 264

Index
Camaro M1 1993 2002 264
Camaro M1 2010 2011 265
Caprice M1 2 door 1980 1990 273
Caprice & Wagon M1 4 door 1980 1990 234
Caprice Classic M1 4 door 1991 1996 226
Caprice Wagon M1 4 Door 1991 1996 226
Cavalier M1 2 & 4 door 1982 1994 266
Cavalier M1 2 & 4 Door 1995 2004 267
Cavalier Wagon M1 2 & 4 door 1982 1994 266
Celebrity M1 All 1982 1990 267
Celebrity Wagon M1 Wagon 1984 1991 267
Chevette M1 1980 1987 217
Citation M1 1980 1985 266
Ck Series M1 2500/3500Heavy Duty 2001 2006 284
Ck Series M2 2500/3500Heavy Duty 2001 2006 285
Classic M1 2004 2005 276
Cobalt M1 2 Door 2005 2010 291
Cobalt M1 4 Door 2005 2010 292
Cobalt M2 4 Door 2005 2010 293
Cobalt SS M1 2 Door 2005 2010 291
Cobalt SS M1 4 Door 2005 2010 292
Cobalt SS M2 4 Door 2005 2010 293
Colorado M1 Pickup 2004 2010 298
Page 10 Index From Chevrolet To Chevrolet

Chevrolet
Model Method Body Style Begin Year End Year Page #
Colorado M2 Pickup 2004 2010 299
Corsica M1 1988 1996 259
Corvette M1 1982 1996 268
Corvette M1 1997 2004 269
Corvette M1 2005 2010 254
Corvette Z06 M1 2006 2010 254
Custom Cruiser M1 Wagon 1980 1990 234
Equinox M1 2005 2009 270
Equinox M1 2010 2011 297
Express Van M1 1996 2010 290
HHR M1 2006 2010 272
Impala M1 2 door 1980 1988 273
Impala M1 4 Door 1994 1996 226
Impala M1 4 Door 2000 2005 274
Impala M2 4 Door 2000 2005 275
Index

Impala M1 2006 2010 219


Impala SS M1 2006 2010 219
Lumina M1 1988 1994 259
Lumina M1 1995 2001 220
Lumina APV M1 FWD 1990 1996 326
Malibu M1 Wagon 1982 1986 217
Malibu M1 4 door 1982 1986 217
Malibu M1 4 door 1997 2003 276
Malibu M1 2004 2010 336
Malibu Classic M1 2004 2005 276
Malibu Maxx M1 2004 2007 336
Metro M1 2 Door 1998 2002 277
Metro M1 4 Door 1998 2002 277
Monte Carlo M1 2 door 1980 1989 223
Monte Carlo M1 2 Door 2000 2007 314
Monte Carlo LS M1 2 Door 1995 1999 278
Nova M1 1985 1988 294
Pick Up M1 Light Duty 1500 1999 2006 284
Pick Up M2 Light Duty 1500 1999 2006 285
Pickup M1 Full size 1980 1991 301
Pickup M2 Full Size 1980 1991 302
Pickup M1 S10 / S15 1985 1993 262
Pickup M1 S10 / S15 1985 1993 247
Index From ChevroletIndex From Make To Make
TO Chevrolet Page 11

Chevrolet
Model Method Body Style Begin Year End Year Page #
Pickup M1 Light Duty 1989 1998 280
Pickup M1 Heavy Duty 1989 2000 280
Pickup M1 S10 1994 2003 262
Pickup M1 Heavy Duty 2001 2006 284
Pickup M2 Heavy Duty 2001 2006 285
Prizm M1 4 Door 1993 2002 295
S10 M1 Pickup 1994 2003 262
S10 Pickup M1 S15 1985 1993 247
Silverado M1 2500/3500 1989 2000 280
Silverado M1 1500 1989 1998 280
Silverado M1 1500 1999 2006 284
Silverado M2 1500 1999 2006 285
Silverado M1 pickup 2007 2010 243
Spectrum M1 1985 1989 234
Sports Van M1 1983 1995 301

Index
Sports Van M2 1983 1995 302
Sprint M1 1985 1988 296
SSR M1 2004 2006 279
Suburban M1 1980 1991 301
Suburban M1 1980 1991 301
Suburban M2 1980 1991 302
Suburban M2 1980 1991 302
Suburban M1 1992 1999 280
Suburban M2 1992 1999 281
Suburban M1 2000 2006 284
Suburban M2 2000 2006 285
Suburban M1 2007 2010 243
Tahoe M1 2 Door 1996 1998 260
Tahoe M2 2 Door 1996 1998 261
Tahoe M1 2000 2006 284
Tahoe M2 2000 2006 285
Tahoe M1 2007 2010 243
Tahoe Z71 M1 1998 2000 260
Tahoe Z71 M2 1998 2000 261
Tahoe Z71 M1 2001 2006 284
Tahoe Z71 M2 2001 2006 285
Terrain M1 2010 2011 297
Tracker M1 2 & 4 door 1997 2004 288
Page 12 Index From Chevrolet To Chrysler

Chevrolet
Model Method Body Style Begin Year End Year Page #
TrailBlazer M1 2002 2009 289
TrailBlazer EXT M1 2004 2006 289
Traverse M1 2009 303
Uplander M1 2005 2009 228
Van M1 Full Size 1983 1995 301
Van M2 Full Size 1983 1995 302
Van M1 Full Size 1996 2010 290
Venture M1 1997 2004 228
Z24 M1 1991 1994 266
ZR1 M1 1982 1996 268
ZR1 M1 1997 2003 269

Chevrolet HT
Model Method Body Style Begin Year End Year Page #
4500 M1 Horizontal Linkage 2003 2009 102
5500 M1 Horizontal Linkage 2003 2009 102
Index

C Series M1 Horizontal Linkage 1989 2002 101


C Series M1 Horizontal Linkage 2003 2009 102
C Series M1 Vertical Buttons and Pre 1989 100
Vent Windows
T Series M1 Medium Duty 1996 2006 108
T Series M1 Medium Duty Pre 1995 107
Van Cab M1 All 103
W Series M1 Light Duty 1996 2009 106
W Series M1 Light Duty Pre 1995 104
W Series M2 Light Duty Pre 1995 105

Chrysler
Model Method Body Style Begin Year End Year Page #
300C M1 2005 2010 109
300C SRT M1 2005 2010 109
300M M1 1999 2004 109
Aspen M1 2007 2010 109
Cirrus M1 4 door 1995 2000 109
Concorde M1 1993 1997 116
Concorde M1 1998 2004 109
Conquest M1 1984 1989 141
Crossfire M1 Coupe 2004 2008 110
Crossfire M1 SRT 6 2005 2006 110
Index From Chrysler Index From Make To Make
TO Chrysler Page 13

Chrysler
Model Method Body Style Begin Year End Year Page #
Crossfire M1 Roadster 2005 2008 110
Crossfire M1 Convertible 2005 2008 110
Fifth Avenue M1 1980 1985 114
Fifth Avenue M1 1985 1989 111
Fifth Avenue M1 1990 1993 111
Imperial M1 1980 1985 114
Imperial M1 1986 1989 111
Imperial M1 1990 1993 111
Laser M1 1984 1989 113
LeBaron M1 2 Door 1982 1989 113
LeBaron M1 4 Door 1982 1989 113
LeBaron M1 1990 1995 115
LeBaron Convertible M1 1990 1995 115
LeBaron GTC Convertible M1 1990 1995 115
LHS M1 1994 2001 116

Index
Maserati TC M1 1989 1991 113
New Yorker M1 1980 1985 114
New Yorker M1 1986 1989 111
New Yorker M1 1990 1993 111
New Yorker M1 1994 1995 116
New Yorker Salon M1 1990 1993 111
Pacifica M1 Wagon 2004 2008 117
Prowler M1 2001 2002 118
PT Cruiser M1 4 Door 2001 2010 119
PT Cruiser M1 Convertible 2005 2008 119
Sebring M1 1995 2000 120
Sebring M1 Convertible 1996 2000 121
Sebring M1 Coupe 2001 2006 123
Sebring M1 4 Door 2001 2006 122
Sebring M1 Convertible 2001 2006 123
Sebring M1 2007 2010 125
Sebring Convertible M1 2007 2010 125
Town & Country M1 1984 1990 113
Town & Country M1 1991 2007 124
Town & Country M1 2008 2010 126
Town & Country Wagon M1 Wagon 1984 1988 113
Voyager M1 2001 2003 124
Page 14 Index From Daewoo To Dodge

Daewoo
Model Method Body Style Begin Year End Year Page #
Lanos M1 2 Door 1998 2002 150
Lanos M1 4 Door 1998 2002 151
Lanos Sport M1 Hatch Back 150
Leganza M1 4 DOOR 1998 2002 152
Nubira M1 4 Door 1998 2002 153
Nubira M1 Wagon 1998 2002 153

Daihatsu
Model Method Body Style Begin Year Page #
Charade M1 3 door/All All 154
Charade M1 4 door/All All 154

Dodge
Model Method Body Style Begin Year End Year Page #
3500 Cab Chassis M1 Truck 2008 2009 143
4500 /5500 M1 cab Chasssis 2008 2009 143
Index

4500 /5500 M2 cab Chasssis 2008 2009 144


600 M1 1984 1988 113
Aries M1 1984 1988 113
Avenger M1 1995 2000 120
Avenger M1 2008 2010 125
Cab Chassis M1 Truck 2008 2009 143
Caliber M1 2006 2010 146
Caliber SRT M1 2006 2010 146
Caravan M1 1984 1990 113
Caravan M1 1991 2007 124
Challenger M1 2 Door 2009 2010 127
Charger M1 1984 1990 113
Charger M1 2006 2010 122
Colt M1 Horizontal 1986 1994 128
Colt M2 Pop up locks 1986 1994 112
Colt M2 Pop up locks 1986 1994 112
Colt Vista M1 Horizontal 1986 1994 128
Colt Vista M2 Pop up locks 1986 1994 112
Colt Vista M2 Pop up locks 1986 1994 112
Dakota M1 1988 1996 139
Dakota M1 1997 2000 130
Dakota M1 2001 2004 129
Dakota M1 2005 2010 131
Index From Dodge TO Dodge
Index From Make To Make Page 15

Dodge
Model Method Body Style Begin Year End Year Page #
Daytona M1 1984 1990 113
Daytona M1 1990 1994 115
Diplomat M1 1982 1989 139
Durango M1 1998 2000 131
Durango M1 2001 2003 129
Durango M1 2004 2008 131
Dynasty M1 1988 1993 139
Grand Caravan M1 1991 2007 124
Grand Caravan M1 2008 2010 126
Intrepid M1 1993 1997 116
Intrepid M1 1993 2006 116
Intrepid M1 1998 2004 116
Journey M2 2008 2010 145
Lancer M1 1984 1989 113
Magnum M1 2005 2008 109

Index
Monaco M1 1990 1992 115
Neon M1 2 door 1994 1999 132
Neon M1 4 door 1994 1999 133
Neon M1 4 door 2000 2005 134
Neon RT M1 4door 2002 2003 134
Neon SRT-4 M1 2004 2005 134
Nitro M2 2007 2010 142
Omni M1 1983 1990 139
Pickup M1 1500 2009 2011 147
Ram M1 Truck 1979 1993 135
Ram M2 Van 1985 1997 139
Ram M2 Van 1985 1997 112
Ram M1 Truck 1994 2001 136
Ram M1 Truck 1994 2001 111
Ram M1 2500 Series 2002 2002 136
Ram M1 2500 Series 2002 2002 111
Ram M1 3500 Series 2002 2002 136
Ram M1 3500 Series 2002 2002 111
Ram M1 1500 2002 2008 137
Ram M1 2500, 3500 2004 2008 137
Ram M1 2500 2009 2011 147
Ram M1 2500 2009 2011 147
Ram M1 1500 2009 2011 147
Page 16 Index From Dodge To Fiat

Dodge
Model Method Body Style Begin Year End Year Page #
Ram 4500/5500 M1 Truck 2008 2009 143
Ram 4500/5500 M2 Truck 2009 2009 144
Ram Power Wagon M1 2004 2005 137
Ram SRT M1 2004 2009 137
Ram Van M1 1998 2003 138
Shadow M1 1984 1994 139
Shelby Charger M1 1984 1990 113
Spirit M1 1989 1995 139
Sprinter M1 2004 2009 140
Stealth M1 1991 1999 141
Stratus M1 4 Door 1995 2006 116
Stratus M1 Coupe 2001 2006 123
Stratus RT M1 2002 2006 123
Truck M1 Full Size 1979 1993 135
Truck M1 Full Size 1994 2001 136
Index

Truck M1 Full Size 1994 2001 111


Van M2 Full Size 1985 1997 139
Van M2 Full Size 1985 1997 112

Eagle
Model Method Body Style Begin Year End Year Page #
Medallion M1 139
Premier M1 1988 1992 139
Summit M1 4 DOOR 1989 1992 139
Summit M1 2 Door 1989 1992 128
Summit Wagon M1 4 DOOR 1989 1992 139
Talon M1 1990 1994 149
Talon M1 1995 1999 148
Vision M1 1993 1997 116

Ferrari
Model Method Begin Year Page #
GTS M1 All 155

Fiat
Model Method Begin Year Page #
All M1 All 156
X/19 M1 All 157
Index From Ford TO Ford
Index From Make To Make Page 17

Ford
Model Method Body Style Begin Year End Year Page #
500 M1 2006 2007 163
Aerostar M1 1987 1997 177
Aspire M1 1994 1997 167
Aspire M2 1994 1997 166
Bronco M1 Full Size 1979 1998 159
Bronco M2 Full Size 1979 1996 160
Bronco II M1 1983 1996 159
Bronco II M2 1983 1996 160
Club Wagon M2 Van 1992 2005 188
Contour M1 1995 2000 161
Contour M2 1995 2000 162
Country Squire M1 1981 1991 184
Crew Cab F Series M1 4 door 2001 2003 174
Crown Victoria M1 1981 1991 184
Crown Victoria M1 1985 2007 163

Index
E Series M2 Van 2001 2005 188
Econoline M1 1985 1991 188
Econoline M2 1985 1991 188
Econoline M2 Van 1998 2005 188
Econoline M1 2008 2010 188
Edge M1 2007 2010 164
Escape M1 2001 2010 165
Escape Hybrid M1 2005 2010 165
Escort M1 1983 1995 166
Escort M2 1983 1995 167
Escort M1 1996 1998 189
Escort ZX2 M1 1998 2003 189
Excursion M1 2000 2005 168
EXP M1 1983 1990 166
EXP M2 1983 1990 167
Expedition M1 1997 2006 168
Expedition M1 SUV 2007 2010 168
Explorer M1 1991 2001 158
Explorer M1 2002 2005 169
Explorer M2 2002 2005 170
Explorer M1 2006 2009 168
Explorer Sport M1 2 Door 2001 2003 168
Explorer Sport-Trac M1 2006 2009 168
Page 18 Index From Ford To Ford

Ford
Model Method Body Style Begin Year End Year Page #
Explorer Sport-Track M1 4 Door 2001 2005 171
F Series M1 1997 2003 174
F Series M1 Cab Chasssis 2004 2009 208
F-150 M1 1985 1996 172
F-150 M2 1985 1996 173
F-150 M1 1997 2003 174
F-150 M1 2004 2010 174
F-250/550 M1 2004 2010 174
Fairmont M1 1983 1990 166
Fairmont M2 1983 1990 167
Festiva M1 1988 1994 166
Festiva M2 1988 1994 167
Fiesta M1 All 2010 2011 190
Flex M1 2009 2010 191
Focus M1 3 door 2000 2007 176
Index

Focus M1 2 door 2000 2007 176


Focus M1 2008 2010 189
Freestar M1 2004 2007 177
Freestyle M1 2005 2007 182
Fusion M1 2006 2009 178
Fusion M1 2010 2011 194
Granada M1 All 166
LTD M1 1982 1991 184
Mustang M1 1983 2004 179
Mustang M1 2 door 2005 2010 180
Probe M1 1993 1997 181
Ranger M1 New Style 1989 2010 168
SVT Lightning M1 2004 2008 174
SVT ZX5 ZT5 M1 ZTW ZX3 2000 2007 176
SVT Focus M1 2004 2007 176
SVT Mustang Cobra M1 2004 2004 179
Taurus M1 1985 1991 183
Taurus M1 1992 1995 184
Taurus M1 1996 2006 185
Taurus M1 Four Door 2008 2009 163
Taurus M1 2010 2011 193
TaurusX M1 2008 2009 163
Tempo M1 1984 1994 183
Index From Ford Index From Make To TO Freightliner
Make Page 19

Ford
Model Method Body Style Begin Year End Year Page #
Thunderbird M1 1984 1988 183
Thunderbird M1 1989 1997 163
Thunderbird M1 2002 2006 187
Transit Connect M1 Van 2010 2011 186
Truck M1 Full Size 1979 1996 172
Truck M2 Full Size 1979 1996 173
Truck M1 Full Size 1997 2003 174
Van M2 Full Size 1985 1991 188
Van M2 Full Size 1992 2005 188
Windstar M1 1994 2003 177
XLS M1 2004 2006 168

Ford HT
Model Method Body Style Begin Year End Year Page #
All M1 1996 1998 1/2 203
All M1 Pre 1996 201

Index
All M2 Pre 1996 202
Cab Over M1 Heavy Duty 206
Cargo 6000 M1 Cab Over All 204
Cargo 7000 M1 Cab Over 204
Cargo 8000 M1 Cab Over All 204
F350, F450, 550 M1 Medium Duty 1997 2007 207
F350, F450, 550 M1 Medium Duty Pre-1996 205
F350/F450/F550 M1 Medium Duty 2008 2010 208
F650 M1 Heavy Duty 2007 2010 209
F650, F750 M1 Medium Duty 205
F650, F750 M1 Medium Duty 1997 2010 207
F800 M1 Medium Duty Upto 1996 205
F850 M1 Medium Duty 1997 2010 207

Freightliner
Model Method Body Style Begin Year End Year Page #
All other Freightliners M1 Heavy Duty All 210
Cab Over M1 Heavy Duty All 212
Century Classic M1 All 210
Classic XL M1 All 210
Colombia Series M1 210
Columbia Class M1 All 216
FL Series M1 All 211
Page 20 Index From Freightliner To GMC

Freightliner
Model Method Body Style Begin Year End Year Page #
FL112 M1 All 211
FL60, FL70 M1 211
FL80 M1 All 211
FLD Series M1 All 215
M2 M1 All 214
Sprinter M1 2004 2009 213

Geo
Model Method Body Style Begin Year End Year Page #
Metro M1 2 & 4 Door 1985 1998 296
Prizm M1 1989 1992 294
Prizm M1 4 Door 1993 1997 294
Prizm M2 4 Door 1993 1997 295
Prizm M1 4 Door 1998 295
Storm M1 1990 1993 296
Storm 2+2 Coupe M1 1990 1993 296
Index

Storm Hatchback M1 1990 1993 296


Tracker M1 2 & 4 door 1985 1998 288

GMC
Model Method Body Style Begin Year End Year Page #
Acadia M1 SUV 2007 2010 303
Blazer M1 Full Size 1992 1994 260
Canyon M1 2004 2010 298
Canyon M2 2004 2010 299
Envoy M1 1998 2001 262
Envoy M2 1998 2001 263
Envoy M1 2002 2009 289
Envoy XL M1 2004 2008 289
Envoy XUV M1 2004 2008 289
Jimmy M1 Full Size 1980 1991 301
Jimmy M2 Full Size 1980 1991 302
Jimmy M1 S15 1985 1994 247
Jimmy M1 Full Size 1992 1994 260
Jimmy M1 S15 1995 2001 262
Jimmy M2 S15 1995 2001 263
Pickup M1 Full Size 1980 1991 300
Pickup M1 Full Size 1989 1999 281
Pickup M1 2500/3500 HD 1989 2000 281
Index From GMC TO GMC
Index From Make To Make Page 21

GMC
Model Method Body Style Begin Year End Year Page #
Pickup M1 1500 Series 1999 2006 286
Pickup M2 1500 Series 1999 2005 287
Safari M1 1985 2005 256
Safari M2 1985 2005 257
Savana M1 1996 2006 290
Sierra M1 2500/3500 1989 2000 281
Sierra M1 1500 1989 1998 281
Sierra M1 1500 1999 2006 286
Sierra M2 1500 1999 2005 287
Sierra M1 2500/3500 2001 2006 286
Sierra M2 2500/3500 2001 2005 287
Sierra M1 pickup 2007 2010 243
Sierra Denali M1 2001 2006 286
Sierra Denali M2 Heavy Duty 2001 2005 287
Sonoma M1 Pickup 1985 2003 262

Index
Sonoma M1 Crew cab 1990 2004 262
Suburban M1 1980 1991 301
Suburban M2 1980 1991 302
Suburban M1 1992 1999 280
Suburban M2 1992 1999 281
Typhoon M1 1985 1994 247
Van M2 Rally/Cargo 302
Van M1 Rally/Cargo 1983 1995 301
Van M1 Full Size 1983 1995 301
Van M2 Full Size 1983 1995 302
Van M1 Full Size 1996 2006 290
Yukon M1 1996 1999 260
Yukon M2 1996 1999 261
Yukon M1 2000 2006 286
Yukon M2 2000 2006 287
Yukon M1 2007 2010 243
Yukon Denali M1 1998 2000 260
Yukon Denali M2 1998 2000 261
Yukon Denali M1 2001 2006 286
Yukon Denali M2 2001 2006 287
Yukon Denali M1 2007 2010 243
Yukon XL M1 2007 2010 243
Yukon XL Denali M1 2000 2006 286
Page 22 Index From GMC To Honda

GMC
Model Method Body Style Begin Year End Year Page #
Yukon XL Denali M2 2000 2006 287
Yukon XLT M1 2000 2006 286
Yukon XLT M2 2000 2006 287

GMC HT
Model Method Body Style Begin Year End Year Page #
C Series M1 Horizontal Linkage 1989 2002 342
C Series M1 All Heavy and Medium 2003 2009 343
Duty with Horizontal
Linkage
C Series M1 Vent Windows Pre 1989 341
Cab Over M1 Heavy Duty 341
T Body M1 Medium Duty Pre 1995 339
T Series M1 Medium Duty 1996 2009 340
Van Cab M1 All 344
W Series M1 Light Duty 1995 1/2 2009 338
Index

W Series M1 Light Duty Pre 1995 337


W Series M2 Light Duty Pre 1995 338

Hino 258
Model Method Begin Year End Year Page #
Conventional Cab M1 2003 2010 345

Hino Heavy Trucks


Model Method Begin Year End Year Page #
Conventional Cab M1 2003 2010 345
FA Series M1 346
FE Series M1 All 347
Old Style M1 All 348

Honda
Model Method Body Style Begin Year End Year Page #
Accord M1 Vert. Locks 1976 1993 350
Accord M1 Horiz. locks 1976 1994 349
Accord M2 Vert. Locks 1976 1993 351
Accord M1 4 Door 1994 1997 355
Accord M1 4 Door 1994 1997 354
Accord M1 2 Door 1995 1997 352
Accord M1 4 Door 1998 2002 354
Accord M1 2 Door 1998 2002 354
Index From Honda TO Honda
Index From Make To Make Page 23

Honda
Model Method Body Style Begin Year End Year Page #
Accord M1 2 Door 2003 2007 354
Accord M1 4 Door 2003 2007 354
Accord M1 2 door Coupe 2008 2010 369
Accord M1 4 Door 2008 2010 369
Accord Hybrid M1 2005 2007 354
Accord Hybrid M1 2005 2007 354
Civic M1 4 Door 1985 1989 349
Civic M1 2 Dr 1985 1994 349
Civic M1 Horizontal 1989 1994 349
Civic M1 2 & 4 Door 1990 1995 350
Civic M1 Vert. Locks 1990 1995 350
Civic M2 2 & 4 Door 1990 1995 351
Civic M2 Vert. Locks 1990 1995 351
Civic M1 4 Door 1996 2000 355
Civic M1 2 Door 1996 2000 352

Index
Civic M1 2 Door 2001 2005 356
Civic M1 4 Door 2001 2005 357
Civic M1 4 Door 2006 2010 358
Civic M1 2 Door 2006 2010 358
Civic Hybrid M1 2004 2005 357
Civic SI M1 3 door hatch 2002 2005 354
Civic Si M1 2006 2010 358
CRV M1 1997 2001 359
CRV M1 SUV 2002 2006 360
CRV M1 2007 2010 366
CRX M1 1989 1996 349
Del Sol M1 1993 1995 350
Del Sol M2 1993 1995 351
Del Sol M1 1996 1998 352
Element M1 2003 2010 361
Fit M1 2007 2008 367
Fit M1 2009 2011 368
Insight M1 2001 2006 362
Insight M1 2001 2011 353
Oddysey M1 1995 1998 351
Oddysey M1 1999 2010 363
Oddysey M2 1999 2010 364
Passport M1 1994 1997 363
Page 24 Index From Honda To Hyundai

Honda
Model Method Body Style Begin Year End Year Page #
Passport M1 1998 2002 351
Pilot M1 2003 2008 370
Pilot M1 2009 2011 371
Prelude M1 1988 1996 349
Ridgeline M1 2005 2010 361
S2000 M1 2000 2010 365

Hummer
Model Method Body Style Begin Year End Year Page #
H1 M1 1997 2005 305
H1 M2 1997 2007 306
H1 Alpha M2 Soft Top 2006 2008 304
H2 M1 2003 2007 307
H2 M1 2008 2010 309
H3 M1 2005 2008 308
H3x M1 308
Index

SUT M1 2005 2007 307

Hyundai
Model Method Body Style Begin Year End Year Page #
Accent M1 1995 1999 372
Accent M1 2/4 DOOR 2000 2005 373
Accent M1 Hatchback 2001 2002 373
Accent M1 2006 2009 374
Azera M1 2006 2010 375
Elantra M1 1992 1995 373
Elantra M1 4/WAGON 1996 2000 376
Elantra M1 2001 2006 377
Elantra M1 5 door-Hatch 2002 2006 377
Elantra M1 4 door 2007 2010 377
Elantra GT M1 4 Door 2004 2006 377
Elantra Touring M1 2009 2010 378
Entourage M1 2007 2008 389
Excel M1 1986 1994 381
Genesis M1 4 door 2009 2011 393
Genesis M1 2 door 2010 2011 392
Santa Fe M1 2000 2006 380
Sante Fe M1 2007 2010 390
Scoupe M1 1991 1995 379
Index From Hyundai Index From Make To Make
TO Infiniti Page 25

Hyundai
Model Method Body Style Begin Year End Year Page #
Sonata M1 1989 1996 381
Sonata M1 1997 1998 381
Sonata M1 1999 2001 382
Sonata M1 4 door 2002 2005 383
Sonata M1 2006 2010 384
Tiburon M1 1997 2002 385
Tiburon M1 2003 2008 386
Tuscon M1 2005 2010 387
Veracruz M1 2007 2011 391
XG300 M1 2001 2005 388
XG350 M1 4 door 2002 2005 388

Hyundai HT
Model Method Begin Year Page #
Bering Medium Duty M1 All 395
Light Duty M1 All 394

Index
Infiniti
Model Method Body Style Begin Year End Year Page #
EX M1 5 door 2008 2010 410
EX M1 3 Door 2008 2010 411
FX35 M1 2003 2006 396
FX35 M1 SUV 2007 2008 410
FX35 45 M1 2009 2010 410
FX45 M1 2004 2006 396
G20 M1 1997 2002 397
G20 M2 1997 2002 398
G35 M1 4 Door 2003 2008 400
G35 M1 2 Door 2003 2007 399
G35 Sport M1 Coupe 2007 2008 406
G37 M1 2 door 2008 2009 399
I30 M1 1996 1999 402
I30 M1 4 Door 2000 2001 401
I35 M1 4 door 2002 2004 401
J30 M1 1993 1998 402
M30 M1 1990 1993 404
M35 M1 2006 2010 403
M45 M2 2003 2004 399
M45 M1 2006 2010 403
Page 26 Index From Infiniti To Isuzu

Infiniti
Model Method Body Style Begin Year End Year Page #
Q45 M1 1990 1996 404
Q45 M1 1997 2001 405
Q45 M1 2002 2008 406
QX4 M1 1997 2003 407
QX4 M2 1997 2003 408
QX56 M1 2005 2010 409

Infinity
Model Method Begin Year End Year Page #
Q45 Sport M1 2006 2007 406

International
Model Method Body Style Begin Year End Year Page #
4000 M1 419
4000 Series M1 up to 2001 412
4000 Series M2 up to 2001 413
Index

4300 M1 All 419


7000 M1 All 419
Cab Over M1 Heavy Duty All 415
Durastar M2 Medium Duty 2008 2010 413
Eagle M1 Slanted Doors All 417
Eagle M1 Flat Doors All 416
Eagle M2 Slanted Doors All 418
Heavy Duty Models M1 Slanted Doors 417
Heavy Duty Models M1 Flat Doors 416
Heavy Duty Models M2 Slanted Doors 418
Pay Star M1 Heavy Duty All 414

Isuzu
Model Method Body Style Begin Year End Year Page #
Amigo M1 Hard & Soft Top 1994 2000 424
Ascender M1 2003 2006 420
Ascender M1 2007 2009 420
Axiom M1 2002 2004 421
Hombre M1 1996 2001 420
i-280 M1 2006 2008 422
I-290 M1 2006 2008 422
i-350 M1 2006 2008 422
I-370 M1 2007 2008 428
Index From Isuzu TO Jaguar
Index From Make To Make Page 27

Isuzu
Model Method Body Style Begin Year End Year Page #
I-Mark M1 1985 1993 424
Impulse M1 1990 1993 423
Oasis M1 1996 2000 425
Pickup M1 1990 1995 424
Rodeo M1 1991 1997 424
Rodeo M1 1998 2004 425
Rodeo Sport M1 2 & 4 Door 2001 2003 424
Stylus M1 1990 1993 426
Trooper M1 1984 2000 424
Trooper M1 2001 2002 424
VehiCross M1 1999 2001 427
VX-4 M1 427

Isuzu HT
Model Method Begin Year End Year Page #
FTR M1 1996 2008 433

Index
FTR M1 Pre-1995 432
NPR M1 1996 2008 431
NPR M1 Pre-1995 429
NPR M2 Pre-1995 430

Jaguar
Model Method Body Style Begin Year End Year Page #
Coupe Convertible M1 1984 1996 437
Majestic M1 434
S TYPE M1 2000 2009 439
S Type R M1 2003 2010 439
Sovereign M1 1990 1999 434
Vanden Plas M1 1986 1996 434
Vanden Plas M1 1997 2005 435
Vanden Plas M2 1997 2005 436
X Type M1 2002 2006 439
X-Type Wagon M1 2005 2006 439
XF M1 2009 2010 438
XJ12 M1 1980 1996 434
XJ6 M1 1987 1996 434
XJ8 M1 1997 2006 435
XJ8 M2 1997 2009 436
XJR M1 1997 2006 435
Page 28 Index From Jaguar To Kenworth

Jaguar
Model Method Body Style Begin Year End Year Page #
XJR M2 1997 2006 436
XJR-S M1 1984 1996 437
XJS M1 1984 1996 437
XK M1 2007 2010 438
XK8 M1 Coupe 1997 2009 438
XK8 M1 Convertible 1997 2009 438
XKR M1 Convertible 1997 2009 438
XKR M1 Coupe 1997 2006 438

Jeep
Model Method Body Style Begin Year End Year Page #
Cherokee M1 1979 2001 440
CJ Series M1 1986 1997 445
CJ Series M1 1998 2002 446
Comanche M1 1986 1992 440
Commander M1 2005 2010 443
Index

Compass M1 2007 2010 447


Grand Cherokee M1 1993 1998 441
Grand Cherokee M1 1999 2004 442
Grand Cherokee M1 2005 2010 443
Grand Wagoneer M1 1993 1995 441
Liberty M1 2002 2007 444
Liberty M1 UV 2008 2010 449
Patriot M1 2007 2010 447
Wagoneer M1 1980 1992 440
Wrangler M1 1986 1997 445
Wrangler M1 1998 2004 446
Wrangler M1 2006 2009 448
Wrangler Unlimited M1 2005 2009 448

Kenworth
Model Method Body Style Begin Year Page #
C series M1 453
Cab Over M1 Heavy Duty All 450
K300 Cab Over M1 Medium Duty 452
T2000 M1 All 452
T300 M1 Slanted Doors All 451
T300 M1 Flat Doors All 450
T400 M1 Slanted Doors 451
Index From Kenworth
Index From Make To TO Land Rover
Make Page 29

Kenworth
Model Method Body Style Begin Year Page #
T400 M1 Flat Doors 450
T600 M1 Slanted Doors All 451
T600 M1 Flat Doors All 450
T800 M1 Slanted Doors All 451
T800 M1 Flat Doors All 450
W Series M1 All 453

Kia
Model Method Body Style Begin Year End Year Page #
Amanti M1 2004 2010 460
Borrego M1 2009 2011 468
Cinco M1 2002 2005 457
Optima M1 Sedan 2001 2006 455
Optima M2 Sedan 2001 2006 456
Optima M1 2007 2010 467
Rio M1 2 & 4 Door 2001 2005 457

Index
Rio M1 2006 2010 458
Rio 5 M1 2006 2010 458
Rio Cinco M1 2004 2005 457
Rondo M1 2007 2010 467
Sedona M1 Mini Van 2002 2005 459
Sedona M1 2006 2010 460
Sephia M1 1994 1997 457
Sephia M1 1998 2001 461
Sorento M1 2003 2010 462
Soul M1 2010 2011 454
Spectra M1 2001 2004 463
Spectra M1 Hatchback 2002 2004 463
Spectra M1 2005 2010 464
Spectra 5 M1 2005 2010 464
Sportage M1 1995 2002 465
Sportage M1 2005 2010 466

Land Rover
Model Method Body Style Begin Year End Year Page #
All Models M1 1980 1993 469
Discovery M1 1994 2004 469
Freelander M1 4 door 2002 2005 470
Freelander M1 3 Door 2003 2005 470
Page 30 Index From Land Rover To Lincoln

Land Rover
Model Method Body Style Begin Year End Year Page #
LR2 M1 2006 2010 473
LR3 M1 2005 2010 471
Range Rover M1 1994 2000 472
Range Rover M1 2001 2010 473
Range Rover Sport M1 2006 2010 473

Lexus
Model Method Body Style Begin Year End Year Page #
ES250 M1 485
ES250 M1 1990 1992 476
ES300 M1 1992 1996 474
ES300 M1 2002 2003 475
ES330 M1 2004 2006 475
ES350 M1 2007 2010 485
GS300 M1 1994 2008 476
GS400 M1 1994 2000 476
Index

GS430 M1 2006 2010 476


GX470 M1 2003 2010 477
IS 250 M1 2006 2010 480
IS 350 M1 2006 2010 480
IS Convertible M1 2010 2011 486
IS300 M1 2001 2005 485
IS300 Sport M1 2002 2005 485
LS400 M1 1990 2000 482
LS430 M1 2001 2006 482
LX 450 M1 1996 1998 482
LX 470 M1 1999 2007 478
LX570 M1 SUV 2008 2010 481
RX 300 M1 1999 2003 482
RX330 M1 2004 2007 483
RX400h M1 2006 2008 479
SC300 M1 1992 2000 482
SC400 M1 1992 2000 482
SC430 M1 2002 2010 484

Lincoln
Model Method Body Style Begin Year End Year Page #
Aviator M1 2003 2005 195
Blackwood M1 2002 2003 174
Index From Lincoln Index From Make To Make
TO Mack Page 31

Lincoln
Model Method Body Style Begin Year End Year Page #
Continental M1 1980 1988 199
Continental M1 1989 1995 163
Continental M1 1996 2002 163
LS Series M1 2000 2006 197
Mark LT M1 2006 2008 196
Mark VII M1 1987 1992 198
Mark VIII M1 1993 1998 196
MKS M1 2010 2011 193
MKT M1 Crossover 2010 2011 192
MKX M1 2007 2010 164
MKZ M1 4 door 2007 2009 178
MKZ M1 2010 2011 200
Navigator M1 1997 2006 163
Navigator M1 2007 2010 168
Navigator XL M1 2008 2010 168

Index
Town Car M1 1985 1989 199
Town Car M1 1990 1997 199
Town Car M1 1998 2010 163
Zephyr M1 2006 178

Lotus
Model Method Begin Year Page #
Elan M1 All 487
Esprit M1 487

Mack
Model Method Body Style Begin Year End Year Page #
All Other M1 Cab Over All 488
Cab Over M1 Heavy Duty 488
Freedom M1 All 489
Granite M1 All 490
MR Series M1 Heavy Duty Cab Over All 488
MS Series M1 Medium Duty Cab All 491
New Style M1 Paddle Handle Pre-1995 492
Old Style M1 Lever Type Handle All 493
Vision M1 1999 2009 494
Page 32 Index From Maserati To Mazda

Maserati
Model Method Begin Year Page #
Biturbo Zagato M1 All 495

Mazda
Model Method Body Style Begin Year End Year Page #
3 M1 2004 2009 496
3 M1 Sedan 2010 2011 508
3 M1 Hatchback 2010 2011 508
323 M2 1990 1995 504
5 M1 2006 2010 497
5 Wagon M1 2004 2008 499
6 M1 2003 2008 499
6 M1 2009 2011 509
6 Hatch Back M1 2004 2008 499
626 M2 1983 1992 504
626 M1 1993 1997 504
626 M1 1998 2002 500
Index

929 M1 1988 1991 504


929 M1 1992 1995 501
B series Pickup M1 2001 2010 504
B2000 / B2200 M1 1990 2000 504
B2000 / B2200 M1 1990 2000 504
B2500 / B2600 M1 1990 2001 504
B2500 / B2600 M1 1990 2001 508
B3000 M1 1990 2001 504
B3000 M1 1990 2001 504
B4000 M1 1990 2001 504
B4000 M1 1990 2001 504
CX-7 M1 SUV 2007 2010 511
CX-9 M1 SUV 2007 2010 512
GLC M2 1980 1990 504
Mazda Speed M1 2005 2010 506
Miata M1 1990 2000 502
Miata M1 2001 2008 506
Millenia M1 4 Door 1995 2002 503
MPV M1 1989 1999 504
MPV M1 2000 2007 505
MPV LX M1 2002 2003 505
MX-5 Miata M1 2004 2005 506
MX-5 Miata M1 2006 2010 506
Index From Mazda TO Mercedes
Index From Make To Make Page 33

Mazda
Model Method Body Style Begin Year End Year Page #
MX3 M1 1992 1996 496
MX5 Roadster M1 502
MX6 M1 1988 1992 508
MX6 M1 1993 1997 501
Navajo M1 1991 1998 504
Protégé M1 1990 2003 504
Protégé M2 1990 2001 507
Protégé 5 M1 4 door 2002 2003 504
Protégé Speed M1 2003 2005 504
RX7 M1 1986 1992 501
RX7 M1 1993 1996 506
RX8 M1 2004 2010 498
Tribute M1 2001 2009 510

Mercedes
Model Method Body Style Begin Year End Year Page #

Index
190E Series M1 1984 1995 513
260E M1 1980 1988 516
300CE M1 1990 1995 514
300E M1 1980 1988 516
300E M1 1989 1994 521
300SL M1 1990 1995 518
300TE M1 1980 1988 516
420SEL M1 1990 1996 515
450SL M1 1977 516
500S M1 2003 2008 518
500SL M1 1990 1995 518
560SL M1 1986 1991 518
560SL M1 1986 1991 518
C Class M1 4 door 2008 2010 525
C-Series M1 4 door 1994 2002 521
C230 M1 Coupe 2002 2005 517
C230 M2 Coupe 2002 2005 521
C280 M1 2003 2007 517
C280 M2 2004 2007 521
C320 M1 Sedan & Wagon 2000 2007 517
C320 M2 Sedan & Wagon 2000 2007 521
C32AMG M1 Sedan 2002 2007 517
C32AMG M2 Sedan 2002 2007 521
Page 34 Index From Mercedes To Mercury

Mercedes
Model Method Body Style Begin Year End Year Page #
CL-500 M1 Coupe 2000 2010 518
CL55 M1 AMG Coupe 2001 2002 518
CL600 M1 Coupe 2001 2003 518
CLK 250 M1 2006 2010 518
CLK 320 M1 coupe & convertible 1998 2005 518
CLK 350 M1 Coupe & Convertible 1998 2010 518
CLK 430 M1 coupe & convertible 1998 2004 518
CLK 500 M1 Coupe & Convertible 1998 2004 518
CLK 500 M1 2005 2010 518
CLK 55 M1 Coupe & Convertible 1998 2010 518
CLK Series M1 Coupe & Convertible 1998 2010 518
E-Class M1 1996 2003 519
E320 M1 Sedan & Wagon 1996 2009 519
E350 M1 Sedan 2006 2009 519
E350 M1 Wagon 2006 2009 519
Index

E430 M1 Sedan 1996 2009 519


E55AMG M1 Sport Sedan 1996 2009 519
G Class M1 2005 2010 524
G500 M1 513
GL M1 2006 2010 523
GL450 M1 2006 2010 519
GLK M1 SUV 2010 2011 526
ML320 M1 1998 2002 520
ML350 M1 2004 2007 519
ML430 M1 All 520
ML500 M1 2000 2002 520
ML55 M1 2000 2002 520
S-Class M1 1994 2009 521
SL 500 M1 coupe & convertible 1999 2010 522
SL 600 M1 coupe & convertible 1999 2010 522
SL Class M1 coupe & convertible 1999 2010 522
SL Convertible M1 2003 2010 518
SLK 280 M1 2003 2010 518
SLK 350 M1 2005 2007 518
SLK Class M1 2003 2010 518

Mercury
Model Method Body Style Begin Year End Year Page #
Capri M1 1983 1993 166
Index From Mercury Index From Make To Make
TO Mini Page 35

Mercury
Model Method Body Style Begin Year End Year Page #
Capri M2 1983 1986 167
Capri Convertible M1 1991 1994 166
Capri Convertible M1 1991 1994 167
Cougar M1 1984 1988 183
Cougar M1 1989 1997 163
Cougar M1 1989 1997 163
Cougar M1 1999 2002 176
Grand Marquis M1 1985 2010 163
LN7 M1 1983 1990 183
Lynx M1 1983 1990 183
Marauder M1 2003 2004 163
Merkur M1 All 199
Milan M1 2006 2009 178
Milan M1 2010 2011 194
Montego M1 2005 2007 163

Index
Monterey M1 2004 2007 181
Mountaineer M1 1997 2001 158
Mountaineer M1 2002 2005 169
Mountaineer M2 2002 2005 170
Mountaineer M1 2006 2009 168
Mystique M1 1995 2000 161
Mystique M2 1995 2000 162
Sable M1 1985 1991 183
Sable M1 1992 1995 184
Sable M1 1996 2005 185
Sable M1 4 Door 2008 2009 163
Scorpio M1 199
Topaz M1 1984 1994 166
Topaz M2 1984 1994 167
Tracer M1 1991 2000 166
Tracer M2 1991 2000 167
Villager M1 1993 2002 175
XR4Ti M1 All 199
Zephyr M1 1983 1990 166
Zephyr M2 1991 2000 167

Mini
Model Method Body Style Begin Year End Year Page #
Clubman M1 Long body 2008 2010 527
Page 36 Index From Mini To Mitsubishi

Mini
Model Method Body Style Begin Year End Year Page #
Cooper M1 527
Cooper M1 Convertible 2008 2010 527
Cooper Convertible M1 Convertible 2009 2011 527

Mitsubishi
Model Method Body Style Begin Year End Year Page #
3000 GT M1 1991 1999 528
3000 GT Spyder M1 Convertible 1991 1999 528
Diamante M1 1992 1996 529
Diamante M1 1992 1996 529
Diamante M1 1997 2004 534
Diamante Wagon M1 1993 1996 529
Eclipse M1 1990 1994 530
Eclipse M1 1995 1999 531
Eclipse M1 2000 2005 547
Eclipse M1 2006 2010 547
Index

Eclipse Spyder M1 Convertible 2003 2005 547


Eclipse Spyder M1 Convertible 2007 2010 547
Endeavor M1 2004 2008 532
Endeavor M1 2010 2011 532
Evolution M1 2004 2007 536
Expo M1 1993 1994 540
Galant M1 1987 1993 529
Galant M2 1987 1993 529
Galant M1 1994 1998 533
Galant M1 1999 2003 533
Galant M1 2004 2009 535
Lancer M1 4 door 2002 2006 536
Lancer M1 2007 2010 548
Mighty Max M1 All 546
Mirage M1 1985 1988 537
Mirage M1 2 Door Coupe 1989 1992 529
Mirage M1 3 Door Hatch 1989 1996 538
Mirage M1 4 Door Sedan 1989 1996 529
Mirage M1 2 door 1993 1996 538
Mirage M1 2 door 1997 2002 539
Mirage Sedan M1 4 door 1997 2002 539
Montero M1 1989 2000 540
Montero M1 2001 2007 541
Index From Mitsubishi TO Nissan
Index From Make To Make Page 37

Mitsubishi
Model Method Body Style Begin Year End Year Page #
Montero Sport M1 1997 2004 542
Outlander M1 2003 2006 543
Outlander M1 2007 2010 549
Pickup M1 546
Precis M1 1990 1993 544
Raider M1 2006 2009 545
Ralliart M1 Sedan 2004 2005 536
Starion M1 1983 1989 531
Van M1 Upto 1990 546

Mitsubishi HT
Model Method Body Style Begin Year Page #
Fuso FE M1 New Style All 552
Fuso FE M1 Old Style All 550
Fuso FE M2 Old Style All 551

Index
Nissan
Model Method Body Style Begin Year End Year Page #
200SX M1 1987 1995 553
200SX M1 2 door 1996 1998 554
240SX M1 1989 1994 555
240SX M1 1995 1998 557
300ZX M1 1983 1989 556
300ZX M1 1990 1996 557
350 Z M1 2003 2005 557
350 Z M1 2006 2008 557
350 Z Roadster M1 2004 2009 557
370 Z M1 2009 2010 581
Altima M1 1993 1997 559
Altima M2 1993 1997 560
Altima M1 1998 2001 561
Altima M1 2002 2006 562
Altima M1 2007 2011 562
Armada M1 2004 2010 563
Armada M2 2004 2010 563
Axxess M1 1990 1992 571
Cube M1 2009 2011 582
Frontier M1 1998 2004 564
Frontier M2 1998 2004 565
Page 38 Index From Nissan To Nissan

Nissan
Model Method Body Style Begin Year End Year Page #
Frontier M1 2005 2010 565
Frontier Crew Cab M1 2001 2004 566
GTR M1 2009 2011 558
Maxima M1 1986 1994 567
Maxima M1 1990 1994 567
Maxima M1 1995 1999 568
Maxima M1 2000 2003 569
Maxima M1 2004 2008 562
Maxima M1 2009 2011 584
Murano M1 2003 2008 570
Murano M1 2009 2011 583
NX M1 2 Door 1991 1994 557
Open Sky M1 2003 2004 566
Pathfinder M1 1982 1995 571
Pathfinder M1 1996 2004 572
Index

Pathfinder M1 2005 2010 573


Pathfinder Armada M1 2004 2010 563
Pathfinder Armada M2 2004 2010 563
Pickup M1 1985 1997 571
Pickup M1 1998 2004 564
Pickup M2 1998 2005 565
Pulsar M1 All 557
Quest M1 1993 2002 574
Quest M1 2004 2010 575
Rogue M1 2008 2010 580
Sentra M1 1987 1990 567
Sentra M1 1991 1994 576
Sentra M3 4 door 1995 1999 576
Sentra M1 2001 2006 576
Sentra M1 2007 2010 578
Sentra SE-R M1 2004 2006 576
Stanza M1 1982 1998 567
Stanza M1 1982 1998 567
Titan M1 2004 2010 563
Truck M1 1985 1997 571
Versa M1 4 door 2007 2010 579
Xterra M1 2000 2004 577
Xterra M1 2005 2010 577
Index From Oldsmobile
Index From Make To TO Oldsmobile
Make Page 39

Oldsmobile
Model Method Body Style Begin Year End Year Page #
88 M1 1991 1999 310
88 M2 1991 1999 310
98 M1 4 door 1980 1984 217
98 M1 2 Door 1980 1984 273
98 M1 2 & 4 door 1985 1990 246
98 M1 1991 1996 310
98 M2 1991 1996 310
Achieva M1 4 door 1992 1997 276
Achieva M1 2 door 1992 1997 276
Alero M1 2 Door 1997 2004 316
Alero M1 4 door 1997 2004 312
Aurora M1 1995 2000 313
Aurora M1 2001 2003 315
Bravada M1 1985 1994 246
Bravada M1 1995 2001 262

Index
Bravada M2 1995 2001 263
Bravada M1 2002 2004 289
Caprice M1 2 Door 1980 1990 273
Cierra Wagon M1 1992 1996 218
Custom Cruiser M1 Wagon 1980 1990 234
Custom Cruiser M1 Wagon 1991 1996 226
Cutlass M1 4 door 1982 1986 217
Cutlass M1 1997 2000 226
Cutlass Calais M1 2 & 4 Door 1985 1991 319
Cutlass Calais M2 2 & 4 Door 1985 1991 320
Cutlass Cierra M1 1985 1996 218
Cutlass Cruiser M1 4 door 1982 1986 217
Cutlass Supreme M1 2 Door 1980 1987 223
Cutlass Supreme M1 2 & 4 Door 1988 1997 317
Cutlass Supreme Hatchback M1 3 Door 1980 1984 223
Cutlass Wagon M1 4 door 1982 1986 217
Delta 88 M1 4 door 1980 1985 234
Delta 88 M1 2 Door 1980 1985 273
Delta 88 M1 1986 1990 246
Frienza M1 2, 4 Door, Wagon 1982 1988 218
Intrigue M1 1997 2002 315
LSS M1 1997 2000 310
LSS M2 1997 2000 310
Page 40 Index From Oldsmobile To Plymouth

Oldsmobile
Model Method Body Style Begin Year End Year Page #
Omega M1 1980 1985 218
Regency M1 1997 2000 310
Regency M2 1997 2000 310
Silhouette M1 1990 1996 326
Silhouette M1 1997 2004 228
Silhouette M2 1997 2004 229
Toronado M1 Front Wheel Drive 1980 1985 273
Toronado M1 1986 1989 317
Toronado M1 1990 1992 240
Toronado Trofeo M1 1990 1992 240

Peterbilt
Model Method Body Style Begin Year Page #
270 M1 Day Cab Over All 585
387 M1 All 585
389 M1 All 587
Index

All Other Models M1 All 588


Day Cab Over M1 All 586

Peugeot
Model Method Begin Year Page #
All M1 All 589

Plymouth
Model Method Body Style Begin Year End Year Page #
Acclaim M1 1989 1995 139
Breeze M1 1996 2000 116
Caravelle M1 1984 1986 113
Colt M1 Pop up locks 1986 1994 111
Colt M1 Horizontal 1986 1994 128
Colt M2 Pop up locks 1986 1994 112
Colt Vista M1 Pop up locks 1986 1994 111
Colt Vista M1 Horizontal 1986 1994 128
Colt Vista M2 Pop up locks 1986 1994 112
Duster M1 1984 1994 139
Grand Fury M1 1990 1991 115
Horizon M1 1983 1990 139
Laser M1 1984 1989 113
Laser M1 1990 1994 149
Index From PlymouthIndex From Make To Make
TO Pontiac Page 41

Plymouth
Model Method Body Style Begin Year End Year Page #
Neon M1 2 door 1994 1999 132
Neon M1 4 door 1994 1999 133
Prowler M1 1999 2000 118
Reliant M1 1984 1988 113
Sundance M1 1984 1994 139
Van M1 Full Size 1985 1997 139
Voyager M1 1984 1990 113
Voyager M1 1991 2000 124

Pontiac
Model Method Body Style Begin Year End Year Page #
6000/STE M1 4 Door 1984 1992 218
Aztek M1 2001 2005 318
Bonneville M1 4 Door 1982 1986 217
Bonneville M1 1987 1991 246
Bonneville M1 1992 1999 322

Index
Bonneville M1 2000 2005 314
Bonneville GXP M1 2004 2005 314
Fiero M1 1984 1988 269
Firebird M1 1982 1992 264
Firebird M1 1993 2002 264
G3 M1 5 Door 2009 2010 258
G5 M1 2 door 2006 2008 291
G6 M1 2005 2010 336
G8 M1 2008 2010 329
Grand Am M1 2 Door 1985 1991 319
Grand Am M2 2 Door 1985 1991 320
Grand Am M1 2 door 1992 2002 320
Grand Am M2 2 door 1992 2005 321
Grand Am M1 4 door 1999 2005 312
Grand Am M2 4 door 1999 2005 321
Grand Prix M1 2 door 1980 1987 223
Grand Prix M1 4 Door 1988 1996 317
Grand Prix M1 2 Door 1988 1996 317
Grand Prix M1 2 & 4 door 1997 2003 323
Grand Prix M1 2004 2008 336
GTO M1 2005 2007 324
J2000 M1 1982 1989 266
Lemans M1 1982 1993 217
Page 42 Index From Pontiac To Porsche

Pontiac
Model Method Body Style Begin Year End Year Page #
Montana M1 1997 1998 228
Montana M2 1997 1998 229
Montana SVX M1 2005 2007 229
Parisienne M1 2 Door 1980 1989 234
Parisienne M1 4 door 1980 1989 234
Pheonix M1 1980 1985 266
Safari M1 Wagon 1980 1989 234
Solstice M1 2006 2010 325
Sunbird M1 1984 1991 266
Sunfire M1 4 Door 1995 2002 220
Sunfire M1 2 Door 1995 2004 220
T1000 M1 1982 1984 217
Torrent M1 2006 2009 270
Torrent M2 2006 2009 271
Trans Am M1 1982 1992 264
Index

Trans Am M1 1993 2002 264


Trans Sport M1 mini-van 1990 1996 326
Trans Sport M1 1997 2003 228
Trans Sport M2 1997 2002 229
Trans Sport SE M1 1990 1996 326
Vibe M1 2003 2009 327
Vibe M2 2003 2009 328
Vibe M1 2009 2009 330

Porsche
Model Method Body Style Begin Year End Year Page #
911 M1 1980 1986 593
911 M1 1987 2005 590
911 Carrera M1 2006 2010 593
911 Carrera S M1 2006 2010 593
928 M1 Coupe All 591
944 M1 1987 1992 593
ALL OTHERS M1 590
Boxter M1 All 590
Cayenne M1 2003 2010 591
Panamera M1 2010 2011 592
Index From Rolls Royce TO Saturn
Index From Make To Make Page 43

Rolls Royce
Model Method Begin Year Page #
Corniche M1 All 594

Saab
Model Method Body Style Begin Year End Year Page #
9-3 M1 Convertible 1999 2002 597
9-3 M1 1999 2002 597
9-3 M2 Convertible 1999 2002 597
9-3 M2 1999 2002 597
9-3 M1 2003 2010 598
9-3 Convertible M1 2003 2010 598
9-3 Sport M1 2007 2010 598
9-5 M1 1999 2001 597
9-5 M2 1999 2001 597
9-5 M1 2002 2010 598
9-5 Convertible M1 2004 2006 598
9-7X M1 2005 2010 599

Index
900 M1 1994 & up 597
900 M2 1994 & up 597
900 M1 Upto 1993 595
9000 M1 1986 1999 595
9000 M2 1986 1999 595
92 M1 2005 2006 596
92X M1 2005 2006 596

Saturn
Model Method Body Style Begin Year End Year Page #
Astra M1 5 door Hatch 2008 2009 303
Aura M1 4 door 2007 2010 336

saturn
Model Method Begin Year End Year Page #
Equinox M2 2005 2009 271

Saturn
Model Method Body Style Begin Year End Year Page #
EV1 M1 2001 2003 334
Ion M1 2003 2007 331
Ion M2 2003 2007 332
Ion Redline M1 2004 2007 331
Page 44 Index From Saturn To Sterling

Saturn
Model Method Body Style Begin Year End Year Page #
Ion Redline M2 2004 2007 332
L Series M1 4 door 2000 2004 333
LS, LS1, LS2 M1 4 door 2000 2002 333
LW1, LW2 M1 Wagon 2000 2002 333
Outlook M1 SUV 2007 2010 303
Relay M1 2005 2007 228
S Series M1 1996 2002 334
SC1, SC2 M1 2 Door 1991 1995 334
SC1, SC2 M1 2 & 3 door 1996 2002 334
Sky M1 2007 2010 325
SL, SL1, SL2 M1 4 Door 1991 1995 334
SL, SL1, SL2 M1 4 door 1996 2002 334
SW1, SW2 M1 5 Door Wagon 1991 1995 334
SW1, SW2 M1 5 door wagon 1996 2001 334
Vue M1 2002 2009 335
Index

Vue M1 2006 2009 303


Vue M1 2010 2011 297
Vue Redline M1 2004 2009 335

Scion
Model Method Body Style Begin Year End Year Page #
TC M1 2005 2010 600
XA M1 2004 2007 601
XB M1 2004 2007 602
XB M1 3 Door 2008 2010 603
XD M1 2008 2010 604

Smart
Model Method Body Style Begin Year End Year Page #
ALL M3 2008 2010 607
ForTwo M1 2 door 2008 2011 605
ForTwo M2 2 door 2008 2011 606

Sterling
Model Method Body Style Begin Year End Year Page #
All Models M1 All 609
All Models M2 All 610
Bullet 4500 M2 Cab Chassis 2008 2008 611
Bullet 5500 M2 Cab Chassis 2008 2008 611
Index From Sterling Index From Make To Make
TO Suzuki Page 45

Sterling
Model Method Body Style Begin Year End Year Page #
Ram 4500/5500 M1 Truck 2008 2009 608

Subaru
Model Method Body Style Begin Year End Year Page #
3 door M1 All 612
B9 Tribeca M1 2006 2010 614
Baja M1 2003 2007 616
Forester M1 1998 2002 617
Forester M1 2003 2007 618
Forester M1 Wagon 2008 2010 611
Impreza M1 1993 2001 619
Impreza M1 1993 2001 620
Impreza M1 4 door 2002 2007 622
Impreza M1 2008 2010 611
Impreza Outback M1 1993 2001 619
Impreza Outback M1 1993 2001 620

Index
Impreza WRX M1 4 Door 2003 2007 622
Justy M1 All 612
Legacy M1 1992 1994 623
Legacy M1 1995 2003 621
Legacy M1 2004 2009 615
Legacy Outback M1 1996 2003 624
Loyale M1 All 613
Outback M1 1996 2003 624
Outback M1 2004 2009 615
SVX M1 All 625
WRX M1 4 door 2003 2007 622

Suzuki
Model Method Body Style Begin Year End Year Page #
Aerio M1 2003 2007 627
Aerio GS Sedan M1 2003 2007 627
Aerio SX Hatchback M1 3 Door 2002 2007 627
Equator M1 2009 2010 631
Esteem M1 1995 2002 626
Forenza M1 2004 2008 626
Forenza Wagon M1 2005 2008 626
Grand Vitara M1 2006 2010 628
Reno M1 2005 2008 626
Page 46 Index From Suzuki To Toyota

Suzuki
Model Method Body Style Begin Year End Year Page #
Samarai M1 626
Sidekick M1 2 door 1996 1998 626
SV7 M1 2002 2005 626
Swift M1 Horizontal Toggles All 629
SX4 M1 4 door 2007 2010 627
Verona M1 2004 2006 627
Vitara M1 1999 2005 626
X-90 M1 1996 1998 626
XL7 M1 2000 2007 626
XL7 M1 2007 2010 630

Toyota
Model Method Body Style Begin Year End Year Page #
4-Runner M1 1986 1989 647
4-Runner M1 1990 1995 647
4-Runner M1 1996 2002 647
Index

4-Runner M1 2003 2007 633


Avalon M1 4 Door 1995 1999 634
Avalon M1 2000 2005 634
Avalon M1 2006 2010 634
Camry M1 1988 1991 635
Camry M1 2 Door 1992 1996 636
Camry M1 4 Door 1992 1996 637
Camry M1 4 Door 1997 2001 638
Camry M1 2002 2006 638
Camry M2 2002 2006 638
Camry M1 4 door 2007 2010 638
Canry M1 1984 1987 645
Celica M1 1982 1989 639
Celica M1 1990 1993 640
Celica M1 1994 1999 640
Celica M1 Coupe 2000 2005 640
Corolla M1 4 Door 1980 1985 644
Corolla M1 2 & 3 Door 1983 1988 641
Corolla M1 Wagon 1986 1992 645
Corolla M1 4 Door 1986 1992 645
Corolla M1 2 Door 1989 1992 642
Corolla M1 4 Door 1993 1997 646
Corolla M1 Wagon 1993 1997 646
Index From Toyota TO Toyota
Index From Make To Make Page 47

Toyota
Model Method Body Style Begin Year End Year Page #
Corolla M1 1998 2002 647
Corolla M1 2003 2008 648
Corolla M1 2009 2010 685
Corolla FX M1 2 Door Hatch 1987 1988 643
Cressida M1 1986 1988 645
Cressida M1 1989 1992 650
Cressida M1 Upto 1985 649
Echo M1 2 Door 2000 2006 653
Echo M1 4 Door 2000 2006 651
Echo M2 4 Door 2000 2006 652
FJ Cruiser M1 SUV 2007 2010 681
Highlander M1 2002 2007 654
Highlander M1 2008 2009 686
Highlander Hybrid M1 2006 2007 654
Land Cruiser M1 1980 1989 655

Index
Land Cruiser M1 1990 1997 656
Land Cruiser M1 1998 2007 657
Land Cruiser M1 2008 2010 689
Matrix M1 2003 2008 658
Matrix M2 2003 2008 659
Matrix M1 2009 2011 687
MR2 M1 1984 1990 660
MR2 M1 1991 1995 660
MR5 Spyder M1 Convertible 2000 2005 660
Paseo M1 1992 1998 661
Pickup M2 1988 1994 647
Previa M1 1991 1997 662
Previa M2 1991 1997 663
Prius M1 2001 2003 664
Prius M1 2004 2009 665
RAV-4 M1 4 Door 1996 2000 667
RAV-4 M2 2 Door 1996 2000 668
RAV-4 M3 4 Door 1996 2000 669
RAV-4 M1 2001 2006 665
RAV-4 M2 2007 2010 666
Sequoia M1 2001 2007 670
Sequoia M1 2008 2010 688
Sienna M1 1998 2003 671
Page 48 Index From Toyota To Volvo

Toyota
Model Method Body Style Begin Year End Year Page #
Sienna M1 2004 2010 671
Solara M1 2 Door 1999 2003 672
Solara M1 2004 2007 672
Supra M1 1982 1986 673
Supra M1 1987 1992 674
Supra M1 1993 1998 675
T-100 M1 1993 1998 676
Tacoma M1 1996 2004 647
Tacoma M1 2005 2007 677
Tercel M1 2 Door 1991 1994 678
Tercel M1 4 Door 1991 1999 679
Tercel M1 2 Door 1995 1998 679
Tundra M1 1999 2006 680
Tundra M1 pickup 2007 2010 682
Tundra Stepside M1 2003 2006 680
Index

Van M1 Upto 1991 647


Venza M1 4 door 2009 2011 632
Yaris M1 2 door 2007 2011 683
Yaris M1 4 door 2007 2011 684
Yaris 5 DR Hatch M1 2008 2011 684

UD Nissan
Model Method Begin Year Page #
All M1 All 690

Volvo
Model Method Body Style Begin Year End Year Page #
240 M1 1985 1996 701
240DL M1 1985 1996 701
700 Series M1 1987 1997 705
800 Series M1 1995 1997 708
900 Series M1 1983 1995 704
960 M1 1996 1997 704
ALL M1 1980 1984 711
C30 M1 two door 2008 2010 713
C70 M1 1998 2005 702
C70 M1 2006 2010 702
S40 M1 2000 2004 703
S40 M1 2005 2010 704
Index From Volvo TO VW
Index From Make To Make Page 49

Volvo
Model Method Body Style Begin Year End Year Page #
S60 M1 2001 2004 705
S60 M1 2005 2010 706
S60R M1 2002 2004 705
S70 M1 1998 2004 708
S70 R M1 2003 2004 708
S80 M1 1999 2006 707
S80 M1 2007 2010 704
S90 M1 1998 2000 704
V40 M1 2000 2004 703
V50 M1 2005 2010 704
V70 M1 1998 2000 709
V70 M1 2001 2010 705
V70 M1 2008 2010 712
V90 M1 1998 2000 704
X70 XC M1 Cross Country 2002 2004 705

Index
X70R M1 2003 2004 705
XC60 M1 2009 2011 712
XC70 M1 2005 2010 710
XC70 M1 5 Door 2008 2010 712
XC90 M1 2003 2010 710

Volvo HT
Model Method Begin Year Page #
Cab Over M1 All 714
New Style M1 All 715
White GMC M1 All 716

VW
Model Method Body Style Begin Year End Year Page #
Beetle M1 1998 2010 692
Beetle M1 Convertible 2004 2010 693
Beetle M1 Old Style Pre-1998 691
Cabrio M1 1995 2002 691
Cabriolet M1 691
CC M1 2 Door 2009 2011 698
Corrado M1 All 694
Eos M1 convertible 2007 2010 693
Eurovan M1 All 691
Fox M1 1988 1996 694
Page 50 Index From VW To Western Star

VW
Model Method Body Style Begin Year End Year Page #
Golf M1 1995 2004 694
Golf M2 1995 2006 691
GTI M1 1995 2004 694
GTI M2 1995 2006 691
GTI M1 2007 2010 693
GTI M1 Upto 1998 691
Jetta M1 1986 2009 694
Passat M1 1990 2005 695
Passat M1 2006 2010 695
Phaeton M1 2005 2006 696
Quantum M1 694
Rabbit M1 1989 1999 694
Rabbit M1 2006 2009 695
Routan M1 Van 2009 2011 699
Scirocco M1 All 694
Index

Tiguan M1 4 door 2009 2011 700


Touareg M1 2004 2010 697
Vanogan M1 691

Western Star
Model Method Body Style Begin Year Page #
Classic Style M1 Heavy Duty All 717
New Style M1 Heavy Duty 717
Slant Nose M1 All 718
Method - Alt23 ALternate Method Page 51

_Alternate Method Alt23 Using the 23 Tool

TOOL: Horizontal Linkage Tool- 23


1. Separate weather strip from glass with Strip Saver and Wedge.
2.Point tip of tool towards the front of the car.
3.Insert tool into the door cavity.
4.Twist tool to hook top linkage with tip of tool.
5.Turn tool handle toward rear of vehicle to move linkage forward.

ALTERNATE
Tool 23

_ALTERNATE023_ALTERNATE • 585 • Style00 • 1 •Alt23


Page 52 ALTERNATE Method - Alt103-04

_Alternate Method Alt103-04 Using the 103 & 104 Tool

Tool: Vent Window Tools 103 & 104


1) Insert the Flat vent tool 104 directly under the vent window handle.
2) Insert the Vent window tool 103
3) Depress the vent window handle release button with the flat 104 Tool.
4) Rotate the vent window handle with the 103 tool while maintaining the release button depressed.
5) Insert your arm in through the open vent window to unlock the truck.
ALTERNATE

Tool 103-04

_ALTERNATE103-4_ALTERNATE • 1214 • Style00 • 1 •Alt103-04


Method - Alt22 ALTERNATE Page 53

_Alternate Method Alt22 Using the 22 Tool

Tool: SMALL HOOK TOOL - 22


1. Separate the glass from the weather-strip.
2. Point tool towards front of car.
3. Lower the tool into the door while turning tool so handle of tool points away from car.
4. Hook lock rod with tip of tool (see illustration).
Watch the door lock button for movement. When you have hooked correct bell crank, you will see the door
lock button move.

ALTERNATE
Tool 22

_ALTERNATE22_ALTERNATE • 1211 • Style00 • 1 •Alt22


Page 54 ALTERNATE Method - Alt26

_Alternate Method Alt26 Using the 26 Tool

Tool: Double Tool 26


1. Separate glass from weather-stripping.
2. Point tool towards rear of car.
3. Lower the tool into car. (SEE FIG. FOR POSITION)
4. Lift tool to contact door lock button.
5. Lift tool to unlock door.
ALTERNATE

Tool 26

_ALTERNATE26_ALTERNATE • 1212 • Style00 • 1 •Alt26


Method - Alt35 ALTERNATE Page 55

_Alternate Method Alt35 Using the 35 Tool

TOOL: INSIDE ACCESS TOOL - 35


1. Insert wedge between glass and weather strip directly above door lock button inside of vehicle (see figure 1).
2. Insert tool in door with tip facing the front of the vehicle (see figure 1).
3. Reposition wedge to allow the lowering of the tool into the door (see figure 2).
4. Lower tool into door until V’ shaped portion of tool is beneath the window glass.
5. Raise the tool until that the V’ shaped portion of the tool is entirely visible on the inside of the vehicle
(see figure 3).
6. Rotate the tool so that the tip is positioned in front of the door lock button (see figure 4).
7. Pull on tool in order to slide the door lock button towards the front of the vehicle (see figure 5).
NOTE: To aid in the removing of the tool, place the wedge between the glass and the weather-strip on the
inside of the door ne ar the tool. The tool will slide easily from the inside of the door.

Tool 35 ALTERNATE

_ALTERNATE35_ALTERNATE • 1210 • Style00 • 1 •Alt35


Page 56 ALTERNATE Method - Alt47

_Alternate Method Alt47 Using the 47 Tool

Tool: Tool 47
1. Separate glass from weather-strip ( Very tight fit, be very gentle ) .
2. Point tip of tool towards front of car.
3. Lower tool into the door.
4. Twist tool handle to hook and bind lock linkage (see fig.).
5. Pull up on tool while hooking door lock rod.
NOTE: You should be watching the door lock button inside of the car. When you contact the correct rod,
you will see the door lock button move. Instructions are for passenger side door.

Front Passenger
Door
ALTERNATE

INSER TION

Tool 47

_ALTERNATE47_ALTERNATE • 1215 • Style00 • 1 •Alt47


Method - Alt74 ALTERNATE Page 57

_Alternate Method Alt74 Using the 74 Tool

Tool: 74
1. Separate the glass from weather-stripping with a Strip Saver and Wedge.
2. With the tip of the tool facing the rear of the car, lower tool into door.
3. Lower tool deep into the door and turn the handle away from the car. Lift tool handle until working end of
tool emerges from inside of the car.
4. With working end of tool fully inside the car, hook door lock button with tool tip and lift to unlock the door.

ALTERNATE
Tool 74

_ALTERNATE74_ALTERNATE • 1213 • Style00 • 1 •Alt74


Page 58 ALTERNATE Method - AltGM

_Alternate Method AltGM Using the Glassman Tool

Tool: Glassman Tool


1. Insert the Glassman Tool on the side of the unframed window .
2. Insert the tool into the cavity created by the Glassman Tool to protect the glass from damage .
3. Insert a Long Reach Tool (such as the 78, Flat Max or Long John Tool) into the opening.
4.Maneuver the tool to engage the door handle or, when available, the door lock release button.
5.Pull the handle or engage the lock release button to unlock the door.
ALTERNATE

Tool

Pull Back
Handle to
Unlock

Tool 78SG

_ALTERNATE78Glass_ALTERNATE • 1216 • Style00 • 1 •AltGm


Method - AltGMV ALTERNATE Page 59

_Alternate Method AltGMV Using the Glassman Tool


Vertical Buttons
Tool: Glassman Tool Vehicles with vertical Buttons
1 Insert the Glassman Tool on the side of the unframed window .
2 Insert a loop type tool into the cavity created by the Glassman Tool to protect the glass from damage .
3.Maneuver the tool to engage the door lock button
5.Pull up on the button to unlock the vehicle.

ALTERNATE
Linkage

Tool 78SG

_ALTERNATE78GlassV_ALTERNATE • 1695 • Style00 • 1 •AltgmV


Page 60 ALTERNATE Method - AltOHJ

_Alternate Method AltOHJ Using the One Hand Jack


Tool
TOOL: One Hand Jack Tool- 78SG
1.Use the One Hand Jack tool to separate the door frame from the body of the vehicle.
2.Insert the Air Wedge to wards the top of the door and inflate.
3.Remove the One Hand Jack Tool .
4. Insert a Long Reach Tool (such as the 78, Flat Max or Long John Tool) into the opening.
5.Maneuver the tool to engage the door handle or, when available, the door lock release button.
6.Pull the handle or engage the lock release button to unlock the door.
Note this opening should only be used in emergency situations
ALTERNATE

Tool 78SG

_ALTERNATE78SG_ALTERNATE • 1412 • Style00 • 1 •Altohj


Method - Alt81 ALTERNATE Page 61

_Alternate Method Alt81 Using the 81 Tool

TOOL: Inside Access Button Lifter- 81


1. Insert wedge between glass and weather-strip near the door lock button.
2. Insert tool in door with tip facing the rear of the vehicle .
3. Reposition wedge to allow the lowering of the tool into the door (see figure 2).
4. Lower tool into door until shaped portion of tool is beneath the window glass.
5. Raise the tool until that the shaped portion of the tool is entirely visible on the inside of the vehicle (fig-
ure 3).
6. Rotate the tool so that the tip is positioned next the door lock button and lift the button.
Note : To aid in the removing of the tool, place the wedge between the glass and the weather-strip on the
inside of t he door near the tool. The tool will slide easily from the inside of the door.

ALTERNATE
Tool 81

_ALTERNATE81_ALTERNATE • 1259 • Style00 • 1 •Alt81


Page 62 ALTERNATE Method - Alt57

_Alternate Method Alt87 Using the 87 Tool

Tool: Strap Tool 87


1. Insert Strip Saver between window and window strip.
2. Cover front of the tool with another Strip Saver.
3. Insert the tool into the door using the Strip savers
4. Use the strings to help move the tip of the tool into position over the door lock button.
5. Pull the tool to lift the door lock button
ALTERNATE

Tool 57

_ALTERNATE87_ALTERNATE • 1217 • Style00 • 1 •Alt87


Method - Alt89 ALTERNATE Page 63

_Alternate Method Alt89 Using the 89 Tool

TOOL: INSIDE ACCESS TOOL - 89


1. Insert wedge between glass and weather strip directly above door lock button (see figure 1).
2. Insert tool in door with tip facing the front of the vehicle (see figure 1).
3. Reposition wedge to allow the lowering of the tool into the door (see figure 2).
4. Lower tool into door until V’ shaped portion of tool is beneath the window glass.
5. Raise the tool until that the V’ shaped portion of the tool is entirely visible on the inside of the vehicle
(see figure 3).
6. Rotate the tool so that the tip is positioned in front of the door lock button (see figure 4).
7. Pull on tool in order to slide the door lock button towards the front of the vehicle (see figure 5).
NOTE: To aid in the removing of the tool, place the wedge between the glass and the weatherstrip on the
inside of the door ne ar the tool. The tool will slide easily from the inside of the door.

ALTERNATE
Tool 89

_ALTERNATE89_ALTERNATE • 605 • Style00 • 1 •Alt89FD


Page 64 ALTERNATE Method - AltSJ1

_Alternate Method AltSJ1 Using the Slim Jim

TOOL: SLIM JIM


1. Separate glass from weather-strips.
2. Use front door.
3. Move the lock pawl with tip of the Slim Jim.
NOTE: Watch door lock button.
ALTERNATE

Tool SJ

_ALTERNATESG_ALTERNATE • 1218 • Style00 • 1 •Altsj1


Method - Altsj2 ALTERNATE Page 65

_Alternate Method AltSJ2 Using the Slim Jim

Tool: SLIM JIM


1. BEND SLIM JIM AS SHOWN.
2. Lower the tool into the door.
3. Place tip NEXT TO LOCK ROD.
4. Lift up on tool in order to raise the door lock button.

ALTERNATE
Tool SJ

_ALTERNATESG2_ALTERNATE • 1219 • Style00 • 1 •Altsj2


Page 66 ACURA Method - M1

Acura CL 1997 1999

Tool:71
1. Separate the glass from weather-stripping with a Strip Saver and Wedge.
2 .With the tip of the tool facing the rear of the car, insert the tool into door, 12 inches from the door frame
3. Lower the tool below the linkage shield (See Diagram for Position)
4. Lift the tool so it goes in the gap between the plastic shield and the door frame. Hook the linkage
5. Move the linkage forward to unlock the door.

Tool 77
ACURA

Alternative method use


Alternate Alt22

ACURA CL Tool in Insertion Position Tool in Working Position

View from Inside the Door Close up of Tool in Action

ACURA001ACURA • 635 • Style05 • 1 •H7701F


Method - M1 ACURA Page 67

Acura CL 2 Door 2001 2003

Tool: 74
1. Separate the glass from weather-stripping with a Strip Saver and Wedge.
2. With the tip of the tool facing the rear of the car, lower tool into door.
3 Lower tool deep into the door and turn the handle away from the car. Lift tool handle until working end of tool
emerges from inside of the car.
4. With working end of tool fully inside the car, hook door lock button with tool tip and lift to unlock the door.

Tool 74

ACURA
Alternative method use
Alternate Alt22

ACURA CL Tool in Insertion Position Tool in Working Position

Hook Lock Button and Lift to Unlock

ACURA002ACURA • 655 • Style04 • 1 •R7401


Page 68 ACURA Method - M1

Acura Integra 2 Door 1986 1993

Tool: Downward Hook - 91


1. Separate glass from weather-stripping with a wedge on passenger door.
2. Point tip of tool towards front of car.
3. Lower the tool into car (SEE FIG. FOR POSITION) .
4. After tool is lowered, turn tool to hook bottom linkage (SEE ENLARGED ILLUSTRATION) 5. Rotate tool
to bind the linkage and tilt the handle towards rear of vehicle as to move the linkage towards the front of
the door.
6. Watch door lock button inside of vehicle for movement. When you have bound the correct linkage, you
will see the door lock button move.
ACURA

Tool 91L

Alternative method use


Alternate Alt22

ACURA003ACURA • 775 • Style00 • 1 •H9101F


Method - M1 ACURA Page 69

Acura Integra 4 door 1986 1993 Acura SLX 1996 1999


Acura Legend 2 Door 1986 1995 Acura Vigor 1992 1994

Tool: Large side of double tool - 26


1. Separate glass from weather-strip.
2. Lower the tool into the door near the door lock button.
3. Push up on door lock button using tip of tool.
NOTE: You should be watching the door lock button inside of the car. When you contact the correct lever
you will see it move.

Tool 26

ACURA
Alternative method use
Alternate Alt22

Acura Integra Tool in Insertion Position Tool in Working Position

ACURA004ACURA • 632 • Style03 • 1 •V2601


Page 70 ACURA Method - M1

Acura Integra 2 door 1994 2001

TOOL: INSIDE ACCESS TOOL - 35


1. Insert wedge between glass and weather strip directly above door lock button inside of vehicle (see
figure 1).
2. Insert tool in door with tip facing the front of the vehicle (see figure 1).
3. Reposition wedge to allow the lowering of the tool into the door (see figure 2).
4. Lower tool into door until V’ shaped portion of tool is beneath the window glass.
5. Raise the tool until that the V’ shaped portion of the tool is entirely visible on the inside of the vehicle
(see figure 3).
6. Rotate the tool so that the tip is positioned in front of the door lock button (see figure 4).
7. Pull on tool in order to slide the door lock button towards the front of the vehicle (see figure 5).
NOTE: To aid in the removing of the tool, place the wedge between the glass and the weatherstrip on the
inside of the door ne ar the tool. The tool will slide easily from the inside of the door.
ACURA

Tool 35

Alternative method use


Alternate Altohj

ACURA005ACURA • 631 • Style00 • 1 •R3501


Method - M1 ACURA Page 71

Acura Integra 4 Door 1994 2001

Tool: HORIZONTAL LINKAGE TOOL 23


1. Separate glass from weather-stripping with a wedge on rear passenger door .
2. Point tip of tool towards rear of car.
3. Lower the tool into car (SEE FIG. FOR POSITION) .
4. Turn tool to hook and bind bottom linkage (SEE ENLARGED ILLUSTRATION) .
5. Rock tool handle towards rear of vehicle in order to move the linkage towards the front of the car.
6. Watch door lock button inside of vehicle for movement. When you have bound the correct linkage, you will see the
door lock button move.

Tool 23

Tool

Pull Back
Handle to
Unlock

ACURA
Alternative method use
Alternate AltGM

ACURA INTEGRA Tool in Insertion Position Tool in Working Position. Rotate


Handle to REAR of Car

Tool Must Enter Hole in Inner Door Close Up. Move Linkage Towards
Panel to Grab Lower Linkage FRONT of Car

ACURA006ACURA • 819 • Style05 • 1 •H2305F


Page 72 ACURA Method - M1

Acura MDX 2001 2006

TOOL: Large Side of Double Tool- 26


1.Separate glass from weather strip with Strip Saver and Wedge.
2.Lower tool into the door near the door lock button.
3.Turn tool handle to make contact with tool tip and lock button.
4.Lift tool to unlock door.
NOTE: You should be watching the door lock button inside the car. When you contact the door lock button,
you will see the button move.
ACURA

Tool 26

ACURA MDX Tool in Insertion Position Tool in Working Position

ACURA009-M1ACURA • 1180 • Style03 • 1 •V2609


Method - M2 ACURA Page 73

Acura MDX 2001 2006

Tool: 74
1.Separate the glass from weather-stripping with a Strip Saver and Wedge.
2. With the tip of the tool facing the rear of the car, lower tool into door.
3. Lower tool deep into the door and turn the handle away from the car. Lift tool handle until working end of
tool emerges from inside of the car.
4. With working end of tool fully inside the car, hook door lock button with tool tip and lift to unlock the door.

ACURA
Tool 74

ACURA009-M2ACURA • 1340 • Style00 • 1 •R7401


Page 74 ACURA Method - M1

Acura RL 1997 1998

Tool: REVERSE HOOK TOOL - 42


1. Separate glass from weather-stripping with a wedge on REAR passenger door.
2. Point tip of tool towards rear of car and insert.
3. Lower tool into hole in inner door frame and beneath linkage shield. (SEE ENLARGED ILLUSTRATION)
4. Rotate tool handle towards you and raise tip of tool behind the plastic shield in order to hook and bind
lock linkage.
5. Watch door lock button inside of vehicle for movement. When you have bound the correct linkage, you
will see the door lock button move.
6. Move linkage towards front of car.
ACURA

Tool 42

Alternative method use


Alternate Altohj

Acura011ACURA • 636 • Style00 • 1 •H4202FRD


Method - M1 ACURA Page 75

Acura RSX 3 Door 2002 2006 Acura TSX 2004 2008


Acura TL 4 Door 2004 2008

TOOL: Inside Access Button Lifter- 81


1. Insert wedge between glass and weather-strip near the door lock button.
2. Insert tool in door with tip facing the rear of the vehicle .
3. Reposition wedge to allow the lowering of the tool into the door (see figure 2).
4. Lower tool into door until shaped portion of tool is beneath the window glass.
5. Raise the tool until that the shaped portion of the tool is entirely visible on the inside of the vehicle (figure 3).
6. Rotate the tool so that the tip is positioned next the door lock button and lift the button.
Note : To aid in the removing of the tool, place the wedge between the glass and the weather-strip on the inside of t
he door near the tool. The tool will slide easily from the inside of the door.

1 2
Lower Tool Under
Glass

Insertion
Position

Wedge
Tool 81
Rotate & Tilt Tool
Into Position

3 4
Lift Tool
to Unlock Door

Tool

ACURA
Lock Button

Alternative method use


Push tool againt lock button Enlargement
and lift tool to unlock door From Inside Door

Alternate Altohj

ACURA RSX Tool in insertion position Tool in working position

View from inside the car


ACURA013ACURA • 1228 • Style04 • 1 •acu016
Page 76 ACURA Method - M1

Acura TL 1996 1998 Acura NSX 1991 2005

Tool: HORIZONTAL LINKAGE TOOL 23


1. Separate glass from weather-stripping with a wedge on rear passenger door .
2. Point tip of tool towards rear of car.
3. Lower the tool into car (SEE FIG. FOR POSITION) .
4. Turn tool to hook and bind bottom linkage (SEE ENLARGED ILLUSTRATION) .
5. Rock tool handle towards rear of vehicle in order to move the linkage towards the front of the car.
6. Watch door lock button inside of vehicle for movement. When you have bound the correct linkage, you will see the
door lock button move.

Tool 23
ACURA

Acura TL Tool in insertion position Tool in working position. Rotate handle


towards REAR of car

Tool must enter hole in inner door Close Up. Move linkage towards
panel to grab lower linkage. FRONT of car

ACURA015-M1ACURA • 778 • Style05 • 1 •H2305f


Method - M2 ACURA Page 77

Acura TL 1996 1998

Tool: FLEXIBLE LONG REACH TOOL - 78SG


1. On driver’ s side door, insert tool between window and weather-stripping, tip of tool facing downward.
2. Insert a wedge between tool and window and use the groove in the wedge to guide the tool into the vehicle.
3. Slide the tool into the interior of the vehicle until the tip is positioned in front of the lock button.
4. With the tip of the tool resting on the lock button, pull back on the tool to unlock the vehicle.
Use of Glass Saver System is recommended!

Tool 78SG

Tool

Pull Back
Handle to
Unlock

ACURA
Acura TL Insert SuperWedge/Glassman into Insert tool into hole created by Super-
window Wedge/Glassman

Hook lock button with tool, and move


to rear of car to unlock

ACURA015-M2ACURA • 639 • Style04 • 1 •glassman


Page 78 ACURA Method - M1

Acura TL 4 Door 1999 2003 Acura RL 4 Door 1999 2004


Acura Legend 4 Door 1986 1995

Tool: S’ Tool - 47
1. Separate glass from weather-strip with a wedge.
2.Lower the tool below the inner door frame.
3.Twist tool to hook the door lock rod.
4.Lift door lock rod to unlock door.
ACURA

Tool 47

ACURA TL Tool in Insertion Position Tool in Working Position

ACURA016ACURA • 1514 • Style03 • 1 •V4711


Method - M1 ACURA Page 79

Acura MDX 2007 2010 Acura RL 2005 2010


Acura RDX 4 door 2007 2010

Tool: Long Inside Access Tool 89


1. Insert wedge between glass and weather-strip directly above door lock button inside of vehicle (see figure 1).
2. Insert tool in door with tip facing the front of the vehicle
3. Reposition wedge to allow the lowering of the tool into the door
4. Lower tool into door until shaped portion of tool is beneath the window glass.
5. Raise the tool until that the shaped portion of the tool is entirely visible on the inside of the vehicle
6. Rotate the tool so that the tip is positioned under the door lock button
7. Pull up on tool in order to raise the door lock button, unlocking the door.

Tool 89

ACURA
Alternative method use
Alternate Altohj

Acura MDX Tool in insertion position Tool in working position

Push door lock button to unlock door

ACURA021ACURA • 624 • Style04 • 1 •R8901FD


Page 80 ACURA Method - M1

Acura TL 2009 2011 Acura TSX 2009 2010

TOOL: One Hand Jack Tool- 78SG


1.Use the One Hand Jack tool to separate the door frame from the body of the vehicle.
2.Insert the Air Wedge to wards the top of the door and inflate.
3.Remove the One Hand Jack Tool .
4. Insert a Long Reach Tool (such as the 78, Flat Max or Long John Tool) into the opening.
5.Maneuver the tool to engage door lock release button.
6 Push the door lock Button Forward to Unlock the door

Tool 78SG
ACURA

ACURA TL Use jack Tool To make Working Room Insert Airjack and Inflate
for AirjacK

View from inside the car Push the door lock button forward to Button moves tward the Front
unlock the car

ACURA022ACURA • 1606 • Style06 • 1 •Altohj


Method - M1 ALFA ROMEO Page 81

Alfa Romeo All All

TOOL: SLIM JIM


These cars are equipped with a lazy pawl. You can usually open them by attacking the pawl on the door
lock.
These can be opened as shown in the illustrations below.

Tool SJ ALFA ROMEO

Alternative method use


Alternate Altohj

ALFA ROMEO001ALFA ROMEO • 1515 • Style00 • 1 •LPSJ01


Page 82 AUDI Method - M1

Audi 4000 1984 1989 Audi A4 Upto 1998


Audi 5000 1984 1989 Audi A6 Upto 1998
Audi A4 Wagon

Tool: Double Tool - 26


1. Separate glass from weather-stripping. (VERY TIGHT FIT)
2. Point tool towards rear of car.
3. Lower the tool into car. (SEE FIG. FOR POSITION)
4. Lift tool to contact door lock knob. Lift tool to unlock door.
Illustration shows passenger side door. Instructions are for either door.
AUDI

Tool 26

AUDI004-M1AUDI • 641 • Style00 • 1 •V2601


Method - M2 AUDI Page 83

Audi A4 Upto 1998 Audi A6 Upto 1998


Audi A4 Wagon Audi A8 1998

TOOL: STRIP TOOL


1. Insert Strip Savers between the window and the door or window frame.
2. Insert folded end of Strip Tool in between window and Strip Saver (SEE DIAGRAM).
3. Hook door lock knob with folded end of Strip Tool.
4. Pull Strip Tool to unlock door.
NOTE: Whenever the door lock button is exposed, we recommend using this method.

Tool 57 AUDI

AUDI004-M2AUDI • 642 • Style00 • 1 •V5701


Page 84 AUDI Method - M1

Audi S4 2000 2002 Audi 90 All


Audi 100 All Audi A4 Sedan 1999 2001
Audi 200 Audi A4 Avant Wagon 1999 2001
Audi 80 All Audi S4 Avant Wagon 2001 2002

Tool: Triple Hook Tool - 86


1. Insert Strip Saver and Wedge. (VERY TIGHT FIT)
2. Point tip of tool towards rear of car.
3. Lower the tool into car. (SEE FIG. FOR POSITION)
4. Hook lock rod where it attaches to door latch mechanism and lift.
5. Watch door lock button for movement. When you have hooked correct lock rod crank, you will see the
door lock button move.
* Illustration shows passenger side door. Instructions are for either door.
AUDI

Tool 86

AUDI005AUDI • 375 • Style00 • 1 •V8604


Method - M1 AUDI Page 85

Audi S4 2006 2010 Audi A4 Avant 2004 2010


Audi A4 Sedan 2002 2008 Audi RS-4 2006 2009

Tool: Inside Access Tool - 35


1. Insert wedge between glass and weather-strip directly above door lock button inside of vehicle (see figure 1).
2. Insert tool in door with tip facing the front of the vehicle (see figure 1).
3. Reposition wedge to allow the lowering of the tool into the door (see figure 2).
4. Lower tool into door until shaped portion of tool is beneath the window glass.
5. Raise the tool until that the shaped portion of the tool is entirely visible on the inside of the vehicle (see figure 3).
6. Rotate the tool so that the tip is positioned next to the door lock handle (see figure 4).
7. Move tool to engage door lock handle, unlocking the door (see figure 5).
Note: To aid in the removing of the tool, place the wedge between the glass and the weather-strip on the inside of the
door near the tool. The tool will slide easily from the inside of the door.

1 Low er Tool 2
Under Glass

Insertion
Tool 35
Position

Rotate & Tilt Tool


Into Position

Wedge

3 4

Tool

Lock Button

AUDI
REAR Lock
DOOR Button

Slide tool in

Alternative method use


this direction
to unlock door
Enlargement

Alternate Altohj
Fro m Inside Door

AUDI A4 Tool in insertion position Tool in working position

Hook the Inside Door Handle to Open View from Far Inside

AUDI006AUDI • 470 • Style05 • 1 •aud012


Page 86 AUDI Method - M1

Audi A4 Cabriolet 2 Door 2003 2009 Audi S4 Cabriolet 2006 2001

Tool: Flexible Long Reach Tool 78SG


1. Insert tool between window and weather-stripping, with tip of tool facing downward
2. Insert a wedge between tool and window and use the groove in the wedge to guide the tool into the vehicle
3. Slide the tool into the interior of the vehicle until the tip is positioned in front of the door lock handle.
4. With the tip of the tool hook the door lock handle and pull the handle to unlock the vehicle.
5.Pulling the Inside Door Handle once unlocks the door. You must pull the Outside Door Handle to open the door.

Tool

Tool 78SG
Handle

D��ect�on

Tool

Pull Back
Handle to
Unlock PASSENGER
AUDI

DOOR

Audi A4 Cabriolet Insert glassmaster tool Insert long reach tool into cavity

View from inside the vehicle Pull door handle to open door
AUDI007AUDI • 1267 • Style05 • 1 •R5004
Method - M1 AUDI Page 87

Audi S6 2003 2009 Audi A6 Sedan 1998 2010


Audi A3 4 door 2006 2010 Audi RS6 2004 2009

Tool: Inside Access Tool - 35


1. Insert wedge between glass and weather-strip directly above door lock button inside of vehicle (see figure 1).
2. Insert tool in door with tip facing the front of the vehicle (see figure 1).
3. Reposition wedge to allow the lowering of the tool into the door (see figure 2).
4. Lower tool into door until shaped portion of tool is beneath the window glass.
5. Raise the tool until that the shaped portion of the tool is entirely visible on the inside of the vehicle (see figure 3).
6. Rotate the tool so that the tip is positioned next to the door lock handle (see figure 4).
7. Move tool to engage door lock handle, unlocking the door (see figure 5).
Note: To aid in the removing of the tool, place the wedge between the gl ass and the weather-strip on the inside of
the door near the tool. The tool will slide easily from the inside of the door.

1 Low er Tool 2
Under Glass

Insertion
Position Tool 35
Rotate & Tilt Tool
Into Position

Wedge

3 4

Tool

AUDI
Lock Button
REAR Lock
DOOR Button

Slide tool in
this direction
to unlock door
Enlargement
Fro m Inside Door

AUDI A6 Tool in insertion position Tool in working position

Tool in working position


AUDI008-M1AUDI • 21 • Style04 • 1 •aud012
Page 88 AUDI Method - M2

Audi A6 Sedan 1998 2010 Audi RS6 2004 2009


Audi A3 4 door 2006 2010 Audi S6 2003 2009

TOOL: One Hand Jack Tool- 78SG


1.Use the One Hand Jack tool to separate the door frame from the body of the vehicle.
2.Insert the Air Wedge to wards the top of the door and inflate.
3.Remove the One Hand Jack Tool .
4. Insert a Long Reach Tool (such as the 78, Flat Max or Long John Tool) into the opening.
5.Maneuver the tool to engage the door handle or, when available, the door lock release button.
6.Pull the handle or engage the lock release button to unlock the door.
Note this opening should only be used in emergency situations

Tool 78SG
AUDI

Audi A6 Insert Jack Tool Insert Air Wedge

Insert tool into door cavity Maneuver tool to hook door lock handle Pull door lock handle to unlock door
AUDI008-M2AUDI • 670 • Style06 • 1 •jacktool
Method - M1 AUDI Page 89

Audi A8 Sedan 2001 2003 Audi A8L Sedan 2001 2006


Audi A8 Wagon 1998 2003 Audi S8 Sedan 2001 2003
Audi A8 Sedan 1998 2010

TOOL: LARGE SIDE OF DOUBLE TOOL- 26


1. Separate glass from weather-strip on REAR passenger door.
2. Lower the tool into the door near the door lock button.
3. Push up on door lock button using tip of tool.
NOTE: USE REAR PASSENGER DOOR
Extreme caution should be used on this vehicle since the body is all Aluminum

Tool 26

AUDI
Alternative method use
Alternate Altohj

Audi A8 Tool in working position

AUDI009AUDI • 1686 • Style02 • 1 •C2601


Page 90 AUDI Method - M1

Audi Q7 SUV 2007 2010 Audi Avant 1998 2005


Audi Allroad Wagon 1998 2005 Audi Q5 SUV 2009 2010

Tool: Inside Access Tool-35


1. Insert wedge between glass and weather-strip directly above door lock button inside of vehicle (see figure 1).
2. Insert tool in door with tip facing the front of the vehicle (see figure 1).
3. Reposition wedge to allow the lowering of the tool into the door (see figure 2).
4. Lower tool into door until shaped portion of tool is beneath the window glass.
5. Raise the tool until that the shaped portion of the tool is entirely visible on the inside of the vehicle (see figure 3).
6. Rotate the tool so that the tip is positioned under the door lock button (see figure 4).
7. Pull up on tool in order to raise the door lock button, unlocking the door (see figure 5).
Note : To aid in the removing of the tool, place the wedge between the glass and the weather-strip on the inside of
the door near the tool. The tool will slide easily from the inside of the door.

Tool 35

� �


AUDI

Audi Q7 Tool in insertion position Tool in working position

View from inside the vehicle Hook door handle with end of tool Pull door handle to unlock door
AUDI010-M1AUDI • 630 • Style06 • 1 •R3510
Method - M2 AUDI Page 91

Audi Q7 SUV 2007 2010 Audi Avant


Audi AllRoad Wagon Audi Q5 SUV 2009 2010

TOOL : JACK TOOL


1. Insert jack tool into side of door and separate the door from the frame of the vehicle.
2. Insert a ir wedge into upper portion of the door and inflate to create an opening in the door.
3. Slide the tool into the interior of the vehicle until the tip is positioned in front of the lock button.
4. With the tip of the tool resting on the lock button, pull back on the tool to
5 Unlock the vehicle.
Use of the Glass Master Wedge System Is Recommended!

Tool 78SG

AUDI
Audi Q7 Insert Jack Tool and Air Wedge Inflate Air Wedge to create working
space

Insert long reach tool into door Pull door handle to unlock door
AUDI010-M2AUDI • 666 • Style05 • 1 •jack_but
Page 92 AUDI Method - M1

Audi TT Roadster 2000 2006 Audi TT 2 DOOR 2000 2010

Tool: Flexible Long Reach Tool 78SG


1. Insert tool between window and weather-stripping, with tip of tool facing downward
2. Insert a wedge between tool and window and use the groove in the wedge to guide the tool into the vehicle
3.Slide the tool into the interior of the vehicle until the tip is positioned in front of the door lock handle.
4.With the tip of the tool hook the door lock handle and pull the handle to unlock the vehicle.
5.Pulling the Inside Door Handle once unlocks the door. You must pull the Outside Door Handle to open the door.

Tool

Tool 78SG
Handle

D��ect�on

Tool

Pull Back
Handle to
Unlock PASSENGER
DOOR
AUDI

Audi TT Insert Wedge in Frameless Window Insert Remote Access Tool Between
Wedges

View from Inside the Door Hook Door Lock Handle and Pull Back

AUDI011AUDI • 340 • Style05 • 1 •R5004


Method - M1 AUDI Page 93

Audi A5 Coupe 2008 2010 Audi S5 Copue 2008 2010


Audi R8 Copue 2008 2010

Tool: Flexible Long Reach Tool 78SG


1. Insert tool between window and weather-stripping, with tip of tool facing downward
2.Insert a wedge between tool and window and use the groove in the wedge to guide the tool into the
vehicle
3.Slide the tool into the interior of the vehicle until the tip is positioned in front of the door lock handle.
4.With the tip of the tool hook the door lock handle and pull the handle to unlock the vehicle.
5.Pulling the Inside Door Handle once unlocks the door. You must pull the Outside Door Handle to open
the door.
This opening is provided for use in extreme emergencies only, and is not recommended under for use
under normal circumstances.

Tool

AUDI
Handle

D��ect�on

Tool

Pull Back
Handle to
Unlock PASSENGER
DOOR

Tool 78SG

Audi012AUDI • 367 • Style00 • 1 •R5004


Page 94 AUTOCAR HEAVY TRUCK Method - M1

Autocar All All

Tool: 102 Upward Bend Tool


1.Insert the strip savers and wedge in the door to create working room to insert the tool.
.Insert the tool near the very rear of the front passenger side door.
3.Hook the linkage directly under the door lock button where it connects to the door lock latch.
4.Lift the tool to unlock the door.

Wedge
AUTOCAR HEAVY TRUCK

Linkage

Direction Tool 102


Direction

Tool

All Autocar Heavy Duty Trucks. Insert the tool at rear of passenger Lower tool directly under door lock
side door. button. Lift to unlock.

AUTOCAR HEAVY TRUCK001AUTOCAR HEAVY TRUCK • 1455 • Style03 • 1 •V8804HT


Method - M1 BMW Page 95

BMW 325i 2006 2010 BMW 7 Series 2002 2009


BMW 3 Series Framed Window 2000 2010 BMW 745 2005 2008
BMW 330i 2006 2010 BMW 760 2006 2008
BMW 5 Series 2001 2010 BMW X3 2004 2009
BMW 5 Series Wagon 2005 2010 BMW X5 2002 2009
BMW 550i 2005 2010

Tool: 78SG Long Reach Tool with One Hand Jack and Air Jack
1. Insert the One Hand Jack tool on the side of the door.
2.Insert and inflate the Air Jack wedge on the top of the door.
3.Prepare two (2) tools for use, the first for disabling the deadlock mechanism, the second for opening the door.
4.Insert the first tool in the opening in the door .
5. Maneuver the tool to push the door lock button to disable the deadlock mechanism. A clicking sound may be heard in the
door. The door lock release button will be found on the dashboard or the console near the shift lever.
6.With the deadlock mechanism disengaged, quickly use the long reach tool to pull the door handle twice- once to unlock
the door, the second to open the door .
NOTE : This opening is intended for automobiles with framed windows and deadlock mechanisms.

Tool 78SG

BMW
Dashboar
d

Push Door Lock Button To Release Deadlock

Use One Hand Jack to wedge top side of door Use Air Wedge on top of door to create opening Insert Long Reach Tool at top of door

Push deadlock button on dash to release deadlock mechanism


Quickly pull door handle to unlock
BMW001BMW • 523 • Style05 • 1 •78Frame
Page 96 BMW Method - M1

BMW 645 2005 2010 BMW 6 Series 2004 2010


BMW 3 Series Convertible 1997 2010 BMW 650i 2006 2010
BMW 3 Series Coupe 2007 2010 BMW M Coupe 2007 2010
BMW 3 Series 2008 2010 BMW M Roadster 2007 2010
BMW 325ci 2006 2010 BMW M3 2000 2010

Tool: 78SG Long Reach Tool with GlassMan


1. Insert the GlassMan wedge in the window.
2.Prepare two (2) tools for use, the first for disabling the deadlock mechanism, the second for opening the door.
3.Insert the first tool in the opening created by the GlassMan wedge.
4.Maneuver the tool to push the door lock button to disable the deadlock mechanism. A clicking sound may be heard
in the door. The door lock release button will be found on the dashboard or the console near the shift lever.
5. With the deadlock mechanism disengaged, quickly use the long reach tool to pull the door handle twice- once to
unlock the door, the second to open the door .
NOTE : This opening is intended for automobiles with frameless windows and deadlock mechanisms.

Tool 78SG
BMW

BMW 645 Insert Wonder Shield and Glass Master Insert Flat Tool for Door Lock Button

Push Door Lock Button on Console Insert SQM Tool for Door Handle Pull Door Handle TWICE to Unlock Door
BMW006BMW • 338 • Style06 • 1 •78FRLess
Method - M1 BMW Page 97

BMW 8 Series Upto 1998

Tool: STRIP TOOL - 57


1. Insert Strip Saver in between window and door, or window frame.
2. Insert folded end of Strip Tool between Strip Saver and the door or window frame (SEE INSERTION
DIAGRAM).
3. Maneuver Strip tool to hook door lock knob.
4. Pull Strip Tool to unlock door.
NOTE : All 1991 and later model BMWs are equipped with a special lock mechanism which engages when
the door is locked with the key. When the door is locked with the key it, is impossible to open with car
opening tools. In the event of lost keys, BMW dealers can get replacements with the V.I.N. number. If the
car is locked by any o ther method, use these opening methods.
NOTE : Since most of the time vehicle will be in a dead lock position; we recommend ordering a replace-
ment key from the BMW dealer. This key can be ordered using the vehicle identification number.

Tool 57 BMW

BMW009BMW • 825 • Style00 • 1 •V5701


Page 98 BMW Method - M1

BMW M Coupe 1998 2002 BMW 7 Series 4 door 1989 2001


BMW 5 series upto 2000 BMW M Roadster 1998 2002
BMW 6 Series upto 2003 BMW M3 Coupe Upto 1999

Tool: Double Bend Tool 88


1. Use inside door handle of rear door as guide (See figure for position).
2. Separate glass from weather-strips.
3. Lower the tool into the door.
4. Tip of tool must go into the hole in door frame.
5. Lift up on tool and hook bell crank (see fig.).
NOTE: You should be watching the door lock button inside of the car. When you contact the correct bell crank, you will see the
door lock button move.
NOTE: All 1991 and later model BMWs are equipped with a special lock mechanism which engages when the door is locked with
the key. When the door is locked with the key, it is impossible to open with car opening tools. In the event of lost keys, BMW deal-
ers can get replacements with the V.I.N number. If the car is locked by any other method, use these opening methods.
NOTE: Since most of the time vehicle will be in a dead lock position; we recommend ordering a replacement key from the BMW
dealer. This key can be ordered using the vehicle identification number.
NOTE: Handle on the tool may be different than shown in photo.

Tool 88-45
BMW

Alternative method use


V8802.eps

Alternate Altohj

BMW Tool in insertion position Tool in working position

Door without inside panel


BMW010BMW • 114 • Style04 • 1 •V8802
Method - M1 BMW Page 99

BMW Z3 1997 2002 BMW Z8


BMW Z4 2003 2009

Tool: Flexible Long Reach Tool 78sg


1. On driver’ s side door, insert tool between window and weather-stripping, with tip of tool facing down-
ward (see figure 1 for position).
2. Insert a wedge between tool and window and use the groove in the wedge to guide the tool into the
vehicle (see figure 2).
3. Slide the tool into the interior of the vehicle until the tip is positioned in front of the lock button (see figure
3).
4. With the tip of the tool resting on the lock button, pull back on the tool to unlock the vehicle (see figure
4).
5. Pulling the Inside Door Handle once unlocks the door. You must pull the Outside Door Handle to open
the door.

Tool

BMW
Handle

D��ect�on

Tool

Pull Back
Handle to
Unlock PASSENGER
DOOR

Tool 78SG

BMW013BMW • 1190 • Style00 • 1 •R5004


Page 100 CHEVROLET HEAVY TRUCKS Method - M1

Chevrolet HT C Series Vertical Buttons and Vent Win-


dows Pre 1989
Tool: Vent Window Tools 103 & 104
1) Insert the Flat vent tool 104 directly under the vent window handle.
2) Insert the Vent window tool 103
3) Depress the vent window handle release button with the flat 104 Tool.
4) Rotate the vent window handle with the 103 tool while maintaining the release button depressed.
5) Insert your arm in through the open vent window to unlock the truck.

Tool 103-04
Insert #104 Latch Insert #103 Vent Handle
Button Tool
CHEVROLET HEAVY TRUCKS

Chevrolet Medium Duty Trucks. Vent Insert Flat Vent tool under the vent window Depress vent window latch lock button with
Windows and Vertical Buttons. directly below the vent window latch handle. flat tool while turning handle with other tool.

Keep the Button depressed while turn-


ing the handle.

CHEVROLET HEAVY TRUCKS001CHEVROLET HEAVY TRUCKS • 1456 • Style04 • 1 •R103-04


Method - M1 CHEVROLET HEAVY TRUCKS Page 101

Chevrolet HT C Series Horizontal Linkage 1989 2002

Tool: HORIZONTAL LINKAGE TOOL 23


1. Point the tip of the tool towards the rear of the car.
2. Insert the tool between the glass and weather-strip.
3. Lower the tool into the door slowly while turning tool until handle is pointing away from car.
4. Stop lowering tool when you feel it contact the door lock rod.
5. While watching door lock lever (inside car), twist tool so as to move tip of tool towards front of car.
NOTE: Watch the door lock button inside the car. If you contact the correct rod inside the door, you will see the door
lock button move.
Illustration shows passenger side door. Instructions will work on either front door. Door lock lever (circled) is shown
reversed.
FOR 1997 Models: See Index

Tool 23

CHEVROLET HEAVY TRUCKS


Chevrolet Kodiack heavy duty truck Lower the tool into the door at the very Tool in working position. Hook top
rear edge of the passenger door linkage.

View from inside the door. Move link-


age forward to unlock.
CHEVROLET HEAVY TRUCKS002CHEVROLET HEAVY TRUCKS • 1457 • Style04 • 1 •H2337F
Page 102 CHEVROLET HEAVY TRUCKS Method - M1

Chevrolet HT 4500 Horizontal Linkage 2003 2009 Chevrolet HT C Series Horizontal Linkage 2003 2009
Chevrolet HT 5500 Horizontal Linkage 2003 2009

Tool: 9 1 Downward Hook Tool


1.Insert the strip savers and wedge in the door to create working room. Insert the tool into the rear of the door.
2. Lower the tool with the tip facing the rear INSIDE of the door. Note that the tip of the tool must not go behind the
window run channel so keep the tip facing towards the inside while you lower it in the door.
3.Hook the door lock rod with the tip of the tool.
4.Rotate the tool in order to move the linkage to the front of the car.

Wedge

Tool 91
Gap In
Shield

Shield

Move Tool
CHEVROLET HEAVY TRUCKS

Gap In
Shield

Move Tool

ENLARGEMENT

All C Series 2003 and later Medium Tool in insertion position Tool in working position. Note tool is
and Heavy duty Truck Chassis deep in door with tip at rear corner

Twist tool to move linkage to front of View inside door. Tool hooks linkage at Close up of tool in action.
vehicle lower rear corner of door.

CHEVROLET HEAVY TRUCKS003CHEVROLET HEAVY TRUCKS • 330 • Style06 • 1 •H9101FHT


Method - M1 CHEVROLET HEAVY TRUCKS Page 103

Chevrolet HT Van Cab All

Tool: 91 Downward Hook Tool


1 Insert the strip savers and wedge in the door to create working room. Insert the tool into the center of the door.
2.Lower the tool on to the door lock linkage.
3.Hook the door lock rod with the tip of the tool
4.Rotate the tool in order to move the linkage to the front of the car.

Wedge

Tool 91
Gap In
Shield

Shield

Move Tool

Gap In

CHEVROLET HEAVY TRUCKS


Shield

Move Tool

ENLARGEMENT

Chevrolet heavy duty van chassis is Insert the number 106 tool near the Lower the tool on top of the lock link-
used with a variety of deifferent bed center of the door. age. Twist the tool so the tip moves
configurations towards the front of the door.

When you have hooked the correct


linkage you will see the door lock but-
ton move up

CHEVROLET HEAVY TRUCKS004CHEVROLET HEAVY TRUCKS • 1459 • Style04 • 1 •H9101FHT


Page 104 CHEVROLET HEAVY TRUCKS Method - M1

Chevrolet HT W Series Light Duty Pre 1995

TOOL: ‘S’ Tool - 47


1.Separate the glass from weather-stripping on door.
2.Lower tool into door in between the inner door frame.
3.Twist tool to hook the door lock rod.
4.Lift door lock rod to unlock door.
Reminder: Be sure to use the rubber tip on your 47 Tool

Wedge
CHEVROLET HEAVY TRUCKS

Pull
Up Pull
Linkage Up

Tool 47

Chevrolet light duty cab over business Tool in insertion position Tool in working position. Tool is only a
class trucks few inches into the door.

CHEVROLET HEAVY TRUCKS005-M1CHEVROLET HEAVY TRUCKS • 1460 • Style03 • 1 •v4715HT


Method - M2 CHEVROLET HEAVY TRUCKS Page 105

Chevrolet HT W Series Light Duty Pre 1995

Tool: Double Tool 26


1. Separate glass from weather-stripping.
2. Point tool towards rear of car.
3. Lower the tool into car. (SEE FIG. FOR POSITION)
4. Lift tool to contact door lock button.
5. Lift tool to unlock door.

CHEVROLET HEAVY TRUCKS


Wedge

Tool 26
Pull
Up Pull
Linkage Up

Tool in insertion position Lift the tool up under the door lock button, to
unlock the door.

CHEVROLET HEAVY TRUCKS005-M2CHEVROLET HEAVY TRUCKS • 1461 • Style02 • 1 •V2612HT


Page 106 CHEVROLET HEAVY TRUCKS Method - M1

Chevrolet HT W Series Light Duty 1996 2009

Tool: Double Tool 26


1. Separate glass from weather-stripping.
2. Point tool towards rear of car.
3. Lower the tool into car. (SEE FIG. FOR POSITION)
4. Lift tool to contact door lock button.
5. Lift tool to unlock door.

Wedge

Tool 26

Pull
Up Pull
Linkage Up
CHEVROLET HEAVY TRUCKS

Chevrolet W3500 and W4500 Lower tool into the door near the door Lower tool below door lock button, lift
lock button. tool under button to unlock.

View of the door lock button from the


inside of the vehicle.

CHEVROLET HEAVY TRUCKS006CHEVROLET HEAVY TRUCKS • 1462 • Style04 • 1 •V2613HT


Method - M1 CHEVROLET HEAVY TRUCKS Page 107

Chevrolet HT T Series Medium Duty Pre 1995

Tool: 23 Horizontal Linkage Tool


1. Insert the strip savers and wedge in the door to create working room. Insert the tool near the rear of the door.
2.Lower the tool into the door until the tool rests on the lock linkage.
3.Twist the tool to bind the linkage.
4.Move the tip of the tool forward so the linkage moves towards the front of the truck.
5.Watch the door lock button for movement. The door lock button will move up when the vehicle is unlocked.

Tool 23
Wedge

Direction

CHEVROLET HEAVY TRUCKS


Direction
Enlargement

Chevrolet Medium Duty T Series Insert tool between glass and weather Tool in working position
trucks stripping.

Hook top linkage with tool tip. Move Close up of tool in action
linkage to rear to unlock.

CHEVROLET HEAVY TRUCKS007CHEVROLET HEAVY TRUCKS • 1468 • Style05 • 1 •H2340HT


Page 108 CHEVROLET HEAVY TRUCKS Method - M1

Chevrolet HT T Series Medium Duty 1996 2006

Tool: T105 Double Bend Tool


1 Insert the strip savers and wedge in the door to create working room. Insert the tool near the rear of the door.
2.Lower the tool into the door about of the way down in the door.
3.Point the tip of the tool towards the rear of the truck.
4.Lift the tool under the door lock linkage.
5.Watch the door lock button for movement. The door lock button will move up when the vehicle is unlocked.

Wedge

Tool 105

Tool
CHEVROLET HEAVY TRUCKS

Direction
Direction

Chevrolet large and medium duty busi- Tool in insertion position. Tool in working position.
ness class cab over trucks

View from inside the door. Hook tool tip under lock linkage and lift to unlock. View of door with panel.

CHEVROLET HEAVY TRUCKS008CHEVROLET HEAVY TRUCKS • 1463 • Style06 • 1 •V10501HT


Method - M1 Chrysler Dodge Plymouth Eagle Page 109

Dodge Magnum 2005 2008 Chrysler Aspen 2007 2010


Chrysler 300C 2005 2010 Chrysler Cirrus 4 door 1995 2000
Chrysler 300C SRT 2005 2010 Chrysler Concorde 1998 2004
Chrysler 300M 1999 2004

TOOL: ‘S’ Tool - 47


1. Separate the glass from weather-stripping on door.
2. Lower tool into door in between the inner door frame.
3. Twist tool to hook the door lock rod.
4. Lift door lock rod to unlock door.
Reminder: Be sure to use the rubber tip on your 47 Tool

Tool 47

Chrysler Dodge Plymouth Eagle


Dodge Magnum Tool in Insertion Position Tool in Working Position

View from Inside the Door Hook Lock Rod and Lift to Unlock.
CHRYSLER002CHRYSLER • 1429 • Style05 • 1 •V4707
Page 110 Chrysler Dodge Plymouth Eagle Method - M1

Chrysler Crossfire Convertible 2005 2008 Chrysler Crossfire SRT 6 2005 2006
Chrysler Crossfire Coupe 2004 2008 Chrysler Crossfire Roadster 2005 2008

Tool: Flexible Long Reach Tool 78sg


1. Insert tool between window and weather-stripping, with tip of tool facing downward
2. I nsert a wedge between tool and window and use the groove in the wedge to guide the tool into the vehicle
3. Slide the tool into the interior of the vehicle until the tip is positioned in front of the door lock handle.
4. With the tip of the tool hook the door lock handle and pull the handle to unlock the vehicle.
5. Pulling the Inside Door Handle once unlocks the door. You must pull the Outside Door Handle to open the door.
Note: Use of the Glass Master System is recommended!

Tool

Drivers
DOOR ONLY
Handle Tool 78SG
Chrysler Dodge Plymouth Eagle

Direction

Tool

Pull Back
Handle to
Unlock Drivers
DOOR ONLY

Chrysler Crossfire Tool in Insertion Position Hook Door Handle.

Pull Door Handle to Open.


CHRYSLER006CHRYSLER • 563 • Style04 • 1 •R5009dd
Method - M1 Chrysler Dodge Plymouth Eagle Page 111

Dodge Ram 3500 Series 2002 2002 Chrysler New Yorker Salon 1990 1993
Chrysler Fifth Avenue 1985 1989 Dodge Ram Truck 1994 2001
Chrysler Fifth Avenue 1990 1993 Dodge Ram 2500 Series 2002 2002
Chrysler Imperial 1986 1989 Dodge Truck Full Size 1994 2001
Chrysler Imperial 1990 1993 Plymouth Colt Pop up locks 1986 1994
Chrysler New Yorker 1986 1989 Plymouth Colt Vista Pop up locks 1986 1994
Chrysler New Yorker 1990 1993

Tool: SMALL HOOK TOOL 22


1. Separate glass from weather-stripping with a wedge.
2. Point tip of tool towards rear of car.
3. Lower the tool into car (SEE FIG. FOR POSITION) .
4. Hook Bell Crank with end of tool.
5. Lift straight up on tool in order to raise the lock button.

Chrysler Dodge Plymouth Eagle


Tool 22 Front Passenger
Door

INSER TION

Alternative method use


Alternate Alt47

CHRYSLER009-M1CHRYSLER • 535 • Style00 • 1 •V2201


Page 112 Chrysler Dodge Plymouth Eagle Method - M2

Plymouth Colt Pop up locks 1986 1994 Dodge Colt Vista Pop up locks 1986 1994
Dodge Colt Pop up locks 1986 1994 Dodge Ram Van 1985 1997
Dodge Colt Pop up locks 1986 1994 Dodge Van Full Size 1985 1997
Dodge Colt Vista Pop up locks 1986 1994 Plymouth Colt Vista Pop up locks 1986 1994

Tool: DOUBLE TOOL - 26


For the above vehicles equipped with pop-up style locks
1. Insert tool between glass and weather-strip parallel with the door lock button.
2. Lower the tool into the door.
3. Place tip of tool under the door lock button.
4. Lift up on tool in order to raise the door lock button.
Chrysler Dodge Plymouth Eagle

Tool 26

CHRYSLER009-M2CHRYSLER • 799 • Style00 • 1 •V2601


Method - M1 Chrysler Dodge Plymouth Eagle Page 113

Chrysler Laser 1984 1989 Dodge Charger 1984 1990


Chrysler LeBaron 2 Door 1982 1989 Dodge Daytona 1984 1990
Chrysler LeBaron 4 Door 1982 1989 Dodge Lancer 1984 1989
Chrysler Maserati TC 1989 1991 Dodge Shelby Charger 1984 1990
Chrysler Town & Country 1984 1990 Plymouth Caravelle 1984 1986
Chrysler Town & Country Wagon Wagon 1984 1988 Plymouth Laser 1984 1989
Dodge 600 1984 1988 Plymouth Reliant 1984 1988
Dodge Aries 1984 1988 Plymouth Voyager 1984 1990
Dodge Caravan 1984 1990

Tool: HORIZONTAL LINKAGE - 23


1. Separate glass from weather-stripping with a wedge.
2. Point tip of tool towards front of car.
3. Lower the tool into car (SEE FIG. FOR POSITION) .
4. After tool is lowered, turn tool to hook top linkage (SEE ENLARGED ILLUSTRATION) .
5. Rotate tool to bind the linkage and tilt the handle towards rear of vehicle as to move the linkage towards
the rear of the door.
6. Watch door lock button inside of vehicle for movement. When you have bound the correct linkage, you

Chrysler Dodge Plymouth Eagle


will see the door lock button move.

Tool 23

CHRYSLER010CHRYSLER • 704 • Style00 • 1 •H2332F


Page 114 Chrysler Dodge Plymouth Eagle Method - M1

Chrysler Fifth Avenue 1980 1985 Chrysler New Yorker 1980 1985
Chrysler Imperial 1980 1985

Tool: SLIM JIM


This vehicle is equipped with a lazy pawl lock mechanism, and it can be opened as shown in the illustra-
tion below.
Chrysler Dodge Plymouth Eagle

Tool SJ

Alternative method use


Alternate Altohj

CHRYSLER011CHRYSLER • 694 • Style00 • 1 •HSJ01


Method - M1 Chrysler Dodge Plymouth Eagle Page 115

Chrysler LeBaron 1990 1995 Dodge Daytona 1990 1994


Chrysler LeBaron Convertible 1990 1995 Dodge Monaco 1990 1992
Chrysler LeBaron GTC Convertible 1990 1995 Plymouth Grand Fury 1990 1991

Tool: DOUBLE TOOL - 26


1. at the lock button inside of the vehicle.
2. a wedge between the glass and the weather-strip near the lock button.
3. the tool between the glass and the weather-stripping in front door.
4. the tool into the door.
5. the back side of the lock button with the tip of the tool and lift it up.
6. the lock button for movement.
NOTE: When you contact the correct lever on door lock mechanism, you will see the door lock button
move.

Chrysler Dodge Plymouth Eagle


Tool 26

CHRYSLER013CHRYSLER • 692 • Style00 • 1 •V2601


Page 116 Chrysler Dodge Plymouth Eagle Method - M1

Chrysler LHS 1994 2001 Dodge Intrepid 1998 2004


Chrysler Concorde 1993 1997 Dodge Stratus 4 Door 1995 2006
Chrysler New Yorker 1994 1995 Eagle Vision 1993 1997
Dodge Intrepid 1993 1997 Plymouth Breeze 1996 2000
Dodge Intrepid 1993 2006

Tool :S’ Tool 47


1. Separate glass from weather-stripping with a wedge.
2. Point tip of tool towards rear of car.
3. Lower the tool into car (see figure for position).
4. Hook linkage that runs from door lock pawl to door latch mechanism (see enlargement diagram below).
5. Pull straight up on tool to unlock door.

Tool 47
Chrysler Dodge Plymouth Eagle

Chrysler LHS Tool in working position View from inside the door

Close up of tool on linkage

CHRYSLER014CHRYSLER • 697 • Style04 • 1 •V4704F


Method - M1 Chrysler Dodge Plymouth Eagle Page 117

Chrysler Pacifica Wagon 2004 2008

TOOL : FLEXIBLE LONG REACH TOOL - 78SG


1. Insert strip saver and wedge on the upper corner of the door.
2. Insert an Air Wedge into the door and inflate.
3. Remove the wedge from the door.
4. Insert tool into the door.
5. Maneuver the tool so that the tip of the tool accesses the door lock button.
6. Push the door lock button to unlock the door.
Use of the Glass Master Wedge System Is Recommended!

Tool 78SG

Chrysler Dodge Plymouth Eagle


Chrysler Pacifica Insert Wedge on Top Corner of Door. Insert Air Wedge.

Pump Air Wedge to Inflate. Insert Tool Directly Above Air Wedge. Push Door Lock Button With Tool to Unlock Door.

CHRYSLER015CHRYSLER • 1366 • Style06 • 1 •RLJ02


Page 118 Chrysler Dodge Plymouth Eagle Method - M1

Chrysler Prowler 2001 2002 Plymouth Prowler 1999 2000

Tool: Horizontal Linkage Tool - 23


1. Separate glass from weather-stripping with a wedge.
2. Point tip of tool towards rear of car.
3. Lower the tool into car (see figure for position).
4. Hook lock linkage with hooked end of tool.
5. Turn tool handle towards rear of vehicle to unlock the door.

Tool 23
Chrysler Dodge Plymouth Eagle

Tool

Pull Back
Handle to
Unlock

Alternative method use


Alternate AltGM

Chrysler Prowler Tool in Insertion Position Tool in Working Position

View from Inside the Door Close Up

CHRYSLER016CHRYSLER • 784 • Style05 • 1 •H2218FRD


Method - M1 Chrysler Dodge Plymouth Eagle Page 119

Chrysler PT Cruiser 4 Door 2001 2010 Chrysler PT Cruiser Convertible 2005 2008

Tool: S’ Tool - 47
1. Insert Strip Saver and Wedge into passenger side front door to create an opening for the tool.
2. Lower the S’ tool into the door directly above the door handle.
3. Once lowered into the door, twist tool to hook door lock rod (See Photos 4 and 5)
4. Lift tool to unlock the door.

Tool 47

Chrysler PT Cruiser Tool in Insertion Position Tool in Working Position Chrysler Dodge Plymouth Eagle

View from Inside the Door Close up of Tool Hooking Lock Rod

CHRYSLER017CHRYSLER • 1544 • Style05 • 1 •V4705


Page 120 Chrysler Dodge Plymouth Eagle Method - M1

Chrysler Sebring 1995 2000 Dodge Avenger 1995 2000

Tool: HORIZONTAL LINKAGE TOOL - 23


1. Separate glass from weather-stripping with a wedge.
2. Point tip of tool towards front of car.
3. Lower the tool into car (SEE FIG. FOR POSITION) .
4. After tool is lowered, turn tool to hook top linkage (SEE ENLARGED ILLUSTRATION) .
5. Rotate tool to bind the linkage and tilt the handle towards rear of vehicle as to move the linkage towards the rear
of the door.
6. Watch door lock button inside of vehicle for movement. When you have bound the correct linkage, you will see the
door lock button move.

Tool 23
Chrysler Dodge Plymouth Eagle

Tool in insertion position Tool in working position View from inside the door

Move linkage to rear of car

CHRYSLER018CHRYSLER • 1290 • Style04 • 1 •H2354B


Method - M1 Chrysler Dodge Plymouth Eagle Page 121

Chrysler Sebring Convertible 1996 2000

Tool: DOWNWARD BEND TOOL- 91


1 Insert Strip Saver and Wedge in passenger side door to create an opening for the tool.
2 Use the curved end of the tool, and point it towards the front of the car. Lower the tool approximately half way into
the door, directly above the door handle (see diagram for position).
3 Twist tool handle to enable the working end of the tool to access the lock linkage.
4 Hook and bind lock linkage, and turn tool handle towards rear of car in order to move the linkage forward and un-
lock the door.
NOTE: Handle on the tool may be different than shown in photo.

Tool 91L

Chrysler Dodge Plymouth Eagle


CHRYSLER SEBRING CONVERT- Tool in working position View from inside the door
IBLE

Close up of tool in action

CHRYSLER019CHRYSLER • 1182 • Style04 • 1 •H9128F


Page 122 Chrysler Dodge Plymouth Eagle Method - M1

Chrysler Sebring 4 Door 2001 2006 Dodge Charger 2006 2010

TOOL S ‘ TOOL - 47
1. Insert a wedge to separate the glass from the weather strip on passenger side door.
2. L ower tool into the car door directly above the door handle.
3. Twist tool handle in order to hook the lock rod. Once the tool makes contact with the rod, you should see the door
lock button move.
4. Lift tool to move lock rod and unlock the door.

Tool 47
Chrysler Dodge Plymouth Eagle

CHRYSLER SEBRING Tool in Insertion Position Tool in Working Position

View from Inside the Door Close up of Tool in Action

CHRYSLER020CHRYSLER • 1100 • Style05 • 1 •V4707


Method - M1 Chrysler Dodge Plymouth Eagle Page 123

Chrysler Sebring Convertible 2001 2006 Dodge Stratus Coupe 2001 2006
Chrysler Sebring Coupe 2001 2006 Dodge Stratus RT 2002 2006

TOOL : FLEXIBLE LONG REACH TOOL - 78SG


1. Use appropriate wedge (like the Glass Master Wedge System) to separate the glass and create working room.
2. Insert the tool into the vehicle.
3. Move the door lock button to with the tool to unlock the door.
Use of the Glass Master Wedge System Is Recommended!

Tool 78SG

Chrysler Dodge Plymouth Eagle


Chrysler Sebring Insert Super Wedge and Tool in Open- Reach Tool Across Door to Access
ing Door Handle

Pull Door Handle to Unlock Door


CHRYSLER020bCHRYSLER • 1193 • Style04 • 1 •R5007
Page 124 Chrysler Dodge Plymouth Eagle Method - M1

Chrysler Town & Country 1991 2007 Dodge Grand Caravan 1991 2007
Chrysler Voyager 2001 2003 Plymouth Voyager 1991 2000
Dodge Caravan 1991 2007

TOOL: S’ Tool- 47
1. Insert Strip Saver and Wedge into the passenger side front door.
2. With tip facing rear of vehicle, lower the tool into the door directly above the door handle.
3. Twist tool to hook lock linkage.
4. Lift tool to unlock door.

Tool 47
Chrysler Dodge Plymouth Eagle

CHRYSLER TOWN & COUNTRY Tool in Insertion Position Tool in Working Position

View from Inside the Door Close up of Tool in Action

CHRYSLER022CHRYSLER • 1297 • Style05 • 1 •v4708


Method - M1 Chrysler Dodge Plymouth Eagle Page 125

Chrysler Sebring 2007 2010 Dodge Avenger 2008 2010


Chrysler Sebring Convertible 2007 2010

TOOL: Checkmark Tool- 66


1. Insert a strip saver and wedge into the rear passenger door between the glass and the weather stripping.
2.Point the tip of the tool towards the front of the vehicle and lower the tool into the door. Do not lower the tool very
far into the door.
3.Turn the tool handle away from the vehicle to access the lock linkage.
4.Lift the tool to hook the lock linkage from below (see diagram).
5.Turn tool handle to move lock linkage towards the rear of the vehicle to unlock the door.

Tool 66

Chrysler Dodge Plymouth Eagle


Chrysler Sebring Tool in insertion position. Use rear Tool in working position.
door.

Tool shown in working location. View from inside the door. Note loca- Close up of tool in action. Hook lock
tion of door lock rod. rod and lift to unlock.

CHRYSLER023CHRYSLER • 767 • Style06 • 1 •H6603RD


Page 126 Chrysler Dodge Plymouth Eagle Method - M1

Dodge Grand Caravan 2008 2010 Chrysler Town & Country 2008 2010

TOOL - 47
1. Insert a wedge to separate the glass from the weather strip on passenger side door.
2. L ower tool into the car door directly above the door handle.
3. Twist tool handle in order to hook the lock rod. Once the tool makes contact with the rod, you should
see the door lock button move.
4. Lift tool to move lock rod and unlock the door.
Chrysler Dodge Plymouth Eagle

Tool 47

Dodge Caravan Tool in insertion position. Tool in working position.

Chrysler025CHRYSLER • 1593 • Style03 • 1 •V4707


Method - M1 Chrysler Dodge Plymouth Eagle Page 127

Dodge Chalenger 2 Door 2009 2010

TOOL: 105
1.Create an opening in the door using a strip saver and wedge.
2.Point the tip of the tool towards the front of the vehicle and lower the tool into the door.
3.Turn tool handle away from vehicle to allow tool tip to access lock linkage.
4.Lift tool to engage lock linkage and unlock door.

Tool 105

Chrysler Dodge Plymouth Eagle


Linkage

Alternative method use


Alternate AltGMV

Dodge Challenger Tool 105 Tool in Working Position

Closeup of tool lifting Linkage Tool Under linkage Lift

CHRYSLER067CHRYSLER • 1681 • Style00 • 1 •V10511


Page 128 Chrysler Dodge Plymouth Eagle Method - M1

Dodge Colt Horizontal 1986 1994 Plymouth Colt Horizontal 1986 1994
Dodge Colt Vista Horizontal 1986 1994 Plymouth Colt Vista Horizontal 1986 1994
Eagle Summit 2 Door 1989 1992

Tool: HORIZONTAL LINKAGE TOOL - 23


1. Separate glass from weather-stripping with a wedge.
2. Point tip of tool towards rear of car.
3. Lower the tool into car (SEE FIG. FOR POSITION) .
4. After tool is lowered, turn tool to hook top linkage. (SEE ENLARGED ILLUSTRATION) .
5. Rotate tool to bind the linkage and tilt the handle towards rear of vehicle as to move the linkage towards the front
of the door.
6. Watch door lock button inside of vehicle for movement. When you have bound the correct linkage, you will see the
door lock button move.

Tool 23
Chrysler Dodge Plymouth Eagle

Tool in insertion position Tool in working position Inside the door

Inside the door close-up

DODGE009CHRYSLER • 703 • Style04 • 1 •H2351F


Method - M1 Chrysler Dodge Plymouth Eagle Page 129

Dodge Dakota 2001 2004 Dodge Durango 2001 2003

Tool: Horizontal Linkage Tool - 23


1. Insert Strip Saver between window and weather strip of the front passenger side door.
2. With the tool facing the front of the vehicle, lower tool into he door, directly above the door handle.
3. Hook and bind the lower linkage (see diagram and photos for position).
4. Move linkage towards FRONT of the vehicle to unlock the door.

Tool 23

Chrysler Dodge Plymouth Eagle


DODGE DAKOTA Tool in Insertion Position Tool in Working Position

View from Inside the Door Close up of Tool in Action

DODGE012CHRYSLER • 1204 • Style05 • 1 •H2321F


Page 130 Chrysler Dodge Plymouth Eagle Method - M1

Dodge Dakota 1997 2000

TOOL: ‘S’ Tool - 47


1. Separate the glass from weather-stripping on door.
2. Lower tool into door in between the inner door frame.
3. Twist tool to hook the door lock rod.
4. Lift door lock rod to unlock door.
Reminder: Be sure to use the rubber tip on your 47 Tool
Chrysler Dodge Plymouth Eagle

Tool 47

DODGE017CHRYSLER • 933 • Style00 • 1 •V4704F


Method - M1 Chrysler Dodge Plymouth Eagle Page 131

Dodge Durango 2004 2008 Dodge Durango 1998 2000


Dodge Dakota 2005 2010

TOOL: ‘S’ Tool - 47


1. Separate the glass from weather-stripping on door.
2. Lower tool into door in between the inner door frame.
3. Twist tool to hook the door lock rod.
4. Lift door lock rod to unlock door.
Reminder: Be sure to use the rubber tip on your 47 Tool

Tool 47

Chrysler Dodge Plymouth Eagle


Dodge Durango Tool in Insertion Position Tool in Working Position

Tool in Working Position View from Inside the Door


DODGE019CHRYSLER • 1158 • Style05 • 1 •V4701
Page 132 Chrysler Dodge Plymouth Eagle Method - M1

Dodge Neon 2 door 1994 1999 Plymouth Neon 2 door 1994 1999

Tool: Horizontal Linkage Tool 23


1. Separate glass from weather-strip.
2. Lower the tool into the door on top of lock linkage.
3. Twist tool to bind linkage.
4. Move tool forward.

Tool 23
Chrysler Dodge Plymouth Eagle

DODGE NEON Tool in insertion position Tool in working position

Inside of door panel off. Close-up of inside panel off.

DODGE025CHRYSLER • 831 • Style05 • 1 •H2353F


Method - M1 Chrysler Dodge Plymouth Eagle Page 133

Dodge Neon 4 door 1994 1999 Plymouth Neon 4 door 1994 1999

Tool: Drop & Rock - 82 Use REAR DOOR


1. Separate the glass from the weather-strip of the rear door with strip saver and wedge.
2. Point the tip of the tool towards the front of the vehicle.
3. Insert the tool into the door near the back of the door.
4. Lower the tool below the lock linkage
5. Turn the tool so the tip moves towards the inside
6. Lift the tool and rock it so the tip moves towards the front of the vehicle.

Chrysler Dodge Plymouth Eagle


Tool 82

Tool in insertion position Tool in working position View from inside the door

DODGE026CHRYSLER • 832 • Style03 • 1 •H8206RD


Page 134 Chrysler Dodge Plymouth Eagle Method - M1

Dodge Neon 4 door 2000 2005 Dodge Neon SRT-4 2004 2005
Dodge Neon RT 4door 2002 2003

Tool: Horizontal Linkage Tool- 23


1. Point tip of tool towards front of car.
2. Using door lock button inside car as guide. Insert tool between glass and weather-strip.
3. Hook door lock rod just behind door lock button.
4. Gently push down and forward on tool. (Care should be taken since the plastic linkage inside may come loose.)
NOTE: When you contact the correct lever on door lock mechanism, you will see the door lock button move.

Tool 23
Chrysler Dodge Plymouth Eagle

Tool in insertion position Tool in working position View from inside the door

Close-up

DODGE027CHRYSLER • 1145 • Style04 • 1 •H2357


Method - M1 Chrysler Dodge Plymouth Eagle Page 135

Dodge Ram Truck 1979 1993 Dodge Truck Full Size 1979 1993

Tool: Vent Window Tools 103 & 104


1) Insert the Flat vent tool 104 directly under the vent window handle.
2) Insert the Vent window tool 103
3) Depress the vent window handle release button with the flat 104 Tool.
4) Rotate the vent window handle with the 103 tool while maintaining the release button depressed.
5) Insert your arm in through the open vent window to unlock the truck.

Chrysler Dodge Plymouth Eagle


Insert #104 Latch Insert #103 Vent Handle
Button Tool

Tool 103-04

DODGE028CHRYSLER • 1353 • Style00 • 1 •R103-04


Page 136 Chrysler Dodge Plymouth Eagle Method - M1

Dodge Ram 3500 Series 2002 2002 Dodge Ram 2500 Series 2002 2002
Dodge Ram Truck 1994 2001 Dodge Truck Full Size 1994 2001

Tool : Large side of double tool - 26


1. Separate glass from weather-strip.
2. Lower the tool into the door near the door lock button.
3. Push up on door lock button using tip of tool.
NOTE:You should be watching the door lock button inside of the car. When you contact the correct lever,you will see
the door lock button move.

Tool 26
Chrysler Dodge Plymouth Eagle

Dodge Ram 1500 Tool in insertion position. Tool in working position.

View from inside the door

DODGE029CHRYSLER • 534 • Style04 • 1 •V2601


Method - M1 Chrysler Dodge Plymouth Eagle Page 137

Dodge Ram 2500, 3500 2004 2008 Dodge Ram Power Wagon 2004 2005
Dodge Ram 1500 2002 2008 Dodge Ram SRT 2004 2009

TOOL: S’ Tool - 47
1. Separate glass from weather-strip ( Very tight fit, be very gentle ) .
2. Point tip of tool towards front of car.
3. Lower tool into the door.
4. Twist tool handle to hook and bind lock linkage (see fig.).
5. Pull up on tool while hooking door lock rod.
NOTE: You should be watching the door lock button inside of the car. When you contact the correct rod, you will see
the door lock button move.
Instructions are for passenger side door.

Tool 47

DODGE RAM Tool in insertion position Tool in working position Chrysler Dodge Plymouth Eagle

Inside view of Tool in working position Close Up


DODGE030CHRYSLER • 257 • Style05 • 1 •V4701
Page 138 Chrysler Dodge Plymouth Eagle Method - M1

Dodge Ram Van 1998 2003

Tool: S’ Tool - 47
1. Separate glass from weather-strip with a wedge.
2. Use the tool to find your insertion position. Mark your position with the wedge and insert your tool.
3. Lower the tool below the inner door frame.
4. Twist tool to hook the door lock rod.
5. Lift door lock rod to unlock door.
Reminder: Be sure to use the rubber tip on your 1847NC Tool.

Tool 47
Chrysler Dodge Plymouth Eagle

Linkage

DODGE RAM 2500 99 Tool and wedge in insertion position Tool and wedge in working position

View from inside the door Close up of tool and linkage

DODGE031CHRYSLER • 1138 • Style05 • 1 •H4708


Method - M1 Chrysler Dodge Plymouth Eagle Page 139

Dodge Spirit 1989 1995 Eagle Premier 1988 1992


Dodge Dakota 1988 1996 Eagle Summit 4 DOOR 1989 1992
Dodge Diplomat 1982 1989 Eagle Summit Wagon 4 DOOR 1989 1992
Dodge Dynasty 1988 1993 Plymouth Acclaim 1989 1995
Dodge Omni 1983 1990 Plymouth Duster 1984 1994
Dodge Ram Van 1985 1997 Plymouth Horizon 1983 1990
Dodge Shadow 1984 1994 Plymouth Sundance 1984 1994
Dodge Van Full Size 1985 1997 Plymouth Van Full Size 1985 1997
Eagle Medallion

Tool: DOUBLE TOOL - 26


1. Insert tool between glass and weather-strip parallel with the door lock button.
2. Lower the tool into the door.
3. Place tip of tool under the door lock button.
4. Lift up on tool in order to raise the door lock button.

Chrysler Dodge Plymouth Eagle


Tool 26

Tool in insertion position Tool in working position Door without inside panel

DODGE033CHRYSLER • 87 • Style03 • 1 •V2601


Page 140 Chrysler Dodge Plymouth Eagle Method - M1

Dodge Sprinter 2004 2009

TOOL: 101
1. Use a strip saver and wedge to create an opening in the door between the glass and the weather striping.
2.With the tool facing the rear of the vehicle, lower the tool into the door directly above the door handle.
Properly placed, there is less than one inch between the tool handle and the door frame (see diagram).
3.Lower the tool deep into the door, and turn the handle away from the vehicle.
4.Maneuver the working end of the tool to find the electronic door lock actuator.
5.Depress the electronic door lock actuator by pushing down on the tool in order to unlock the door.
Chrysler Dodge Plymouth Eagle

Tool 101

Dodge Sprinter Tool in Working Position

DODGE034CHRYSLER • 1157 • Style02 • 1 •Sprinter


Method - M1 Chrysler Dodge Plymouth Eagle Page 141

Dodge Stealth 1991 1999 Chrysler Conquest 1984 1989

Tool: Downward Hook Tool - 91


1. Separate glass from weather-stripping.
2. Point tip of tool toward rear of car.
3. Insert tool into door at the position shown below.
4. Rest the tip of the tool on the linkage closest to the outside of the door.
6. Rotate the tool to bind and move the linkage towards the front of the vehicle (see enlargement diagram).
NOTE: Watch the door lock button inside the car for movement.
NOTE : Handle on the tool may be different than shown in photo.

Tool 91L

Chrysler Dodge Plymouth Eagle


Rotate

Linkage
Lock Linkage

Direction

DODGE STEALTH Tool in insertion position Tool in working position

Bind and move the linkage towards the


front of the vehicle

DODGE035CHRYSLER • 713 • Style04 • 1 •H9123F


Page 142 Chrysler Dodge Plymouth Eagle Method - M2

Dodge Nitro 2007 2010

Tool: STRIP TOOL - 57


1. Insert Strip Saver in between window and door, or window frame.
2. Insert folded end of Strip Tool between Strip Saver and the door or window frame (SEE INSERTION DIAGRAM).
3. Maneuver Strip tool to hook door lock knob.
4. Pull Strip Tool to unlock door.
NOTE : All 1991 and later model BMWs are equipped with a special lock mechanism which engages when the
door is locked with the key. When the door is locked with the key it, is impossible to open with car opening tools. In
the event of lost keys, BMW dealers can get replacements with the V.I.N. number. If the car is locked by any other
method, use these opening methods.
NOTE : Since most of the time vehicle will be in a dead lock position; we recommend ordering a replacement key
from the BMW dealer. This key can be ordered using the vehicle identification number.

Tool 57
Chrysler Dodge Plymouth Eagle

Dodge Nitro Insert jack tool Insert air wedge at top of door

Pump air wedge to create opening in door Insert strip tool into door Hook door lock button and pull to unlock
DODGE039CHRYSLER • 1421 • Style06 • 1 •V5701
Method - M1 Chrysler Dodge Plymouth Eagle Page 143

Dodge Ram 4500/5500 Truck 2008 2009 Dodge 4500 /5500 cab Chasssis 2008 2009
Dodge 3500 Cab Chassis Truck 2008 2009 Dodge Cab Chassis Truck 2008 2009

Tool 120
1) Insert the Strip saver and wedge between the glass and the weather-striping
2) Point the tip of the tool toward the rear of the car lower the tool in to the door making sure the tool goes behind the
window run channel. The tool should be at the rear of the door.(The window run channel is the piece the windows
slides down in)
3) Lower the tool under the lock linkage
4) Lift the tool under the linkage to unlock the door.

Tool 120

Chrysler Dodge Plymouth Eagle


V8806.eps

Dodge 4500 Tool in insertion Position Tool in working position

Notice the tool Is inserted behind the Tool lifting the linkage behind the run
window run channel channel

Dodge040-M1CHRYSLER • 1616 • Style05 • 1 •V12001


Page 144 Chrysler Dodge Plymouth Eagle Method - M2

Dodge Ram 4500/5500 Truck 2009 2009 Dodge 4500 /5500 cab Chasssis 2008 2009

TOOL: ‘S’ Tool - 47


1. Separate the glass from weather-stripping on door.
2. Lower tool into door in between the inner door frame.
3. Twist tool to hook the door lock rod.
4. Lift door lock rod to unlock door.
Reminder: Be sure to use the rubber tip on your 47 Tool

� ��� �

Tool 47
Chrysler Dodge Plymouth Eagle

� ��l
�������
Pull
Up

Pull�Up

Dodge 4500 Insert tool in position shown Lower tool into door. Hook door lock rod
with tip of tool an lift tool to unlock door

Tool in working position View from Inside

Dodge040-M2CHRYSLER • 366 • Style05 • 1 •V4717HT


Method - M2 Chrysler Dodge Plymouth Eagle Page 145

Dodge Journey 2008 2010

TOOL: 105
1. Create an opening in the door using a strip saver and wedge.
2.Point the tip of the tool towards the front of the vehicle and lower the tool into the door.
3.Turn tool handle away from vehicle to allow tool tip to access lock linkage.
4.Lift tool to engage lock linkage and unlock door.

Chrysler Dodge Plymouth Eagle


Tool 105

Dodge Journey Tool in insertion position Tool in working position

Dodge041CHRYSLER • 601 • Style03 • 1 •V10511


Page 146 Chrysler Dodge Plymouth Eagle Method - M1

Dodge Caliber 2006 2010 Dodge Caliber SRT 2006 2010

TOOL: 105
1. Create an opening in the door using a strip saver and wedge.
2.Point the tip of the tool towards the front of the vehicle and lower the tool into the door.
3.Turn tool handle away from vehicle to allow tool tip to access lock linkage.
4.Lift tool to engage lock linkage and unlock door.

Tool 105
Chrysler Dodge Plymouth Eagle

Dodge Caliber Tool in insertion position Tool in working position

View from inside the door Close up of tool in action


Dodge043CHRYSLER • 699 • Style05 • 1 •V10511
Method - M1 Chrysler Dodge Plymouth Eagle Page 147

Dodge Ram 1500 2009 2011 Dodge Ram 2500 2009 2011
Dodge Pickup 1500 2009 2011 Dodge Ram 2500 2009 2011

TOOL: ‘S’ Tool - 47


1 Separate the glass from weather-stripping on door.
2. Lower tool into door in between the inner door frame.
3. Twist tool to hook the door lock rod.
4. Lift door lock rod to unlock door. Reminder: Be sure to use the rubber tip on your 47 Tool

Tool 47

Chrysler Dodge Plymouth Eagle


Dodge Ram 1500 Create working room with wedge and Lower tool into the door as shown
Strip Saver

Bind linkage and lift

Dodge044CHRYSLER • 1689 • Style04 • 1 •V4701


Page 148 Chrysler Dodge Plymouth Eagle Method - M1

Eagle Talon 1995 1999

Tool : HORIZONTAL LINKAGE - 23


1. Separate glass from weather-stripping with a wedge.
2. Point tip of tool towards front of car.
3. Lower the tool into car (SEE FIG. FOR POSITION) .
4. After tool is lowered, turn tool to hook top linkage (SEE ENLARGED ILLUSTRATION) .
5. Rotate tool to bind the linkage and tilt the handle towards rear of vehicle as to move the linkage towards the rear of
the door.
6. Watch door lock button inside of vehicle for movement. When you have bound the correct linkage, you will see the
door lock button move.

Tool 23

Rotate Tool to
Bind Linkage
Chrysler Dodge Plymouth Eagle

Lock Linkage

Direction

ENLARGEMENT

EAGLE TALON Tool in insertion position Tool in working position

Tool in working position Tool in working position

EAGLE005CHRYSLER • 1120 • Style05 • 1 •H2355F


Method - M1 Chrysler Dodge Plymouth Eagle Page 149

Plymouth Laser 1990 1994 Eagle Talon 1990 1994

Tool: HORIZONTAL LINKAGE - 23


1. Separate glass from weather-stripping with a wedge.
2. Point tip of tool towards front of car.
3. Lower the tool into car (SEE FIG. FOR POSITION) .
4. After tool is lowered, turn tool to hook top linkage (SEE ENLARGED ILLUSTRATION) .
5. Rotate tool to bind the linkage and tilt the handle towards rear of vehicle as to move the linkage towards the rear of
the door.
6. Watch door lock button inside of vehicle for movement. When you have bound the correct linkage, you will see the
door lock button move.

Tool 23

Insertion position Working position Door without inside panel Chrysler Dodge Plymouth Eagle

Close up of tool
PLYMOUTH009CHRYSLER • 706 • Style04 • 1 •H2352B
Page 150 DAEWOO Method - M1

Daewoo Lanos 2 Door 1998 2002 Daewoo Lanos Sport Hatch Back

TOOL: Horizontal Linkage Tool- 23


1. Separate weather strip from glass with Strip Saver and Wedge.
2.Point tip of tool towards the front of the car.
3.Insert tool into the door cavity.
4.Twist tool to hook top linkage with tip of tool.
5.Turn tool handle toward rear of vehicle to move linkage forward.

Tool 23


DAEWOO

DAEWOO LANOS Tool in Working Position View from Inside the Door

Close up of Tool in Action. Move Link-


age to Front

DAEWOO001DAEWOO • 785 • Style04 • 1 •H2375F


Method - M1 DAEWOO Page 151

Daewoo Lanos 4 Door 1998 2002

TOOL: Horizontal Linkage Tool- 23


1. Separate weather strip from glass with Strip Saver and Wedge.
2.Point tip of tool towards the front of the car.
3.Insert tool into the door cavity.
4.Twist tool to hook top linkage with tip of tool.
5.Turn tool handle toward rear of vehicle to move linkage forward.

Tool 23

DAEWOO
DAEWOO LANOS 4 Door Tool in insertion position Tool in working position

View from inside the door Close up of tool in action

DAEWOO002DAEWOO • 1150 • Style05 • 1 •H2367F


Page 152 DAEWOO Method - M1

Daewoo Leganza 4 DOOR 1998 2002

TOOL: Horizontal Linkage Tool- 23


1. Separate weather strip from glass with Strip Saver and Wedge.
2.Point tip of tool towards the front of the car.
3.Insert tool into the door cavity.
4.Twist tool to hook top linkage with tip of tool.
5.Turn tool handle toward rear of vehicle to move linkage forward.

Tool 23
DAEWOO

DAEWOO LEGANZA Tool in insertion position View from inside the door

Close up of tool

DAEWOO003DAEWOO • 786 • Style04 • 1 •H2366F


Method - M1 DAEWOO Page 153

Daewoo Nubira 4 Door 1998 2002 Daewoo Nubira Wagon 1998 2002

TOOL: ‘S ‘ TOOL - 47
1. Insert a wedge to separate the glass from the weather strip on passenger side door.
2. L ower tool into the car door directly above the door handle.
3. Twist tool handle in order to hook the lock rod. Once the tool makes contact with the rod, you should see the door
lock button move.
4. Lift tool to move lock rod and unlock the door.

Tool 47

DAEWOO
DAEWOO NUBIRA Tool in Insertion Position Tool in Working Position

View from Inside the Door Close up of Tool in Action

DAEWOO004DAEWOO • 1189 • Style05 • 1 •V4707


Page 154 DAIHATSU Method - M1

Daihatsu Charade 3 door/All All Daihatsu Charade 4 door/All All

Tool: Large side of double tool - 26


1. Separate glass from weather-strip.
2. Lower the tool into the door near the door lock button.
3. Push up on door lock button using tip of tool.
NOTE: You should be watching the door lock button inside of the car.
DAIHATSU

Tool 26

DAIHATSU001DAIHATSU • 714 • Style00 • 1 •V2601


Method - M1 FERRARI Page 155

Ferrari GTS All

Tool: Double Bend Tool - 88


1. Separate glass from weather-strip.
2. Point tool towards rear of car.
3. Lower the tool into the door.
4. Hook the door lock linkage.
NOTE: Watch the door lock button inside the car for movement. When you have hooked the correct rod,
you will see the door lock button move.
Note Handle on the tool may be different than shown in photo.

Tool 88-45

FERRARI
Tool

Pull Back
V8802.eps Handle to
Unlock

Alternative method use


Alternate AltGM

Ferrari GTS Tool in working position Tool in working position

FERRARI001FERRARI • 716 • Style03 • 1 •V8802


Page 156 FIAT Method - M1

Fiat All All

Tool: Slim Jim (SJ)


These cars are equipped with a lazy pawl.
You can usually open them by attacking the pawl on the door lock.
Refer to the illustrations below.
FIAT

Tool SJ

FIAT001FIAT • 718 • Style00 • 1 •LPSJ01


Method - M1 FIAT Page 157

Fiat X/19 All

Tool: Double Bend Tool - 88


1. Separate glass from weather-strip.
2. Insert tool with tip of tool pointing towards rear of car.
3. Lower the tool into the door (See figure).
4. Hook door lock rod where it attaches to the door lock mechanism.
NOTE: You should be watching the door lock button inside of the car. When you have contacted the cor-
rect lever, you will see the door lock button move.
Illustration shows the passenger side door. Instructions are for either front door.

FIAT
V8803.eps

Tool 88-45

FIAT002FIAT • 717 • Style00 • 1 •V8803


Page 158 Ford Lincoln Mercury Method - M1

Mercury Mountaineer 1997 2001 Ford Explorer 1991 2001

TOOL: S’ TOOL - 47
1. Separate glass from weather-strip with a wedge.
2.Lower the tool below the inner door frame.
3.Twist tool to hook the door lock rod.
4.Lift door lock rod to unlock door.
Ford Lincoln Mercury

Tool 47

FORD004aFORD • 1289 • Style00 • 1 •V4701


Method - M1 Ford Lincoln Mercury Page 159

Ford Bronco Full Size 1979 1998 Ford Bronco II 1983 1996

Tool: Vent Window Tools 103 & 104


1) Insert the Flat vent tool 104 directly under the vent window handle.
2) Insert the Vent window tool 103
3) Depress the vent window handle release button with the flat 104 Tool.
4) Rotate the vent window handle with the 103 tool while maintaining the release button depressed.
5) Insert your arm in through the open vent window to unlock the truck.

Insert #104 Latch Insert #103 Vent Handle

Ford Lincoln Mercury


Button Tool

Tool 103-04

FORD004M1FORD • 652 • Style00 • 1 •R103-04


Page 160 Ford Lincoln Mercury Method - M2

Ford Bronco Full Size 1979 1996 Ford Bronco II 1983 1996

Tool: S’ Tool - 47
1. Separate glass from weather-strip with a wedge.
2. Lower the tool below the inner door frame.
3. Twist tool to hook the door lock rod.
4. Lift door lock rod to unlock door.
Ford Lincoln Mercury

Tool 47

FORD004M2FORD • 651 • Style00 • 1 •V4701


Method - M1 Ford Lincoln Mercury Page 161

Ford Contour 1995 2000 Mercury Mystique 1995 2000

TOOL: SMALL HOOK TOOL - 22


1. Insert wedge between the glass and weather-stripping on the REAR DOOR.
2. Point the tip of the tool towards the rear of the car.
3. Lower the tool into the car door.
4. Hook the lever at the bottom of the latch mechanism.
5. Turn tool handle towards rear of car.

Tool 22

Ford Lincoln Mercury


Ford Contour Tool in insertion position Tool in working position

View from inside the car

FORD005-M1FORD • 731 • Style04 • 1 •H2215F


Page 162 Ford Lincoln Mercury Method - M2

Ford Contour 1995 2000 Mercury Mystique 1995 2000

Tool: Inside Access Tool - 65


1. Insert wedge between glass and weather-strip directly above door lock button inside of vehicle (see figure 1).
2. Insert tool in door with tip facing the front of the vehicle (see figure 1).
3. Reposition wedge to allow the lowering of the tool into the door (see figure 2).
4. Lower tool into door until shaped portion of tool is beneath the window glass.
5. Raise the tool until that the shaped portion of the tool is entirely visible on the inside of the vehicle (see figure 3).
6. Rotate the tool so that the tip is positioned next to the door lock handle (see figure 4).
7. Move tool to engage door lock handle, unlocking the door (see figure 5).
Note: To aid in the removing of the tool, place the wedge between the glass and the weather-strip on the inside of the
door near the tool. The tool will slide easily from the inside of the door.

Tool 65
Ford Lincoln Mercury

Ford Contour Tool in insertion position Tool in working position

View from inside the car Push in door lock button to unlock
FORD005-M2FORD • 732 • Style05 • 1 •R6504
Method - M1 Ford Lincoln Mercury Page 163

Ford Crown Victoria 1985 2007 Lincoln Town Car 1998 2010
Ford 500 2006 2007 Mercury Cougar 1989 1997
Ford Taurus Four Door 2008 2009 Mercury Cougar 1989 1997
Ford TaurusX 2008 2009 Mercury Grand Marquis 1985 2010
Ford Thunderbird 1989 1997 Mercury Marauder 2003 2004
Lincoln Continental 1989 1995 Mercury Montego 2005 2007
Lincoln Continental 1996 2002 Mercury Sable 4 Door 2008 2009
Lincoln Navigator 1997 2006

Tool: The ‘S’ Tool - 47


1. Separate the window glass from weather-stripping with a Strip Saver and insert a wedge
2. Insert your slightly to the left of the wedge tool.
3. Lower the tool into door and hook the door lock rod with the hook at the end of the tool.
4. Twist tool slightly and pull upwards on lock rod to unlock door.

Tool 47

Tool in insertion position Tool in working position View from inside the door Ford Lincoln Mercury

Close up of tool

FORD007FORD • 1519 • Style04 • 1 •V4702


Page 164 Ford Lincoln Mercury Method - M1

Ford Edge 2007 2010 Lincoln MKX 2007 2010

Tool: 114 Tool


1. Use a strip saver and wedge to create an opening in the door between the window and the weather stripping.
2.Point tool tip towards the front of the vehicle and lower tool into door all the way to the bend in the tool
3.Turn tool handle away from the vehicle.
4.Hook and bind the door lock rod.
5 .Lift tool to unlock the door.

Tool 114
Ford Lincoln Mercury

Ford Edge Tool in insertion position Tool in working position

View of door without panel

FORD009FORD • 1418 • Style04 • 1 •V11401


Method - M1 Ford Lincoln Mercury Page 165

Ford Escape 2001 2010 Ford Escape Hybrid 2005 2010

TOOL: 77 Tool
1.Loosen and remove the license plate’ s left side light directly above the license plate.
2.Insert tool inside license plate light cavity.
3.Hook door lock activator bell crank.
4.Pull down on tool to move latch and unlock rear door.

Tool 77

Ford Lincoln Mercury


Loosen Tail Light with Screw Driver Insert Tool into Tail Light Cavity Tool in Insertion Position

Tool in Working Position Hook Latch with Tool and Move Up Close up of Tool in Action. Move up-
wards to Move Latch and Unlock

FORD010FORD • 1221 • Style06 • 1 •H7703RD


Page 166 Ford Lincoln Mercury Method - M1

Mercury Zephyr 1983 1990 Ford Granada All


Ford Aspire 1994 1997 Mercury Capri 1983 1993
Ford Escort 1983 1995 Mercury Capri Convertible 1991 1994
Ford EXP 1983 1990 Mercury Topaz 1984 1994
Ford Fairmont 1983 1990 Mercury Tracer 1991 2000
Ford Festiva 1988 1994

Tool: DOUBLE TOOL 26


1. Insert tool between glass and weather-strip parallel with the door lock button.
2. Lower the tool into the door.
3. Place tip of tool under the door lock button.
4. Lift up on tool in order to raise the door lock button inside the car.
Ford Lincoln Mercury

Tool 26

Mercury Topaz Tool in insertion position Tool in working position

FORD012-M1FORD • 360 • Style03 • 1 •V2601


Method - M2 Ford Lincoln Mercury Page 167

Mercury Tracer 1991 2000 Ford Festiva 1988 1994


Ford Aspire 1994 1997 Mercury Capri 1983 1986
Ford Escort 1983 1995 Mercury Capri Convertible 1991 1994
Ford EXP 1983 1990 Mercury Topaz 1984 1994
Ford Fairmont 1983 1990 Mercury Zephyr 1991 2000

Tool: ‘S’ TOOL 47


1. Separate the glass from weather-stripping on door.
2. Lower tool into door in between the inner door frame.
3. Twist tool to hook the door lock rod.
4. Lift door lock rod to unlock door.
Reminder: Be sure to use the rubber tip on your 1847NC Tool

Tool 47

Mercury Tracer Tool in insertion position Tool in insertion position Ford Lincoln Mercury

Tool in working position


FORD012-M2FORD • 729 • Style04 • 1 •V4702
Page 168 Ford Lincoln Mercury Method - M1

Ford Excursion 2000 2005 Ford Ranger New Style 1989 2010
Ford Expedition 1997 2006 Ford XLS 2004 2006
Ford Expedition SUV 2007 2010 Lincoln Navigator 2007 2010
Ford Explorer 2006 2009 Lincoln Navigator XL 2008 2010
Ford Explorer Sport 2 Door 2001 2003 Mercury Mountaineer 2006 2009
Ford Explorer Sport-Trac 2006 2009

Tool: S TOOL- 47
1. Separate the glass from weather-stripping on door.
2. Lower tool into door in between the inner door frame.
3. Twist tool to hook the door lock rod.
4. Lift door lock rod to unlock door.

Tool 47
Ford Lincoln Mercury

FORD EXCURSION Tool in insertion position Tool in working position

View from inside the door Close up of tool inside door

FORD013FORD • 1075 • Style05 • 1 •V4701


Method - M1 Ford Lincoln Mercury Page 169

Ford Explorer 2002 2005 Mercury Mountaineer 2002 2005

TOOL: Triple Hook Tool - 86


1 Insert Strip Saver and wedge in passenger side front door.
2) Point the tip of the tool towards the front of the vehicle and lower the tool into the door.
3) Twist tool handle away from the vehicle to access the linkage
4) Hook the lock linkage with the working end of the tool.
5) Move tool handle towards the rear of the vehicle while binding the linkage with the tip of the tool to move the link-
age forward.
NOTE: Handle on the tool may be different than shown in photo.

Tool 86

Ford Lincoln Mercury


H8621F.eps

Ford Explorer Tool Insertion Position Tool in working position

Hook linkage and bind and it move to the front Close up of tool in action

FORD015-M1FORD • 1225 • Style05 • 1 •H8621F


Page 170 Ford Lincoln Mercury Method - M2

Mercury Mountaineer 2002 2005 Ford Explorer 2002 2005

TOOL: Triple Hook Tool - 86


1) Insert Strip Saver and wedge in passenger side REAR door.
2) Point the tip of the tool towards the front of the vehicle and lower the tool into the door.
3) Twist tool handle away from the vehicle to access the linkage
4) Hook the lock linkage with the working end of the tool.
5) Move tool handle towards the rear of the vehicle while binding the linkage with the tip of the tool to move the link-
age forward
Note: Handle on the tool may be different than shown in photo.

Tool 86
Ford Lincoln Mercury

H8624FRD.eps

Tool in insertion position Tool in working position Hook linkage and bind and move it to
the front

Close up of tool in action


FORD015-M2FORD • 1671 • Style04 • 1 •H8624FRD
Method - M1 Ford Lincoln Mercury Page 171

Ford Explorer Sport-Track 4 Door 2001 2005

TOOL: Horizontal Linkage Tool- 23


1. Insert strip saver and wedge in passenger side door.
2.Point tip of tool towards REAR of vehicle in position shown.
3.Lower tool into door.
4.Turn tool handle away from vehicle to access linkage and unlock door.

Wedge

Ford Lincoln Mercury


Linkage
Linkage

Tool 23


Move to front
Move to front

REAR �
DOOR

Tool in Insertion Position Tool in Working Position Tool in Opening Position

FORD018FORD • 1184 • Style03 • 1 •H2371F


Page 172 Ford Lincoln Mercury Method - M1

Ford F-150 1985 1996 Ford Truck Full Size 1979 1996

Tool: Double Tool 26


1. Separate glass from weather-stripping.
2. Point tool towards rear of car.
3. Lower the tool into car. (SEE FIG. FOR POSITION)
4. Lift tool to contact door lock button.
5. Lift tool to unlock door.
Ford Lincoln Mercury

Tool 26

Ford F-150 Tool in insertion position Tool in working position

FORD020-M1FORD • 1052 • Style03 • 1 •V2601


Method - M2 Ford Lincoln Mercury Page 173

Ford F-150 1985 1996 Ford Truck Full Size 1979 1996

Tool: Vent Wind Tools 103 & 104


1) Insert the Flat vent tool 104 directly under the vent window handle.
2) Insert the Vent window tool 103
3) Depress the vent window handle release button with the flat 104 Tool.
4) Rotate the vent window handle with the 103 tool while maintaining the release button depressed.
5) Insert your arm in through the open vent window to unlock the truck.

Insert #104 Latch Insert #103 Vent Handle

Ford Lincoln Mercury


Button Tool

Tool 103-04

FORD020-M2FORD • 1172 • Style00 • 1 •R103-04


Page 174 Ford Lincoln Mercury Method - M1

Ford F-150 2004 2010 Ford F-250/550 2004 2010


Ford Crew Cab F Series 4 door 2001 2003 Ford SVT Lightning 2004 2008
Ford F Series 1997 2003 Ford Truck Full Size 1997 2003
Ford F-150 1997 2003 Lincoln Blackwood 2002 2003

TOOL: ‘S’ Tool - 47


1. Separate the glass from weather-stripping on door.
2. Lower tool into door in between the inner door frame.
3. Twist tool to hook the door lock rod.
4. Lift door lock rod to unlock door.
Reminder: Be sure to use the rubber tip on your 47 Tool

Tool 47
Ford Lincoln Mercury

Ford F-150 Tool in insertion position Tool in working position.

View from inside the door Close up of tool in action


FORD021FORD • 1367 • Style05 • 1 •V4701
Method - M1 Ford Lincoln Mercury Page 175

Mercury Villager 1993 2002

Tool: ‘S’ TOOL - 47


1 Separate glass from weather-strip with a wedge.
2. Use the tool to find your insertion position. Mark your position with the wedge and insert your tool.
3. Lower the tool below the inner door frame.
4. Lift the tool as to hook the lock linkage.
5. Lift lock linkage upwards.
REMINDER: Be sure to use the rubber tip on your 47 tool

Tool 47

Ford Lincoln Mercury


ENLARGEMENT

Tool in insertion position Tool in working position View from inside the door

Close up of tool in action


FORD022FORD • 727 • Style04 • 2 •H4703
Page 176 Ford Lincoln Mercury Method - M1

Ford Focus 3 door 2000 2007 Ford SVT Focus 2004 2007
Ford Focus 2 door 2000 2007 Mercury Cougar 1999 2002
Ford SVT ZX5 ZT5 ZTW ZX3 2000 2007

TOOL: 67
1. Separate window from weather strip with Strip Saver and wedge.
2. Point tip of tool towards front of car and lower tool deep into door.
3. Turn tool so the tip of the tool comes underneath the shield for the latch mechanism
4. Lift tool to flip up latch and unlock the door.

Tool 67
Ford Lincoln Mercury

Alternative method use


Alternate Altohj
ENLARGEMENT

FORD FOCUS Tool in insertion position. Tool in working position.

Place tool under bell crank and lift. Close up of tool and bell crank. View of tool and bell crank from reverse angle.

FORD023FORD • 443 • Style06 • 1 •H6701


Method - M1 Ford Lincoln Mercury Page 177

Ford Freestar 2004 2007 Ford Windstar 1994 2003


Ford Aerostar 1987 1997

TOOL: ‘S’ Tool - 47


1. Separate the glass from weather-stripping on door.
2. Lower tool into door in between the inner door frame.
3. Twist tool to hook the door lock rod.
4. Lift door lock rod to unlock door.
Reminder: Be sure to use the rubber tip on your 47 Tool

Tool 47

Ford Lincoln Mercury


Alternative method use
Alternate Alt26

Ford Freestar Tool in insertion position Tool in working position

FORD024FORD • 1368 • Style03 • 1 •V4701


Page 178 Ford Lincoln Mercury Method - M1

Ford Fusion 2006 2009 Lincoln Zephyr 2006


Lincoln MKZ 4 door 2007 2009 Mercury Milan 2006 2009

Tool: Long Inside Access 89


1. Insert wedge between glass and weather-strip directly above door lock button inside of vehicle (see figure 1).
2. Insert tool in door with tip facing the front of the vehicle (see figure 1).
3. Reposition wedge to allow the lowering of the tool into the door (see figure 2).
4. Lower the tool into the door
5. Lift the tool up on the inside of the door
6.Slide tool forward in door.
7. Rotate the tool tool into door until shaped portion of tool is beneath the window glass.
Raise the tool until that the shaped portion of the tool is entirely visible on the inside of the vehicle so that the tip is
positioned in front of the door lock button (see figure 4).
8. Pull on tool in order to slide the door lock button towards the front of the vehicle (see figure 5).
Note: To aid in the removing of the tool, place the wedge between the glass and the weather-strip on the inside of
the door near the tool. The tool will slide easily from the inside of the door.

Tool 89
Ford Lincoln Mercury

Alternative method use


Alternate Altohj

Ford Fusion Tool in insertion position Tool in working position

View from inside the door Hook door lock button to unlock Close up of tool tip on door lock button
FORD026FORD • 1402 • Style06 • 1 •R8901FD
Method - M1 Ford Lincoln Mercury Page 179

Ford Mustang 1983 2004 Ford SVT Mustang Cobra 2004 2004

TOOL: ‘S’ Tool - 47


1. Separate the glass from weather-stripping on door.
2. Lower tool into door in between the inner door frame.
3. Twist tool to hook the door lock rod.
4. Lift door lock rod to unlock door.
Reminder: Be sure to use the rubber tip on your 47 Tool

Tool 47

Ford Lincoln Mercury


Alternative method use
Alternate Alt26

FORD MUSTANG Tool in insertion position. Tool in working position.

FORD027-M1FORD • 1672 • Style03 • 1 •V4701


Page 180 Ford Lincoln Mercury Method - M1

Ford Mustang 2 door 2005 2010

Tool: Double Bend Tool - 88


1 Position tool so it is approximately 1 to 2 inches from the door lock button.
2. Insert the tool between the glass and the weather strip.
3. Lower the tool while turning tool so handle points away from car
4. Move tool up and down as to hook lever on door lock mechanism.
NOTE: When you contact the correct lever on door lock mechanism, you will see the door lock button
move.
Illustration shows passenger side front door.

Tool 88-45
Ford Lincoln Mercury

V8806.eps

Alternative method use


Alternate Altohj

Ford Mustang Tool In working Position Tool under linkage

FORD027b-M1FORD • 1521 • Style03 • 1 •V8806


Method - M1 Ford Lincoln Mercury Page 181

Ford Probe 1993 1997 Mercury Monterey 2004 2007

TOOL: ‘S’ Tool - 47


1. Separate the glass from weather-stripping on door.
2. Lower tool into door in between the inner door frame.
3. Twist tool to hook the door lock rod.
4. Lift door lock rod to unlock door.
Reminder: Be sure to use the rubber tip on your 47 Tool

Ford Lincoln Mercury


Tool 47

Ford Probe Tool in Insertion Position Tool in Working Position

FORD028-M1FORD • 1520 • Style03 • 1 •V4701


Page 182 Ford Lincoln Mercury Method - M1

Ford Freestyle 2005 2007

TOOL: ‘S’ Tool - 47


1. Separate the glass from weather-stripping on door.
2. Lower tool into door in between the inner door frame.
3. Twist tool to hook the door lock rod.
4. Lift door lock rod to unlock door.
Reminder: Be sure to use the rubber tip on your 47 Tool
Ford Lincoln Mercury

Tool 47

FORD029-M1FORD • 1392 • Style03 • 1 •V4707


Method - M1 Ford Lincoln Mercury Page 183

Ford Taurus 1985 1991 Mercury LN7 1983 1990


Ford Tempo 1984 1994 Mercury Lynx 1983 1990
Ford Thunderbird 1984 1988 Mercury Sable 1985 1991
Mercury Cougar 1984 1988

Tool: DOUBLE TOOL (large side) 26


1. Separate glass from weather-strip on rear of door.
2. Lower the tool into the door near the door lock button.
3. Raise the door lock button using the tip of tool as shown in diagram.
Watch the door lock button for movement. When you have contacted the correct lever, you will see the
door lock button move.

Tool 26

Ford Lincoln Mercury


Front Passenger
Door

INSER TION

Alternative method use


Alternate Alt47

Ford Taurus Tool in insertion position Tool in working position

FORD032FORD • 807 • Style03 • 1 •V2601


Page 184 Ford Lincoln Mercury Method - M1

Ford Taurus 1992 1995 Ford LTD 1982 1991


Ford Country Squire 1981 1991 Mercury Sable 1992 1995
Ford Crown Victoria 1981 1991

Tool: Double Bend Tool - 88


1. Separate glass from weather-strip on REAR DOOR.
2. Lower the tool into the door near the door lock button.
3. Hook the bell crank with the tip of the tool and lift.
Watch the door lock button for movement. When you have contacted the bell crank, you will see the door lock button
move.
NOTE: Handle on the tool may be different than shown in photo.

Tool 88-45
Ford Lincoln Mercury

Alternative method use


Alternate Altohj
H8811RD.eps

Tool in insertion position on rear pas- Tool in working position on rear pas- Close-up of door without inside panel
senger door senger door

Door without inside panel. Tool approx.


8” down into door
FORD033FORD • 723 • Style04 • 1 •H8811RD
Method - M1 Ford Lincoln Mercury Page 185

Ford Taurus 1996 2006 Mercury Sable 1996 2005

TOOL: Tool- 47
1. Separate Window from weather stripping with Strip Saver and Wedge.
2. Insert tool into door at position show in diagram.
3. Twist tool to hook and bind lock rod.
4. Lift tool straight up to unlock door.

Tool 47

Ford Lincoln Mercury


FORD TAURUS Tool in insertion position. Tool in working position.

View without inside door panel. Close up of tool without inside door
panel.
FORD034FORD • 1077 • Style05 • 1 •H4707
Page 186 Ford Lincoln Mercury Method - M1

Ford Transit Connect Van 2010 2011

Tool: 78SG Long Reach Tool with One Hand Jack and Air Jack
1. Insert the One Hand Jack tool on the side of the door.
2.Insert and inflate the Air Jack wedge on the top of the door.
3.Insert the tool in the opening in the door .
5.Maneuver the tool to Move the door lock button and Unlock the car.
Ford Lincoln Mercury

Tool 78SG

Ford035FORD • 1703 • Style00 • 1 •Altohj


Method - M1 Ford Lincoln Mercury Page 187

Ford Thunderbird 2002 2006

TOOL: 77
1.Insert a strip saver and wedge between the glass and door on the passenger ‘ s side door.
2.Point the tip of the tool towards the rear of the vehicle and lower into the door.
3.Twist tool to hook and bind door lock rod.
4.Lift tool to unlock the door.

Tool 77

Ford Lincoln Mercury


Direction
Direction

Alternative method use


Alternate Altohj

Ford Thunderbird Tool in insertion position Tool in working position

View from inside the door Close up of tool in action Lift to unlock the door

FORD038-M1FORD • 1265 • Style06 • 1 •V7701


Page 188 Ford Lincoln Mercury Method - M1

Ford Econoline 2008 2010 Ford Econoline 1985 1991


Ford Club Wagon Van 1992 2005 Ford Econoline Van 1998 2005
Ford E Series Van 2001 2005 Ford Van Full Size 1985 1991
Ford Econoline 1985 1991 Ford Van Full Size 1992 2005

TOOL: ‘S’ Tool - 47


1. Separate the glass from weather-stripping on door.
2. Lower tool into door in between the inner door frame.
3. Twist tool to hook the door lock rod.
4. Lift door lock rod to unlock door.
Reminder: Be sure to use the rubber tip on your 47 Tool

Tool 47
Ford Lincoln Mercury

Ford Econoline Name Plate Tool in Insertion Position.

Tool in Working Position


Ford043FORD • 1594 • Style04 • 1 •V4701
Method - M1 Ford Lincoln Mercury Page 189

Ford Focus 2008 2010 Ford Escort ZX2 1998 2003


Ford Escort 1996 1998

TOOL: ‘S’ Tool - 47


1. Separate the glass from weather-stripping on door.
2. Lower tool into door in between the inner door frame.
3. Twist tool to hook the door lock rod.
4. Lift door lock rod to unlock door.
Reminder: Be sure to use the rubber tip on your 47 Tool

Front Passenger
Door

Ford Lincoln Mercury


Tool 47

INSER TION

Ford Focus Tool in insertion position Tool in working position

Ford044FORD • 1595 • Style03 • 1 •Alt47


Page 190 Ford Lincoln Mercury Method - M1

Ford Fiesta All 2010 2011

Tool: 78SG Long Reach Tool with One Hand Jack and Air Jack
1. Insert the One Hand Jack tool on the side of the door.
2.Insert and inflate the Air Jack wedge on the top of the door.
3.Insert the tool in the opening in the door .
5.Maneuver the tool to Move the door lock button and Unlock the car.
Ford Lincoln Mercury

Tool 78SG

Ford045FORD • 1639 • Style00 • 1 •Altohj


Method - M1 Ford Lincoln Mercury Page 191

Ford Flex 2009 2010

Tool: 114
1. Use a strip saver and wedge to create an opening in the door between the window and the weather stripping.
2. Point tool tip towards the front of the vehicle and lower tool into door all the way to the bend in the tool
3. Turn tool handle away from the vehicle.
4. Hook and bind the door lock rod.5. Lift tool to unlock the door.

Tool 114

Ford Lincoln Mercury


Ford Flex Tool in insertion position Twist tool to insert

Tool in Working Position

Ford063FORD • 1626 • Style04 • 1 •V11401


Page 192 Ford Lincoln Mercury Method - M1

Lincoln MKT Crossover 2010 2011

Tool: 114
1. Use a strip saver and wedge to create an opening in the door between the window and the weather
stripping.
2. Point tool tip towards the front of the vehicle and lower tool into door all the way to the bend in the tool
3. Turn tool handle away from the vehicle.
4. Hook and bind the door lock rod.
5. Lift tool to unlock the door.
Ford Lincoln Mercury

Tool 114

Ford063bFORD • 1674 • Style00 • 1 •V11401


Method - M1 Ford Lincoln Mercury Page 193

Lincoln MKS 2010 2011 Ford Taurus 2010 2011

Tool: 114
1. Use a strip saver and wedge to create an opening in the door between the window and the weather stripping.
2. Point tool tip towards the front of the vehicle and lower tool into door all the way to the bend in the tool
3. Turn tool handle away from the vehicle.
4. Hook and bind the door lock rod.
5. Lift tool to unlock the door.

Tool 114

Ford Lincoln Mercury


Lincoln MKS Insert wedge Insert tool into door by the left edge of
the door handle

Tool in working position Bind the linkage and lift Close up of the linkage

FORD064FORD • 1670 • Style06 • 1 •V4707


Page 194 Ford Lincoln Mercury Method - M1

Ford Fusion 2010 2011 Mercury Milan 2010 2011

TOOL: One Hand Jack Tool- 78SG


1.Use the One Hand Jack tool to separate the door frame from the body of the vehicle.
2.Insert the Air Wedge to wards the top of the door and inflate.
3.Remove the One Hand Jack Tool .
4. Insert a Long Reach Tool (such as the 78, Flat Max or Long John Tool) into the opening.
5.Maneuver the tool to engage the door handle or, when available, the door lock release button.
6.Pull the handle or engage the lock release button to unlock the door.
Ford Lincoln Mercury

Tool 78sg

FORD066FORD • 1640 • Style00 • 1 •Altohj


Method - M1 Ford Lincoln Mercury Page 195

Lincoln Aviator 2003 2005

Tool: Double Bend Tool- 88


1. Separate glass from weather-strip.
2. Point tip of tool towards rear of car.
3. Lower the tool into the door and hook door lock rod with tip of tool and lift.
NOTE: You should be watching the door lock button inside of the car. When you have hooked the correct rod, you
will see the door lock button move.

Tool 88-20

Lincoln Aviator Tool in insertion position Tool in working position Ford Lincoln Mercury

View from inside the vehicle Close up of tool in action Close up of tool in action

LINCOLN001FORD • 1336 • Style06 • 1 •V8813


Page 196 Ford Lincoln Mercury Method - M1

Lincoln Mark LT 2006 2008 Lincoln Mark VIII 1993 1998

TOOL: ‘S’ Tool - 47


1. Separate the glass from weather-stripping on door.
2. Lower tool into door in between the inner door frame.
3. Twist tool to hook the door lock rod.
4. Lift door lock rod to unlock door.
Reminder: Be sure to use the rubber tip on your 47 Tool
Ford Lincoln Mercury

Tool 47

LINCOLN005FORD • 1441 • Style00 • 1 •V4701


Method - M1 Ford Lincoln Mercury Page 197

Lincoln LS Series 2000 2006

Tool: Small Inside Access Tool - 65


1. Insert wedge between glass and weather-strip directly above door lock button inside of vehicle (see figure 1).
2. Insert tool in door with tip facing the front of the vehicle (see figure 1).
3. Reposition wedge to allow the lowering of the tool into the door (see figure 2).
4. Lower tool into door until shaped portion of tool is beneath the window glass.
5. Raise the tool until that the shaped portion of the tool is entirely visible on the inside of the vehicle (see figure 3).
6. Rotate the tool so that the tip is positioned under the door lock button (see figure 4).
7. Pull up on tool in order to raise the door lock button, unlocking the door (see figure 5).
Note: To aid in the removing of the tool, place the wedge between the glass and the weather-strip on the inside of
the door near the tool. The tool will slide easily from the inside of the door.

Tool 65

Lincoln LS Tool in Insertion Position Tool in Working Position Ford Lincoln Mercury

Tool Under Window Rotate Tool Handle to Move Lock But-


ton and Unlock Door
LINCOLN006FORD • 1133 • Style05 • 1 •R3501
Page 198 Ford Lincoln Mercury Method - M1

Lincoln Mark VII 1987 1992

TOOL: DOUBLE TOOL - 26


1. at the lock button inside of the vehicle.
2. a wedge between the glass and the weather-stripping near the lock button.
3. the tool between the glass and the weather stripping.
4. the tool into the door.
5. the back side of the lock button with the tip of the tool and lift it up.
6. the lock button for movement.
Ford Lincoln Mercury

Tool 26 Front Passenger


Door

INSER TION

Alternative method use


Alternate ALT47

LINCOLN009FORD • 658 • Style00 • 1 •V2601


Method - M1 Ford Lincoln Mercury Page 199

Lincoln Town Car 1990 1997 Mercury Merkur All


Lincoln Continental 1980 1988 Mercury Scorpio
Lincoln Town Car 1985 1989 Mercury XR4Ti All

Tool: DOWNWARD HOOK TOOL - 91


1. Separate glass from weather-stripping with a wedge.
2. Point tip of tool towards front of car.
3. Lower the tool into car (SEE DIAGRAM FOR POSITION) .
4. Bind the linkage by twisting the tool (SEE ENLARGED ILLUSTRATION) .
5. Rock the tool towards the rear of the car in order to move the linkage forward.
Note: Look at the door lock button inside car for movement. When you have bound the linkage, you will see the lock button move.
NOTE: Handle on the tool may be different than shown in photo.

Tool 91L

Ford Lincoln Mercury


Alternative method use
Alternate Altohj

Lincoln Town Car 1990-1997 Tool in working position View from inside door

Close up of tool inside door


LINCOLN014FORD • 809 • Style04 • 1 •H9120F
Page 200 Ford Lincoln Mercury Method - M1

Lincoln MKZ 2010 2011

TOOL: One Hand Jack Tool- 78SG


1.Use the One Hand Jack tool to separate the door frame from the body of the vehicle.
2.Insert the Air Wedge to wards the top of the door and inflate.
3.Remove the One Hand Jack Tool .
4. Insert a Long Reach Tool (such as the 78, Flat Max or Long John Tool) into the opening.
5.Maneuver the tool to engage the door handle or, when available, the door lock release button.
6.Pull the handle or engage the lock release button to unlock the door.
Ford Lincoln Mercury

Tool 78SG

LINCOLN066FORD • 1661 • Style00 • 1 •Altohj


Method - M1 FORD HEAVY TRUCKS Page 201

Ford HT All Pre 1996

Tool: 103 Vent Window Tool


1. Insert the 103 tool under the vent window latch.
2.Twist the tool around so that the tip goes behind the latch.
3.Hook the latch with the tip of the tool.
4.Rotate the vent window handle with the 103 tool in order to unlock the vent window.
5.Insert your arm in through the open vent window to unlock the truck.

Insert #104 Latch Insert #103 Vent Handle Tool 103-04


Button Tool

FORD HEAVY TRUCKS


Ford AeroMax Pre 1996 Insert tool in the vent window directly Twist the tool in order to bring the tip of
under the vent window latch. the tool under the vent window latch.

Turn the latch to the right with the tip of Close up of tool lifting latch lever. Once the View from inside cab. Latch does not
the tool unlocking the window. window is open reach into vehicle to unlock. have a lock.
FORD HEAVY TRUCKS001-M1FORD HEAVY TRUCKS • 1464 • Style06 • 1 •R103-04
Page 202 FORD HEAVY TRUCKS Method - M2

Ford HT All Pre 1996

TOOL: ‘S’ Tool - 47


1. Separate the glass from weather-stripping on door.
2. Lower tool into door in between the inner door frame.
3. Twist tool to hook the door lock rod.
4. Lift door lock rod to unlock door.
Reminder: Be sure to use the rubber tip on your 47 Tool

� ��� �
FORD HEAVY TRUCKS

� ��l
�������
Pull
Up

Pull�Up

Tool 47

FORD HEAVY TRUCKS001-M2FORD HEAVY TRUCKS • 1578 • Style00 • 1 •V4717HT


Method - M1 FORD HEAVY TRUCKS Page 203

Ford HT All 1996 1998 1/2

TOOL: ‘S’ Tool - 47


1. Separate the glass from weather-stripping on door.
2. Lower tool into door in between the inner door frame.
3. Twist tool to hook the door lock rod.
4. Lift door lock rod to unlock door.
Reminder: Be sure to use the rubber tip on your 47 Tool

� ��� �

Tool 47

� ��l

FORD HEAVY TRUCKS


�������
Pull
Up

Pull�Up

All Ford trucks from 1996 to 1998 1/2 Tool in insertion position Hook lock linkage with tool tip and lift
to unlock

Tool is shown in working position.

FORD HEAVY TRUCKS002FORD HEAVY TRUCKS • 1465 • Style04 • 1 •V4717HT


Page 204 FORD HEAVY TRUCKS Method - M1

Ford HT Cargo 6000 Cab Over All Ford HT Cargo 8000 Cab Over All
Ford HT Cargo 7000 Cab Over

Tool: 105 Double Bend Tool


1. Insert a wedge between the glass and the weather-stripping.
2.Lower the tool into the door at the position shown.
3.Hook the bell-crank directly behind the door lock button.
4.Lift the tool to unlock the door.

Tool 105
Wedge
FORD HEAVY TRUCKS

Direction Direction

Linkage

Ford Medium duty cab over Cargo Tool in insertion position Tool in working position
6000, Cargo 7000, Cargo 8000

View from inside the door indicating tool position. Approximate tool position. Tool in working position.

FORD HEAVY TRUCKS003FORD HEAVY TRUCKS • 934 • Style06 • 1 •V10502HT


Method - M1 FORD HEAVY TRUCKS Page 205

Ford HT F350, F450, 550 Medium Duty Pre-1996 Ford HT F800 Medium Duty Upto 1996
Ford HT F650, F750 Medium Duty

Tool: 103 Vent Window Tool


1 Insert the 103 tool under the vent window latch.
2.Twist the tool around so that the tip goes behind the latch.
3.Hook the latch with the tip of the tool.
4.Rotate the vent window handle with the 103 tool in order to unlock the vent window.
5.Insert your arm in through the open vent window to unlock the truck.

FORD HEAVY TRUCKS


Insert Vent Handle Tool 2 T� �st tool aro�nd t�e �andle

Hook lever
with tip of

Tool 103-04

FORD HEAVY TRUCKS004FORD HEAVY TRUCKS • 935 • Style00 • 1 •R10301


Page 206 FORD HEAVY TRUCKS Method - M1

Ford HT Cab Over Heavy Duty

Tool: Double Tool 26


1. Separate glass from weather-stripping.
2. Point tool towards rear of car.
3. Lower the tool into car. (SEE FIG. FOR POSITION)
4. Lift tool to contact door lock button.
5. Lift tool to unlock door.

Wedge
FORD HEAVY TRUCKS

Pull Tool 26
Up
Pull
Up
Tool

Linkage

Ford Heavy Duty Cab Over Tool is shown in the insertion position Lower the tool into the door directly
behind the door lock button.

FORD HEAVY TRUCKS006FORD HEAVY TRUCKS • 1467 • Style03 • 1 •V2614HT


Method - M1 FORD HEAVY TRUCKS Page 207

Ford HT F350, F450, 550 Medium Duty 1997 2007 Ford HT F850 Medium Duty 1997 2010
Ford HT F650, F750 Medium Duty 1997 2010

TOOL: ‘S’ Tool - 47


1. Separate the glass from weather-stripping on door.
2. Lower tool into door in between the inner door frame.
3. Twist tool to hook the door lock rod.
4. Lift door lock rod to unlock door.
Reminder: Be sure to use the rubber tip on your 47 Tool

Tool 47 FORD HEAVY TRUCKS

FORD HEAVY TRUCKS007FORD HEAVY TRUCKS • 1466 • Style00 • 1 •V4701


Page 208 FORD HEAVY TRUCKS Method - M1

Ford F Series Cab Chassis 2004 2009 Ford HT F350/F450/F550 Medium Duty 2008 2010

Tool: 114 Tool


1 Use a strip saver and wedge to create an opening in the door between the window and the weather stripping.
2.Point tool tip towards the front of the vehicle and lower tool into door all the way to the bend in the tool
3.Turn tool handle away from the vehicle.
4.Hook and bind the door lock rod.
5.Lift tool to unlock the door.

Tool 114
FORD HEAVY TRUCKS

Ford F450 Cab Chasis Tool in Insertion Position Lower tool into the door with tip par-
ralell to the door.

Tool in Working Position.

FORD HEAVY TRUCKS008FORD HEAVY TRUCKS • 9 • Style04 • 1 •V11401


Method - M1 FORD HEAVY TRUCKS Page 209

Ford HT F650 Heavy Duty 2007 2010

Tool: 114 Tool


1.Use a strip saver and wedge to create an opening in the door between the window and the weather
stripping.
2.Point tool tip towards the front of the vehicle and lower tool into door all the way to the bend in the tool
3.Turn tool handle away from the vehicle.
4.Hook and bind the door lock rod.
5.Lift tool to unlock the door.

FORD HEAVY TRUCKS


Tool 114

Ford F650 Tool in insertion position Tool in working position

FORD HEAVY TRUCKS009FORD HEAVY TRUCKS • 828 • Style03 • 1 •V11401


Page 210 FREIGHTLINER HEAVY TRUCKS Method - M1

Freightliner Century Classic All Freightliner Classic XL All


Freightliner All other Freightliner Heavy Duty All Freightliner Colombia Series

Tool: Double Tool 26


1. Separate glass from weather-stripping.
2. Point tool towards rear of car.
3. Lower the tool into car. (SEE FIG. FOR POSITION)
4. Lift tool to contact door lock button.
5. Lift tool to unlock door.
FREIGHTLINER HEAVY TRUCKS

Wedge

Tool 26
Direction

Direction

Linkage

Freightliner Century Classic Insert the tool into the door near the Tool in working position
door lock button

FREIGHTLINER HEAVY TRUCKS002FREIGHTLINER HEAVY TRUCKS • 1470 • Style03 • 1 •V2615HT


Method - M1 FREIGHTLINER HEAVY TRUCKS Page 211

Freightliner FL Series All Freightliner FL60, FL70


Freightliner FL112 All Freightliner FL80 All

Tool: 102 Upward B end Tool


1.Insert a wedge between the glass and the weather-stripping.
2.Lower the tool into the door at the position shown.
3.Hook the bell-crank directly behind the door lock button.
4.Lift the tool to unlock the door.

Wedge

Tool 102

FREIGHTLINER HEAVY TRUCKS


Direction
Direction

Linkage

Freightliner FL Series Truck Tool in insertion position Tool in working position

View of tool location with door panel View of tool location without door panel

FREIGHTLINER HEAVY TRUCKS003FREIGHTLINER HEAVY TRUCKS • 1577 • Style05 • 1 •V10202HT


Page 212 FREIGHTLINER HEAVY TRUCKS Method - M1

Freightliner Cab Over Heavy Duty All

Tool: Double Tool 26


1. Separate glass from weather-stripping.
2. Point tool towards rear of car.
3. Lower the tool into car. (SEE FIG. FOR POSITION)
4. Lift tool to contact door lock button.
5. Lift tool to unlock door.

Wedge
Tool 26
FREIGHTLINER HEAVY TRUCKS

Direction

Direction

Linkage

Freightliner Heavy Duty cab over Tool in insertion position Tool in working position

Lift the tool under the door lock button


to unlock the door

FREIGHTLINER HEAVY TRUCKS004FREIGHTLINER HEAVY TRUCKS • 1579 • Style04 • 1 •V2615HT


Method - M1 FREIGHTLINER HEAVY TRUCKS Page 213

Freightliner Sprinter 2004 2009

TOOL: 101
1.Use a strip saver and wedge to create an opening in the door between the glass and the weather striping.
2.With the tool facing the rear of the vehicle, lower the tool into the door directly above the door handle.
Properly placed, there is less than one inch between the tool handle and the door frame (see diagram).
3.Lower the tool deep into the door, and turn the handle away from the vehicle.
4.Maneuver the working end of the tool to find the electronic door lock actuator.
5.Depress the electronic door lock actuator by pushing down on the tool in order to unlock the door.

FREIGHTLINER HEAVY TRUCKS


Tool 101

Freightliner Sprinter Insert your strip savers and wedge. Tool in inser-
tion position.

FREIGHTLINER HEAVY TRUCKS005FREIGHTLINER HEAVY TRUCKS • 1580 • Style02 • 1 •Sprinter


Page 214 FREIGHTLINER HEAVY TRUCKS Method - M1

Freightliner M2 All

Tool: 105 Double Bend Tool


1 Insert a wedge between the glass and the weather stripping.
2.Lower the tool into the door at the position shown. This is a shallow drop.
3.Twist the tool to position the end directly under the door lock button.
4.Lift the tool to unlock the door.

Tool 105
Lift
FREIGHTLINER HEAVY TRUCKS

Door Lock Button

The Freightliner M2 2003 Tool in insertion position Tool at approximate working position.
Note position is high in door.

Tool in working position View of door lock button

FREIGHTLINER HEAVY TRUCKS006FREIGHTLINER HEAVY TRUCKS • 936 • Style05 • 1 •V10503HT


Method - M1 FREIGHTLINER HEAVY TRUCKS Page 215

Freightliner FLD Series All

Tool: Double Tool 26


1. Separate glass from weather-stripping.
2. Point tool towards rear of car.
3. Lower the tool into car. (SEE FIG. FOR POSITION)
4. Lift tool to contact door lock button.
5. Lift tool to unlock door.

FREIGHTLINER HEAVY TRUCKS


Wedge

Direction
Tool 26

Direction

Linkage

Freightliner FLD series Tool in working position

FREIGHTLINER HEAVY TRUCKS006bFREIGHTLINER HEAVY TRUCKS • 1469 • Style02 • 1 •V2615HT


Page 216 FREIGHTLINER HEAVY TRUCKS Method - M1

Freightliner Columbia Class All

Tool: 102
1. Insert a wedge between the glass and the weather-stripping.
2.Lower the tool into the door at the position shown.
3.Push down on the bell crank with the top of the tool to unlock the door .
4. The door will open without puling the handle

Wedge

Tool
Tool 102
Direction
FREIGHTLINER HEAVY TRUCKS

Direction

Freightliner Columbia Class Tool in insertion position Tool in working position

View from inside the door Push down to unlock


FREIGHTLINER HEAVY TRUCKS009FREIGHTLINER HEAVY TRUCKS • 627 • Style05 • 1 •V10111HT
Method - M1 GM Chevrolet Cadillac Buick Oldsmobile Pontiac Geo Saturn GMC Page 217

Buick Electra 4 door 1980 1984 Oldsmobile 98 4 door 1980 1984


Buick Century 4 door 1980 1982 Oldsmobile Cutlass 4 door 1982 1986
Buick Park Avenue 4 door 1980 1984 Oldsmobile Cutlass Cruiser 4 door 1982 1986
Buick Regal Wagon Wagon 1982 1986 Oldsmobile Cutlass Wagon 4 door 1982 1986
Chevrolet Chevette 1980 1987 Pontiac Bonneville 4 Door 1982 1986
Chevrolet Malibu Wagon 1982 1986 Pontiac Lemans 1982 1993
Chevrolet Malibu 4 door 1982 1986 Pontiac T1000 1982 1984

Tool: Double Bend Tool 88


1. Position tool so that the tip is approximately 1 to 2 inches from the door lock button.
2. Insert tool between glass and weather-strip.
3. Lower tool in to door while turning tool tip of tool points towards the door latch mechanism.
4. Move tool up and down so as hook bell crank.

GM Chevrolet Cadillac Buick Oldsmobile Pontiac Geo Saturn GMC


NOTE: When you contact the correct lever on door lock mechanism, you will see the door lock button move.
ILLUSTRATION SHOWS PASSENGER SIDE FRONT DOOR.
INSTRUCTIONS WILL WORK ON EITHER FRONT DOOR.

V8801.eps

Tool 88-45 Front Passenger


Door

INSER TION

Alternative method use


Alternate Alt47

BUICK001GM • 521 • Style00 • 1 •V8801


Page 218 GM Chevrolet Cadillac Buick Oldsmobile Pontiac Geo Saturn GMC Method - M1

Buick Century 2 & 4 Door 1984 1996 Oldsmobile Frienza 2, 4 Door, Wagon 1982 1988
Oldsmobile Cierra Wagon 1992 1996 Oldsmobile Omega 1980 1985
Oldsmobile Cutlass Cierra 1985 1996 Pontiac 6000/STE 4 Door 1984 1992

Tool: HORIZONTAL LINKAGE TOOL 23


1. Point the tip of the tool towards the rear of the car.
2. Insert the tool between the glass and weather-strip.
3. Lower the tool into the door slowly while turning tool until handle is pointing away from car.
4. Stop lowering tool when you feel it contact the door lock rod.
5. While watching door lock lever (inside car), twist tool so as to move tip of tool towards front of car.
NOTE: Watch the door lock button inside the car. If you contact the correct rod inside the door, you will
see the door lock button move.
Illustration shows passenger side door. Instructions will work on either front door. Door lock lever (circled)
is shown reversed.
GM Chevrolet Cadillac Buick Oldsmobile Pontiac Geo Saturn GMC

FOR 1997 Models: See Index

Tool 23

Alternative method use


Alternate Altohj

Buick Century Insert tool with tip approximately 6” Tool in working position
from edge of door

BUICK002GM • 1299 • Style03 • 1 •H2337F


Method - M1 GM Chevrolet Cadillac Buick Oldsmobile Pontiac Geo Saturn GMC Page 219

Buick LaCrosse 2005 2010 Chevrolet Impala SS 2006 2010


Chevrolet Impala 2006 2010

TOOL: ‘S’ Tool - 47


1. Separate the glass from weather-stripping on door.
2. Lower tool into door in between the inner door frame.
3. Twist tool to hook the door lock rod.
4. Lift door lock rod to unlock door.
Reminder: Be sure to use the rubber tip on your 47 Tool

GM Chevrolet Cadillac Buick Oldsmobile Pontiac Geo Saturn GMC


Tool 47

Buick LaCrosse Tool Insertion Position Tool in Working Position

BUICK004GM • 1424 • Style03 • 1 •V4707


Page 220 GM Chevrolet Cadillac Buick Oldsmobile Pontiac Geo Saturn GMC Method - M1

Buick LeSabre 4 door 2000 2005 Pontiac Sunfire 4 Door 1995 2002
Chevrolet Lumina 1995 2001 Pontiac Sunfire 2 Door 1995 2004

Tool: Horizontal Linkage Tool - 23


1. Insert a wedge between the glass and the weather-strip.
2. Point the tip of the tool towards the front of the vehicle and insert tool.
3. Lower the tool into door cavity (as shown in diagram).
4. Rotate the tool handle in order to bind the linkage.
5. Turn tool handle so that the linkage moves towards the front of the car.
GM Chevrolet Cadillac Buick Oldsmobile Pontiac Geo Saturn GMC

Tool 23

BUICK LESABRE Tool in insertion position Tool in working position

View from inside door without panel Close up of tool, door lock rods and linkage

BUICK009GM • 1141 • Style05 • 1 •H2312F


Method - M1 GM Chevrolet Cadillac Buick Oldsmobile Pontiac Geo Saturn GMC Page 221

Buick Park Avenue 1998 2005 Cadillac Seville 1986 1991


Buick Park Avenue Ultra 1998 2005 Cadillac Seville STS 1986 1991
Cadillac El Dorado 1986 1991

Tool: Inside Access Tool - 35


1. Insert wedge between glass and weather-strip directly above door lock button inside of vehicle (see figure 1).
2. Insert tool in door with tip facing the front of the vehicle (see figure 1).
3. Reposition wedge to allow the lowering of the tool into the door (see figure 2).
4. Lower tool into door until shaped portion of tool is beneath the window glass.
5. Raise the tool until that the shaped portion of the tool is entirely visible on the inside of the vehicle (see figure 3).
6. Rotate the tool so that the tip is positioned under the door lock button (see figure 4).
7. Pull up on tool in order to raise the door lock button, unlocking the door (see figure 5).
Note: To aid in the removing of the tool, place the wedge between the glass and the weather-strip on the inside of
the door near the tool. The tool will slide easily from the inside of the door.

GM Chevrolet Cadillac Buick Oldsmobile Pontiac Geo Saturn GMC


Tool 35

Alternative method use


Alternate Altohj

BUICK PARK AVENUE Tool in Insertion Position Lower Tool Under Glass

Tool Working Inside the Car Flip Electronic Lock Button Close up of Tool on Lock Button
BUICK011GM • 811 • Style06 • 1 •R3503
Page 222 GM Chevrolet Cadillac Buick Oldsmobile Pontiac Geo Saturn GMC Method - M1

Buick Reatta 1988 1991

Tool: Double Bend Tool 88


1. Separate glass from weather-stripping with a wedge.
2. Point tip of tool towards rear of car.
3. Lower the tool into car. You must insert the tip of the tool through a small cavity in the door (SEE FIG.
FOR POSITION).
4. Turn tool so tip moves toward front of car pushing the bell crank forward.
5. Watch door lock button inside of car for movement. When you have contacted the bell crank, you will
see the button move.
NOTE: Handle on the tool may be different than shown in photo.
GM Chevrolet Cadillac Buick Oldsmobile Pontiac Geo Saturn GMC

Tool 88-20
H8808.eps

Tool in working position. A - Tool. B - Bell crank. C - Move A - Tool. B - Bell crank. C - Move
forward. D - Lock bell crank. forward. D - Unlock bell crank.

BUICK013GM • 787 • Style03 • 1 •H8808


Method - M1 GM Chevrolet Cadillac Buick Oldsmobile Pontiac Geo Saturn GMC Page 223

Buick Regal 2 door 1980 1987 Oldsmobile Cutlass Supreme Hatchback 3 Door 1980
Chevrolet Monte Carlo 2 door 1980 1989 1984
Oldsmobile Cutlass Supreme 2 Door 1980 1987 Pontiac Grand Prix 2 door 1980 1987

Tool: Downward Hook Tool 91


1. Point tool towards rear of car.
2. Insert tool at front of outside door handle between the glass and weather-strip.
3. Lower tool into door slowly while turning tool until handle is pointing away from car.
4. Stop lowering tool when you feel it contact the door lock rod. (SEE FIG.)
5. Twist tool so as move tip of tool towards front of car.
NOTE: If you have contacted the correct rod inside the door, you will see the door button inside the car move.
NOTE: Handle on the tool may be different than shown in photo.
Illustration shows passenger side door.
Instructions will work on either front door.

GM Chevrolet Cadillac Buick Oldsmobile Pontiac Geo Saturn GMC


Tool 91L

Buick Regal Tool in insertion position Tool in working position

BUICK014GM • 1106 • Style03 • 1 •H9130F


Page 224 GM Chevrolet Cadillac Buick Oldsmobile Pontiac Geo Saturn GMC Method - M1

Buick Rendezvous Ultra 2004 2006 Buick Rendezvous 2002 2007

Tool: Horizontal Linkage Tool - 23


1. Insert a Strip Saver and wedge to separate the glass from the weather strip.
2.Point the tip of the tool towards the front of the vehicle and lower the tool into the door.
3.Turn the handle away from the vehicle to access the top linkage.
4.Hook and bind the linkage, then turn the tool handle towards the rear of the vehicle to unlock the door.
GM Chevrolet Cadillac Buick Oldsmobile Pontiac Geo Saturn GMC

Tool 23

BUICK RENDEZVOUS Tool in insertion position Tool in working position

View from inside the door Close up of tool in working position

BUICK017GM • 357 • Style05 • 1 •H2377F


Method - M1 GM Chevrolet Cadillac Buick Oldsmobile Pontiac Geo Saturn GMC Page 225

Buick Riviera 2 Door 1994 1999

Tool: TRIPLE HOOK TOOL - 86


1. Separate glass from weather-stripping with a wedge.
2. Point tip of tool towards front of car.
3. Lower the tool into car (SEE FIG. FOR POSITION).
4. After tool is lowered beneath first linkage, turn tool to hook bottom linkage (SEE ENLARGED ILLUS-
TRATION).
5. Rotate tool to bind the linkage and tilt the handle towards rear of vehicle as to
6 move the linkage towards the front of the door.
7. Watch door lock button inside of vehicle for movement. When you have bound the
correct linkage, you will see the door lock button move.
NOTE: Handle on the tool may be different than shown in photo.

GM Chevrolet Cadillac Buick Oldsmobile Pontiac Geo Saturn GMC


Tool 86

Alternative method use


Alternate Alt35
H8603F.eps

BUICK RIVIERA View from inside the door Close up of tool

BUICK018GM • 816 • Style03 • 1 •H8603F


Page 226 GM Chevrolet Cadillac Buick Oldsmobile Pontiac Geo Saturn GMC Method - M1

Buick Roadmaster Estate Wagon 1991 1996 Chevrolet Impala 4 Door 1994 1996
Chevrolet Caprice Classic 4 door 1991 1996 Oldsmobile Custom Cruiser Wagon 1991 1996
Chevrolet Caprice Wagon 4 Door 1991 1996 Oldsmobile Cutlass 1997 2000

Tool: DOWNWARD HOOK TOOL 91


1. Separate glass from weather-stripping with a wedge.
2. Insert tool as shown in insertion diagram.
3. Lower the tool into car. Rotate the tool so the handle of the tool faces you and the tool is resting on the bottom linkage
4. Turn tool so tip moves toward front of car pushing the lock linkage forward.
5. Watch door lock lever inside of car for movement. When you have contacted the correct linkage, you will see the lever
move. NOTE: Handle on the tool may be different than shown in photo.
GM Chevrolet Cadillac Buick Oldsmobile Pontiac Geo Saturn GMC

Tool 91L

Alternative method use


Alternate Altohj

Tool in insertion position Door without inside panel Close up of tool in door

View from inside the door


BUICK020GM • 665 • Style04 • 1 •H9111F
Method - M1 GM Chevrolet Cadillac Buick Oldsmobile Pontiac Geo Saturn GMC Page 227

Buick Regal Somerset 2 & 4 Door 1986 1987 Buick Skylark 2 Door 1987 1991
Buick Skylark 4 Door 1986 1997

Tool: Triple Hook Tool 86


1. Insert a wedge to separate the glass from the weather strip.
2. Insert the tool between the glass and the weather strip. Lower the tool into the door while turning the
tool so that the tip of the tool moves toward the inside of the car and the handle points at you.
3. Lower below the linkage and lift.
4. Twist the tool so that the hook on the tool binds the linkage. To do so, move the handle of the tool to-
wards the rear of the vehicle.
5. Move tip of tool forward.
6. You should watch the door lock button move toward the
front of the car.

GM Chevrolet Cadillac Buick Oldsmobile Pontiac Geo Saturn GMC


Tool 86

BUICK022GM • 407 • Style00 • 1 •H8613F


Page 228 GM Chevrolet Cadillac Buick Oldsmobile Pontiac Geo Saturn GMC Method - M1

Pontiac Trans Sport 1997 2003 Oldsmobile Silhouette 1997 2004


Buick Teraza 2005 2007 Pontiac Montana 1997 1998
Chevrolet Uplander 2005 2009 Saturn Relay 2005 2007
Chevrolet Venture 1997 2004

Tool: Ford Cable Tool - 67


1. Insert a Strip Saver and wedge to separate the glass from the weather strip.
2. Point tip of tool towards front of vehicle and lower tool into the door at an angle (See Diagram for Position).
3. Insert the tip of the tool through the gap between the inner door frame and the window mechanism.
4. Push the linkage forward with the tip of the tool.
GM Chevrolet Cadillac Buick Oldsmobile Pontiac Geo Saturn GMC

Tool 67

Tool in insertion position Tool in working position View from inside the door

Close up of tool and linkage

BUICK024-M1GM • 283 • Style04 • 1 •H6702F


Method - M2 GM Chevrolet Cadillac Buick Oldsmobile Pontiac Geo Saturn GMC Page 229

Pontiac Trans Sport 1997 2002 Pontiac Montana 1997 1998


Oldsmobile Silhouette 1997 2004 Pontiac Montana SVX 2005 2007

TOOL: Double Bend Tool - 88


1. Separate glass from weather-stripping with a wedge.
2. Point tip of tool towards the rear of the vehicle, insert the tool between the glass and the weather-stripping.
3. Lower the tool into the door and slide the tip of the tool towards rear of the vehicle so that the tip enters the cavity
between the linkage shield and the window regulator (SEE ILLUSTRATION).
4. Turn tool to move linkage towards FRONT of vehicle.

GM Chevrolet Cadillac Buick Oldsmobile Pontiac Geo Saturn GMC


Tool 88-20

H8803F.eps

Tool in insertion position Tool in working position Door without inside panel

Close up of tool and linkage


BUICK024-M2GM • 282 • Style04 • 1 •H8803F
Page 230 GM Chevrolet Cadillac Buick Oldsmobile Pontiac Geo Saturn GMC Method - M1

Cadillac Allanté 1987 1991

Tool: Double Bend Tool 88


1. Point tip of tool towards rear of car.
2. Lower tool into door using illustration for position.
3. Hook bell crank and pull on tool.
4. When you hook with the correct bell crank, you will see the door lock lever move.
5. Pull up on tool to unlock door.
GM Chevrolet Cadillac Buick Oldsmobile Pontiac Geo Saturn GMC

H8809.eps

Tool 88-45

Tool

Pull Back
Handle to
Unlock

Alternative method use


Alternate AltGM

CADILLAC001GM • 801 • Style00 • 1 •H8809


Method - M1 GM Chevrolet Cadillac Buick Oldsmobile Pontiac Geo Saturn GMC Page 231

Cadillac Allanté 1992 1993

Tool: Double Bend Tool - 88


1. Separate the glass and weather-stripping with a wedge.
2. Point tip of tool towards rear of car and lower into door at the position shown below.
3. Locate the lock mechanism at the rear of the door.
4. Lower the tool underneath the lock mechanism and lift on the latch release button (see enlargement
diagram for position).
NOTE: Handle on the tool may be different than shown in photo.

Tool 88-20

GM Chevrolet Cadillac Buick Oldsmobile Pontiac Geo Saturn GMC


Tool

Pull Back
Handle to
Unlock

Alternative method use


Alternate AltGM

CADILLAC ALLANTE Tool in insertion position Tool in working position

CADILLAC002GM • 802 • Style03 • 1 •H881001


Page 232 GM Chevrolet Cadillac Buick Oldsmobile Pontiac Geo Saturn GMC Method - M1

Cadillac Catera 1997 2001

Tool: HORIZONTAL LINKAGE TOOL 23


1. Separate glass from weather-stripping with a wedge on rear passenger door.
2. Point tip of tool towards rear of car.
3. Lower the tool into car (SEE FIG. FOR POSITION) .
4. After tool is lowered, turn tool to hook bottom linkage (SEE ENLARGED ILLUSTRATION) .
5. Rotate tool to bind the linkage and tilt the handle towards rear of vehicle as to move the linkage towards the front
of the door.
6. Watch door lock button inside of vehicle for movement. When you have bound the correct linkage, you will see the
door lock button move.
GM Chevrolet Cadillac Buick Oldsmobile Pontiac Geo Saturn GMC

Tool 23

Alternative method use


Alternate Altohj

Cadillac Catera Tool in working position. View from inside the door

Close up of tool and linkage


CADILLAC003GM • 1525 • Style04 • 1 •H2302FRD
Method - M1 GM Chevrolet Cadillac Buick Oldsmobile Pontiac Geo Saturn GMC Page 233

Cadillac CTS 2002 2007 Cadillac CTS-V 2006 2007

Tool: S’ Tool - 47
1. Insert a Strip Saver and wedge to separate the glass from the weather strip.
2.Insert the tool into the door and lower just beneath the door handle.
3.Twist tool to hook and bind the door lock rod.
4.Lift tool to unlock the door.

GM Chevrolet Cadillac Buick Oldsmobile Pontiac Geo Saturn GMC


Tool 47

Cadillac CTS Tool in insertion position Tool in working position

View from inside the door Close up of tool on lock rod

CADILLAC005GM • 1556 • Style05 • 1 •V4711


Page 234 GM Chevrolet Cadillac Buick Oldsmobile Pontiac Geo Saturn GMC Method - M1

Cadillac Brougham 2 Door 1985 1992 Cadillac Sedan Deville 1977 1984
Buick Estate Wagon 4 Door 1980 1990 Chevrolet Caprice & Wagon 4 door 1980 1990
Buick LeSabre 4 door 1980 1985 Chevrolet Custom Cruiser Wagon 1980 1990
Cadillac Brougham 4 Door 1985 1992 Chevrolet Spectrum 1985 1989
Cadillac Coupe Deville 1979 1984 Oldsmobile Custom Cruiser Wagon 1980 1990
Cadillac Deville 2 Door 1977 1984 Oldsmobile Delta 88 4 door 1980 1985
Cadillac Deville 4 Door 1977 1984 Pontiac Parisienne 2 Door 1980 1989
Cadillac Fleetwood Brougham 4 Door 1977 1984 Pontiac Parisienne 4 door 1980 1989
Cadillac Fleetwood Brougham 2 Door 1977 1992 Pontiac Safari Wagon 1980 1989

Tool: Double Hook Tool 26


1. Position tool so it is approximately 1 to 2 inches from the door lock button.
2. Insert tool between glass and weather-strip.
3. Lower tool into door while turning tool so handle points away from car.
GM Chevrolet Cadillac Buick Oldsmobile Pontiac Geo Saturn GMC

4. Move tool up and down so as hook bell crank.


5. Lift tool.
NOTE: When you contact the correct lever on door lock mechanism, you will see the door lock button
move. Illustration shows passenger side front door.
Instructions will work on either front door.

Tool 26 Front Passenger


Door

INSER TION

Alternative method use


Alternate Alt47

CADILLAC006GM • 429 • Style00 • 1 •V2601


Method - M1 GM Chevrolet Cadillac Buick Oldsmobile Pontiac Geo Saturn GMC Page 235

Cadillac Sixty Special 1980 1993 Cadillac Touring Sedan 2 & 4 All
Cadillac Deville 4 door 1985 1993

Tool: Downward Hook Tool - 91


1. Insert a strip saver and wedge to create an opening in the door.
2. Point the tip of the tool towards the rear of the vehicle and Insert the tool between the glass and weather-strip.
3. Lower the tool into the door slowly while turning tool until handle is pointing away from car.
4. Stop lowering tool when you feel it contact the door lock linkage.
5. While watching door lock lever (inside car), twist tool so as to move tip of tool towards front of car.
NOTE: Watch the door lock button inside the car. If you contact the correct rod inside the door, you will see the door
lock button move.

GM Chevrolet Cadillac Buick Oldsmobile Pontiac Geo Saturn GMC


Tool 91L

Tool in insertion position Tool in working position View from inside the door

View from inside the door Close up of tool in action

CADILLAC009GM • 101 • Style05 • 1 •H91103


Page 236 GM Chevrolet Cadillac Buick Oldsmobile Pontiac Geo Saturn GMC Method - M1

Cadillac DeVille 2 Door 1994 1999 Cadillac El Dorado Touring Coupe 1992 2002
Cadillac Deville 4 Door 1994 1999 Cadillac El Dorado 1992 2002
Cadillac DeVille Concours 1994 1999 Cadillac Fleetwood 1994 1999
Cadillac El Dorado Sport Coupe 1992 2002

Tool: DOWNWARD HOOK TOOL 91


1. Separate glass from weather-stripping with a wedge.
2. Insert tool as shown in insertion diagram.
3. Lower the tool into car. Rotate the tool so the handle of the tool faces you and the tool is resting on the bottom linkage
4. Turn tool so tip moves toward front of car pushing the lock linkage forward.
5. Watch door lock lever inside of car for movement. When you have contacted the correct linkage, you will see the lever move.
NOTE: This vehicle has front door mounted air bags. While we design our openings to avoid disruption of the airbag, all
locksmiths should inform costumers of potential airbag damage and secure a release of liability and strongly urge the car
owner to have the airbag inspected for damage following the opening. Handle on tool may be different than shown in photo
GM Chevrolet Cadillac Buick Oldsmobile Pontiac Geo Saturn GMC

Tool 91L

Alternative method use


Alternate Alt35

Cadillac De Ville Tool in insertion position Tool in working position

View from inside the door. Hook lock linkage inside opening in
inner door panel, move to front.
CADILLAC010GM • 144 • Style05 • 1 •H9115F
Method - M1 GM Chevrolet Cadillac Buick Oldsmobile Pontiac Geo Saturn GMC Page 237

Cadillac Deville 4 door 2000 2005 Cadillac Deville Concours 2000 2002
Cadillac Deville 2 Door 2000 2005

Tool: TOOL - 47
1. Separate the window glass from weather-stripping with a Strip Saver and wedge.
2. Insert the tool to the left of the wedge.
3. Lower the tool into the door and hook the door lock rod with the hook at the end of the tool.
4. Twist tool slightly and pull upwards on lock rod to unlock door.

GM Chevrolet Cadillac Buick Oldsmobile Pontiac Geo Saturn GMC


Tool 47

CADILLAC DEVILLE 2000 Tool in insertion position Tool in working position

View of door without inside door panel Close up of tool in action

CADILLAC011-M1GM • 1137 • Style05 • 1 •H4706


Page 238 GM Chevrolet Cadillac Buick Oldsmobile Pontiac Geo Saturn GMC Method - M2

Cadillac Deville 4 door 2000 2005 Cadillac Deville Concours 2000 2002
Cadillac Deville 2 Door 2000 2005

Tool: HORIZONTAL LINKAGE TOOL - 23


1. Separate glass from weather-stripping with a wedge on REAR passenger door.
2. Point tip of tool towards rear of car.
3. Lower the tool into car (SEE FIG. FOR POSITION).
4. After tool is lowered, turn tool to hook bottom linkage (SEE ENLARGED ILLUSTRATION).
5. Rotate tool to bind the linkage and tilt the handle towards rear of vehicle so as to move the linkage towards the
front of the door.
6. Watch door lock button inside of vehicle for movement. When you have bound the correct linkage, you will see the
door lock button move.
GM Chevrolet Cadillac Buick Oldsmobile Pontiac Geo Saturn GMC

Tool 23

CADILLAC DEVILLE 2000 Tool in working position View from inside the door

Move linkage to front Close up of tool and linkage engaged.

CADILLAC011-M2GM • 1144 • Style05 • 1 •H2359RD


Method - M1 GM Chevrolet Cadillac Buick Oldsmobile Pontiac Geo Saturn GMC Page 239

Cadillac DTS 2006 2010

Tool: S’ Tool - 47
1. Insert a Strip Saver and wedge to separate the glass from the weather strip.
2.Insert the tool into the door and lower just beneath the door handle.
3.Twist tool to hook and bind the door lock rod.
4.Lift tool to unlock the door.

GM Chevrolet Cadillac Buick Oldsmobile Pontiac Geo Saturn GMC


Tool 47

Cadillac DTS Tool in insertion position. Tool in working position.

View from inside the door. Lift rod with tool to unlock the door.

CADILLAC012GM • 668 • Style05 • 1 •V4711


Page 240 GM Chevrolet Cadillac Buick Oldsmobile Pontiac Geo Saturn GMC Method - M1

Cadillac El Dorado 1971 1978 Oldsmobile Toronado Trofeo 1990 1992


Oldsmobile Toronado 1990 1992

Tool: SLIM JIM (SJ)


1. Separate glass from weather-stripping with a wedge.
2. Bend V-shaped tip of Slim Jim slightly towards outside of vehicle.
3. Lower tool into car approx. 10
4. Move lock pawl towards front of vehicle.
GM Chevrolet Cadillac Buick Oldsmobile Pontiac Geo Saturn GMC

Tool SJ

Lock
Linkage Direction

Lock
Pawl
Alternative method use
ENLARGEMENT Alternate Altohj

Tool in insertion position Tool in working position Tool in working position

Door with panel off. Tool Lock Pawl


Push Hard

CADILLAC013GM • 806 • Style04 • 1 •HSJ04B


Method - M1 GM Chevrolet Cadillac Buick Oldsmobile Pontiac Geo Saturn GMC Page 241

Cadillac Escalade 1998 2000

Tool: Horizontal Linkage Tool - 23


1. Insert Strip Saver between window and weather strip.
2. With the tool facing the rear of the vehicle, lower tool into the door.
3. Hook and bind the top linkage.
4. Move linkage towards FRONT of the vehicle.

GM Chevrolet Cadillac Buick Oldsmobile Pontiac Geo Saturn GMC


Move� Tool 23
to front

Linkage

CADILLAC ESCALADE Tool in insertion position Tool in working position

View from inside the door

CADILLAC016-M1GM • 1154 • Style04 • 1 •H2365FRD


Page 242 GM Chevrolet Cadillac Buick Oldsmobile Pontiac Geo Saturn GMC Method - M2

Cadillac Escalade 1998 2000

Tool: Horizontal Linkage Tool - 91


1. Insert Strip Saver between window and weather strip.
2. With the tool facing the rear of the vehicle, lower tool into the door.
3. Hook and bind the top linkage.
4. Move linkage towards FRONT of the vehicle.
GM Chevrolet Cadillac Buick Oldsmobile Pontiac Geo Saturn GMC

Move
to front
Tool 91

Linkage

Cadillac Escalade Tool insertion position Tool in working position

CADILLAC016-M2GM • 1155 • Style03 • 1 •H9125F


Method - M1 GM Chevrolet Cadillac Buick Oldsmobile Pontiac Geo Saturn GMC Page 243

Cadillac Escalade 2007 2010 Chevrolet Tahoe 2007 2010


Cadillac Escalade EXT 2007 2010 GMC Sierra pickup 2007 2010
Cadillac ESV 2007 2010 GMC Yukon 2007 2010
Chevrolet Avalanche 2007 2010 GMC Yukon Denali 2007 2010
Chevrolet Silverado pickup 2007 2010 GMC Yukon XL 2007 2010
Chevrolet Suburban 2007 2010

Tool: Double Tool 26


1. Separate glass from weather-stripping.
2. Point tool towards rear of car.
3. Lower the tool into car. (SEE FIG. FOR POSITION)
4. Lift tool to contact door lock button.
5. Lift tool to unlock door.

GM Chevrolet Cadillac Buick Oldsmobile Pontiac Geo Saturn GMC


Tool 26

Cadillac Escalade Tool in insertion position Tool in working position

View from inside the door Lift tool under button to unlock door
CADILLAC018GM • 1413 • Style05 • 1 •V2601
Page 244 GM Chevrolet Cadillac Buick Oldsmobile Pontiac Geo Saturn GMC Method - M1

Cadillac Fleetwood 2 Door 1977 1984 Cadillac Fleetwood Brougham 4 Door 1985 1992
Cadillac Fleetwood 4 Door 1977 1984 Cadillac Limousine 1982 1992

Tool: Double Hook Tool 88


1. Position tool so it is approximately 1 to 2 inches from the door lock button on rear passenger door.
2. Insert tool between glass and weather-strip.
3. Lower tool into door while turning tool so handle points away from car.
4. Move tool up and down so as hook bell crank.
NOTE : When you contact the correct lever on door lock mechanism, you will see the door lock button
move.
Illustration shows passenger side rear door.
Instructions will work on either rear door .
GM Chevrolet Cadillac Buick Oldsmobile Pontiac Geo Saturn GMC

h8808RD

Tool 88-45

Alternative method use


Alternate Altohj

CADILLAC019GM • 397 • Style00 • 1 •H8808RD


Method - M1 GM Chevrolet Cadillac Buick Oldsmobile Pontiac Geo Saturn GMC Page 245

Cadillac Fleetwood 4 door 1993 1996 Cadillac Fleetwood Brougham 4 door 1993 1996
Buick Roadmaster Sedan 4 door 1991 1996 Cadillac Limousine 1993 1996

TOOL: Double Bend Tool 88


1. Insert the wedge between the glass and the weather-strip.
2.Point the tip of the tool towards the front of the car.
3. Lower the tool into the door while turning the tool so the tip of the tools goes through the hole in the in-
ner door panel.
4. Lift the bell crank with the tip of the tool.
5.. Watch the inner door lock button for movement when you see it move have contacted the bell crank.
NOTE: Handle on the tool may be different than shown on photo

GM Chevrolet Cadillac Buick Oldsmobile Pontiac Geo Saturn GMC


Tool 88-45

Alternative method use


Alternate Altohj

Cadillac Fleetwood Tool in insertion position View from inside the door

CADILLAC020GM • 757 • Style03 • 1 •H8807


Page 246 GM Chevrolet Cadillac Buick Oldsmobile Pontiac Geo Saturn GMC Method - M1

Cadillac Coupe Deville 1985 1993 Oldsmobile Bravada 1985 1994


Cadillac Deville 2 door 1985 1993 Oldsmobile Delta 88 1986 1990
Cadillac Sedan Deville 1985 1993 Pontiac Bonneville 1987 1991
Oldsmobile 98 2 & 4 door 1985 1990

Tool: Horizontal Linkage Tool - 23


1. Point the tip of the tool towards the rear of the car.
2. Insert the tool between the glass and weather-strip.
3. Lower the tool into the door slowly while turning tool until handle is pointing away from car.
4. Stop lowering tool when you feel it contact the door lock rod.
5. While watching door lock lever (inside car), twist tool so as to move tip of tool towards front of car.
NOTE: Watch the door lock button inside the car. If you contact the correct rod inside the door, you will
see the door lock button move.
NOTE: Handle on tool may be different than shown in photo.
GM Chevrolet Cadillac Buick Oldsmobile Pontiac Geo Saturn GMC

Illustration shows passenger side door. Instructions will work on either front door. Door lock lever (circled)
is shown reversed.

Tool 23

Alternative method use


Alternate Altohj

CADILLAC021GM • 1603 • Style00 • 1 •H2338


Method - M1 GM Chevrolet Cadillac Buick Oldsmobile Pontiac Geo Saturn GMC Page 247

Cadillac Fleetwood 4 Door 1985 1992 Chevrolet Blazer S10 1985 1994
Buick Electra 2 & 4 door 1985 1990 Chevrolet Pickup S10 / S15 1985 1993
Buick LeSabre 1986 1991 Chevrolet S10 Pickup S15 1985 1993
Buick Park Avenue 2 & 4 door 1985 1990 GMC Jimmy S15 1985 1994
Cadillac Fleetwood 2 Door 1985 1992 GMC Typhoon 1985 1994
Cadillac Sixty Special 1985 1988

Tool: Horizontal Linkage Tool - 23


1. Point the tip of the tool towards the rear of the car.
2. Insert the tool between the glass and weather-strip.
3. Lower the tool into the door slowly while turning tool until handle is pointing away from car.
4. Stop lowering tool when you feel it contact the door lock rod.
5. While watching door lock lever (inside car), twist tool so as to move tip of tool towards front of car.

GM Chevrolet Cadillac Buick Oldsmobile Pontiac Geo Saturn GMC


NOTE: Watch the door lock button inside the car. If you contact the correct rod inside the door, you will
see the door lock button move. Illustration shows passenger side door. Instructions will work on either front
door. Door lock lever (circled) is shown reversed.

Tool 23

Alternative method use


Alternate Alt35

CADILLAC021BGM • 955 • Style00 • 1 •H2338


Page 248 GM Chevrolet Cadillac Buick Oldsmobile Pontiac Geo Saturn GMC Method - M1

Cadillac Seville 1992 1997 Cadillac Seville 1980 1985


Cadillac Seville STS 1992 1997

Tool: DOWNWARD HOOK TOOL - 91


1. Separate glass from weather-stripping with a wedge on passenger door.
2. Point tip of tool towards REAR of car.
3. Lower the tool into car (SEE INSERTION DIAGRAM FOR POSITION) .
4. Rotate the tool so the handle of the tool faces you and the tool is resting on the bottom linkage (SEE
FIG. FOR POSITION).
5. Turn tool so tip moves toward front of car pushing the lock linkage forward.
6. Watch door lock lever inside of car for movement. When you have contacted the correct linkage, you will
see the lever
move.
NOTE: Handle on the tool may be different than shown in photo.
GM Chevrolet Cadillac Buick Oldsmobile Pontiac Geo Saturn GMC

Tool 91L

Alternative method use


Alternate Alt35

Cadillac Seville, Seville STS Tool in Insertion Position Tool in Working Position

CADILLAC024GM • 1522 • Style03 • 1 •H9145F


Method - M1 GM Chevrolet Cadillac Buick Oldsmobile Pontiac Geo Saturn GMC Page 249

Cadillac Seville 1998 2004 Cadillac Seville STS 1998 2002

Tool: ‘S’ TOOL - TOOL 47


1. Separate the window glass from weather-stripping with a Strip Saver and insert a wedge between the Strip Saver
and the window.
2. Insert the tool slightly to the left of the wedge.
3. Lower the tool into the door and hook the door lock rod with the hook at the end of the tool
4. Twist tool slightly and pull upwards on lock rod to unlock door.

GM Chevrolet Cadillac Buick Oldsmobile Pontiac Geo Saturn GMC


Tool 47

Cadillac Seville Tool in insertion Position Tool In working position

Tool In working position View from inside the door Close up


CADILLAC025GM • 1524 • Style06 • 1 •V4702
Page 250 GM Chevrolet Cadillac Buick Oldsmobile Pontiac Geo Saturn GMC Method - M1

Cadillac SRX 2004 2009

Tool: S’ Tool - 47
1.Insert a Strip Saver and wedge to separate the glass from the weather strip.
2.Insert the tool into the door and lower just beneath the door handle.
3.Twist tool to hook and bind the door lock rod.
4.Lift tool to unlock the door.
GM Chevrolet Cadillac Buick Oldsmobile Pontiac Geo Saturn GMC

Tool 47

Cadillac SRX Tool in Insertion Position Tool in Working Position

CADILLAC026GM • 1574 • Style03 • 1 •V4711


Method - M1 GM Chevrolet Cadillac Buick Oldsmobile Pontiac Geo Saturn GMC Page 251

Cadillac SRX 2010 2011

Tool: 114 Tool


1.Use a strip saver and wedge to create an opening in the door between the window and the weather
stripping.
2.Point tool tip towards the front of the vehicle and lower tool into door all the way to the bend in the tool
3.Turn tool handle away from the vehicle.
4.Hook and bind the door lock rod.
5.Lift tool to unlock the door.

GM Chevrolet Cadillac Buick Oldsmobile Pontiac Geo Saturn GMC


Tool 114

Alternative method use


Alternate Altohj

CADILLAC026aGM • 1683 • Style00 • 2 •V11401


Page 252 GM Chevrolet Cadillac Buick Oldsmobile Pontiac Geo Saturn GMC Method - M1

Cadillac STS 2005 2010 Cadillac STS-V 2006 2010

TOOL: 67
1. Separate window from weather strip with Strip Saver and wedge.
2. Point tip of tool towards rear of car and lower tool deep into door.
3. Turn tool so the tip of the tool comes underneath the shield for the latch mechanism
4. Lift tool to flip up latch and unlock the door.
GM Chevrolet Cadillac Buick Oldsmobile Pontiac Geo Saturn GMC

Tool 67

ENLARGEMENT

CADILLAC STS Tool in Insertion Position Tool in Working Position

CADILLAC027-M1GM • 1425 • Style03 • 1 •H6704U


Method - M2 GM Chevrolet Cadillac Buick Oldsmobile Pontiac Geo Saturn GMC Page 253

Cadillac STS 2005 2010 Cadillac STS-V 2006 2010

Tool: 47 S’ Tool
1 Insert a strip saver and wedge into the back door to create an opening for the tool.
2.Lower tool into door to access door lock rod.
3.Adjust tool at a steep angle in order to access lock rod.
4.Hook lock rod and lift tool to unlock the door.

GM Chevrolet Cadillac Buick Oldsmobile Pontiac Geo Saturn GMC


Tool 47

Cadillac STS Tool in Insertion Position Tool in Working Position. Note steep
tool angle.

Lift tool to unlock door.


CADILLAC027-M2GM • 1581 • Style04 • 1 •V4713RD
Page 254 GM Chevrolet Cadillac Buick Oldsmobile Pontiac Geo Saturn GMC Method - M1

Cadillac XLR 2004 2010 Chevrolet Corvette 2005 2010


Cadillac XLR-V 2006 2010 Chevrolet Corvette Z06 2006 2010

TOOL: LONG John/With Protective Wedge or Glass Man Tool.


1.Create working room to insert the tool. Use extreme care as the slightest nick of the glass can cause damage.
2. Insert tool into the vehicle.
3. Maneuver the tool to the side of the passenger side seat.
4. Hook the emergency door release lever on the side of the passenger side seat.
5. Lift tool to activate emergency door release lever and unlock the door.
This Opening may cause Damage to the vehicle. Use only in a life threatening emergency.
GM Chevrolet Cadillac Buick Oldsmobile Pontiac Geo Saturn GMC

Tool LJ

Handle

Seat
Emergency door
release handle

PASSENGER
DOOR

CADILLAC XLR Rear view CADILLAC XLR Front view View from inside the door

Pull the Emergency door release lever Lever is locate next to seat Close up of Tool Lifting Latch

CADILLAC028GM • 1288 • Style06 • 1 •RLJ01


Method - M1 GM Chevrolet Cadillac Buick Oldsmobile Pontiac Geo Saturn GMC Page 255

Cadillac CTS 4 door 2008 2010 Cadillac CTS V 4 door 2009 2010
Cadillac CTS Sport Wagon 4 door 2010 2011

Tool Rear Door Hook 118


1 Use the Strip savers and wedgee to make working room for the tool
2 Lower the tool into the door with the tip facing back
3 slip the tip of the tool behind the window sash channel by sliding the tip back while it touches the inside of the door
frame
4 Hook the door lock linkage with the tip of the tool and lift.

GM Chevrolet Cadillac Buick Oldsmobile Pontiac Geo Saturn GMC


Tool 119

Alternative method use


Alternate Altohj

Cadillac CTS Tool In insertion Position Tool In working Position

View from Inside of door Close-up view from Inside of door


Cadillac029GM • 1591 • Style05 • 1 •CTS
Page 256 GM Chevrolet Cadillac Buick Oldsmobile Pontiac Geo Saturn GMC Method - M1

Chevrolet Astro Van 1985 2005 GMC Safari 1985 2005

Tool: Horizontal Linkage Tool - 23


1. Point the tip of the tool towards the rear of the vehicle. Insert a wedge to separate the glass from the weather strip.
Lower the tool into the door while swinging the tip towards the inside. The tool should be inserted at the rear corner of
the door lower the tool on top of the lock linkage.
2. The linkage is very high in the door so do not lower the tool too far. Twist the tool so that the handle moves towards
the glass in order to bind the linkage in the tip of the tool. With the linkage tight in the tip of the tool, move the tool so
that the handle of the tool moves towards the rear of the vehicle and the tip of the tool moves towards the front.
3. Note: the amount of room that you have to move is limited, so it is important to bind the linkage with the tip of the
tool as far back towards the rear of the vehicle as possible in order to have room for the linkage to move forward.
GM Chevrolet Cadillac Buick Oldsmobile Pontiac Geo Saturn GMC

Tool 23

CHEVROLET ASTRO VAN Tool in insertion position. Tool in working position.

View from inside the door Tool and linkage inside door panel. Close up of tool and linkage.

CHEVROLET001-M1GM • 1042 • Style06 • 1 •H2360F


Method - M2 GM Chevrolet Cadillac Buick Oldsmobile Pontiac Geo Saturn GMC Page 257

Chevrolet Astro Van 1985 2005 GMC Safari 1985 2005

Tool: Small Hook Tool - 22


1. Insert a wedge to separate the glass from the weather strip. Point the tip of the tool towards the rear of the vehicle
and lower the tool into the door to the position shown in the illustration below (the linkage is very high in the doo r so
do not lower the tool too far).
2. Turn the tool while pulling up to grasp the linkage with the tip of the tool. Pull the tool up, towards the front of the
vehicle to move the linkage forward (shown in the enlargement illustration below).
3. Note the amount of room that you have to move is limited, so it is important to attack the linkage as far back to-
wards the rear of the vehicle as possible in order to have room for the linkage to move forward.

GM Chevrolet Cadillac Buick Oldsmobile Pontiac Geo Saturn GMC


Tool 22

CHEVROLET ASTRO VAN Tool in insertion position. Tool in working position.

View from inside the door Close up of tool and linkage.

CHEVROLET001-M2GM • 1041 • Style05 • 1 •H2209F


Page 258 GM Chevrolet Cadillac Buick Oldsmobile Pontiac Geo Saturn GMC Method - M1

Chevrolet Aveo 4 Door 2004 2010 Pontiac G3 5 Door 2009 2010


Chevrolet Aveo 5 5 Door 2009 2011

TOOL: ‘S’ Tool - 47


1. Separate the glass from weather-stripping on door.
2. Lower tool into door in between the inner door frame.
3. Twist tool to hook the door lock rod.
4. Lift door lock rod to unlock door.
Reminder: Be sure to use the rubber tip on your 47 Tool
GM Chevrolet Cadillac Buick Oldsmobile Pontiac Geo Saturn GMC

Tool 47

Chevrolet Aveo tool in Insertion Position Tool in Working Position

CHEVROLET003GM • 1575 • Style03 • 1 •V4701


Method - M1 GM Chevrolet Cadillac Buick Oldsmobile Pontiac Geo Saturn GMC Page 259

Chevrolet Beretta 2 door 1988 1996 Chevrolet Lumina 1988 1994


Chevrolet Corsica 1988 1996

TOOL: Inside Access Tool- 35


1. Insert wedge between glass and weather-strip directly above door lock button inside of vehicle.
2. Insert tool in door with tip facing the front of the vehicle (see figure 1).
3. Reposition wedge to allow the lowering of the tool into the door (see figure 2).
4. Lower tool into door until shaped portion of tool is beneath the window glass.
5. Raise the tool until that the shaped portion of the tool is entirely visible on the inside of the vehicle (figure 3).
6. Rotate the tool so that the tip is positioned under the door lock button (see figure
7. Pull up on tool in order to raise the door lock button, unlocking the door (see
figure 5).
Note: To aid in the removing of the tool, place the wedge between the glass and the weather-strip on the inside of
the door near the tool. The tool will slide easily from the inside of the door.

GM Chevrolet Cadillac Buick Oldsmobile Pontiac Geo Saturn GMC


Tool 35

BERETTA Tool in insertion position Tool in working position

View from inside the car

CHEVROLET004GM • 74 • Style04 • 1 •R3501


Page 260 GM Chevrolet Cadillac Buick Oldsmobile Pontiac Geo Saturn GMC Method - M1

Chevrolet Blazer K Series 1992 1994 GMC Blazer Full Size 1992 1994
Chevrolet Blazer Full Size 1992 1994 GMC Jimmy Full Size 1992 1994
Chevrolet Tahoe 2 Door 1996 1998 GMC Yukon 1996 1999
Chevrolet Tahoe Z71 1998 2000 GMC Yukon Denali 1998 2000

Tool 23
1. Insert Strip Saver between window and weather strip.
2. With the tool facing the rear of the vehicle, lower tool into the door.
3. Hook and bind the top linkage.
4. Move linkage towards FRONT of the vehicle.
GM Chevrolet Cadillac Buick Oldsmobile Pontiac Geo Saturn GMC

Tool 23

Tool in working position. View from inside the door. Close up of tool.

CHEVROLET007-M1GM • 219 • Style03 • 1 •H2330


Method - M2 GM Chevrolet Cadillac Buick Oldsmobile Pontiac Geo Saturn GMC Page 261

Chevrolet Tahoe 2 Door 1996 1998 GMC Yukon 1996 1999


Chevrolet Tahoe Z71 1998 2000 GMC Yukon Denali 1998 2000

TOOL: DOWNWARD HOOK TOOL - 91


1. Separate glass from weather-strip.
2. Point tool towards rear of car.
3. Insert tool into the door.
4. Turn tool so the tip moves towards your right (see fig.).
6. Move linkage towards front of car.
NOTE: You should be watching the door lock button inside of the car. When you contact the correct rod,
you will see the door lock button move.

Tool 91 GM Chevrolet Cadillac Buick Oldsmobile Pontiac Geo Saturn GMC

CHEVROLET007-M2GM • 1333 • Style00 • 1 •H9126F


Page 262 GM Chevrolet Cadillac Buick Oldsmobile Pontiac Geo Saturn GMC Method - M1

Chevrolet Blazer S10 1995 2005 GMC Envoy 1998 2001


Chevrolet Blazer Xtreme Pickup 2002 2004 GMC Jimmy S15 1995 2001
Chevrolet Pickup S10 / S15 1985 1993 GMC Sonoma Pickup 1985 2003
Chevrolet Pickup S10 1994 2003 GMC Sonoma Crew cab 1990 2004
Chevrolet S10 Pickup 1994 2003 Oldsmobile Bravada 1995 2001

Tool: Horizontal Linkage - 23


1. Point the tip of the tool towards the rear of the vehicle insert a wedge to separate the glass from the weather strip.
2. Lower the tool into the door while swinging the tip towards the inside. The tool should be inserted at the rear corner of the door
3. Lower the tool on top of the lock linkage.
4. Rotate the tool to bind the lock linkage (see the enlargement diagram).
5. Angle the tool in order to move the lock linkage towards the front of the vehicle.
GM Chevrolet Cadillac Buick Oldsmobile Pontiac Geo Saturn GMC

Tool 23

BLAZER Tool in insertion position. Tool in working position.

Door without inside panel. Close up of door without inside panel


CHEVROLET008-M1GM • 923 • Style05 • 1 •H2331F
Method - M2 GM Chevrolet Cadillac Buick Oldsmobile Pontiac Geo Saturn GMC Page 263

Chevrolet Blazer S10 1995 2005 GMC Jimmy S15 1995 2001
GMC Envoy 1998 2001 Oldsmobile Bravada 1995 2001

Tool: Small Hook Tool - 22


1.Insert Wedge between glass and weather-strip on the rear door.
2.Point tip of tool towards rear of car and lower into slow.
3.Hook linkage at rear of door as shown.
4.Lift and pull to front. Watch both for movement.
5.Lower tool onto lock linkage.
6.Bind linkage twisting tool.
7.Move linkage towards front of vehicle.
NOTE: This method is for 4 Door models only, using only the REAR Door.

GM Chevrolet Cadillac Buick Oldsmobile Pontiac Geo Saturn GMC


Tool 22

Tool in insertion position Tool in working position Door without inside panel

Tool without inside panel


CHEVROLET008-M2GM • 924 • Style04 • 1 •H2210FRD
Page 264 GM Chevrolet Cadillac Buick Oldsmobile Pontiac Geo Saturn GMC Method - M1

Chevrolet Camaro 1993 2002 Pontiac Firebird 1993 2002


Chevrolet Berlineta 1982 1992 Pontiac Trans Am 1982 1992
Chevrolet Camaro 1982 1992 Pontiac Trans Am 1993 2002
Pontiac Firebird 1982 1992

Tool: DOWNWARD HOOK TOOL - 91


1. Separate glass from weather-stripping with a wedge.
2. Insert tool as shown in insertion diagram.
3. Lower the tool into car. Rotate the tool so the handle of the tool faces you and the tool is resting on the bottom link-
age (SEE FIG. FOR POSITION).
4. Turn tool so tip moves toward front of car pushing the lock linkage forward.
5. Watch door lock lever inside of car for movement. When you have contacted the correct linkage, you will see the
lever move.
GM Chevrolet Cadillac Buick Oldsmobile Pontiac Geo Saturn GMC

Tool 91L
Wedge

�����ge

�� �e �� �� ���

�����ge

�� �e �� �� ���
PASSENGER DOOR

Tool in insertion position Tool in working position Twist tool to push lock linkage towards
front of vehicle

Close up of tool in working position


CHEVROLET011GM • 868 • Style04 • 1 •H9127F
Method - M1 GM Chevrolet Cadillac Buick Oldsmobile Pontiac Geo Saturn GMC Page 265

Chevrolet Camaro 2010 2011

Tool:78SG
1.Use the Glass Man tool and insert it between the glass and the frame using caution
2.Inser the long reach tool into the glass man tool
3.reach in to the vehicle with the long reach tool
4.Pull on the door handle with the tool to unlock the car

GM Chevrolet Cadillac Buick Oldsmobile Pontiac Geo Saturn GMC


Tool

Handle

Tool

Pull Back
Handle to
Unlock PASSENGER
DOOR

Tool 78SG

CHEVROLET011bGM • 1657 • Style00 • 1 •V11401


Page 266 GM Chevrolet Cadillac Buick Oldsmobile Pontiac Geo Saturn GMC Method - M1

Chevrolet Cavalier 2 & 4 door 1982 1994 Chevrolet Citation 1980 1985
Buick Skyhawk 2 & 4 Door 1984 1989 Chevrolet Z24 1991 1994
Buick Skylark 1980 1985 Pontiac J2000 1982 1989
Cadillac Cimarron 2 & 4 door 1982 1987 Pontiac Pheonix 1980 1985
Chevrolet Cavalier Wagon 2 & 4 door 1982 1994 Pontiac Sunbird 1984 1991

Tool: HORIZONTAL LINKAGE TOOL - 23


1 Insert a wedge to separate the glass from the weather strip.
2. Insert the tool between the glass and the weather strip. Lower the tool into the door while turning the tool so that
the tip of the tool moves toward the inside of the car and the handle points at you.
3. Lower the tool on to the linkage.
4. Twist the tool so that the hook on the tool binds the linkage. move the handle of the tool towards the rear of the vehicle.
5. Now push down and forward on the tool so that the tip of tool moves towards the front of the vehicle.
6. You should watch the door lock button move toward the front of the car.
GM Chevrolet Cadillac Buick Oldsmobile Pontiac Geo Saturn GMC

Tool 23

Chevrolet Cavalier Tool in insertion position Tool in working position

Door without inside panel Door with panel off


CHEVROLET013GM • 759 • Style05 • 1 •H2339
Method - M1 GM Chevrolet Cadillac Buick Oldsmobile Pontiac Geo Saturn GMC Page 267

Chevrolet Cavalier 2 & 4 Door 1995 2004 Chevrolet Celebrity Wagon Wagon 1984 1991
Chevrolet Celebrity All 1982 1990

Tool: DOWNWARD HOOK TOOL 91


1. Point the tip of the tool towards the rear of the car.
2. Insert the tool between the glass and weather-strip.
3. Lower the tool into the door slowly while turning tool until handle is pointing away from car.
4. Stop lowering tool when you feel it contact the door lock linkage.
5. While watching door lock button (inside car), twist tool so as to move tip of tool towards front of car.
NOTE: Watch the door lock button inside the car. If you contact the correct rod inside the door, you will see the door lock button move.

GM Chevrolet Cadillac Buick Oldsmobile Pontiac Geo Saturn GMC


Tool 91L

CAVALIER Tool in insertion position. Tool in working position.

View from inside the door Close up of tool in action


CHEVROLET014GM • 915 • Style05 • 1 •cavalier95
Page 268 GM Chevrolet Cadillac Buick Oldsmobile Pontiac Geo Saturn GMC Method - M1

Chevrolet Corvette 1982 1996 Chevrolet ZR1 1982 1996

Tool: Small Hook Tool - 22


1. Separate glass from weather-stripping with a wedge.
2. Point tip of tool towards rear of car.
3. Lower the tool into car (SEE INSERTION DIAGRAM FOR POSITION).
4.Turn tool so tip of tool moves toward front of car, hooking bell crank (SEE ENLARGEMENT ) . Pull tool straight up.
5. Watch door lock button inside of car for movement. When you have contacted the bell crank, you will see the but-
ton move.
GM Chevrolet Cadillac Buick Oldsmobile Pontiac Geo Saturn GMC

Tool 22

CORVETTE Tool in insertion position. Tool in working position.

Tool in working position. Door with panel off.

CHEVROLET018M1GM • 869 • Style05 • 1 •H2213


Method - M1 GM Chevrolet Cadillac Buick Oldsmobile Pontiac Geo Saturn GMC Page 269

Chevrolet Corvette 1997 2004 Pontiac Fiero 1984 1988


Chevrolet ZR1 1997 2003

Tool: Downward Hook Tool - 91


1. Separate the glass from weather-stripping on front door.
2. Lower tool into door in between the inner door frame and the shield, as shown below, and hook the bottom linkage.
3. Twist tool to move linkage towards the front of the car.
NOTE : Watch the lock button inside of the car for movement. When you have contacted the correct linkage, you will
see the button move.
NOTE: Handle on the tool may be different than shown in photo.

GM Chevrolet Cadillac Buick Oldsmobile Pontiac Geo Saturn GMC


Tool 91L

CORVETTE Tool in insertion position. Tool in working position.

View from inside the door. View from inside the door.
CHEVROLET019GM • 917 • Style05 • 1 •H9124
Page 270 GM Chevrolet Cadillac Buick Oldsmobile Pontiac Geo Saturn GMC Method - M1

Chevrolet Equinox 2005 2009 Pontiac Torrent 2006 2009

Tool: 23 Horizontal Linkage Tool


1.Insert strip saver and wedge into passenger side door directly above the door handle.
2.Point tip of tool towards the front of the vehicle and lower the tool into the door.
3. T urn handle away from the door in order to allow the tool tip to access the lock linkage. Hook the top linkage.
4.Hook the linkage and turn the handle to the rear of the vehicle in order to move the linkage towards the front to
unlock the door.
GM Chevrolet Cadillac Buick Oldsmobile Pontiac Geo Saturn GMC

Tool 23

Shield

Alternative method use


Alternate Altohj

Chevrolet Equinox Tool in Insertion Position Tool in Working Position

View From Inside the Door

CHEVROLET021-M1GM • 1576 • Style04 • 1 •H23100


Method - M2 GM Chevrolet Cadillac Buick Oldsmobile Pontiac Geo Saturn GMC Page 271

saturn Equinox 2005 2009 Pontiac Torrent 2006 2009

Tool: 77 Tool
1. Insert strip saver and wedge into passenger side door directly above the door handle.
2.Point tip of tool towards the rear of the vehicle and lower the tool into the door.
3. T urn handle away from the door in order to allow the tool tip to access the lock linkage.
4.Turn and lift tool to hook the top lock linkage .
5. Pull tool to the front of the vehicle in order to move the linkage and unlock the door.

GM Chevrolet Cadillac Buick Oldsmobile Pontiac Geo Saturn GMC


Tool 77

Shield

Chevrolet Equinox Tool in Insertion Position View from Inside the Door

Close up of Tool in Action

CHEVROLET021-M2GM • 1510 • Style04 • 1 •H7713F


Page 272 GM Chevrolet Cadillac Buick Oldsmobile Pontiac Geo Saturn GMC Method - M1

Chevrolet HHR 2006 2010

TOOL: ‘S’ Tool - 47


1. Separate the glass from weather-stripping on door.
2. Lower tool into door in between the inner door frame.
3. Twist tool to hook the door lock rod.
4. Lift door lock rod to unlock door.
Reminder: Be sure to use the rubber tip on your 47 Tool
GM Chevrolet Cadillac Buick Oldsmobile Pontiac Geo Saturn GMC

Tool 47

Chevrolet HHR Tool in insertion position. Tool in working position.

Hook lock rod and lift to unlock. Close up of tool in action.

CHEVROLET022GM • 1406 • Style05 • 1 •V4707


Method - M1 GM Chevrolet Cadillac Buick Oldsmobile Pontiac Geo Saturn GMC Page 273

Chevrolet Impala 2 door 1980 1988 Chevrolet Caprice 2 door 1980 1990
Buick Electra 2 Door 1980 1984 Oldsmobile 98 2 Door 1980 1984
Buick LeSabre 2 Door 1980 1985 Oldsmobile Caprice 2 Door 1980 1990
Buick Riviera Front Wheel Drive 1980 1985 Oldsmobile Delta 88 2 Door 1980 1985
Cadillac El Dorado 2 door 1979 1984 Oldsmobile Toronado Front Wheel Drive 1980 1985

Tool: Double Bend Tool 88


1. Position tool so it is approximately 1 to 2 inches from the door lock button.
2. Insert tool between glass and weather-strip.
3. Lower tool into door while turning tool so handle points away from car.
4. Move tool up and down so as hook bell crank.
NOTE: When you contact the correct lever on door lock mechanism, you will see the door lock button
move .illustration shows passenger side front door. Instructions will work on either front door.

GM Chevrolet Cadillac Buick Oldsmobile Pontiac Geo Saturn GMC


h8806

Tool 88-45

CHEVROLET023GM • 734 • Style00 • 1 •H8806


Page 274 GM Chevrolet Cadillac Buick Oldsmobile Pontiac Geo Saturn GMC Method - M1

Chevrolet Impala 4 Door 2000 2005

Tool: Triple Hook Tool - 86


1 Using the REAR PASSENGER DOOR, Separate the weather stri p from the glass using the strip saver and wedge.
2 Point the double hooked end of the tool towards the front of the vehicle and lower the tool into the door. Do not
lower the tool too far into the door, as the linkage is very high.
3 Turn and lift the tool in order to hook the bottom linkage in the door.
4 Turn the tool handle towards the rear of the vehicle in order to move the tip of the tool and the linkage towards the
front of the vehicle and unlock the door.
NOTE: Handle on the tool may be different than shown in photo.
GM Chevrolet Cadillac Buick Oldsmobile Pontiac Geo Saturn GMC

Tool 86

H8612RD.eps

CHEVROLET IMPALA Tool in insertion position Tool in working position

Door without inside panel Close up of tool

CHEVROLET025-M1GM • 744 • Style05 • 1 •H8612RD


Method - M2 GM Chevrolet Cadillac Buick Oldsmobile Pontiac Geo Saturn GMC Page 275

Chevrolet Impala 4 Door 2000 2005

Tool: Horizontal Linkage Tool - 23


1. Separate the weather strip from the glass using the strip saver and wedge.
2. Point the tip of the tool towards the front of the car.
3. Lower the tool into the door, and turn the handle so as to hook the top lock linkage.
4. Twist the tool so as to move tip of tool towards front of the vehicle.

GM Chevrolet Cadillac Buick Oldsmobile Pontiac Geo Saturn GMC


Tool 23

CHEVROLET IMPALA Tool in insertion position Tool in working position

Close up of door without inside panel Close up of tool and linkage

CHEVROLET025-M2GM • 1538 • Style05 • 1 •H2356


Page 276 GM Chevrolet Cadillac Buick Oldsmobile Pontiac Geo Saturn GMC Method - M1

Chevrolet Malibu 4 door 1997 2003 Chevrolet Malibu Classic 2004 2005
Buick Skylark 2 Door 1992 1997 Oldsmobile Achieva 4 door 1992 1997
Chevrolet Classic 2004 2005 Oldsmobile Achieva 2 door 1992 1997

Tool: Downward Hook Tool - 91


1. Separate glass from weather-stripping with a wedge.
2. Point tip of tool towards front of car.
3. Lower the tool into car. Rotate the tool so the handle of the tool faces you and the tool is resting on the bottom link-
age. (SEE FIGURE FOR POSITION) .
4. Turn tool so tip of tool moves toward front of car, pushing the lock linkage forward.
5. Watch door lock lever inside of car for movement. When you have contacted the correct linkage , you will see the
lever move.
NOTE: Handle on the tool may be different than shown in photo.
GM Chevrolet Cadillac Buick Oldsmobile Pontiac Geo Saturn GMC

Tool 91L

Chevrolet Malibu Tool in insertion position. Tool in working position.

Twist tool to move linkage towards rear


of vehicle.

CHEVROLET031GM • 867 • Style04 • 1 •H9114F


Method - M1 GM Chevrolet Cadillac Buick Oldsmobile Pontiac Geo Saturn GMC Page 277

Chevrolet Metro 2 Door 1998 2002 Chevrolet Metro 4 Door 1998 2002

Tool: Drop & Rock - 82


1. Separate the glass from the weather-strip with strip saver and wedge.
2. Point the tip of the tool towards the front of the vehicle.
3. Insert the tool into the door near the back of the door .
4. Lower the tool below the lock linkage
5. Turn the tool so the tip moves towards the inside
6. Lift the tool and rock it so the tip moves towards the front of the vehicle.

GM Chevrolet Cadillac Buick Oldsmobile Pontiac Geo Saturn GMC


Tool 82

Bind Linkage &


Move Torwards Rear

Bind Linkage &


Move Torw ards Rear

ENLARGEMENT

Geo/Chevy Metro LSI Tool in insertion position. Tool in working position.

View from inside the door

CHEVROLET033GM • 347 • Style04 • 1 •H8205


Page 278 GM Chevrolet Cadillac Buick Oldsmobile Pontiac Geo Saturn GMC Method - M1

Chevrolet Monte Carlo LS 2 Door 1995 1999

Tool: Horizontal Linkage Tool - 23


1. Point the tip of the tool towards the rear of the car.
2. Insert the tool between the glass and weather-strip.
3. Lower the tool into the door slowly while turning tool until handle is pointing away from car.
4. Stop lowering tool when you feel it contact the door lock linkage.
5. While watching door lock button (inside car), twist tool so as to move tip of tool towards front of car.
NOTE : Watch the door lock button inside the car. If you contact the correct rod inside the door, you will see the door
lock button move.
GM Chevrolet Cadillac Buick Oldsmobile Pontiac Geo Saturn GMC

Tool 23

MONTE CARLO LS Tool in Insertion Position. Tool in Working Position.

View from inside the door Close up of tool and linkage

CHEVROLET035GM • 872 • Style05 • 1 •H2346


Method - M1 GM Chevrolet Cadillac Buick Oldsmobile Pontiac Geo Saturn GMC Page 279

Chevrolet SSR 2004 2006

TOOL: ‘S’ Tool - 47


1. Separate the glass from weather-stripping on door.
2. Lower tool into door in between the inner door frame.
3. Twist tool to hook the door lock rod.
4. Lift door lock rod to unlock door.
Reminder: Be sure to use the rubber tip on your 47 Tool

GM Chevrolet Cadillac Buick Oldsmobile Pontiac Geo Saturn GMC


Tool 47

Chevrolet SSR Tool in Insertion Position. Tool in Working Position.

Lift Tool to Lift Lock Rod and Unlock


Door.

CHEVROLET042GM • 1363 • Style04 • 1 •V4711


Page 280 GM Chevrolet Cadillac Buick Oldsmobile Pontiac Geo Saturn GMC Method - M1

Chevrolet Suburban 1992 1999 Chevrolet Silverado 1500 1989 1998


Chevrolet Pickup Light Duty 1989 1998 Chevrolet Silverado 2500/3500 1989 2000
Chevrolet Pickup Heavy Duty 1989 2000 GMC Suburban 1992 1999

TOOL: DOWNWARD HOOK TOOL - 91


1. Separate glass from weather-strip.
2. Point tool towards rear of car.
3. Insert tool into the door.
4. Turn tool so the tip moves towards your right (see fig.).
6. Move linkage towards front of car.
NOTE: You should be watching the door lock button inside of the car. When you contact the correct rod, you will see
the door lock button move.
NOTE: Handle on the tool may be different than shown in photo.
GM Chevrolet Cadillac Buick Oldsmobile Pontiac Geo Saturn GMC

Tool 91

Chevrolet Suburban LS Tool in insertion position Tool in working position

View from inside the door Close up of tool and linkage

CHEVROLET044-M1GM • 1098 • Style05 • 1 •H9126F


Method - M2 GM Chevrolet Cadillac Buick Oldsmobile Pontiac Geo Saturn GMC Page 281

Chevrolet Suburban 1992 1999 GMC Sierra 1500 1989 1998


GMC Pickup Full Size 1989 1999 GMC Sierra 2500/3500 1989 2000
GMC Pickup 2500/3500 HD 1989 2000 GMC Suburban 1992 1999

Tool: Drop & Rock - 82


1. Separate the glass from the weather-strip with strip saver and wedge.
2. Point the tip of the tool towards the front of the vehicle.
3. Insert the tool into the door near the back of the door .
4. Lower the tool below the lock linkage
5. Turn the tool so the tip moves towards the inside
6. Lift the tool and rock it so the tip moves towards the front of the vehicle.

1 Lower Tool

GM Chevrolet Cadillac Buick Oldsmobile Pontiac Geo Saturn GMC


Rear
Door

Wedge
2
Lift Tool
into Position

Move

Tool 82

3 Move Tool To Unlock

Chevrolet Suburban Tool in insertion position Tool in working position

CHEVROLET044-M2GM • 1097 • Style03 • 1 •DropRockRD


Page 282 GM Chevrolet Cadillac Buick Oldsmobile Pontiac Geo Saturn GMC Method - M1

Cadillac Escalade 2002 2006 Cadillac Escalade EXT 2002 2006


Cadillac Escalade EXT 2002 2006 Cadillac ESV 2003 2006

Tool: Drop & Rock - 82


1. Separate the glass from the weather-strip with strip saver and wedge.
2. Point the tip of the tool towards the front of the vehicle.
3. Insert the tool into the door near the back of the door .
4. Lower the tool below the lock linkage
5. Turn the tool so the tip moves towards the inside
6. Lift the tool and rock it so the tip moves towards the front of the vehicle.

1 Low er Tool
GM Chevrolet Cadillac Buick Oldsmobile Pontiac Geo Saturn GMC

Wedge Tool 82
2
Lift Tool
into Position

Move

3 Mov e Tool To Unlock

Cadillac EXT Tool in insertion Position Tool In Working Position

Rock Tool towards the rear while ap- View from inside the door Close up of linkage in the door
plying pressure with left hand

CHEVROLET047A-M1GM • 503 • Style06 • 1 •Droprock


Method - M2 GM Chevrolet Cadillac Buick Oldsmobile Pontiac Geo Saturn GMC Page 283

Cadillac Escalade 2002 2006 Cadillac Escalade EXT 2002 2006


Cadillac Escalade EXT 2002 2006 Cadillac ESV 2003 2006

Tool: Triple Hook Tool - 86


1. Insert Strip Saver between window and window strip.
2. Point tip of tool towards front of vehicle.
3. Insert tool into door, directly above the door handle lowering tool to the handle (See Photo 3)
4. Turn tool handle away from automobile to access lock linkage.
5. Lift Tool to Hook and Bind Linkage.
6. Turn tool handle to rear of the vehicle to move linkage towards the FRONT of the vehicle.
NOTE: Handle on the tool may be different than shown in photo.

GM Chevrolet Cadillac Buick Oldsmobile Pontiac Geo Saturn GMC


Tool 86

Cadillac Escalade Tool in Insertion Position Tool In Working Position

View from inside the door Close up of tool in action

CHEVROLET047A-M2GM • 566 • Style05 • 1 •H8613F


Page 284 GM Chevrolet Cadillac Buick Oldsmobile Pontiac Geo Saturn GMC Method - M1

Chevrolet Tahoe 2000 2006 Chevrolet Pick Up Light Duty 1500 1999 2006
Chevrolet Tahoe Z71 2001 2006 Chevrolet Pickup Heavy Duty 2001 2006
Chevrolet Avalanche 2002 2006 Chevrolet Silverado 1500 1999 2006
Chevrolet Ck Series 2500/3500Heavy Duty 2001 2006 Chevrolet Suburban 2000 2006

Tool: Drop & Rock - 82


1. Separate the glass from the weather-strip with strip saver and wedge.
2. Point the tip of the tool towards the front of the vehicle.
3. Insert the tool into the door near the back of the door .
4. Lower the tool below the lock linkage
5. Turn the tool so the tip moves towards the inside
6. Lift the tool and rock it so the tip moves towards the front of the vehicle.

1 Low er Tool
GM Chevrolet Cadillac Buick Oldsmobile Pontiac Geo Saturn GMC

Tool 82
Wedge
2
Lift Tool
into Position

Move

3 Mov e Tool To Unlock

Tool in insertion position. Rock Tool towards the rear while ap- Tool in working position.
plying pressure with left hand.

Close up of linkage in the door View of the inside of the door


CHEVROLET047B-M1GM • 1330 • Style06 • 1 •Droprock
Method - M2 GM Chevrolet Cadillac Buick Oldsmobile Pontiac Geo Saturn GMC Page 285

Chevrolet Tahoe 2000 2006 Chevrolet Silverado 1500 1999 2006


Chevrolet Ck Series 2500/3500Heavy Duty 2001 2006 Chevrolet Suburban 2000 2006
Chevrolet Pick Up Light Duty 1500 1999 2006 Chevrolet Tahoe Z71 2001 2006
Chevrolet Pickup Heavy Duty 2001 2006

Tool: Triple Hook Tool - 86


1. Insert Strip Saver between window and window strip.
2. Point tip of tool towards front of vehicle.
3. insert tool into door, directly above the door handle, lowering tool to the handle (See Photo 3)
4. Turn tool handle away from automobile to access lock linkage.
5. Lift Tool to Hook and Bind Linkage.
6. Turn tool handle to rear of the vehicle to move linkage towards the FRONT of the vehicle.
NOTE: Handle on the tool may be different than shown in photo.

GM Chevrolet Cadillac Buick Oldsmobile Pontiac Geo Saturn GMC


Tool 86

H8604.eps

Tool in Insertion Position View from Inside the Door Tool in Working Position

Close Up of Tool- Move Linkage to Front


CHEVROLET047B-M2GM • 1329 • Style05 • 1 •H8604
Page 286 GM Chevrolet Cadillac Buick Oldsmobile Pontiac Geo Saturn GMC Method - M1

GMC Pickup 1500 Series 1999 2006 GMC Yukon 2000 2006
GMC Sierra 1500 1999 2006 GMC Yukon Denali 2001 2006
GMC Sierra 2500/3500 2001 2006 GMC Yukon XL Denali 2000 2006
GMC Sierra Denali 2001 2006 GMC Yukon XLT 2000 2006

Tool: Drop & Rock - 82


1. Separate the glass from the weather-strip with strip saver and wedge.
2. Point the tip of the tool towards the front of the vehicle.
3. Insert the tool into the door near the back of the door .
4. Lower the tool below the lock linkage
5. Turn the tool so the tip moves towards the inside
6. Lift the tool and rock it so the tip moves towards the front of the vehicle.

1 Low er Tool
GM Chevrolet Cadillac Buick Oldsmobile Pontiac Geo Saturn GMC

Tool 82
Wedge
2
Lift Tool
into Position

Move

3 Mov e Tool To Unlock

Chevy Sierra Tool in insertion position. Tool in working position.

Rock Tool towards the rear while ap- View of the inside of the door Close up of linkage in the door
plying pressure with left hand

CHEVROLET047C-M1GM • 284 • Style06 • 1 •Droprock


Method - M2 GM Chevrolet Cadillac Buick Oldsmobile Pontiac Geo Saturn GMC Page 287

GMC Pickup 1500 Series 1999 2005 GMC Yukon 2000 2006
GMC Sierra 1500 1999 2005 GMC Yukon Denali 2001 2006
GMC Sierra 2500/3500 2001 2005 GMC Yukon XL Denali 2000 2006
GMC Sierra Denali Heavy Duty 2001 2005 GMC Yukon XLT 2000 2006

Tool: Triple Hook Tool - 86


1. Insert Strip Saver between window and window strip.
2. Point tip of tool towards rear of vehicle.
3. Insert tool into door, directly above the door handle at a 45-degree angle.
4. Lower tool into the door.
5. Hook and Bind Linkage.
6. Turn tool handle to move linkage towards the FRONT of the car.

GM Chevrolet Cadillac Buick Oldsmobile Pontiac Geo Saturn GMC


Tool 86

H8604.eps

Chevy Sierra Tool in insertion position. View from inside the door

Close up of tool. Move linkage to front.


CHEVROLET047C-M2GM • 285 • Style04 • 1 •H8604
Page 288 GM Chevrolet Cadillac Buick Oldsmobile Pontiac Geo Saturn GMC Method - M1

Geo Tracker 2 & 4 door 1985 1998 Chevrolet Tracker 2 & 4 door 1997 2004

TOOL: DOUBLE TOOL - 26


1. Insert tool between glass and weather-strip parallel with the door lock button.
2.Lower the tool into the door.
3.Place tip of tool under the door lock button.
4.Lift up on tool in order to raise the door lock button.
GM Chevrolet Cadillac Buick Oldsmobile Pontiac Geo Saturn GMC

Tool 26

Geo Tracker Tool in insertion position Tool in working position

CHEVROLET049M1GM • 1328 • Style03 • 1 •V2601


Method - M1 GM Chevrolet Cadillac Buick Oldsmobile Pontiac Geo Saturn GMC Page 289

Chevrolet TrailBlazer EXT 2004 2006 GMC Envoy 2002 2009


Buick Rainer Ultra 2004 2006 GMC Envoy XL 2004 2008
Buick Rainier 2004 2007 GMC Envoy XUV 2004 2008
Chevrolet TrailBlazer 2002 2009 Oldsmobile Bravada 2002 2004

TOOL: Horizontal Linkage Tool - 2


1.Insert Strip Saver and wedge in passenger side door.
2.oint the tip of the tool towards the front of the vehicle and lower the tool into the door.
3.Twist tool handle away from the vehicle to access the linkage
4.Hook the lower lock linkage with the working end of the tool.
5.Move tool handle towards the rear of the vehicle to move the linkage towards the front and unlock the door.

GM Chevrolet Cadillac Buick Oldsmobile Pontiac Geo Saturn GMC


Tool 23
Wedge

Tool

Linkage

Move to front
Move to front

PASSENGER DOOR

Chevrolet TrailBlazer Tool in Insertion Position Tool in Working Position

Tool in Working Position View From Inside the Door Close up of Tool in Action

CHEVROLET050GM • 252 • Style06 • 1 •H2382F


Page 290 GM Chevrolet Cadillac Buick Oldsmobile Pontiac Geo Saturn GMC Method - M1

Chevrolet Express Van 1996 2010 GMC Savana 1996 2006


Chevrolet Van Full Size 1996 2010 GMC Van Full Size 1996 2006

Tool: Downward Hook Tool - 91


1 Separate glass from weather-strip with a wedge.
2. Insert tool approximately half way through the door.
3. Lower the tool below the inner door frame.
4. Turn the tool handle to hook and bind lower linkage.
5 Twist tool to turn linkage towards FRONT of car.
NOTE: Handle on the tool may be different than shown in photo.
GM Chevrolet Cadillac Buick Oldsmobile Pontiac Geo Saturn GMC

Tool 91

Chevy 1500 Van Tool in insertion position. Tool in working position.

View from inside the door Hook linkage with tool, move linkage Close up of tool and linkage
towards front of vehicle.

CHEVROLET053-M1GM • 186 • Style06 • 1 •H9108F


Method - M1 GM Chevrolet Cadillac Buick Oldsmobile Pontiac Geo Saturn GMC Page 291

Chevrolet Cobalt 2 Door 2005 2010 Pontiac G5 2 door 2006 2008


Chevrolet Cobalt SS 2 Door 2005 2010

TOOL: 105
1.Create an opening in the door using a strip saver and wedge.
2.Point the tip of the tool towards the front of the vehicle and lower the tool into the door.
3.Turn tool handle away from vehicle to allow tool tip to access lock linkage.
4.Lift tool to engage lock linkage and unlock door.

GM Chevrolet Cadillac Buick Oldsmobile Pontiac Geo Saturn GMC


Tool 105

Cobalt Tool in insertion position ool in working position

View from inside the door Lift lock lever at door latch

CHEVROLET056GM • 629 • Style05 • 1 •V10511


Page 292 GM Chevrolet Cadillac Buick Oldsmobile Pontiac Geo Saturn GMC Method - M1

Chevrolet Cobalt 4 Door 2005 2010 Chevrolet Cobalt SS 4 Door 2005 2010

Tool: Horizontal Linkage Tool - 23


1. Point the tip of the tool towards the rear of the car.
2. Insert the tool between the glass and weather-strip.
3. Lower the tool into the door until tool contacts door lock rod.
4. Twist tool so tip of tool moves towards rear of car while at the same time twisting the handle (See fig).
NOTE : Watch the door lock button inside the car. If you contact the correct rod inside the door, you will see the door
lock button move.
Illustration shows passenger side door.
Nstructions will work on either front door .
GM Chevrolet Cadillac Buick Oldsmobile Pontiac Geo Saturn GMC

Tool 23

Tool in insertion position ool in working position

View from inside the door Lift lock lever at door latch

CHEVROLET057-M1GM • 777 • Style05 • 1 •H2341BRD


Method - M2 GM Chevrolet Cadillac Buick Oldsmobile Pontiac Geo Saturn GMC Page 293

Chevrolet Cobalt 4 Door 2005 2010 Chevrolet Cobalt SS 4 Door 2005 2010

TOOL: 105
1.Create an opening in the door using a strip saver and wedge.
2.Point the tip of the tool towards the front of the vehicle and lower the tool into the door.
3.Turn tool handle away from vehicle to allow tool tip to access lock linkage.
4.Lift tool to engage lock linkage and unlock door.

GM Chevrolet Cadillac Buick Oldsmobile Pontiac Geo Saturn GMC


Tool 105

Tool in insertion position ool in working position

View from inside the door


CHEVROLET057-M2GM • 625 • Style04 • 1 •V10511
Page 294 GM Chevrolet Cadillac Buick Oldsmobile Pontiac Geo Saturn GMC Method - M1

Geo Prizm 4 Door 1993 1997 Geo Prizm 1989 1992


Chevrolet Nova 1985 1988

Tool: HORIZONTAL LINKAGE TOOL 23


1. Insert wedge between glass and weather strip in REAR DOOR.
2. Lower tool into door on top of linkage.
3. Twist tool to bind linkage.
4. Move tool toward rear of car.
GM Chevrolet Cadillac Buick Oldsmobile Pontiac Geo Saturn GMC

Tool 23

Geo Prizm Tool in insertion position. Tool in working position.

Twist tool to move linkage towards rear


of vehicle.

GEO004-M1GM • 865 • Style04 • 1 •H2341BRD


Method - M2 GM Chevrolet Cadillac Buick Oldsmobile Pontiac Geo Saturn GMC Page 295

Geo Prizm 4 Door 1993 1997 Geo Prizm 4 Door 1998


Chevrolet Prizm 4 Door 1993 2002

TOOL: Inside Access Button Lifter- 81


1. Insert wedge between glass and weather-strip near the door lock button on the REAR DOOR
2. Insert tool in door with tip facing the front of the vehicle .
3. Reposition wedge to allow the lowering of the tool into the door
4. Lower tool into door until shaped portion of tool is beneath the window glass.
5. Raise the tool until that the shaped portion of the tool is entirely visible on the inside of the vehicle
6. Rotate the tool so that the tip is positioned next the door lock button and lift the button.
Note : To aid in the removing of the tool, place the wedge between the glass and the weather-strip on the
inside of the door near the tool. The tool will slide easily from the inside of the door.

GM Chevrolet Cadillac Buick Oldsmobile Pontiac Geo Saturn GMC


Tool 81

GEO004-M2GM • 1339 • Style00 • 1 •Toy81RD


Page 296 GM Chevrolet Cadillac Buick Oldsmobile Pontiac Geo Saturn GMC Method - M1

Geo Storm 1990 1993 Geo Storm 2+2 Coupe 1990 1993
Chevrolet Sprint 1985 1988 Geo Storm Hatchback 1990 1993
Geo Metro 2 & 4 Door 1985 1998

Tool: HORIZONTAL LINKAGE TOOL - 23


1. Separate glass from weather-stripping with a wedge.
2. Point tip of tool towards front of car.
3. Lower the tool into car (SEE FIG. FOR POSITION).
4. After tool is lowered beneath first linkage, turn tool to hook bottom linkage (SEE Enlarged illustration).
5. Rotate tool to bind the linkage and tilt the handle towards rear of vehicle as to move the linkage towards the front
of the door.
6. Watch door lock button inside of vehicle for movement. When you have bound the correct linkage, you will see the
door lock button move.
GM Chevrolet Cadillac Buick Oldsmobile Pontiac Geo Saturn GMC

Tool 23

Geo Storm Tool in insertion position View from inside the door

Twist tool to move linkage towards rear


of vehicle

GEO005GM • 75 • Style04 • 1 •H2343F


Method - M1 GM Chevrolet Cadillac Buick Oldsmobile Pontiac Geo Saturn GMC Page 297

Chevrolet Equinox 2010 2011 Saturn Vue 2010 2011


Chevrolet Terrain 2010 2011

Tool: 114 Tool


1.Use a strip saver and wedge to create an opening in the door between the window and the weather
stripping.
2.Point tool tip towards the front of the vehicle and lower tool into door all the way to the bend in the tool
3.Turn tool handle away from the vehicle.
4.Hook and bind the door lock rod.
5.Lift tool to unlock the door.

Tool 114 Front Passenger


GM Chevrolet Cadillac Buick Oldsmobile Pontiac Geo Saturn GMC
Door

INSER TION

Alternative method use


Alternate Alt47

GM01GM • 1685 • Style00 • 1 •V11401


Page 298 GM Chevrolet Cadillac Buick Oldsmobile Pontiac Geo Saturn GMC Method - M1

GMC Canyon 2004 2010 Chevrolet Colorado Pickup 2004 2010

TOOL: 67
1. Separate window from weather strip with Strip Saver and wedge.
2. Point tip of tool towards rear of car and lower tool deep into door.
3. Turn tool so the tip of the tool comes underneath the shield for the latch mechanism
4. Lift tool to flip up latch and unlock the door.
GM Chevrolet Cadillac Buick Oldsmobile Pontiac Geo Saturn GMC

Tool 67

ENLARGEMENT

GMC Canyon Tool in Insertion Position Tool in Insertion Position.

View of Tool Engaging Latch. Close up of Tool Engaging Latch.

GMC002-M1GM • 1369 • Style05 • 1 •H6704U


Method - M2 GM Chevrolet Cadillac Buick Oldsmobile Pontiac Geo Saturn GMC Page 299

Chevrolet Colorado Pickup 2004 2010 GMC Canyon 2004 2010

Tool: Inside Access Tool 35


1. Insert wedge between glass and weather-strip directly above door lock button inside of vehicle (see figu
re 1).
2. Insert tool in door with tip facing the front of the vehicle (see figure 1).
3. Reposition wedge to allow the lowering of the tool into the door (see figure 2).
4. Lower tool into door until shaped portion of tool is beneath the window glass.
5. Raise the tool until the shaped portion of the tool is entirely visible on the inside of the vehicle (see fig-
ure 3).
6. Rotate the tool so that the tip is positioned in front of the door lock button (see figure 4).
7. Pull on tool in order to slide the door lock button towards the rear of the vehicle (see figure 5).

GM Chevrolet Cadillac Buick Oldsmobile Pontiac Geo Saturn GMC


Tool 35

Chevrolet Colorado Tool in Insertion Position Lean Tool to Hook Door Lock Button

GMC002-M2GM • 1391 • Style03 • 1 •R3509


Page 300 GM Chevrolet Cadillac Buick Oldsmobile Pontiac Geo Saturn GMC Method - M1

GMC Pickup Full Size 1980 1991

Tool: DOUBLE TOOL, short side - 26


1. Separate glass from weather-strip.
2. Using the short end of the double tool, fish it into the door.
3. Lift the door lock button with the tip of the tool.
NOTE: You should be watching the door lock button inside of the car.
GM Chevrolet Cadillac Buick Oldsmobile Pontiac Geo Saturn GMC

Tool 26

GMC007GM • 1354 • Style00 • 1 •V2601


Method - M1 GM Chevrolet Cadillac Buick Oldsmobile Pontiac Geo Saturn GMC Page 301

GMC Suburban 1980 1991 Chevrolet Suburban 1980 1991


Chevrolet Blazer Full Size 1980 1991 Chevrolet Van Full Size 1983 1995
Chevrolet Pickup Full size 1980 1991 GMC Jimmy Full Size 1980 1991
Chevrolet Sports Van 1983 1995 GMC Van Rally/Cargo 1983 1995
Chevrolet Suburban 1980 1991 GMC Van Full Size 1983 1995

Tool: Vent Window Tools 103 & 104


1) Insert the Flat vent tool 104 directly under the vent window handle.
2) Insert the Vent window tool 103
3) Depress the vent window handle release button with the flat 104 Tool.
4) Rotate the vent window handle with the 103 tool while maintaining the release button depressed.
5) Insert your arm in through the open vent window to unlock the truck.

GM Chevrolet Cadillac Buick Oldsmobile Pontiac Geo Saturn GMC


Insert #104 Latch Insert #103 Vent Handle
Button Tool

Tool 103-04

GMC012-M1GM • 1361 • Style00 • 1 •R103-04


Page 302 GM Chevrolet Cadillac Buick Oldsmobile Pontiac Geo Saturn GMC Method - M2

GMC Van Rally/Cargo Chevrolet Suburban 1980 1991


Chevrolet Blazer Full Size 1980 1991 Chevrolet Van Full Size 1983 1995
Chevrolet Pickup Full Size 1980 1991 GMC Jimmy Full Size 1980 1991
Chevrolet Sports Van 1983 1995 GMC Suburban 1980 1991
Chevrolet Suburban 1980 1991 GMC Van Full Size 1983 1995

Tool: DOUBLE TOOL, short side - 26


1. Separate glass from weather-strip.
2. Using the short end of the double tool, fish it into the door.
3. Lift the door lock button with the tip of the tool.
NOTE: You should be watching the door lock button inside of the car.
GM Chevrolet Cadillac Buick Oldsmobile Pontiac Geo Saturn GMC

Tool 26

GMC FULL SIZE VAN Insert short end of tool Turn tool to insert

Tool in working position

GMC012-M2GM • 280 • Style04 • 1 •V2602


Method - M1 GM Chevrolet Cadillac Buick Oldsmobile Pontiac Geo Saturn GMC Page 303

GMC Acadia SUV 2007 2010 Saturn Astra 5 door Hatch 2008 2009
Buick Enclave 2008 2010 Saturn Outlook SUV 2007 2010
Chevrolet Traverse 2009 Saturn Vue 2006 2009

TOOL: ‘S’ Tool - 47


1. Separate the glass from weather-stripping on door.
2. Lower tool into door in between the inner door frame.
3. Twist tool to hook the door lock rod.
4. Lift door lock rod to unlock door.
Reminder: Be sure to use the rubber tip on your 47 Tool

GM Chevrolet Cadillac Buick Oldsmobile Pontiac Geo Saturn GMC


Tool 47

GMC Acadia Tool in insertion position Tool in working position

GMC019GM • 591 • Style03 • 1 •V4701


Page 304 GM Chevrolet Cadillac Buick Oldsmobile Pontiac Geo Saturn GMC Method - M2

Hummer H1 Alpha Soft Top 2006 2008

Tool: Double Tool - 26


1. Insert tool between glass and weather-strip, parallel with the door lock button.
2.Lower the tool into the door.
3.Place tip of tool under the door lock button.
4.Lift up on tool in order to raise the door lock button.
GM Chevrolet Cadillac Buick Oldsmobile Pontiac Geo Saturn GMC

Tool 26

HUMMER Tool in insertion position. Tool in working position.

Door without inside panel.


HUMMER001GM • 216 • Style04 • 1 •V2601
Method - M1 GM Chevrolet Cadillac Buick Oldsmobile Pontiac Geo Saturn GMC Page 305

Hummer H1 1997 2005

Tool: Double Bend Tool - 88


1 Insert tool between glass and weather-strip.
2.Lower the tool into the door directly above the door handle.
3.Place tip of tool onto the bell crank.
4.Push bell crank towards the rear of the truck to unlock the door.
NOTE: Handle on the tool may be different than shown in photo.

GM Chevrolet Cadillac Buick Oldsmobile Pontiac Geo Saturn GMC


Tool 88-20

H8806B.eps

HUMMER Tool in insertion position Tool in working position

Door without inside panel

HUMMER001M1GM • 677 • Style04 • 1 •H8806B


Page 306 GM Chevrolet Cadillac Buick Oldsmobile Pontiac Geo Saturn GMC Method - M2

Hummer H1 1997 2007

Tool: Double Tool - 26


1. Insert tool between glass and weather-strip, parallel with the door lock button.
2.Lower the tool into the door.
3.Place tip of tool under the door lock button.
4.Lift up on tool in order to raise the door lock button.
GM Chevrolet Cadillac Buick Oldsmobile Pontiac Geo Saturn GMC

Tool 26

HUMMER Tool in insertion position. Tool in working position.

Door without inside panel.

HUMMER001M2GM • 1122 • Style04 • 1 •V2601


Method - M1 GM Chevrolet Cadillac Buick Oldsmobile Pontiac Geo Saturn GMC Page 307

Hummer H2 2003 2007 Hummer SUT 2005 2007

Tool: Downward Hook Tool - 91


1. Point tip of tool towards rear of car.
2. Insert the tool into the REAR DOOR between the glass and the weather-strip.
3. Lower the tool while turning the tool so the handle points away from the car.
4. Hook the lock linkage with the tip of the tool
5. Move The Linkage towards the rear.
NOTE: When you contact the correct rod inside the door, you will see the door lock lever move.

Rear
Door

GM Chevrolet Cadillac Buick Oldsmobile Pontiac Geo Saturn GMC


Tool 91

Direction

Direction

Hummer H2 Tool in insertion position Tool in working position

Apply pressure to the tool View from inside the door Close up of tool in action

HUMMER002GM • 1266 • Style06 • 1 •h9195brd


Page 308 GM Chevrolet Cadillac Buick Oldsmobile Pontiac Geo Saturn GMC Method - M1

Hummer H3 2005 2008 Hummer H3x

TOOL: 112
1. Separate window from weather strip with Strip Saver and wedge.
2. Point tip of tool towards rear of car and lower tool deep into door.
3. Turn tool so the tip of the tool comes underneath the shield for the latch mechanism
4. Lift tool to flip up latch and unlock the door.

1�
GM Chevrolet Cadillac Buick Oldsmobile Pontiac Geo Saturn GMC

Lower tool
bellow shield

2�
Wedge�
Shield over latch
Mechanism

move tool in under shield Insert tool under shield


and lift to unlock Tool 112
3�

Lift tool to unlock

Hummer H3 Tool in insertion position Tool in working position

HUMMER003GM • 1434 • Style03 • 1 •HummerH3


Method - M1 GM Chevrolet Cadillac Buick Oldsmobile Pontiac Geo Saturn GMC Page 309

Hummer H2 2008 2010

TOOL: ‘S’ Tool - 47


1. Separate the glass from weather-stripping on door.
2. Lower tool into door in between the inner door frame.
3. Twist tool to hook the door lock rod.
4. Lift door lock rod to unlock door.
Reminder: Be sure to use the rubber tip on your 47 Tool

Front Passenger
Door

GM Chevrolet Cadillac Buick Oldsmobile Pontiac Geo Saturn GMC


Tool 26

INSER TION

Hummer H2 Tool In Working Position

Hummer004GM • 576 • Style02 • 1 •Alt47


Page 310 GM Chevrolet Cadillac Buick Oldsmobile Pontiac Geo Saturn GMC Method - M1

Oldsmobile 88 1991 1999 Oldsmobile 98 1991 1996


Buick LeSabre 1992 1999 Oldsmobile LSS 1997 2000
Buick Park Avenue 1991 1996 Oldsmobile LSS 1997 2000
Buick Park Avenue Ultra 1991 1996 Oldsmobile Regency 1997 2000
Oldsmobile 88 1991 1999 Oldsmobile Regency 1997 2000
Oldsmobile 98 1991 1996

Tool: Small Hook Tool 22


1. Separate glass from weather-stripping on rear door with a wedge.
2. Point tip of tool towards rear of automobile and insert it at the position shown below.
3. Lower tool into door below the bottom lock linkage.
4. Lift tool up and towards the front of the vehicle as shown in the enlargement diagram below. (move the lock linkage
towards the front of the vehicle).
NOTE: Look at the door lock button inside the vehicle for movement. When you contact the correct lock linkage, you
GM Chevrolet Cadillac Buick Oldsmobile Pontiac Geo Saturn GMC

will see the door lock button move.

Tool 22

Alternative method use


Alternate Alt35

OLDSMOBILE EIGHTY EIGHT Tool in Insertion Position. Tool in Working Position.

Door without inside panel. Close up of tool and linkage


OLDSMOBILE001-M1GM • 870 • Style05 • 1 •H2212RD
Method - M2 GM Chevrolet Cadillac Buick Oldsmobile Pontiac Geo Saturn GMC Page 311

Buick LeSabre 1992 1999 Buick Park Avenue Ultra 1991 1996
Buick Park Avenue 1991 1996

Tool: Inside Access Tool - 35


1. Insert wedge between glass and weather-strip directly above door lock button inside of vehicle (see figure 1).
2. Insert tool in door with tip facing the front of the vehicle (see figure 1).
3. Reposition wedge to allow the lowering of the tool into the door (see figure 2).
4. Lower tool into door until shaped portion of tool is beneath the window glass.
5. Raise the tool until that the shaped portion of the tool is entirely visible on the inside of the vehicle (see figure 3).
6. Rotate the tool so that the tip is positioned under the door lock button (see figure 4).
7. Pull up on tool in order to raise the door lock button, unlocking the door (see figure 5).
Note: To aid in the removing of the tool, place the wedge between the glass and the weather-strip on the inside of
the door near the tool. The tool will slide easily from the inside of the door.

GM Chevrolet Cadillac Buick Oldsmobile Pontiac Geo Saturn GMC


Tool 35

Buick Park Avenue Tool in insertion position Tool in working position

View from inside the door.

OLDSMOBILE001-M2GM • 795 • Style04 • 1 •R3503


Page 312 GM Chevrolet Cadillac Buick Oldsmobile Pontiac Geo Saturn GMC Method - M1

Oldsmobile Alero 4 door 1997 2004 Pontiac Grand Am 4 door 1999 2005

Tool: Triple Hook Tool- 86


1. Point the tip of the tool towards the rear of the car.
2. Insert the tool between the glass and the weather-strip.
3. Lower the tool into the door slowly while turning tool until handle is pointing away from car.
4. Stop lowering tool when you feel it contact the door lock linkage.
5. While watching door lock button (inside car), twist tool so as to move tip of tool towards front of car.
NOTE: Watch the door lock button inside the car. If you contact the correct rod inside the door, you will see the door
lock button move.
NOTE: Handle on the tool may be different than shown in photo.
GM Chevrolet Cadillac Buick Oldsmobile Pontiac Geo Saturn GMC

Tool 86

H8614F.eps

Alternative method use


Alternate Alt23

Oldsmobile Alero Tool in insertion position. Tool in working position.

Close-up of door without inside panel. Door without inside panel.

OLDSMOBILE007GM • 876 • Style05 • 1 •H8614F


Method - M1 GM Chevrolet Cadillac Buick Oldsmobile Pontiac Geo Saturn GMC Page 313

Oldsmobile Aurora 1995 2000

Tool: DOWNWARD HOOK TOOL 91


1. Separate glass from weather-stripping with a wedge in REAR DOOR.
2. Insert tool as shown in insertion diagram.
3. Lower the tool into car. Rotate the tool so the handle of the tool faces you and the tool is resting on the bottom link-
age (SEE FIG. FOR POSITION) .
4. Turn tool so tip moves toward front of car pushing the lock linkage to the rear.
5. Watch door lock lever inside of car for movement. When you have contacted the correct linkage, you will see the
lever move.

GM Chevrolet Cadillac Buick Oldsmobile Pontiac Geo Saturn GMC


Move to Front

Tool 91L
Move to Front

OLDSMOBILE AURORA Tool in Insertion Position. Door without inside panel.

Door without inside panel. Close Up of Door without inside panel.

OLDSMOBILE008GM • 873 • Style05 • 1 •H9118BRD


Page 314 GM Chevrolet Cadillac Buick Oldsmobile Pontiac Geo Saturn GMC Method - M1

Chevrolet Monte Carlo 2 Door 2000 2007 Pontiac Bonneville GXP 2004 2005
Pontiac Bonneville 2000 2005

Tool: Horizontal Linkage Tool - 23


1 Separate the weather strip from the glass using the strip saver and wedge.
2. Point the tip of the tool towards the front of the car.
3. Lower the tool into the door, and turn the handle so as to hook the top lock linkage.
4. Twist the tool so as to move tip of tool towards front of the vehicle.
GM Chevrolet Cadillac Buick Oldsmobile Pontiac Geo Saturn GMC

Tool 23

Chevrolet Monte Carlo Tool in insertion position Tool in working position

Door without inside panel Close up of tool and linkage Close up of tool and linkage

OLDSMOBILE009bGM • 884 • Style06 • 1 •H2356


Method - M1 GM Chevrolet Cadillac Buick Oldsmobile Pontiac Geo Saturn GMC Page 315

Oldsmobile Intrigue 1997 2002 Oldsmobile Aurora 2001 2003

Tool: HORIZONTAL LINKAGE TOOL - 23


1. Separate glass from weather-stripping with a wedge.
2. Insert tool with handle pointing towards front of car.
3 Lower the tool into car. Rotate the tool so the handle faces you and the to ol is resting on the top linkage (SEE FIG.
FOR POSITION).
4. Rotate tool to move linkage toward front of car.
5. Watch door lock lever inside of car for movement. When you have contacted the correct linkage, you will see the
lever Move.

GM Chevrolet Cadillac Buick Oldsmobile Pontiac Geo Saturn GMC


Tool 23

Oldsmobile Intrigue Tool in Insertion Position. Tool in Working Position.

Inside the Door Close Up

OLDSMOBILE009cGM • 149 • Style05 • 1 •H2347F


Page 316 GM Chevrolet Cadillac Buick Oldsmobile Pontiac Geo Saturn GMC Method - M1

Oldsmobile Alero 2 Door 1997 2004

Tool: Horizontal Linkage Tool- 23


1. Point the tip of the tool towards the front of the car.
2. Insert the tool between the glass and weather-strip.
3. Lower the tool into the door slowly while turning tool until handle is pointing away from car.
4. Stop lowering tool when you feel it contact the door lock linkage.
5. While watching door lock button (inside car), twist tool so as to move tip of tool towards front of car.
NOTE : Watch the door lock button inside the car. If you contact the correct rod inside the door, you will see the door
lock button move.
GM Chevrolet Cadillac Buick Oldsmobile Pontiac Geo Saturn GMC

Tool 23

OLDSMOBILE ALERO Tool in Insertion Position Tool in Working Position

View of Inside the Door Close up of Tool Inside the Door

OLDSMOBILE009dGM • 875 • Style05 • 1 •H2370F


Method - M1 GM Chevrolet Cadillac Buick Oldsmobile Pontiac Geo Saturn GMC Page 317

Oldsmobile Toronado 1986 1989 Oldsmobile Cutlass Supreme 2 & 4 Door 1988 1997
Buick Regal 2 & 4 Door 1988 1997 Pontiac Grand Prix 4 Door 1988 1996
Buick Riviera 1986 1993 Pontiac Grand Prix 2 Door 1988 1996

TOOL: Inside Access Tool- Tool 35


1. Insert wedge between glass and weather-strip directly above door lock button inside of vehicle (see figure 1).
2. Insert tool in door with tip facing the front of the vehicle (see figure 1).
3. Reposition wedge to allow the lowering of the tool into the door (see figure 2).
4. Lower tool into door until shaped portion of tool is beneath the window glass.
5. Raise the tool until that the shaped portion of the tool is entirely visible on the inside of the vehicle (see figure 3).
6. Rotate the tool so that the tip is positioned under the door lock button (see figure 4).
7. Pull up on tool in order to raise the door lock button, unlocking the door (see figure 5).
Note: To aid in the removing of the tool, place the wedge between the glass and the weather-strip on the inside of
the door near the tool. The tool will slide easily from the inside of the door.

GM Chevrolet Cadillac Buick Oldsmobile Pontiac Geo Saturn GMC


Tool 35

CUTLASS SUPREME Tool in insertion position. Tool in working position.

View from inside the door


OLDSMOBILE020GM • 163 • Style04 • 1 •R3502
Page 318 GM Chevrolet Cadillac Buick Oldsmobile Pontiac Geo Saturn GMC Method - M1

Pontiac Aztek 2001 2005

TOOL: Horizontal Linkage Tool- 23


1.Insert strip saver and wedge in passenger side door.
2.Point tip of tool towards REAR of vehicle in position shown.
3.Lower tool into door.
4.Turn tool handle away from vehicle to access linkage and unlock door.
GM Chevrolet Cadillac Buick Oldsmobile Pontiac Geo Saturn GMC

Tool 23

PONTIAC AZTEK Tool in Insertion Position Tool in Working Position

View from Inside the Door Close up of Tool in Action

PONTIAC002GM • 653 • Style05 • 1 •H2377F


Method - M1 GM Chevrolet Cadillac Buick Oldsmobile Pontiac Geo Saturn GMC Page 319

Oldsmobile Cutlass Calais 2 & 4 Door 1985 1991 Pontiac Grand Am 2 Door 1985 1991

Tool: Triple Hook Tool 86


1. Insert a wedge to separate the glass from the weather strip.
2. Insert the tool between the glass and the weather strip. Lower the tool into the door while turning the
tool so that the tip of the tool moves toward the inside of the car and the handle points at you.
3. Lower below the linkage and lift.
4. Twist the tool so that the hook on the tool binds the linkage. To do so, move the handle of the tool to-
wards the rear of the vehicle.
5. Move tip of tool forward.
6. You should watch the door lock button move toward the front of the car.

Tool 86 GM Chevrolet Cadillac Buick Oldsmobile Pontiac Geo Saturn GMC

PONTIAC011GM • 1305 • Style00 • 1 •H8613F


Page 320 GM Chevrolet Cadillac Buick Oldsmobile Pontiac Geo Saturn GMC Method - M1

Pontiac Grand Am 2 door 1992 2002 Pontiac Grand Am 2 Door 1985 1991
Oldsmobile Cutlass Calais 2 & 4 Door 1985 1991

Tool: Triple Hook Tool 86


1. Insert a wedge to separate the glass from the weather strip.
2. Insert the tool between the glass and the weather strip. Lower the tool into the door while turning the tool so that
the tip of the tool moves toward the inside of the car and the handle points at you.
3. Lower below the linkage and lift.
4. Twist the tool so that the hook on the tool binds the linkage. To do so, move the handle of the tool towards the rear
of the vehicle.
5. Move tip of tool forward.
6. You should watch the door lock button move toward the front of the car.
Note : The non-working part (the part you hold in your hand) of the tool may be longer or have a different angle that
that shown in the photo or diagram. This is due to the new design of the tool.
GM Chevrolet Cadillac Buick Oldsmobile Pontiac Geo Saturn GMC

Tool 86

Alternative method use


Alternate Alt23

Pontiac Grand Am Tool in insertion position. Tool in working position.

Door without inside panel. Close up of door without inside panel

PONTIAC011-M1GM • 879 • Style05 • 1 •H8613F


Method - M2 GM Chevrolet Cadillac Buick Oldsmobile Pontiac Geo Saturn GMC Page 321

Pontiac Grand Am 4 door 1999 2005 Pontiac Grand Am 2 door 1992 2005

Tool: Horizontal Linkage Tool- 23


1. Point the tip of the tool towards the rear of the car.
2. Insert the tool between the glass and weather-strip.
3. Lower the tool into the door slowly while turning tool until handle is pointing away from car.
4. Stop lowering tool when you feel it contact the door lock linkage.
5. While watching door lock button (inside car), twist tool so as to move tip of tool towards front of car.

NOTE: Watch the door lock button inside the car. If you contact the correct rod inside the door, you will see the door
lock button move.

GM Chevrolet Cadillac Buick Oldsmobile Pontiac Geo Saturn GMC


Tool 23

Tool in insertion position. Tool in working position. Door without inside panel.

Close-up of door without inside panel.

PONTIAC011-M2GM • 882 • Style04 • 1 •H2347F


Page 322 GM Chevrolet Cadillac Buick Oldsmobile Pontiac Geo Saturn GMC Method - M1

Pontiac Bonneville 1992 1999

Tool: Small Hook Tool - 22


1. Insert Wedge between glass and weather-strip.
2. Point tip of tool towards rear of car and lower into slow.
3. Hook linkage at rear of door as shown.
4. Lift and pull to front. Watch both for movement.

NOTE: You should be looking at the door lock lever inside the car. When you contact the lock linkage, you will see
the door lock lever move.
Instructions show passenger door, but will work on either front door.
GM Chevrolet Cadillac Buick Oldsmobile Pontiac Geo Saturn GMC

Tool 22

Pontiac Bonneville Tool in Insertion Position. Tool in Working Position.

Door without inside panel. Door without inside panel. Door without inside panel.

PONTIAC012-M1GM • 741 • Style06 • 1 •bonneville


Method - M1 GM Chevrolet Cadillac Buick Oldsmobile Pontiac Geo Saturn GMC Page 323

Pontiac Grand Prix 2 & 4 door 1997 2003 Buick Regal 1998 2004
Buick Century 4 Door 1997 2005

Tool : HORIZONTAL LINKAGE TOOL - 23


1. Separate glass from weather-stripping with a wedge.
2. Insert tool with handle pointing towards front of car.
3. Lower the tool into car. Rotate the tool so the handle faces you and the tool is resting on the top linkage (SEE FIG.
FOR POSITION) .
4. Rotate tool to move linkage toward front of car.
5. Watch door lock lever inside of car for movement. When you have contacted the correct linkage, you will see the
lever move.

GM Chevrolet Cadillac Buick Oldsmobile Pontiac Geo Saturn GMC


Tool 23

Move to Front

Tool in insertion position. Tool in working position. Door without inside panel.

Door without inside panel. Door without inside panel.

PONTIAC015GM • 878 • Style05 • 1 •H2345F


Page 324 GM Chevrolet Cadillac Buick Oldsmobile Pontiac Geo Saturn GMC Method - M1

Pontiac GTO 2005 2007

TOOL: ‘S’ Tool - 47


1. Separate the glass from weather-stripping on door.
2. Lower tool into door in between the inner door frame.
3. Twist tool to hook the door lock rod.
4. Lift door lock rod to unlock door.
Reminder: Be sure to use the rubber tip on your 47 Tool
GM Chevrolet Cadillac Buick Oldsmobile Pontiac Geo Saturn GMC

Tool 47

Pontiac GTO Tool in Insertion Position. Tool in Working Position.

Hook Lock Rod and Lift to Unlock Door.

PONTIAC017GM • 1382 • Style04 • 1 •V4701


Method - M1 GM Chevrolet Cadillac Buick Oldsmobile Pontiac Geo Saturn GMC Page 325

Pontiac Solstice 2006 2010 Saturn Sky 2007 2010

TOOL: ‘S’ Tool - 47


1. Separate the glass from weather-stripping on door.
2. Lower tool into door in between the inner door frame.
3. Twist tool to hook the door lock rod.
4. Lift door lock rod to unlock door.
Reminder: Be sure to use the rubber tip on your 47 Tool

GM Chevrolet Cadillac Buick Oldsmobile Pontiac Geo Saturn GMC


Tool 47

Pontiac Solstice Tool in insertion position Tool in working position

Lift tool to unlock the door

PONTIAC024GM • 1488 • Style04 • 1 •V4711


Page 326 GM Chevrolet Cadillac Buick Oldsmobile Pontiac Geo Saturn GMC Method - M1

Pontiac Trans Sport mini-van 1990 1996 Oldsmobile Silhouette 1990 1996
Chevrolet Lumina APV FWD 1990 1996 Pontiac Trans Sport SE 1990 1996

Tool: HORIZONTAL LINKAGE TOOL - 23


1. Separate glass from weather-stripping with a wedge on passenger door.
2. Point tip of tool towards rear of car.
3. Lower the tool into car (SEE INSERTION DIAGRAM FOR POSITION) .
4. Twisting the handle towards you, lower the tool onto the linkage and turn the handle towards the rear of
the vehicle to bind the linkage (YOU ARE AIMING FOR THE BOTTOM LINKAGE) .
5. Tilt the top of the tool towards the rear of the car in order to move the tip of the tool and the linkage for-
ward (SEE ENLARGED ILLUSTRATION) .
Note: Look at the door lock button inside car for movement. When you have bound the linkage, you will
see the lock button move.
GM Chevrolet Cadillac Buick Oldsmobile Pontiac Geo Saturn GMC

Tool 23

Tool in working position Tool in working position A- Tool B- Lock Linkage

PONTIAC027GM • 1046 • Style03 • 1 •H2329F


Method - M1 GM Chevrolet Cadillac Buick Oldsmobile Pontiac Geo Saturn GMC Page 327

Pontiac Vibe 2003 2009

TOOL: Small Inside Access Tool - 65


1. Insert wedge between glass and weather-strip directly above door lock button inside of vehicle (see figure 1).
2. Insert tool in door with tip facing the REAR of the vehicle (see figure 1).
3. Reposition wedge to allow the lowering of the tool into the door (see figure 2).
3. Lower tool into door until shaped portion of tool is beneath the window glass.
4. Raise the tool until that the shaped portion of the tool is entirely visible on the inside of the vehicle (see figure 3).
5. Rotate the Tool so that the tip is positioned under the door lock button (see figure 4).
6. Pull up on tool in order to raise the door lock button, unlocking the door (see figure 5).
NOTE: To aid in the removing of the tool, place the wedge between the glass and weather-strip on the inside of the
door near the tool. The tool will slide easily from the inside of the door.

GM Chevrolet Cadillac Buick Oldsmobile Pontiac Geo Saturn GMC


Tool 65

Pontiac Vibe Tool in Insertion Position. Tool in Working Position.

View from Inside the Door.

PONTIAC028-M1GM • 1237 • Style04 • 1 •R6504


Page 328 GM Chevrolet Cadillac Buick Oldsmobile Pontiac Geo Saturn GMC Method - M2

Pontiac Vibe 2003 2009

Tool: S’ Tool 47
1. Use a screw driver or other tool to loosen the passenger side rear license plate light.
2. Insert S’ tool through the opening with the hooded end facing the front of the car, as shown in diagram and photo-
graph.
3.Twist the tool to hook and bind the lock rod.
4.Gently pull down on the tool to unlock the latch.
GM Chevrolet Cadillac Buick Oldsmobile Pontiac Geo Saturn GMC

Tool 47

light

Pontiac Vibe Remove Rear Plate Light with Screw- Tool in Insertion Position. Insert Behind
driver. Light, as Shown.

Tool in Working Position. Hook Linkage to Unlock Door.


PONTIAC028-M2GM • 1509 • Style05 • 1 •H4721RD
Method - M1 GM Chevrolet Cadillac Buick Oldsmobile Pontiac Geo Saturn GMC Page 329

Pontiac G8 2008 2010

TOOL: INSIDE ACCESS TOOL - 89


1. Insert wedge between glass and weather strip directly above door lock button (see figure 1).
2. Insert tool in door with tip facing the front of the vehicle (see figure 1).
3. Reposition wedge to allow the lowering of the tool into the door (see figure 2).
4. Lower tool into door until V’ shaped portion of tool is beneath the window glass.
5. Raise the tool until that the V’ shaped portion of the tool is entirely visible on the inside of the vehicle
(see figure 3).
6. Rotate the tool so that the tip is positioned in front of the door lock button (see figure 4).
7. Pull on tool in order to slide the door lock button towards the front of the vehicle (see figure 5).
NOTE: To aid in the removing of the tool, place the wedge between the glass and the weatherstrip on the
inside of the door ne ar the tool. The tool will slide easily from the inside of the door.

Tool 89 GM Chevrolet Cadillac Buick Oldsmobile Pontiac Geo Saturn GMC

Alternative method use


Alternate Altohj

Pontiac30GM • 1586 • Style00 • 1 •Alt89fd


Page 330 GM Chevrolet Cadillac Buick Oldsmobile Pontiac Geo Saturn GMC Method - M1

Pontiac Vibe 2009 2009

TOOL: One Hand Jack Tool- 78SG


1.Use the One Hand Jack tool to separate the door frame from the body of the vehicle.
2.Insert the Air Wedge to wards the top of the door and inflate.
3.Remove the One Hand Jack Tool .
4. Insert a Long Reach Tool (such as the 78, Flat Max or Long John Tool) into the opening.
5.Maneuver the tool to engage the door handle or, when available, the door lock release button.
6.Pull the handle or engage the lock release button to unlock the door.
Note this opening should only be used in emergency situations
GM Chevrolet Cadillac Buick Oldsmobile Pontiac Geo Saturn GMC

Tool 78SG

Carefully jack the door slightly Use the Air Jack to create working Use the Long reach Tool to Unlock the
room door

Pontiac31GM • 575 • Style03 • 1 •Altohj


Method - M1 GM Chevrolet Cadillac Buick Oldsmobile Pontiac Geo Saturn GMC Page 331

Saturn Ion 2003 2007 Saturn Ion Redline 2004 2007

TOOL: Checkmark Tool- 66


1 Insert a strip saver and wedge into the rear passenger door between the glass and the weather strip-
ping.
2.Point the tip of the tool towards the front of the vehicle and lower the tool into the door. Do not lower the
tool very far into the door.
3.Turn the tool handle away from the vehicle to access the lock linkage.
4.Lift the tool to hook the lock linkage from below (see diagram).
5.Turn tool handle to move lock linkage towards the rear of the vehicle to unlock the door.

GM Chevrolet Cadillac Buick Oldsmobile Pontiac Geo Saturn GMC


Tool 66

Saturn Ion Tool in insertion position Tool in working position

SATURN002-M1GM • 1285 • Style03 • 1 •H6603RD


Page 332 GM Chevrolet Cadillac Buick Oldsmobile Pontiac Geo Saturn GMC Method - M2

Saturn Ion 2003 2007 Saturn Ion Redline 2004 2007

Tool: Downward Hook Tool - 91


1. Use a strip saver and wedge to create space in the door.
2. Point tip of tool towards rear of car.
3 . Insert the tool into the door between the glass and the weather-strip.
4 . Lower the tool while turning the tool so the handle points away from the car.
5 . Hook the lock linkage with the tip of the tool
6 . Move t he linkage towards the rear of the vehicle.
NOTE: When you contact the correct rod inside the door, you will see the door lock lever move.
GM Chevrolet Cadillac Buick Oldsmobile Pontiac Geo Saturn GMC

Tool 91

Saturn Ion Tool in insertion position Tool in working position

Hook top linkage and move to back. Close up of Tool on Linkage.

SATURN002-M2GM • 1395 • Style05 • 1 •H9101f


Method - M1 GM Chevrolet Cadillac Buick Oldsmobile Pontiac Geo Saturn GMC Page 333

Saturn L Series 4 door 2000 2004 Saturn LW1, LW2 Wagon 2000 2002
Saturn LS, LS1, LS2 4 door 2000 2002

Tool: HORIZONTAL LINKAGE TOOL 23


1. Separate glass from weather-stripping with a wedge on rear passenger door.
2. Point tip of tool towards rear of car.
3. Lower the tool into car (SEE FIG. FOR POSITION) .
4. After tool is lowered, turn tool to hook the top linkage (SEE ENLARGED ILLUSTRATION) .
5. Rotate tool to bind the linkage and tilt the handle towards rear of vehicle as to move the linkage towards the front
of the door.
6.Watch door lock button inside of vehicle for movement. When you have bound the correct linkage, you will see the
door lock button move.

GM Chevrolet Cadillac Buick Oldsmobile Pontiac Geo Saturn GMC


Tool 23

SATURN L SERIES Tool in Insertion Position (Rear Door) Tool in Working Position

View from Inside the Door Close Up. Move Linkage to Rear

SATURN003GM • 1149 • Style05 • 1 •H2380BRD


Page 334 GM Chevrolet Cadillac Buick Oldsmobile Pontiac Geo Saturn GMC Method - M1

Saturn SW1, SW2 5 Door Wagon 1991 1995 Saturn SC1, SC2 2 & 3 door 1996 2002
Saturn EV1 2001 2003 Saturn SL, SL1, SL2 4 Door 1991 1995
Saturn S Series 1996 2002 Saturn SL, SL1, SL2 4 door 1996 2002
Saturn SC1, SC2 2 Door 1991 1995 Saturn SW1, SW2 5 door wagon 1996 2001

Tool: Horizontal Linkage Tool - 23


1. Separate glass from weather-stripping with a wedge (see illustration for position).
2. Point tip of tool towards rear of car.
3. Lower the tool into car (see illustration for position).
4. Rotate tool so tip moves towards front of vehicle, moving the lock linkage forward (see enlargement
diagram for position).
Note: Look at the door lock button inside of the car for movement. When you have contacted the correct
lock linkage, you will see the button move.
GM Chevrolet Cadillac Buick Oldsmobile Pontiac Geo Saturn GMC

Tool 23

SATURN005GM • 389 • Style00 • 1 •H2348F


Method - M1 GM Chevrolet Cadillac Buick Oldsmobile Pontiac Geo Saturn GMC Page 335

Saturn Vue 2002 2009 Saturn Vue Redline 2004 2009

Tool: Drop Rock Tool - 82


1. Separate glass from weather-stripping with a wedge (see illustration for position).
2. Point tip of tool towards front of car.
3. Lower the tool into car (see illustration for position).
4. Rotate tool so tip moves towards inside of vehicle
5. Lay the tip of the tool on the linkage.
6. Bind the linkage and move it to the rear of the vehicle .
Note Look at the door lock button inside of the car for movement. When you have contacted the correct lock linkage,
you will see the button move.

GM Chevrolet Cadillac Buick Oldsmobile Pontiac Geo Saturn GMC


Tool 82
Bind Linkage &
Move Torwards Rear

Bind Linkage &


Move Torw ards Rear

ENLARGEMENT

Saturn Vue Insertion Position Move to Back

Working Position

SATURN008GM • 1238 • Style05 • 1 •H8207B


Page 336 GM Chevrolet Cadillac Buick Oldsmobile Pontiac Geo Saturn GMC Method - M1

Saturn Aura 4 door 2007 2010 Chevrolet Malibu Maxx 2004 2007
Buick Lucerne 2006 2010 Pontiac G6 2005 2010
Chevrolet Malibu 2004 2010 Pontiac Grand Prix 2004 2008

Tool: 114 Tool


1. Use a strip saver and wedge to create an opening in the door between the window and the weather stripping.
2.Point tool tip towards the front of the vehicle and lower tool into door all the way to the bend in the tool
3.Turn tool handle away from the vehicle.
4.Hook and bind the door lock rod.
5.Lift tool to unlock the door.
GM Chevrolet Cadillac Buick Oldsmobile Pontiac Geo Saturn GMC

Tool 114

Saturn Aura Tool in insertion position Tool in working position

Lift tool to unlock door


SATURN010GM • 616 • Style04 • 1 •V11401
Method - M1 GMC HEAVY TRUCKS Page 337

GMC HT W Series Light Duty Pre 1995

TOOL: ‘S’ Tool - 47


1. Separate the glass from weather-stripping on door.
2. Lower tool into door in between the inner door frame.
3. Twist tool to hook the door lock rod.
4. Lift door lock rod to unlock door.
Reminder: Be sure to use the rubber tip on your 47 Tool

Wedge

Pull
Up Pull

GMC HEAVY TRUCKS


Linkage Up

Tool 47

GMC Light Duty Cab over business Tool in insertion position Tool in working position. Hook lock rod
class trucks and lift.

GMC HEAVY TRUCKS001-M1GMC HEAVY TRUCKS • 938 • Style03 • 1 •V4715HT


Page 338 GMC HEAVY TRUCKS Method - M2

GMC HT W Series Light Duty Pre 1995 GMC HT W Series Light Duty 1995 1/2 2009

Tool: Double Tool 26


1. Separate glass from weather-stripping.
2. Point tool towards rear of car.
3. Lower the tool into car. (SEE FIG. FOR POSITION)
4. Lift tool to contact door lock button.
5. Lift tool to unlock door.

Wedge
GMC HEAVY TRUCKS

Pull Tool 26
Up Pull
Linkage Up

GMC W Series Light Duty Truck. Tool in insertion position. Tool in working position.

GMC HEAVY TRUCKS001-M2GMC HEAVY TRUCKS • 939 • Style03 • 1 •V2612HT


Method - M1 GMC HEAVY TRUCKS Page 339

GMC HT T Body Medium Duty Pre 1995

Tool: 23 Horizontal Linkage Tool


1. Insert the strip savers and wedge in the door to create working room. Insert the tool near the rear of the door.
2.Lower the tool into the door until the tool rests on the lock linkage.
3.Twist the tool to bind the linkage.
4.Move the tip of the tool forward so the linkage moves towards the front of the truck.
5.Watch the door lock button for movement. The door lock button will move up when the vehicle is unlocked.

Wedge
Tool 23

Direction

Direction
Enlargement

GMC HEAVY TRUCKS


GMC Medium Duty T Series trucks Tool in insertion position Tool in working position

View from inside door. Hook top link- Close up of tool in action. Move link-
age with tool. age to rear to unlock.

GMC HEAVY TRUCKS003GMC HEAVY TRUCKS • 855 • Style05 • 1 •H2340HT


Page 340 GMC HEAVY TRUCKS Method - M1

GMC HT T Series Medium Duty 1996 2009

Tool: T105 Double Bend Tool


1. Insert the strip savers and wedge in the door to create working room. Insert the tool near the rear of the door.
2.Lower the tool into the door about of the way down in the door.
3.Point the tip of the tool towards the rear of the truck.
4.Lift the tool under the door lock linkage.
5.Watch the door lock button for movement. The door lock button will move up when the vehicle is unlocked.

Wedge
Tool 105
GMC HEAVY TRUCKS

Tool

Direction
Direction

GMC T Series Medium Duty Tool in insertion position Tool in working position

View from inside the door Note tool at far corner of the door View of door with panel
GMC HEAVY TRUCKS004GMC HEAVY TRUCKS • 911 • Style06 • 1 •V10501HT
Method - M1 GMC HEAVY TRUCKS Page 341

GMC HT C Series Vent Windows Pre 1989 GMC HT Cab Over Heavy Duty

Tool: Vent Window Tools 103 & 104


1) Insert the Flat vent tool 104 directly under the vent window handle.
2) Insert the Vent window tool 103
3) Depress the vent window handle release button with the flat 104 Tool.
4) Rotate the vent window handle with the 103 tool while maintaining the release button depressed.
5) Insert your arm in through the open vent window to unlock the truck.

Insert #104 Latch Insert #103 Vent Handle


Button Tool

GMC HEAVY TRUCKS


Tool 103-04

Old sytle MGC Medium Duty Trucks Insert flat tool to press release latch while using
103 tool to unlock window

GMC HEAVY TRUCKS005GMC HEAVY TRUCKS • 912 • Style02 • 1 •R103-04


Page 342 GMC HEAVY TRUCKS Method - M1

GMC HT C Series Horizontal Linkage 1989 2002

Tool: HORIZONTAL LINKAGE TOOL 23


1. Point the tip of the tool towards the rear of the car.
2. Insert the tool between the glass and weather-strip.
3. Lower the tool into the door slowly while turning tool until handle is pointing away from car.
4. Stop lowering tool when you feel it contact the door lock rod.
5. While watching door lock lever (inside car), twist tool so as to move tip of tool towards front of car.
NOTE: Watch the door lock button inside the car. If you contact the correct rod inside the door, you will see
the door lock button move.
Illustration shows passenger side door. Instructions will work on either front door. Door lock lever (circled)
is shown reversed.
FOR 1997 Models: See Index
GMC HEAVY TRUCKS

Tool 23

GMC HEAVY TRUCKS006GMC HEAVY TRUCKS • 914 • Style00 • 1 •H2337F


Method - M1 GMC HEAVY TRUCKS Page 343

GMC HT C Series All Heavy and Medium Duty with


Horizontal Linkage 2003 2009
Tool: 9 1 Downward Hook Tool
1. Insert the strip savers and wedge in the door to create working room. Insert the tool into the rear of the door.
2. Lower the tool with the tip facing the rear INSIDE of the door. Note that the tip of the tool must not go behind the
window run channel so keep the tip facing towards the inside while you lower it in the door.
3.Hook the door lock rod with the tip of the tool.
4.Rotate the tool in order to move the linkage to the front of the car.

Wedge

Tool 91
Gap In
Shield

Shield

Move Tool

Gap In
Shield

GMC HEAVY TRUCKS


Move Tool

ENLARGEMENT

Chevy C Series. 2003 and Later Tool in insertion position Tool in working position.

View from inside the door. Close up of tool in action. Hook linkage Tool in action. Move linkage forward to
with tool. unlock the door.

GMC HEAVY TRUCKS007GMC HEAVY TRUCKS • 862 • Style06 • 1 •H9101FHT


Page 344 GMC HEAVY TRUCKS Method - M1

GMC HT Van Cab All

Tool: Downward Hook Tool - 91


1. Use a strip saver and wedge to create space in the door.
2. Point tip of tool towards rear of car.
3 . Insert the tool into the door between the glass and the weather-strip.
4 . Lower the tool while turning the tool so the handle points away from the car.
5 . Hook the lock linkage with the tip of the tool
6 . Move t he linkage towards the rear of the vehicle.
NOTE: When you contact the correct rod inside the door, you will see the door lock lever move.

Tool 91
GMC HEAVY TRUCKS

Chevrolet Van Cab Tool in insertion position Tool in working position

When you have hooked the correct


linkage you will see the door lock but-
ton move up.
GMC HEAVY TRUCKS008GMC HEAVY TRUCKS • 969 • Style04 • 1 •H9101F
Method - M1 HINO HEAVY TRUCKS Page 345

Hino 258 Conventional Cab 2003 2010 Hino Heavy Trucks Conventional Cab 2003 2010

Tool: Double Tool 26


1. Separate glass from weather-stripping.
2. Point tool towards rear of car.
3. Lower the tool into car. (SEE FIG. FOR POSITION)
4. Lift tool to contact door lock button.
5. Lift tool to unlock door.

Wedge

HINO HEAVY TRUCKS


Tool 26
Pull
Up Pull
Linkage Up

Hino Conventional Cab Tool in insertion position Tool in working position

HINO HEAVY TRUCKS001HINO HEAVY TRUCKS • 174 • Style03 • 1 •V2612HT


Page 346 HINO HEAVY TRUCKS Method - M1

Hino Heavy Trucks FA Series

Tool: 105 Double Bend Tool


1.Insert a wedge between the glass and the weather-stripping.
2.Lower the tool into the door at the position shown.
3.Place the tip of the tool under the door lock linkage.
4.Lift the tool to unlock the truck.

Wedge
HINO HEAVY TRUCKS

Linkage

Direction Tool 105


Direction

Tool

Hino FA Series Insert the tool in the position shown View of tool inside the door

HINO HEAVY TRUCKS002HINO HEAVY TRUCKS • 1474 • Style03 • 1 •V10504HT


Method - M1 HINO HEAVY TRUCKS Page 347

Hino Heavy Trucks FE Series All

Tool: 105 Double Bend Tool


1. Insert a wedge between the glass and the weather-stripping.
2.Lower the tool into the door at the position shown.
3.Place the tip of the tool under the door lock linkage.
4.Lift the tool to unlock the truck.

Wedge
Tool 105
Linkage

Direction
Direction

HINO HEAVY TRUCKS


Tool

Hino FE Series Insert the strip savers and wedge to Lower the tool into the door at the very
create working room rear of the front passenger door.

Lift the tool to unlock the door

HINO HEAVY TRUCKS003HINO HEAVY TRUCKS • 1475 • Style04 • 1 •V10504HT


Page 348 HINO HEAVY TRUCKS Method - M1

Hino Heavy Trucks Old Style All

Tool: Double Tool 26


1. Separate glass from weather-stripping.
2. Point tool towards rear of car.
3. Lower the tool into car. (SEE FIG. FOR POSITION)
4. Lift tool to contact door lock button.
5. Lift tool to unlock door.

Wedge
Tool 26

Pull
HINO HEAVY TRUCKS

Up Pull
Linkage Up

Hino Cab Over Tool in insertion position Tool in working position

This tool is shown in working position

HINO HEAVY TRUCKS004HINO HEAVY TRUCKS • 1473 • Style04 • 1 •V2612HT


Method - M1 HONDA Page 349

Honda Accord Horiz. locks 1976 1994 Honda Civic Horizontal 1989 1994
Honda Civic 4 Door 1985 1989 Honda CRX 1989 1996
Honda Civic 2 Dr 1985 1994 Honda Prelude 1988 1996

Tool: Horizontal Linkage Tool - 23


1. Separate glass from weather-strip on front door.
2. Lower tool into door until it catches the linkage.
3. Twist tool to bind the linkage.
4. Push tip of tool towards front of car.
(SEE FIGURE FOR POSITION)
Note : The lock linkage is below the door latch release linkage. Watch door lock button. When you have
hooked correct lever, you will see the door lock button move.

HONDA
Tool 23

Honda Accord Tool in insertion position Tool in working position

HONDA001HONDA • 907 • Style03 • 1 •H2306F


Page 350 HONDA Method - M1

Honda Accord Vert. Locks 1976 1993 Honda Civic Vert. Locks 1990 1995
Honda Civic 2 & 4 Door 1990 1995 Honda Del Sol 1993 1995

Tool: Large side of double tool - 26


1. Separate glass from weather-strip.
2. Lower the tool into the door near the door lock button.
3. Push up on door lock button using tip of tool.
NOTE:You should be watching the door lock button inside of the car.

Tool 26
HONDA

Tool in insertion position Tool in working position Door without inside panel

HONDA002-M1HONDA • 886 • Style03 • 1 •V2601


Method - M2 HONDA Page 351

Honda Accord Vert. Locks 1976 1993 Honda Del Sol 1993 1995
Honda Civic 2 & 4 Door 1990 1995 Honda Oddysey 1995 1998
Honda Civic Vert. Locks 1990 1995 Honda Passport 1998 2002

TOOL: ‘S’ Tool - 47


1. Separate the glass from weather-stripping on door.
2. Lower tool into door in between the inner door frame.
3. Twist tool to hook the door lock rod.
4. Lift door lock rod to unlock door.
Reminder: Be sure to use the rubber tip on your 47 Tool

HONDA
Tool 47

HONDA002-M2HONDA • 885 • Style00 • 1 •V4701


Page 352 HONDA Method - M1

Honda Accord 2 Door 1995 1997 Honda Del Sol 1996 1998
Honda Civic 2 Door 1996 2000

Tool: 77
1. Separate the glass from weather-stripping with a Strip Saver and Wedge.
2. With the tip of the tool facing the rear of the car, insert the tool into door, 12 inches from the door frame.
3. Lower the tool below the linkage shield (See Diagram for Position).
4. Lift the tool so it goes in the gap between the plastic shield and the door frame. Hook the linkage.
5. Move the linkage forward to unlock the door.

Tool 77
HONDA

Tool in Insertion Position Tool in Working Position View from Inside the Door

Close up of Tool in Action

HONDA003HONDA • 908 • Style04 • 1 •H7701F


Method - M1 HONDA Page 353

Honda Insight 2001 2011

TOOL: FLEXIBLE LONG REACH TOOL - 78SG


1. Insert tool between window and weather-strip, with the tip of the tool facing downward.
2. Insert a wedge between tool and window and use the groove in the wedge to guide the tool into the
vehicle.
3. Slide the tool into the interior of the vehicle until the tip is positioned in front of the lock handle.
4. With the tip of the tool pull the door lock handle to unlock door

HONDA
Tool 78sg

Honda004HONDA • 1644 • Style00 • 1 •Jack_But


Page 354 HONDA Method - M1

Honda Accord 2 Door 2003 2007 Honda Accord 2 Door 1998 2002
Honda Accord Hybrid 2005 2007 Honda Accord 4 Door 2003 2007
Honda Accord 4 Door 1994 1997 Honda Accord Hybrid 2005 2007
Honda Accord 4 Door 1998 2002 Honda Civic SI 3 door hatch 2002 2005

TOOL: Inside Access Button Lifter- 81


1. Insert wedge between glass and weather-strip near the door lock button.
2.Insert tool in door with tip facing the rear of the vehicle .
3.Reposition wedge to allow the lowering of the tool into the door (see figure 2).
4.Lower tool into door until shaped portion of tool is beneath the window glass.
5.Raise the tool until that the shaped portion of the tool is entirely visible on the inside of the vehicle (figure 3).
6.Rotate the tool so that the tip is positioned next the door lock button and lift the button.
1. Note : To aid in the removing of the tool, place the wedge between the glass and the weather-strip on the inside of
the door near the tool. The tool will slide easily from the inside of the door.

1 2
Lower Tool Under
Glass

Insertion
Tool 81
Position

Wedge

Rotate & Tilt Tool


Into Position

3 4
Lift Tool
to Unlock Door

Tool
HONDA

Lock Button

Push tool againt lock button


and lift tool to unlock door
Enlargement
From Inside Door
Alternative method use
Alternate Altohj

HONDA ACCORD Tool in insertion position Tool in working position

Lift tool to unlock

HONDA005-M1HONDA • 1269 • Style04 • 1 •acu016


Method - M1 HONDA Page 355

Honda Accord 4 Door 1994 1997 Honda Civic 4 Door 1996 2000

Tool: S’ Tool 47
1. Separate glass from weather-strip with a wedge.
2. Lower the tool below the inner door frame.
3. Twist tool to hook the door lock rod.
4. Lift lock rod to unlock car door.
NOTE: You should be watching the door lock button
inside of the car.

HONDA
Tool 47

HONDA015HONDA • 817 • Style00 • 2 •V4701


Page 356 HONDA Method - M1

Honda Civic 2 Door 2001 2005

Tool: 74
1. Separate the glass from weather-stripping with a Strip Saver and Wedge.
2. With the tip of the tool facing the rear of the car, lower tool into door.
3. Lower tool deep into the door and turn the handle away from the car. Lift tool handle until working end of
tool emerges from inside of the car.
4. With working end of tool fully inside the car, hook door lock button with tool tip and lift to unlock the door.

Tool 74
HONDA

HONDA CIVIC Tool in insertion position Tool in working position

HONDA016HONDA • 1185 • Style03 • 1 •R7401


Method - M1 HONDA Page 357

Honda Civic 4 Door 2001 2005 Honda Civic Hybrid 2004 2005

Tool: 74
1. Separate the glass from weather-stripping with a Strip Saver and Wedge.
2. With the tip of the tool facing the rear of the car, lower tool into door.
3. Lower tool deep into the door and turn the handle away from the car. Lift tool handle until working end of
tool emerges from inside of the car.
4. With working end of tool fully inside the car, hook door lock button with tool tip and lift to unlock the door.

Tool 74

HONDA

HONDA CIVIC Tool in Working Position Hook Door Lock button and Lift

HONDA017HONDA • 1545 • Style03 • 1 •R7401


Page 358 HONDA Method - M1

Honda Civic 2 Door 2006 2010 Honda Civic Si 2006 2010


Honda Civic 4 Door 2006 2010

TOOL: SMALL INSIDE ACCESS TOOL - 65


1. Insert wedge between glass and weather-strip directly above door lock button inside of vehicle (See
figure 1).
2. Insert tool in door with tip facing the front of the vehicle (See figure 1).
3. Reposition wedge to allow the lowering of the tool into the door (See figure 2).
4. Lower tool into door unit l “V” shaped portion of tool is beneath the window glass.

Tool 65
HONDA

Honda Civic Tool in working position Tool in working position

HONDA018HONDA • 1409 • Style03 • 1 •inf011


Method - M1 HONDA Page 359

Honda CRV 1997 2001

Tool: S’ Tool - 47
1Separate glass from weather-strip with a wedge.
2.Lower the tool below the inner door frame.
3.Twist tool to hook the door lock rod.
4.Lift door lock rod to unlock door.

Tool 47

HONDA

HONDA CRV Tool in insertion position. Tool in working position.

HONDA019HONDA • 1112 • Style03 • 1 •V4701


Page 360 HONDA Method - M1

Honda CRV SUV 2002 2006

Tool: 74
1. Separate the glass from weather-stripping with a Strip Saver and Wedge.
2. With the tip of the tool facing the rear of the car, lower tool into door.
3. Lower tool deep into the door and turn the handle away from the car. Lift tool handle until working end of tool
emerges from inside of the car.
4. With working end of tool fully inside the car, hook door lock button with tool tip and lift to unlock the door.

Tool 74
HONDA

HONDA CRV Tool in insertion position Tool in working position

Close up

HONDA020HONDA • 1230 • Style04 • 2 •R7401


Method - M1 HONDA Page 361

Honda Element 2003 2010 Honda Ridgeline 2005 2010

Tool: 74
1. Separate the glass from weather-stripping with a Strip Saver and Wedge.
2. With the tip of the tool facing the rear of the car, lower tool into door.
3. Lower tool deep into the door and turn the handle away from the car. Lift tool handle until working end of tool
emerges from inside of the car.
4. With working end of tool fully inside the car, hook door lock button with tool tip and lift to unlock the door.

Tool 74

HONDA
Honda Element Tool in Insertion Position Tool in Working Position

Lift tool handle to unlock door View from inside the vehicle

HONDA021HONDA • 1272 • Style05 • 1 •R7401


Page 362 HONDA Method - M1

Honda Insight 2001 2006

Tool: REVERSE HOOK TOOL 42


1. Separate glass from weather-strip with a wedge on passenger door.
2. Point tip of tool towards rear of car and insert.
3. Lower tool into hole in inner doorframe and beneath linkage shield. (See Enlarged Illustration)
4. Rotate tool handle towards you and bend plastic shield in order to hook and bind lock linkage.
5. Watch door lock button inside of vehicle for movement. When you have bound the correct linkage, you
will see the door lock button move.
6. Move linkage towards rear of car.

� Tool 42
HONDA

HONDA INSIGHT Tool in Insertion Position Tool in Working Position

HONDA022HONDA • 1186 • Style03 • 1 •H4203F


Method - M1 HONDA Page 363

Honda Oddysey 1999 2010 Honda Passport 1994 1997

TOOL: Large Side of Double Tool- 26


1.Separate glass from weather strip with Strip Saver and Wedge.
2.Lower tool into the door near the door lock button.
3.Turn tool handle to make contact with tool tip and lock button.
4.Lift tool to unlock door.
NOTE: You should be watching the door lock button inside the car. When you contact the door lock button, you will
see the button move.

Tool 26

Shield

HONDA
HONDA ODDYSEY Tool in insertion position Tool in working position

View from inside the door Close up of tool and lock rod

HONDA024-M1HONDA • 1132 • Style05 • 1 •V2607


Page 364 HONDA Method - M2

Honda Oddysey 1999 2010

Tool: 74
1. Separate the glass from weather-stripping with a Strip Saver and Wedge.
2. With the tip of the tool facing the rear of the car, lower tool into door.
3. Lower tool deep into the door and turn the handle away from the car. Lift tool handle until working end of
tool emerges from inside of the car.
4. With working end of tool fully inside the car, hook door lock button with tool tip and lift to unlock the door.
HONDA

Tool 74

HONDA024-M2HONDA • 1570 • Style00 • 1 •R7401


Method - M1 HONDA Page 365

Honda S2000 2000 2010

TOOL : FLEXIBLE LONG REACH TOOL - 78SG


1. On driver’ s side door, insert tool between window and weather-strip, tip of tool facing downward (SEE
FIGURE 1 FOR POSITION)
2. Insert a wedge between tool and window and use the groove in the wedge to guide the tool into the
vehicle (SEE FIGURE 2)
3. Slide the tool into the interior of the vehicle until the tip is positioned in front of the lock button (SEE
FIGURE 3)
4. With the tip of the tool resting on the lock button, pull back on the tool to unlock the vehicle (SEE FIG-
URE 4)

HONDA
Tool

Pull Back
Handle to
Unlock

Tool 78SG

HONDA030HONDA • 894 • Style00 • 1 •glassman


Page 366 HONDA Method - M1

Honda CRV 2007 2010

TOOL: SMALL INSIDE ACCESS TOOL - 65


1. Insert wedge between glass and weather-strip directly above door lock button inside of vehicle (See figure 1).
2. Insert tool in door with tip facing the front of the vehicle (See figure 1).
3. Reposition wedge to allow the lowering of the tool into the door (See figure 2).
4. Lower tool into door unit l “V” shaped portion of tool is beneath the window glass.
5. Raise the tool unit the “V” shaped portion of the tool is entirely visible on the inside of the vehicle (See figure 3).
6. Rotate the tool so that the tip is positioned in front of the door lock button (See figure 4).
7. Pull on tool in order to slide the door lock button towards the front of the vehicle (See figure 5).
NOTE: To aid in the removing of the tool, place the wedge between the glass and the weather-strip on the inside of
the door near the tool. The tool will slide easily from the inside of the door.

Tool 65
HONDA

Honda CRV Tool in insertion position Tool in working position

View from inside the vehicle Push door lock button to unlock

HONDA032HONDA • 593 • Style05 • 1 •inf011


Method - M1 HONDA Page 367

Honda Fit 2007 2008

TOOL: Inside Access Button Lifter- 81


1. Insert wedge between glass and weather-strip near the door lock button.
2.Insert tool in door with tip facing the rear of the vehicle .
3.Reposition wedge to allow the lowering of the tool into the door (see figure 2).
4.Lower tool into door until shaped portion of tool is beneath the window glass.
5.Raise the tool until that the shaped portion of the tool is entirely visible on the inside of the vehicle (figure 3).
6.Rotate the tool so that the tip is positioned next the door lock button and lift the button.
1. Note : To aid in the removing of the tool, place the wedge between the glass and the weather-strip on the inside of
the door near the tool. The tool will slide easily from the inside of the door.

1 2
Lower Tool Under
Glass

Insertion
Tool 81
Position

Wedge

Rotate & Tilt Tool


Into Position

3 4
Lift Tool
to Unlock Door

Tool

Lock Button

Push tool againt lock button Enlargement


and lift tool to unlock door From Inside Door

HONDA
Honda Fit Tool in working position View from inside the vehicle

Use hand on tool to gain leverage Lift tool to unlock door

HONDA033HONDA • 594 • Style05 • 1 •V8101


Page 368 Honda Method - M1

Honda Fit 2009 2011

TOOL: SMALL INSIDE ACCESS TOOL - 65


1. Insert wedge between glass and weather-strip directly above door lock button inside of vehicle (See figure 1).
2. Insert tool in door with tip facing the front of the vehicle (See figure 1).
3. Reposition wedge to allow the lowering of the tool into the door (See figure 2).
4. Lower tool into door unit l “V” shaped portion of tool is beneath the window glass.
5. Raise the tool unit the “V” shaped portion of the tool is entirely visible on the inside of the vehicle (See figure 3).
6. Rotate the tool so that the tip is positioned in front of the door lock button (See figure 4).
7. Pull on tool in order to slide the door lock button towards the front of the vehicle (See figure 5).

Tool 65

Alternative method use


Alternate Altohj
Honda

Honda Fit Create working room with wedge and Reposition wedge to aid enry of V
srtip savers. portion.

Raise V portion on the inside of the Position tip over the door lock button Push button forward and inward to
vehicle unlock.

Honda033bHONDA • 1643 • Syle06 • 1 •inf011


Method - M1 HONDA Page 369

Honda Accord 2 door Coupe 2008 2010 Honda Accord 4 door 2008 2010

Tool 89
1 Insert Strip saver and Wedgee into the door between glass and weather-stripping
2: lower the tool into the door at the front of the passenger door
Remove the Wedgee and strip saver
3 Lift the tool so the tool comes up on the inside of the door
4 move the tool so the tip touches the door lock button
5 push the front of the door lock button in to unlock

Tool 89

HONDA
Honda Accord 2 door Tool Working Position Move tool into position

Push front of lock button in to unlock

Honda035HONDA • 577 • Style04 • 1 •Alt89FD


Page 370 HONDA Method - M1

Honda Pilot 2003 2008

Tool: 74
1. Separate the glass from weather-stripping with a Strip Saver and Wedge.
2. With the tip of the tool facing the rear of the car, lower tool into door.
3. Lower tool deep into the door and turn the handle away from the car. Lift tool handle until working end of tool
emerges from inside of the car.
4. With working end of tool fully inside the car, hook door lock button with tool tip and lift to unlock the door.

Tool 74
HONDA

Honda Pilot Tool in Insertion Position Tool in Working Position

View from inside the door

HONDA036HONDA • 1271 • Style04 • 1 •R7401


Method - M1 HONDA Page 371

Honda Pilot 2009 2011

Tool 89
1. Insert Strip saver and Wedgee into the door between glass and weather-stripping
2. lower the tool into the door at the front of the passenger door
3. Remove the Wedgee and strip saver
4. Lift the tool so the tool comes up on the inside of the door
5. Move the tool so the tip touches the door lock button
6. Push the front of the door lock button in to unlock

Tool 89

Alternative method use


Alternate Altohj

HONDA
Honda Pilot Insert wedge to create working room Lower tool with tip pointed towards the
front of the car.

Place tip of tool over the door lock Push button forward and inward to
button. unlock the car.

Honda37HONDA • 1645 • Style06 • 1 •R8901FD


Page 372 HYUNDAI Method - M1

Hyundai Accent 1995 1999

Tool: ‘S’ Tool - 47


1. Separate glass from weather-strip with a wedge.
2. Use the tool to find your insertion position. Mark your position with the wedge and insert your tool.
3. Lower the tool below the inner doorframe.
4. Twist tool to hook the door lock rod.
5. Lift lock rod to unlock car door.

Tool 47
HYUNDAI

Hyundai Accent Tool in insertion position Tool in working position

HYUNDAI001HYUNDAI • 1063 • Style03 • 1 •V4701


Method - M1 HYUNDAI Page 373

Hyundai Accent 2/4 DOOR 2000 2005 Hyundai Elantra 1992 1995
Hyundai Accent Hatchback 2001 2002

Tool: Horizontal Linkage Tool - 23


1 Separate glass from weather-strip with a wedge.
2.Insert with tip of tool facing the front of the vehicle.
3.Lower tool under plastic shield (see enlargement diagram).
4.Twist and lift tool to catch linkage.
5.Twist tool to bind linkage.
6.Turn tool to move the linkage towards the front of the vehicle.
NOTE: Watch door lock button for movement. When you have contacted the correct linkage, you will see the door
lock button move.

Tool 23

HYUNDAI
HYUNDAI ACCENT Tool in insertion position Tool in working position

View from inside the door Close up of tool and linkage engaged

HYUNDAI002HYUNDAI • 847 • Style05 • 1 •H2362F


Page 374 HYUNDAI Method - M1

Hyundai Accent 2006 2009

Tool: Small Inside Access Tool 65


1. Insert wedge between glass and weather-strip directly above door lock button inside of vehicle (see figure 1).
2. Insert tool in door with tip facing the front of the vehicle (see figure 1).
3. Reposition wedge to allow the lowering of the tool into the door (see figure 2).
4. Lower tool into door until shaped portion of tool is beneath the window glass.
5. Raise the tool until that the shaped portion of the tool is entirely visible on the inside of the vehicle (see figure 3).
6. Rotate the tool so that the tip is positioned on the door lock button (see figure 4).
7. Move the tool in order to unlock the door lock button .
Note: The vehicle will relock itself automatically if it is equipped with a factory security system. You must pull the door
handle immediately after unlocking the door.
Note : To aid in the removing of the tool, place the wedge between the glass and the weather-strip on the inside of
the door near the tool. The tool will slide easily from the inside of the door.

Tool 65
HYUNDAI

Hyundai Accent Tool in insertion position Tool in working position

View from inside the door Move door lock button to unlock Close up of tool on door lock button

HYUNDAI003HYUNDAI • 1159 • Style06 • 1 •R3512


Method - M1 HYUNDAI Page 375

Hyundai Azera 2006 2010

Tool: Small Inside Access Tool 65


1.Insert wedge between glass and weather-strip directly above door lock button inside of vehicle (see figure 1).
2.Insert tool in door with tip facing the front of the vehicle (see figure 1).
3.Reposition wedge to allow the lowering of the tool into the door (see figure 2).
4. Lower tool into door until shaped portion of tool is beneath the window glass.
5. Raise the tool until that the shaped portion of the tool is entirely visible on the inside of the vehicle (see figure 3).
6. Rotate the tool so that the tip is positioned on the door lock button (see figure 4).
7. Move the tool in order to unlock the door lock button .
Note: The vehicle will relock itself automatically if it is equipped with a factory security system. You must pull the door
handle immediately after unlocking the door.
Note : To aid in the removing of the tool, place the wedge between the glass and the weather-strip on the inside of
the door near the tool. The tool will slide easily from the inside of the door.

Tool 35

HYUNDAI
Hyundai Azera Tool in insertion position Tool in working position

View from inside the vehicle Push door lock button to unlock door

HYUNDAI004HYUNDAI • 942 • Style05 • 1 •R3512


Page 376 HYUNDAI Method - M1

Hyundai Elantra 4/WAGON 1996 2000

Tool: Reverse Hook Tool 42


1. Separate glass from weather-strip with a wedge.
2. Insert tool into door directly above door handle.
3. Lower the tool below the inner doorframe.
4. Lift the tool to hook and bind the top lock linkage.
5. Move lock linkage towards front of vehicle by rocking the tool handle.

Tool 42
HYUNDAI

Hyundai Elantra Tool in insertion position Tool in working position

Lower tool below upper lock linkage, Rock tool to move linkage towards
lift to hook and bind linkage front of the car

HYUNDAI006HYUNDAI • 909 • Style05 • 1 •H4204F


Method - M1 HYUNDAI Page 377

Hyundai Elantra 5 door-Hatch 2002 2006 Hyundai Elantra 4 door 2007 2010
Hyundai Elantra 2001 2006 Hyundai Elantra GT 4 Door 2004 2006

Tool: Inside Access Tool 35


1. Insert wedge between glass and weather-strip directly above door lock button inside of vehicle (see figu re 1).
2. Insert tool in door with tip facing the front of the vehicle (see figure 1).
3. Reposition wedge to allow the lowering of the tool into the door (see figure 2).
4. Lower tool into door until shaped portion of tool is beneath the window glass.
5. Raise the tool until the shaped portion of the tool is entirely visible on the inside of the vehicle (see figure 3).
6. Rotate the tool so that the tip is positioned in front of the door lock button (see figure 4).
7. Pull on tool in order to slide the door lock button towards the rear of the vehicle (see figure 5).

Tool 35

Alternative method use

HYUNDAI
Alternate Altohj

HYUNDAI ELANTRA Tool in insertion position Tool in working position

Lean tool to access door lock button View of tool hooking door lock button

HYUNDAI008HYUNDAI • 1257 • Style05 • 1 •R3512


Page 378 Hyundai Method - M1

Hyundai Elantra Touring 2009 2010

TOOL: Air Wedge with Long Reach Tool- 78SG


1. Do NOT Use The One Hand Jack tool on this vehicle
2 .Insert the Air Wedge to wards the side of the door and inflate.
3. Insert a Long Reach Tool (such as the 78, Flat Max or Long John Tool) into the opening.
5. Maneuver the tool to engage the door handle or, when available, the door lock release button.
6. Pull the handle or engage the lock release button to unlock the door.
Note this opening should only be used in emergency situations
Hyundai

Tool 78SG

HYUNDAI008AHYUNDAI • 1665 • Style00 • 1 •jacktool


Method - M1 HYUNDAI Page 379

Hyundai Scoupe 1991 1995

Tool: Double Tool - 26


1. Insert tool between glass and weather-strip (very tight fit, be very gentle).
2. Insert tool into door (See Diagram Below)
3. Push up on door lock button using tip of tool.
NOTE: Watch the door lock button inside of your car for movement.
Instructions are for passenger side door.

Tool 26

HYUNDAI

Hyundai Scoupe Tool in insertion position Tool in working position

HYUNDAI009HYUNDAI • 845 • Style03 • 1 •V2601


Page 380 HYUNDAI Method - M1

Hyundai Santa Fe 2000 2006

TOOL: 77 Tool
1. Separate Window from weather stripping with Strip Saver and Wedge from the Rear passenger window.
2. Point tip of tool towards rear of vehicle and lower tool into the door at a slight angle (SEE DIAGRAM AND PHO-
TOS FOR POSITION).
3. Twist tool handle away from vehicle in order to enter first door cavity (SEE DIAGRAM AND PHOTOS FOR POSI-
TION).
4. Hook and bind lock linkage and move linkage forward to unlock the door.

Tool 77


HYUNDAI

HYUNDAI SANTA FE Tool in Insertion Position Tool in Working Position

View from Inside the Door Close up of Tool in Action

HYUNDAI010HYUNDAI • 848 • Style05 • 1 •H7702FRD


Method - M1 HYUNDAI Page 381

Hyundai Sonata 1997 1998 Hyundai Sonata 1989 1996


Hyundai Excel 1986 1994

Tool: ‘S’ Tool - 47


1. Separate glass from weather-s trip with a wedge.
2. Use the tool to find your insertion position. Mark your position with the wedge and insert your tool.
3. Lower the tool below the inner doorframe.
4. Twist tool to hook the door lock rod.
5. Lift lock rod to unlock car door.

HYUNDAI
Tool 47

Hyundai Sonata Tool in insertion position Tool in working position

HYUNDAI013HYUNDAI • 843 • Style03 • 1 •V4701


Page 382 HYUNDAI Method - M1

Hyundai Sonata 1999 2001

Tool: Horizontal Linkage Tool 23


1. Separate glass from weather-strip with a wedge.
2. Insert tool into, as shown in diagram.
3. Lower the tool below the inner doorframe.
4. Bind the top lock linkage. Linkage will feel different due to the rubber linkage cover.
5. Get a good grip on the rubber linkage cover by moving tool towards the FRONT of the car.
6. Once the rubber linkage cover is secure, turn handle again in order to move the linkage towards the REAR of the
car.

Tool 23
HYUNDAI

Hyundai Sonata Tool in insertion position. Tool in working position.

Hook rubber linkage cover and move it Move linkage towards REAR of the
to the FRONT of the car. car.

HYUNDAI014HYUNDAI • 844 • Style05 • 1 •H2308B


Method - M1 HYUNDAI Page 383

Hyundai Sonata 4 door 2002 2005

Tool: Horizontal Linkage Tool 23


1. Separate glass from weather-strip with a wedge on rear door
2. Insert tool into, as shown in diagram.
3. Lower the tool below the inner door frame.
4. Bind the top lock linkage. Linkage will feel different due to the rubber linkage cover.
5. Get a good grip on the rubber linkage cover by Twisting the tool and binding the linkage.
6. Once the rubber linkage cover is secure, move the linkage towards the front of the car.

Tool 23

HYUNDAI
HYUNDAI SONATA Tool in insertion position Tool in working position

Tool in working position Move linkage towards FRONT of the car

HYUNDAI015HYUNDAI • 1258 • Style05 • 1 •hyu013


Page 384 HYUNDAI Method - M1

Hyundai Sonata 2006 2010

TOOL : FLEXIBLE LONG REACH TOOL - 78SG


1. Use the One hand Jack system and an air wedge to create working room to insert the tool between window and
weather-strip, tip of tool facing downward (SEE FIGURE 1 FOR POSITION)
2. Insert a wedge between tool and window and use the groove in the wedge to guide the tool into the vehicle (SEE
FIGURE 2)
3. Slide the tool into the interior of the vehicle and hook the door handle.
4. Pull back on the door handle to unlock the vehicle.
Use Caution
This is an Extreme Emergency Opening Only

Tool 78SG

Pull Handle
HYUNDAI

Hyundai Sonata Insert Jack Tool into side of passenger insert Air Wedge into top of passenger
door. door.

Pump air wedge to create opening for the tool. Insert tool towards the top of door. Hook door lock button to unlock the door.
HYUNDAI016HYUNDAI • 1160 • Style06 • 2 •RLJ04
Method - M1 HYUNDAI Page 385

Hyundai Tiburon 1997 2002

Tool: Horizontal Linkage Tool 23


1. Separate glass from weather-stripping with Strip Saver and Wedge.
2. With tip facing the front of the car, lower tool into door until it catches the linkage.
3. Twist tool to bind the linkage.
4. Turn tool handle to move linkage towards the front of the car to unlock the door. (See Figure for Position)
Watch door lock button. When you have hooked correct linkage, you will see the door lock button move.

Tool 23

HYUNDAI TIBURON 2000 Tool in insertion position. Tool in working position. HYUNDAI

View from inside without inside door panel. Close up of tool and linkage.

HYUNDAI017HYUNDAI • 846 • Style05 • 1 •H2364f


Page 386 HYUNDAI Method - M1

Hyundai Tiburon 2003 2008

TOOL : FLEXIBLE LONG REACH TOOL - 78SG


1. On driver’ s side door, insert tool between window and weather-strip, tip of tool facing downward (SEE
FIGURE 1 FOR POSITION)
2. Insert a wedge between tool and window and use the groove in the wedge to guide the tool into the
vehicle (SEE FIGURE 2)
3. Slide the tool into the interior of the vehicle until the tip is positioned in front of the lock button (SEE
FIGURE 3)
4. With the tip of the tool resting on the lock button, pull back on the tool to unlock the vehicle (SEE FIG-
URE 4)
Note: The Remote Access System is a set of tools which can be custom configured in numerous ways in
order to achieve desired access. Above are a few possible combinations-configure your Remote Ac cess
System according to your specific needs.
HYUNDAI

Tool

Pull Back
Handle to
Unlock

Tool 78SG

HYUNDAI018HYUNDAI • 1273 • Style00 • 1 •glassman


Method - M1 HYUNDAI Page 387

Hyundai Tuscon 2005 2010

Tool: Long Inside Access 89


1. Insert wedge between glass and weather- striping
2. Insert tool in to the front door
3. Reposition wedge to allow the lowering of the tool into the door (see figure 2).
4. Lower the tool into the door (see figure 3).
5, Bring the tool back up on the inside of the door
7. Rotate the tool into door until shaped portion of tool is beneath the window glass.
Raise the tool until that the shaped portion of the tool is entirely visible on the inside of the vehicle so that the tip is posi-
tioned in front of the door lock button (see figure 4).
8. Pull on tool in order to slide the door lock button towards the front of the vehicle (see figure 5).
Note: To aid in the removing of the tool, place the wedge between the glass and the weather-strip on the inside of the door
near the tool. The tool will slide easily from the inside of the door.

Tool 89

Hyundai Tuscon Tooil in Insertion Position Tool in Working Position. Working end of Tool Inside Car. HYUNDAI

View from Inside the door Hook and Move Door Lock Button to Unlock.

HYUNDAI019HYUNDAI • 1435 • Style05 • 1 •R3512


Page 388 HYUNDAI Method - M1

Hyundai XG300 2001 2005 Hyundai XG350 4 door 2002 2005

Tool: Horizontal Linkage Tool - 23


1.Separate the glass from weather-strip on rear door.
2. Lower tool into the door approximately 2 inches.
3.Hook the shape horizontal rod near the top of the door and move it.
4 Watch the door lock button. When you have hooked the correct lever, you will see the door lock button move.

Tool 23
HYUNDAI

HYUNDAI XG350 Tool in insertion position Tool in working position

Tool in working position

HYUNDAI020HYUNDAI • 35 • Style04 • 1 •hyuxg350m2


Method - M1 HYUNDAI Page 389

Hyundai Entourage 2007 2008

TOOL : JACK TOOL


1. Insert jack tool into side of door and separate the door from the frame of the vehicle.
2. Insert a ir wedge into upper portion of the door and inflate to create an opening in the door.
3. Slide the tool into the interior of the vehicle until the tip is positioned in front of the lock button.
4. With the tip of the tool resting on the lock button, pull back on the tool to Unlock the vehicle.
Use of the Glass Master Wedge System Is Recommended!

Tool 78SG

HYUNDAI
Hyundai Entourage Insert jack tool Insert air wedge and inflate

Insert long reach tool Pull door lock button to unlock

HYUNDAI022HYUNDAI • 608 • Style05 • 1 •jack_but


Page 390 HYUNDAI Method - M1

Hyundai Sante Fe 2007 2010

Tool: Small Inside Access Tool 65


1. Insert wedge between glass and weather-strip directly above door lo ck button inside of vehicle (see figure 1).
2. Insert tool in door with tip facing the front of the vehicle
3. Reposition wedge to allow the lowering of the tool into the door
4. Lower tool into door until shaped portion of tool is beneath the window glass.
5. Raise the tool until that the shaped portion of the tool is entirely visible on the inside of the vehicle
6. Rotate the tool so that the tip is positioned under the door lock button
7. Pull up on tool in order to raise the door lock button, unlocking the door.
NOTE: Use rear door for this opening.

Tool 65
HYUNDAI

Hyundai Sante Fe Insert Strip Saver and Wedge Tool in insertion position

Tool in working position View of working position from inside Push door lock button to unlock door
the vehicle

HYUNDAI023HYUNDAI • 609 • Style06 • 1 •R3511RD


Method - M1 HYUNDAI Page 391

Hyundai Veracruz 2007 2011

Tool: Small Inside Access Tool 65


1. Insert wedge between glass and weather-strip directly above door lock button inside of vehicle (See figure 1).
2. Insert tool in door with tip facing the front of the vehicle (See figure 1).
3. Reposition wedge to allow the lowering of the tool into the door (See figure 2).
4. Lower tool into door until shaped portion of tool is beneath the window glass.
5. Raise the tool until that the shaped portion of the tool is entirely visible on the inside of the vehicle (See figure 3).
6. Rotate the tool so that the tip is positio ned in front of the door lock button (See figure 4).
7. Pull on tool in order to slide the door lock button towards the front of the vehicle (see figure 5).
Note:To aid in the removing of the tool, place the wedge between the glass and the weather strip on the inside of the
door near the tool. The tool will slide easily from the inside of the door.

Tool 65

HYUNDAI
Alternative method use
Alternate Altohj

Hyundai Veracruz Tool in insertion position Tool in working position

View from inside the vehicle

HYUNDAI024HYUNDAI • 1678 • Style04 • 1 •R3511RD


Page 392 HYUNDAI Method - M1

Hyundai Genesis 2 door 2010 2011

TOOL: FLEXIBLE LONG REACH TOOL - 78SG and Glassman


Tool: Glassman Tool
1. Insert the Glassman Tool on the side of the unframed window.
2. Insert the tool into the Glassman Tool to protect the glass from damage.
3. Insert a Long Reach Tool (such as the 78SG) into the opening.
4. Maneuver the tool to engage door lock release button.
5. Engage the lock release button to unlock the door.

Tool 78SG
Tool

Handle

D��ect�on

Tool

Pull Back
Handle to
Unlock PASSENGER
DOOR
HYUNDAI

Genesis Coupe Insert Glassman Inser Long Reach Tool in the Glass-
man opening slot

Use tip of Long Reach Tool to pull lock Once lock is on open position, open
open door

HYUNDAI025HYUNDAI • 1628 • Style05 • 1 •R5004


Method - M1 HYUNDAI Page 393

Hyundai Genesis 4 door 2009 2011

TOOL: FLEXIBLE LONG REACH TOOL - 78SG


1. Insert tool between window and weather-strip, with the tip of the tool facing downward.
2. Insert a wedge between tool and window and use the groove in the wedge to guide the tool into the vehicle.
3. Slide the tool into the interior of the vehicle until the tip is positioned in front of the lock handle.
4. With the tip of the tool pull the door lock handle to unlock door

Tool 78SG

HYUNDAI
Genesis Sedan Use One-Hand Jack Tool to wedge top Use Air Wedge on top of door to create
side of door opening, insert long reach tool

Use tip of Long Reach Tool to pull lock Once lock is on open position, open
open door

HYUNDAI026HYUNDAI • 1627 • Style05 • 1 •Jack_But


Page 394 HYUNDAI HEAVY TRUCKS Method - M1

Hyundai HT Light Duty All

Tool: 105 Double Bend Tool


1. Insert a wedge between the glass and the weather-stripping.
2.Lower the tool into the door at the position shown.
3.Insert the tip of the tool towards the very rear of the front door under the linkage where it connects to the
door latch mechanism.
4.Lift the tool to unlock the door.

Wedge

Tool
HYUNDAI HEAVY TRUCKS

Tool 105

Direction
Linkage

Direction

Hyndai Bering Use Strip Saver & Wedge to make Lock system uses horizontal linkage.
working room, insert tool at rear of Door panel shown
passenger door

HYUNDAI HEAVY TRUCKS001HYUNDAI HEAVY TRUCKS • 1477 • Style03 • 1 •V10505HT


Method - M1 HYUNDAI HEAVY TRUCKS Page 395

Hyundai HT Bering Medium Duty All

Tool: Double Tool 26


1. Separate glass from weather-stripping.
2. Point tool towards rear of car.
3. Lower the tool into car. (SEE FIG. FOR POSITION)
4. Lift tool to contact door lock button.
5. Lift tool to unlock door.

Tool 26
Wedge

Pull
Up Pull
Linkage Up

HYUNDAI HEAVY TRUCKS


Hyundai Bering Medium Duty Use Strip Saver & Wedge to make Lower tool into door behind door’s lock
workin room. Insert tool at rear of pas- button
senger door

Lift tool under door lock button to


unlock door

HYUNDAI HEAVY TRUCKS002HYUNDAI HEAVY TRUCKS • 1478 • Style04 • 1 •V2613HT


Page 396 INFINITI Method - M1

Infiniti FX35 2003 2006 Infiniti FX45 2004 2006

Tool: Long Inside Access Tool - 89


1. Insert wedge between glass and weather-strip in the center of the rear door. This is a tight fit and difficult to do.
2. Insert tool in door with tip facing the front of the vehicle (see figure 1).
3. Reposition wedge to allow the lowering of the tool into the door (see figure 2).
4. the tool into the door
5 Lift thee tool so the top of the tool comes out on the inside of the door
6.Slide tool forward in door.
7.Rotate the tool tool into door until shaped portion of tool is beneath the window glass.
Raise the tool until that the shaped portion of the tool is entirely visible on the inside of the vehicle so that the tip is positioned in
front of the door lock button (see figure 4).
8.Pull on tool in order to slide the door lock button towards the front of the vehicle (see figure 5).
Note: To aid in the removing of the tool, place the wedge between the glass and the weather-strip on the inside of the door near
the tool. The tool will slide easily from the inside of the door.
NOTE: The window on this vehicle is extremely tight. As such, while this opening method will work, it is not recommended.

Tool 89
INFINITI

Alternative method use


Alternate Altohj

Infiniti FX Tool in insertion position Tool in working position


INFINITI001INFINITI • 1344 • Style03 • 1 •R3511RD
Method - M1 INFINITI Page 397

Infiniti G20 1997 2002

Tool: Triple Hook Tool - 86


1. Separate glass from weather-strip with a wedge on REAR DOOR.
2. Insert tool with tip about 4 from rear doorframe (point tip towards front of vehicle).
3. Lower tool under linkage (approx. 5 down).
4. Lift tool to catch linkage.
5. Twist tool to bind linkage.
6. Move linkage towards the front of the vehicle.
NOTE: USE REAR PASSENGER DOOR
NOTE: Handle on the tool may be different than shown in photo.

Tool 86

H8601BRD .eps

INFINITI
Infiniti G20 Tool in insertion position Tool in working position

Door without inside panel Close-up of door without inside panel

INFINITI003-M1INFINITI • 900 • Style05 • 1 •H8601BRD


Page 398 INFINITI Method - M2

Infiniti G20 1997 2002

Tool: Horizontal Linkage Tool - 23


1.Separate glass from weather-strip with a wedge on REAR DOOR.
2.Insert tool with tip pointing towards front of vehicle (see illustration for position).
3.Twist tool to hook and bind linkage.
4.Turn tool handle to move linkage towards the rear of the vehicle.
NOTE : Watch door lock button for movement. When you have contacted the correct linkage, you will see the door
lock button move.

Tool 23
INFINITI

Infiniti G20 Tool in insertion position Tool in working position

Door without inside panel Close-up of door without inside panel

INFINITI003-M2INFINITI • 901 • Style05 • 1 •H2309BRD


Method - M1 INFINITI Page 399

Infiniti G35 2 Door 2003 2007 Infiniti M45 2003 2004


Infiniti G37 2 door 2008 2009

Tool: Flexible Long Reach Tool 78SG


1 Insert tool between window and weather-stripping, with tip of tool facing downward
2. Insert a wedge between tool and window and use the groove in the wedge to guide the tool into the vehicle
3.Slide the tool into the interior of the vehicle until the tip is positioned in front of the door lock handle.
4.With the tip of the tool hook the door lock handle and pull the handle to unlock the vehicle.
5.Pulling the Inside Door Handle once unlocks the door. You must pull the Outside Door Handle to open the door.

Tool 78SG
Tool

Handle

D��ect�on

Tool

Pull Back
Handle to
Unlock PASSENGER
DOOR

INFINITI
Infiniti G35 Coupe Insert wedge into side of window Insert tool in between wedge

Tool in working position Hook lock button to unlock Close up of tool on lock button

INFINITI004INFINITI • 1342 • Style06 • 1 •R5004


Page 400 INFINITI Method - M1

Infiniti G35 4 Door 2003 2008

Tool: Small Inside Access Tool - 6 5


1. Insert wedge between glass and weather-strip directly above rear passenger door lock button inside of vehicle
(see figure 1).
2. Insert tool in door with tip facing the front of the vehicle (see figure 1).
3. Reposition wedge to allow the lowering of the tool into the door (see figure 2).
4. Lower tool into door until shaped portion of tool is beneath the window glass.
5. Raise the tool until that the shaped portion of the tool is entirely visible on the inside of the vehicle (see figure 3).
6. Rotate the tool so that the tip is positioned next to the door lock button.
7. Move tool to the rear in order to unlock the door lock button.
Note: To aid in the removing of the tool, place the wedge between the glass and the weather-strip on the inside of
the door near the tool. The tool will slide easily from the inside of the door.

Tool 65
INFINITI

Infiniti G35 Sedan Tool in insertion position Tool in working position

Lean tool to access door lock button Hook door lock button to unlock
INFINITI005INFINITI • 1231 • Style05 • 1 •inf011
Method - M1 INFINITI Page 401

Infiniti I30 4 Door 2000 2001 Infiniti I35 4 door 2002 2004

Tool: Check Mark Tool - 66


1.Using the REAR PASSENGER DOOR, separate glass from weather-strip with a wedge.
2. Insert appro priate end of tool with tip pointing towards front of vehicle.
3. Lower tool under top linkage (see enlargement diagram).
4. Lift tool to hook linkage.
5. Turn handle to move the linkage towards the front of the vehicle.

Tool 66

INFINITI
Tool in Insertion Position Tool in Working Position View from Inside the Door

Close up of Tool in Action

INFINITI007INFINITI • 1083 • Style04 • 1 •H6602frd


Page 402 INFINITI Method - M1

Infiniti J30 1993 1998 Infiniti I30 1996 1999

Tool: Reverse Hook Tool - 42


1. Separate glass from weather-strip with a wedge.
2. Lower the tool into the door at the position shown below.
3. Rotate the tool in order to insert tip below the top lock linkage.
4. Rotate the tool in order to bind the linkage.
5. Move the tool to move the linkage towards the front of the vehicle.
NOTE: Watch the lock button inside of the car for movement. When you have contacted the correct linkage, you will
see the button move.

Tool 42
INFINITI

Infiniti J30 Tool in insertion position Tool in working position

Close up from inside the door

INFINITI009INFINITI • 1081 • Style04 • 1 •H4211F


Method - M1 INFINITI Page 403

Infiniti M35 2006 2010 Infiniti M45 2006 2010

TOOL : FLEXIBLE LONG REACH TOOL - 78SG


1. Use the One hand Jack system and an air wedge to create working room to insert the tool between window and
weather-strip, tip of tool facing downward (SEE FIGURE 1 FOR POSITION)
2. Insert a wedge between tool and window and use the groove in the wedge to guide the tool into the vehicle (SEE
FIGURE 2)
3. Slide the tool into the interior of the vehicle and hook the door handle.
4.Pull back on the door handle to unlock the vehicle.
Use Caution This is an Extreme Emergency Opening Only

Tool 78SG

INFINITI
Infiniti M35 Insert Jack Tool Insert and inflate Air Wedge

Insert tool to access door lock button Pull door lock button to unlock

INFINITI012INFINITI • 175 • Style05 • 1 •jacktool


Page 404 INFINITI Method - M1

Infiniti Q45 1990 1996 Infiniti M30 1990 1993

Tool: “S” Tool - 47


1. Separate glass from weather-strip.
2. Lower the tool into the door 5” to 6” from the rear edge of the door
3. Lower the tip of the tool past the inner door frame and lift.
4. Pull straight up on the tool to move the lock linkage (see the enlargement diagram).
NOTE: Be very gentle it is possible to knock the linkage loose.
INFINITI

ENLARGEMENT
Tool 47

INFINITI013INFINITI • 1548 • Style00 • 1 •H4703


Method - M1 INFINITI Page 405

Infiniti Q45 1997 2001

TOOL: SMALL INSIDE ACCESS TOOL - 65


1. Insert wedge between glass and weather-strip directly above door lock button inside of vehicle (See figure 1).
2. Insert tool in door with tip facing the front of the vehicle (See figure 1).
3. Reposition wedge to allow the lowering of the tool into the door (See figure 2).
4. Lower tool into door unit l “V” shaped portion of tool is beneath the window glass.
5. Raise the tool unit the “V” shaped portion of the tool is entirely visible on the inside of the vehicle (See figure 3).
6. Rotate the tool so that the tip is positioned in front of the door lock button (See figure 4).
7. Pull on tool in order to slide the door lock button towards the front of the vehicle (See figure 5).
NOTE: To aid in the removing of the tool, place the wedge between the glass and the weather-strip on the inside of
the door near the tool. The tool will slide easily from the inside of the door.

Tool 65

Infiniti Q45 Tool in insertion position Tool in working position INFINITI

Hook door lock button and turn to unlock


INFINITI014INFINITI • 898 • Style04 • 1 •R3501
Page 406 INFINITI Method - M1

Infiniti Q45 2002 2008 Infinity Q45 Sport 2006 2007


Infiniti G35 Sport Coupe 2007 2008

Tool: Inside Access Tool - 35


1. Insert wedge between glass and weather-strip directly above door lock button inside of vehicle (see figure 1).
2. Insert tool in door with tip facing the front of the vehicle (see figure 1).
3. Reposition wedge to allow the lowering of the tool into the door (see figure 2).
4. Lower tool into door until shaped portion of tool is beneath the window glass.
5. Raise the tool until that the shaped portion of the tool is entirely visible on the inside of the vehicle (see figure 3).
6. Rotate the tool so that the tip is positioned next to the door lock button.
7. Move tool to the rear in order to unlock the door lock button.
Note: To aid in the removing of the tool, place the wedge between the glass and the weather-strip on the inside of
the door near the tool. The tool will slide easily from the inside of the door.

Tool 35
INFINITI

INFINITI Q45 Tool in insertion position Tool in working position

View of tool inside the vehicle


INFINITI015INFINITI • 957 • Style04 • 1 •inf011
Method - M1 INFINITI Page 407

Infiniti QX4 1997 2003

TOOL: Triple Hook Tool- 86


1. Insert Strip Saver and Wedge into REAR passenger door to create an opening for the tool.
2.Point tip of tool towards rear of vehicle and lower tool into the door. Do not lower tool deep into the door (See dia-
gram and photos for position).
3.Twist tool handle and lift to hook and bind lock linkage.
4.Turn tool handle to rear of vehicle to move linkage towards front of vehicle and unlock the door.
NOTE: Handle on the tool may be different than shown in photo.

Tool 86

H8616FRD.eps

INFINITI
INFINITI QX4 Tool in Insertion Position Tool in Working Position

View from Inside the Door Close up of Tool in Action

INFINITI016-M1INFINITI • 1187 • Style05 • 1 •H8616FRD


Page 408 INFINITI Method - M2

Infiniti QX4 1997 2003

TOOL: Triple Hook Tool- 86


1.Insert Strip Saver and Wedge into FRONT passenger door to create an opening for the tool.
2.Point tip of tool towards rear of vehicle and lower tool into the door. Do not lower tool deep into the door (See dia-
gram and photos for position).
3.Twist tool handle and lift to hook and bind lock linkage.
4.Turn tool handle to rear of vehicle to move linkage towards front of vehicle and unlock the door.
5.Note: watch to door lock button for movement.

Tool 86
INFINITI

H8617F.eps

INFINITI QX4 Tool in Insertion Position Tool in Working Position

View from Inside the Door Close up of Tool in Action

INFINITI016-M2INFINITI • 1194 • Style05 • 1 •H8617F


Method - M1 INFINITI Page 409

Infiniti QX56 2005 2010

TOOL : FLEXIBLE LONG REACH TOOL - 78SG


1. Insert strip saver and wedge on the upper corner of the door.
2. Insert a n Air Wedge into the door and inflate.
3. Remove the wedge from the door.
4. Insert tool into the door.
5. Maneuver the tool so that the tip of the tool accesses the door lock button.
6. Push the door lock button to unlock the door.
Use of the Glass Master Wedge System Is Recommended!

Tool 78SG

INFINITI
Infiniti QX56 Insert One Hand Jack Insert Air Wedge

Inflate Air Wedge Tool in Working Position Push Door Lock Button to Unlock

INFINITI017INFINITI • 1370 • Style06 • 1 •RLJ02


Page 410 INFINITI Method - M1

Infiniti EX 5 door 2008 2010 Infiniti FX35 45 2009 2010


Infiniti FX35 SUV 2007 2008

TOOL: Air Wedge with Long Reach Tool- 78SG


1. Do NOT Use The One Hand Jack tool on this vehicle
2 .Insert the Air Wedge to wards the side of the door and inflate.
3. Insert a Long Reach Tool (such as the 78, Flat Max or Long John Tool) into the opening.
5. Maneuver the tool to engage the door handle or, when available, the door lock release button.
6. Pull the handle or engage the lock release button to unlock the door.
Note this opening should only be used in emergency situations

Tool 78SG
INFINITI

Infinity EX Insert the Air Jack do Not sue the One Insert the Long reach tool as Needed
Hand jack tool

Pull the door lock button

INFINITI018INFINITI • 6 • Style04 • 1 •jacktool


Method - M1 INFINITI Page 411

Infiniti EX 3 Door 2008 2010

TOOL: Air Wedge with Long Reach Tool- 78SG


1. Do NOT Use The One Hand Jack tool on this vehicle
2 .Insert the Air Wedge to wards the side of the door and inflate.
3. Insert a Long Reach Tool (such as the 78, Flat Max or Long John Tool) into the opening.
5. Maneuver the tool to engage the door handle or, when available, the door lock release button.
6. Pull the handle or engage the lock release button to unlock the door.
Note this opening should only be used in emergency situations

Tool 78SG

INFINITI
Infinity EX Insert the Air Jack do Not sue the One Insert the Long reach tool as Needed
Hand jack tool

Pull the door lock button

Infiniti021INFINITI • 596 • Style04 • 1 •jacktool


Page 412 INTERNATIONAL HEAVY TRUCKS Method - M1

International 4000 Series up to 2001

Tool: Double Tool 26


1. Separate glass from weather-stripping.
2. Point tool towards rear of car.
3. Lower the tool into car. (SEE FIG. FOR POSITION)
4. Lift tool to contact door lock button.
5. Lift tool to unlock door.
INTERNATIONAL HEAVY TRUCKS

Wedge

Tool 26
Pull
Up Pull
Linkage Up

Inernational 4000 Series Tool in insertion position. Tool in working position

INTERNATIONAL HEAVY TRUCKS001-M1INTERNATIONAL HEAVY TRUCKS • 1479 • Style03 • 1 •V2612HT


Method - M2 INTERNATIONAL HEAVY TRUCKS Page 413

International 4000 Series up to 2001 International Durastar Medium Duty 2008 2010

Tool: 102 Upward Bend Tool


1 Insert a strip saver and wedge into the door to create an opening for the tool.
2.Lower the tool into the door with the tip of the tool facing the rear of the vehicle.
3.Hook the bottom of the lock linkage and lift the tool to unlock the door.

Wedge

INTERNATIONAL HEAVY TRUCKS


Linkage

Direction
Direction

Tool

Tool 102

INTERNATIONAL HEAVY TRUCKS001-M2INTERNATIONAL HEAVY TRUCKS • 1411 • Style00 • 1 •V10203HT


Page 414 INTERNATIONAL HEAVY TRUCKS Method - M1

International Pay Star Heavy Duty All

Tool: 101
1. insert the tool at the rear of the front door.
2.Lower the tool into the door at the position shown.
3. rock the tool so that the tip of the tool moves the linkage to the front of the truck.
4.The tip moves towards the front while the handle rocks to the rear.

Wedge
INTERNATIONAL HEAVY TRUCKS

Linkage
Tool Tool 101
Push
Down

Push
Down

International Pay Star Tool in insertion position. Tool in working position.

INTERNATIONAL HEAVY TRUCKS002INTERNATIONAL HEAVY TRUCKS • 1486 • Style03 • 1 •V10105HT


Method - M1 INTERNATIONAL HEAVY TRUCKS Page 415

International Cab Over Heavy Duty All

Tool: Double Tool 26


1. Separate glass from weather-stripping.
2. Point tool towards rear of car.
3. Lower the tool into car. (SEE FIG. FOR POSITION)
4. Lift tool to contact door lock button.
5. Lift tool to unlock door.

INTERNATIONAL HEAVY TRUCKS


Wedge

Tool 26

Direction

Pull� Tool
Up
Linkage

International Heavy Duty Cab Over Tool in insertion position. Tool in working position.

INTERNATIONAL HEAVY TRUCKS003INTERNATIONAL HEAVY TRUCKS • 1485 • Style03 • 1 •V2618HT


Page 416 INTERNATIONAL HEAVY TRUCKS Method - M1

International Eagle Flat Doors All International Heavy Duty Models Flat Doors

Tool: 101 Downward Bend Tool


1. Insert a strip saver and wedge between the glass and weather stripping to create an opening for the
tool.
2.Lower the to into the door at an angle as shown in the diagram.
3.Push down on the lock linkage sideways from the center of the door towards the rear of the door.

Wedge
INTERNATIONAL HEAVY TRUCKS

Linkage
Tool Tool 101
Push
Down

Push
Down

International Eagle with Flat Doors Tool in insertion position. Tool in working position.

INTERNATIONAL HEAVY TRUCKS004INTERNATIONAL HEAVY TRUCKS • 1484 • Style03 • 1 •V10105HT


Method - M1 INTERNATIONAL HEAVY TRUCKS Page 417

International Eagle Slanted Doors All International Heavy Duty Models Slanted Doors

Tool: 101 Downward Bend Tool


1 Insert a strip saver and wedge between the glass and weather stripping to create an opening for the tool.
2.Lower the to into the door at an angle as shown in the diagram.
3.Push down on the lock linkage sideways from the center of the door towards the rear of the door.

Wedge

Tool 101

INTERNATIONAL HEAVY TRUCKS


�����ge
� ���

����
�� ��

����
�� ��

Inernational Eag;e amd new 9000 Tool in insertion position Tool in working position
Series

Note slanted doors

INTERNATIONAL HEAVY TRUCKS005-M1INTERNATIONAL HEAVY TRUCKS • 1483 • Style04 • 1 •V10106HT


Page 418 INTERNATIONAL HEAVY TRUCKS Method - M2

International Eagle Slanted Doors All International Heavy Duty Models Slanted Doors

Tool: Double Tool 26


1. Separate glass from weather-stripping.
2. Point tool towards rear of car.
3. Lower the tool into car. (SEE FIG. FOR POSITION)
4. Lift tool to contact door lock button.
5. Lift tool to unlock door.
INTERNATIONAL HEAVY TRUCKS

Wedge

Direction

Pull� Tool
Up
Linkage

Tool 26

INTERNATIONAL HEAVY TRUCKS005-M2INTERNATIONAL HEAVY TRUCKS • 1414 • Style00 • 1 •V2618HT


Method - M1 INTERNATIONAL HEAVY TRUCKS Page 419

International 4000 International 7000 All


International 4300 All

Tool: 23 Horizontal Linkage Tool


1. Insert a strip saver and wedge between the glass and weather stripping of the passenger side door.
2.Lower the tool into the door at the position shown.
3.Turn the tool handle away from the vehicle to allow the hooked end to access the lock linkage.
4.Once the hooked end of the tool has made contact with the lock linkage, twist the tool to bind the link-
age.
5.rock the handle of the tool towards the rear to move the tip of the tool and the linkage forward and to
unlock the door.

INTERNATIONAL HEAVY TRUCKS


Wedge

Linkage

Tool 23

Tool
Direction �

Direction

International 4300 truck shown Tool in insertion position. Tool in working position.

INTERNATIONAL HEAVY TRUCKS006INTERNATIONAL HEAVY TRUCKS • 333 • Style03 • 1 •H2383HT


Page 420 ISUZU Method - M1

Isuzu Ascender 2003 2006 Isuzu Hombre 1996 2001


Isuzu Ascender 2007 2009

TOOL: Horizontal Linkage Tool - 23


1. Insert Strip Saver and wedge in passenger side door.
2.Point the tip of the tool towards the front of the vehicle and lower the tool into the door.
3.Twist tool handle away from the vehicle to access the linkage
4.Hook the lower lock linkage with the working end of the tool.
5.Move tool handle towards the rear of the vehicle to move the linkage towards the front and unlock the door.

Wedge
Tool 23

Tool

Linkage

ISUZU

Move to front
Move to front

PASSENGER DOOR

Isuzu Ascender Tool in insertion position Tool in working position

Tool in working position View from inside the door Close up of tool in action

ISUZU001ISUZU • 1274 • Style06 • 1 •H2382F


Method - M1 ISUZU Page 421

Isuzu Axiom 2002 2004

TOOL : LONG INSIDE ACCESS TOOL - 89


1. Insert wedge between glass and weather-strip directly above door lock button inside of vehicle (See
figure 1).
2. Insert tool in door with tip facing the front of the vehicle (See figure 1).
3. Reposition wedge to allow the lowering of the tool into the door (See figure 2).
4. Lower tool into door unit l “V” shaped portion of tool is beneath the window glass.
5. Raise the tool unit the “V” shaped portion of the tool is entirely visible on the inside of the vehicle (See
figure 3).
6. Rotate the tool so that the tip is positioned in front of the door lock button (See figure 4).
7. Pull on tool in order to slide the door lock button towards the front of the vehicle (See figure 5).
NOTE: To aid in the removing of the tool, place the wedge between the glass and the weather-strip on the
inside of the door near the tool. The tool will slide easily from the inside of the door.

ISUZU
Tool 89

ISUZU002ISUZU • 1227 • Style00 • 1 •r3504


Page 422 ISUZU Method - M1

Isuzu i-280 2006 2008 Isuzu i-350 2006 2008


Isuzu I-290 2006 2008

TOOL: 67
1. Separate window from weather strip with Strip Saver and wedge.
2. Point tip of tool towards rear of car and lower tool deep into door.
3. Turn tool so the tip of the tool comes underneath the shield for the latch mechanism
4. Lift tool to flip up latch and unlock the door.
ISUZU

ENLARGEMENT
Tool 67

ISUZU004ISUZU • 913 • Style00 • 1 •H6704U


Method - M1 ISUZU Page 423

Isuzu Impulse 1990 1993

Tool: HORIZONTAL LINKAGE TOOL - 23


1. Separate glass from weather-strip with a wedge.
2. Point tip of tool towards rear of car.
3. Lower the tool into car (SEE FIGURE FOR POSITION).
4. After tool is lowered, turn tool to hook bottom linkage (SEE ENLARGED ILLUSTRATION)
5. Rotate tool to bind the linkage and tilt the handle towards rear of vehicle as to move the linkage to-
wards the front of the door.
6. Watch door lock button inside of vehicle for movement. When you have bound the correct linkage, you
will see the door lock button move.

ISUZU
Tool 23

Isuzu Impulse Tool in working position

Isuzu006ISUZU • 1084 • Style02 • 1 •H2310F


Page 424 ISUZU Method - M1

Isuzu Amigo Hard & Soft Top 1994 2000 Isuzu Rodeo Sport 2 & 4 Door 2001 2003
Isuzu I-Mark 1985 1993 Isuzu Trooper 1984 2000
Isuzu Pickup 1990 1995 Isuzu Trooper 2001 2002
Isuzu Rodeo 1991 1997

TOOL: Large Side of Double Tool - 26


1. Separate glass from weather-strip.
2. Lower the tool into the door near the door lock button.
3. Push up on door lock button using tip of tool.
NOTE: You should be watching the door lock button inside of the car. When you contact the correct lever,
you will see the door lock button move.
ISUZU

Tool 26

ISUZU RODEO Tool in insertion position Tool in working position

ISUZU008ISUZU • 124 • Style03 • 1 •V2601


Method - M1 ISUZU Page 425

Isuzu Rodeo 1998 2004 Isuzu Oasis 1996 2000

Tool: ‘S’ Tool - 47


1. Separate the window glass from weather-stripping with a Strip Saver and insert a wedge between the Strip Saver
and the window.
2. Insert your slightly to the left of the wedge tool.
3. Lower the tool into door and hook the door lockrod with the hook at the end of the tool.
4. Twist tool slightly and pull upwards on lock rod to unlock door.

Tool 47

ISUZU
ISUZU RODEO Tool in insertion position Tool in working position

Door without inside panel Door without inside panel Close up of door without inside panel

ISUZU009ISUZU • 803 • Style06 • 1 •V4702


Page 426 ISUZU Method - M1

Isuzu Stylus 1990 1993

Tool: HORIZONTAL LINKAGE TOOL - 23


1. Separate glass from weather-strip with a wedge.
2. Point tip of tool towards front of car.
3. Lower the tool into car (SEE FIGURE FOR POSITION).
4. After tool is lowered, turn tool to hook bottom linkage (SEE ENLARGED ILLUSTRATION).
5. Rotate tool to bind the linkage and tilt the handle towards rear of vehicle as to move the linkage to-
wards the front of the door.
6. Watch door lock button inside of vehicle for movement. When you have bound the correct linkage, you
will see the door lock button move.
ISUZU

Tool 23

ISUZU011ISUZU • 1086 • Style00 • 1 •H2311F


Method - M1 ISUZU Page 427

Isuzu VehiCross 1999 2001 Isuzu VX-4

Tool: S’ TOOL - 47
1. Insert tool between glass and weather-strip parallel with the door lock button.
2. Lower the tool into the door.
3. Twist tool handle to hook and bind door lock rod.
4. Lift up on tool in order to raise the door lock rod inside the car.

Wedge

Tool 47

Tool
Lock�
Linkage

Pull up�
Tool
Pull up

ISUZU
PASSENGER DOOR

Isuzu Vehicross Tool in Insertion Position Tool in Working Position

View from inside the Door Close up of tool in action

ISUZU014ISUZU • 1537 • Style05 • 1 •V4706


Page 428 ISUZU Method - M1

Isuzu I-370 2007 2008

Tool: Inside Access Tool 35


1. Insert wedge between glass and weather-strip directly above door lock button inside of vehicle (see figu
re 1).
2. Insert tool in door with tip facing the front of the vehicle (see figure 1).
3. Reposition wedge to allow the lowering of the tool into the door (see figure 2).
4. Lower tool into door until shaped portion of tool is beneath the window glass.
5. Raise the tool until the shaped portion of the tool is entirely visible on the inside of the vehicle (see fig-
ure 3).
6. Rotate the tool so that the tip is positioned in front of the door lock button (see figure 4).
7. Pull on tool in order to slide the door lock button towards the rear of the vehicle (see figure 5).
ISUZU

Tool 35

ISUZU016ISUZU • 768 • Style00 • 1 •R3509


Method - M1 ISUZU HEAVY TRUCKS Page 429

Isuzu HT NPR Pre-1995

TOOL: ‘S’ Tool - 47


1. Separate the glass from weather-stripping on door.
2. Lower tool into door in between the inner door frame.
3. Twist tool to hook the door lock rod.
4. Lift door lock rod to unlock door.
Reminder: Be sure to use the rubber tip on your 47 Tool

Wedge

ISUZU HEAVY TRUCKS


Pull
Up Pull
Up
Linkage
Tool 47

Isuzu NPR pre 1995 Use Stripe Saver & wedge to prepare, Lower tool into door w/ tip facing door
and insert tool lock button. Hook linkage w/ tip of tool

ISUZU HEAVY TRUCKS001-M1ISUZU HEAVY TRUCKS • 1246 • Style03 • 1 •V4715HT


Page 430 ISUZU HEAVY TRUCKS Method - M2

Isuzu HT NPR Pre-1995

Tool: Double Tool 26


1. Separate glass from weather-stripping.
2. Point tool towards rear of car.
3. Lower the tool into car. (SEE FIG. FOR POSITION)
4. Lift tool to contact door lock button.
5. Lift tool to unlock door.

Wedge
ISUZU HEAVY TRUCKS

Tool 26
Pull
Up Pull
Linkage Up

Isuze NPR pre-1995 Make working room with your strip Lower tool into the door in position
savers and wedge. shown. Lift tool under button to unlock
door.

ISUZU HEAVY TRUCKS001-M2ISUZU HEAVY TRUCKS • 1404 • Style03 • 1 •V2612HT


Method - M1 ISUZU HEAVY TRUCKS Page 431

Isuzu HT NPR 1996 2008

Tool: Double Tool 26


1. Separate glass from weather-stripping.
2. Point tool towards rear of car.
3. Lower the tool into car. (SEE FIG. FOR POSITION)
4. Lift tool to contact door lock button.
5. Lift tool to unlock door.

Wedge

ISUZU HEAVY TRUCKS


Pull
Up Pull
Linkage Up
Tool 26

Isuzu NPR 1996 and up Tool in insertion position Tool in working position

ISUZU HEAVY TRUCKS002ISUZU HEAVY TRUCKS • 1247 • Style03 • 1 •V2613HT


Page 432 ISUZU HEAVY TRUCKS Method - M1

Isuzu HT FTR Pre-1995

Tool: 23 Horizontal Linkage Tool


1. Insert the strip savers and wedge in the door to create working room. Insert the tool near the rear of the door.
2.Lower the tool into the door until the tool rests on the lock linkage.
3.Twist the tool to bind the linkage.
4.Move the tip of the tool forward so the linkage moves towards the front of the truck.
5.Watch the door lock button for movement. The door lock button will move up when the vehicle is unlocked.

Tool 23
Wedge

Direction

Direction
Enlargement
ISUZU HEAVY TRUCKS

Isuzu FTR up to 1995 Insert tool between glass and weather- Lower tool on top of lock linkage. Twist
stripping tool so tip moves towards back of door

Hook top linkage w/ tip of tool. Rotate Note how top linkage is the one to put
tool to bind linkage & move it towards tool on
rear of truck.

ISUZU HEAVY TRUCKS003ISUZU HEAVY TRUCKS • 1248 • Style05 • 1 •H2340HT


Method - M1 ISUZU HEAVY TRUCKS Page 433

Isuzu HT FTR 1996 2008

Tool: T105 Double Bend Tool


1. Insert the strip savers and wedge in the door to create working room. Insert the tool near the rear of the door.
2.Lower the tool into the door about of the way down in the door.
3.Point the tip of the tool towards the rear of the truck.
4.Lift the tool under the door lock linkage.
5.Watch the door lock button for movement. The door lock button will move up when the vehicle is unlocked.

Tool 105
Wedge

Tool

ISUZU HEAVY TRUCKS


Direction
Direction

Isuzu FTR 1996 and up Use tool # 105 Lower tool into door with tip facing
back of truck

tool should be at rear of passenger Note depth of tool in door


side door

ISUZU HEAVY TRUCKS004ISUZU HEAVY TRUCKS • 1249 • Style05 • 1 •V10501HT


Page 434 JAGUAR Method - M1

Jaguar XJ12 1980 1996 Jaguar Vanden Plas 1986 1996


Jaguar Majestic Jaguar XJ6 1987 1996
Jaguar Sovereign 1990 1999

Tool: Double Bend Tool 88


1. Separate glass from weather-strip.
2. Point tip of tool towards rear of car.
3. Lower the tool into car.
4. Hook lock lever with tip of tool.
NOTE: You should be watching the door lock button inside of the car. When you have hooked the correct rod, you will
see the door lock button move.
NOTE: Handle on the tool may be different than shown in photo.

Tool 88-45
JAGUAR

V8803.eps

Jaguar XJ6 Tool in insertion position Tool in working position

Tool in working position A. Tool B. Lock Linkage

JAGUAR003JAGUAR • 27 • Style05 • 1 •V8803


Method - M1 JAGUAR Page 435

Jaguar Vanden Plas 1997 2005 Jaguar XJR 1997 2006


Jaguar XJ8 1997 2006

TOOL: Double Bend Tool 88


1. Insert Strip Saver and wedge into passenger side door.
2.Face tool tip towards the front of the car, and lower the tool into the door directly above door handle.
3.Turn tool handle away from the car to access bell crank.
4.Lift tool to flip latch mechanism in the bell crank and unlock the door.
NOTE: Handle on the tool may be different than shown in photo.

�e �g e Tool 88-45

Linkage

������� �e���
��ank
�������
� ��� � ���

� �������������

JAGUAR
V8811.eps

JAGUAR XJ8 Tool in Insertion Position Tool in Working Position

View from Inside the Door Close up of Tool in Action

JAGUAR004-M1JAGUAR • 372 • Style05 • 1 •V8811


Page 436 JAGUAR Method - M2

Jaguar Vanden Plas 1997 2005 Jaguar XJR 1997 2006


Jaguar XJ8 1997 2009

Tool: ‘S’ Tool - 47


1. Separate glass from weather-strip with a wedge.
2. Use the tool to find your insertion position. Mark your position with the wedge and insert your tool.
3. Lower the tool below the inner doorframe.
4. Twist tool to hook the door lock rod.
5. Lift lock rod to unlock car door.
JAGUAR

Tool 47

JAGUAR004-M2JAGUAR • 463 • Style00 • 1 •V4701


Method - M1 JAGUAR Page 437

Jaguar Coupe Convertible 1984 1996 Jaguar XJS 1984 1996


Jaguar XJR-S 1984 1996

TOOL: Horizontal Linkage Tool - 23


1. Separate glass from weather-strip with a wedge.
2. Point tool towards front of car.
3. Lower the tool into car (SEE FIGURE FOR POSITION)
4. Using tip of tool move linkage towards front of vehicle.
NOTE: You should be watching the door lock lever inside of the car.When you have hooked the correct
lever inside the door you will see the door lock button move.

JAGUAR
Tool 23

JAGUAR005JAGUAR • 446 • Style00 • 1 •H2001F


Page 438 JAGUAR Method - M1

Jaguar XK8 Convertible 1997 2009 Jaguar XKR Coupe 1997 2006
Jaguar XK 2007 2010 Jaguar XKR Convertible 1997 2009
Jaguar XK8 Coupe 1997 2009 Jaguar XKF 2009 2010

TOOL : FLEXIBLE LONG REACH TOOL - 78SG


1. On driver’ s side door, insert tool between window and weather-stripping, with tip of tool facing downward (see
figure 1 for position).
2. Insert a wedge between tool and window and use the groove in the wedge to guide the tool into the vehicle.
3. Slide the tool into the interior of the vehicle until the tip is positioned in front of the lock button.
4. With the tip of the tool resting on the lock button, pull back on the tool to unlock the vehicle.

Tool 78SG

Tool
JAGUAR

Pull Back
Handle to
Unlock

Jaguar XK8 Tool in insertion position Tool in working position

View of inside of door


JAGUAR007JAGUAR • 970 • Style04 • 1 •glassman
Method - M1 JAGUAR Page 439

Jaguar X-Type Wagon 2005 2006 Jaguar S Type R 2003 2010


Jaguar S TYPE 2000 2009 Jaguar X Type 2002 2006

Tool: Inside Access Tool - 35


1. Insert wedge between glass and weather-strip directly above door lock button inside of vehicle (see figure 1).
2. Insert tool in door with tip facing the front of the vehicle (see figure 1).
3. Reposition wedge to allow the lowering of the tool into the door (see figure 2).
4. Lower tool into door until shaped portion of tool is beneath the window glass.
5. Raise the tool until that the shaped portion of the tool is entirely visible on the inside of the vehicle (see figure 3).
6. Rotate the tool so that the tip is positioned next to the door lock button.
7. Move tool to the rear in order to unlock the door lock button.
Note: To aid in the removing of the tool, place the wedge between the glass and the weather-strip on the inside of
the door near the tool. The tool will slide easily from the inside of the door.

Tool 35

JAGUAR X TYPE Tool in insertion position Tool in working position JAGUAR

View of tool inside the vehicle


JAGUAR008JAGUAR • 171 • Style04 • 1 •R3501
Page 440 JEEP Method - M1

Jeep Cherokee 1979 2001 Jeep Wagoneer 1980 1992


Jeep Comanche 1986 1992

Tool: HORIZONTAL LINKAGE TOOL - 23


1. Insert a wedge between the glass and the weather-strip.
2. Lower the tool into the door until it lays on the lock linkage.
3. Twist the tool handle in order to bind the linkage.
4. Pull down and forward on the tool so that the linkage moves towards the front of the car.

Tool 23
JEEP

JEEP CHEROKEE Tool in working position Tool in working position

A. Tool. B. Linkage C. Move in this


direction

JEEP001JEEP • 952 • Style04 • 1 •H2334


Method - M1 JEEP Page 441

Jeep Grand Cherokee 1993 1998 Jeep Grand Wagoneer 1993 1995

Tool- Horizontal Linkage Tool - 23


1. Insert a wedge between the glass and the weather-strip.
2. Point the tip of the tool towards the front of the vehicle.
3. Lower the tool into the door until it lays on the lock linkage.
4. Twist the tool handle in order to bind the linkage.
5. Pull down and forward on the tool so that the linkage moves towards the front of the car.

JEEP
Tool 23

JEEP GRAND CHEROKEE Tool in insertion position Tool in working position

JEEP004JEEP • 1055 • Style03 • 1 •H2335B


Page 442 JEEP Method - M1

Jeep Grand Cherokee 1999 2004

TOOL: Horizontal Linkage Tool- 23


1. Separate glass from door using Strip Saver and Wedge on passenger side door.
2.Take a Number 2 Tool and with the tip of the tool facing the rear of the vehicle, lower into the door at approximately
a 45 degree angle (see diagram and photo for insertion position).
3.Turn the Number 2 Tool handle away from the vehicle in order to access the linkage shield. The shield acts like a
curtain.
4.While maintaining the 45 degree angle, move the tool towards the front of the vehicle in order to move the shield
(see diagram and photo).
5.Once the Number 2 Tool is in position, insert a Number 23 Tool in the far end of the door, facing the front of the
vehicle (see diagram and photo for insertion position).
6.Turn Number 23 Tool handle to hook and bind linkage.
7.Move linkage to front of vehicle to unlock the door.

Tool 23


JEEP

JEEP GRAND CHEROKEE First Tool in Insertion Position First Tool Working, Second Tool Inser-
tion

Both Tools in Working Position View from Inside the Door Move Shield; Access Linkage
JEEP005JEEP • 1061 • Style06 • 1 •H2379F
Method - M1 JEEP Page 443

Jeep Grand Cherokee 2005 2010 Jeep Commander 2005 2010

TOOL: ‘S’ Tool - 47


1. Separate the glass from weather-stripping on door.
2. Lower tool into door in between the inner door frame.
3. Twist tool to hook the door lock rod.
4. Lift door lock rod to unlock door.
Reminder: Be sure to use the rubber tip on your 47 Tool

Tool 47

JEEP
Jeep Grand Cherokee Tool in Insertion Position Lower Tool into Door as Shown.

Tool in Working Position. Lift to Unlock Door.

JEEP006JEEP • 1436 • Style04 • 1 •V4707


Page 444 JEEP Method - M1

Jeep Liberty 2002 2007

Tool: HORIZONTAL LINKAGE TOOL - 23


1. Insert a wedge between the glass and the weather-strip.
2. Lower the tool into the door until it lay on the bottom lock linkage.
3. Twist the tool handle in order to bind the linkage.
4. Push forward on the tool so that the linkage moves towards the front of the car.

Wedge
Tool 23

Linkage

Move to front
Tool
Move to front
Move to front
JEEP

PASSENGER DOOR

Jeep Liberty Tool in insertion position Tool in working position

view from inside the door close up of tool in action

JEEP007JEEP • 1232 • Style05 • 1 •jee119


Method - M1 JEEP Page 445

Jeep CJ Series 1986 1997 Jeep Wrangler 1986 1997

Tool: Small Hook - 22


1. Separate glass from weather-strip with a wedge.
2. Point tip of tool towards rear of car.
3. Lower the tool 3 /4 of the way into car. (SEE FIGURE FOR POSITION)
4. Insert tip of tool behind plastic shield.
5. Push down on linkage connector.

JEEP
Tool 22 Front Passenger
Door

INSER TION

Alternative method use


Alternate Alt47

JEEP010JEEP • 165 • Style00 • 1 •V2201


Page 446 JEEP Method - M1

Jeep CJ Series 1998 2002 Jeep Wrangler 1998 2004

Tool: Horizontal Linkage Tool - 23


1. Insert Strip Saver between window and window strip.
2. Lower tool into the Door.
3. Hook and bind Linkage.
4. Turn tool handle to move linkage towards front of the vehicle to unlock the door.

Tool 23
JEEP

Jeep Wrangler Tool in insertion position. View from inside the door

Close up of tool and linkage

JEEP011JEEP • 166 • Style04 • 1 •H2333


Method - M1 JEEP Page 447

Jeep Compass 2007 2010 Jeep Patriot 2007 2010

TOOL: 105
1. Create an opening in the door using a strip saver and wedge.
2.Point the tip of the tool towards the front of the vehicle and lower the tool into the door.
3.Turn tool handle away from vehicle to allow tool tip to access lock linkage.
4.Lift tool to engage lock linkage and unlock door.

Tool 105

JEEP
Jeep Compass Tool in insertion position Tool in working position

View from inside the door Close up of tool in action

JEEP012JEEP • 579 • Style05 • 1 •V10511


Page 448 JEEP Method - M1

Jeep Wrangler 2006 2009 Jeep Wrangler Unlimited 2005 2009

Tool: Long Inside Access 89


1. Insert wedge between glass and weather-strip directly above door lock button inside of vehicle (see figure 1).
2. Insert tool in door with tip facing the front of the vehicle (see figure 1).
3. Reposition wedge to allow the lowering of the tool into the door (see figure 2).
4. Lower (see figure 3).
5 .Slide tool forward in door.
6 Rotate the tool tool into door until shaped portion of tool is beneath the window glass.
Raise the tool until that the shaped portion of the tool is entirely visible on the inside of the vehicle so that the tip is
positioned in front of the door lock button (see figure 4).
8. Pull on tool in order to slide the door lock button towards the front of the vehicle (see figure 5).
Note: To aid in the removing of the tool, place the wedge between the glass and the weather-strip on the inside of the
door near the tool. The tool will slide easily from the inside of the door.

Tool 89
JEEP

Jeep Wrangler Tool in insertion position Tool in working position

View from inside the vehicle Push door lock button to unlock

JEEP014JEEP • 772 • Style05 • 1 •R8901FD


Method - M1 JEEP Page 449

Jeep Liberty UV 2008 2010

Tool 119
1 Insert strip savers and Wedgee between the glass and the door frame to create working room.
2 Lower the tool into the door.
3 M<ove the tip of the tool under the bend in the door lock linkage.
4 Lift to unlock the door.

Tool 118

JEEP
Alternative method use
Alternate Altohj

Jeep Liberty Tool Insertion Position Tool In working position

JEEP015JEEP • 1597 • Style03 • 1 •liberty


Page 450 KENWORTH HEAVY TRUCKS Method - M1

Kenworth T300 Flat Doors All Kenworth T600 Flat Doors All
Kenworth Cab Over Heavy Duty All Kenworth T800 Flat Doors All
Kenworth T400 Flat Doors

Tool: 102 Upward Truck Tool


1. Insert a wedge between the glass and the weather-stripping.
2.Lower the tool into the door at the position shown.
3.turn the tool so the tip goes under the lock linkage
4.Lift the tool to unlock the door.

Wedge
Tool 102

��� �
��
KENWORTH HEAVY TRUCKS

Kenworth T-Series w/ Flat Doors. Note style of the door. Tool in insertion position.

Lower tool into door as shown. View from inside the door. Close up of tool in action. Lift tool to
unlock door.

KENWORTH HEAVY TRUCKS002KENWORTH HEAVY TRUCKS • 1430 • Style06 • 1 •V10205HT


Method - M1 KENWORTH HEAVY TRUCKS Page 451

Kenworth T300 Slanted Doors All Kenworth T600 Slanted Doors All
Kenworth T400 Slanted Doors Kenworth T800 Slanted Doors All

Tool: 102 Upward Truck Tool


1. Insert a wedge between the glass and the weather-stripping.
2.Lower the tool into the door at the position shown.
3.turn the tool so the tip goes under the lock linkage

Pull
Up
Tool 102

KENWORTH HEAVY TRUCKS


Kenworth T-Series w/ Slanted doors Note door style for this truck Tool in insertion position

Tool in working position

KENWORTH HEAVY TRUCKS003KENWORTH HEAVY TRUCKS • 1161 • Style04 • 1 •V10204HT


Page 452 KENWORTH HEAVY TRUCKS Method - M1

Kenworth K300 Cab Over Medium Duty Kenworth T2000 All

TOOL: ‘S’ Tool - 47


1. Separate the glass from weather-stripping on door.
2. Lower tool into door in between the inner door frame.
3. Twist tool to hook the door lock rod.
4. Lift door lock rod to unlock door.
Reminder: Be sure to use the rubber tip on your 47 Tool

� ��� �
KENWORTH HEAVY TRUCKS

Pull
Up
Tool 47

Pull
Up

Kenworth T2000 Insert tool in position shown Lower tool into door. Hook the door
lock linkage w/ tool and lift

KENWORTH HEAVY TRUCKS004KENWORTH HEAVY TRUCKS • 323 • Style03 • 1 •V4720HT


Method - M1 KENWORTH HEAVY TRUCKS Page 453

Kenworth C series Kenworth W Series All

Tool: 102 Upward Truck Tool


1. Insert a wedge between the glass and the weather-stripping.
2.Lower the tool into the door at the position shown.
3.turn the tool so the tip goes under the lock linkage
4.Lift eth tool to unlock the door.

Wedge

Tool 102
��� �
��

KENWORTH HEAVY TRUCKS


Kenworth W Series shown Insert tool in position shown Lower tool below door lock mechanism
and lift

Lift tool to unlock door

KENWORTH HEAVY TRUCKS005KENWORTH HEAVY TRUCKS • 236 • Style04 • 1 •V10205HT


Page 454 Kia Method - M1

Kia Soul 2010 2011

TOOL: One Hand Jack Tool and Tool 78SG


1. Use the One Hand Jack tool to separate the door frame from the body of the vehicle.
2. Insert the Air Wedge towards the top of the door and inflate.
3. Remove the One Hand Jack Tool.
4. Insert a Long Reach Tool (such as the 78SG Long Reach Flexible tool) into the opening.
5. Maneuver the tool to engage the door handle or, when available, the door lock release button.
6. Pull the handle or engage the lock release button to unlock the door

Tool 78SG
Kia

Soul Use One-Hand Jack Tool to wedge top Use Air Wedge on top of door to create
side of door opening

Inflate Air Wedge Insert Long Reach Tool Pull door lock button back to unlock
vehicle

KiaKIA • 1630 • Style06 • 1 •Jack_But


Method - M1 KIA Page 455

Kia Optima Sedan 2001 2006

Tool: Horizontal Linkage Tool 23


1. Separate glass from weather-strip with a wedge.
2. Insert tool into, as shown in diagram.
3. Lower the tool below the inner doorframe.
4. Bind the top lock linkage. Linkage will feel different due to the rubber linkage cover.
5. Get a good grip on the rubber linkage cover by moving tool towards the FRONT of the car.
6. Once the rubber linkage cover is secure, turn handle again in order to move the linkage towards the REAR of the
car.

Tool 23

KIA
KIA OPTIMA Tool in Working Position. Use Rear View from Inside the Door
Door

Close up of Tool in Action. Move to


Front to Unlock.

KIA002-M1KIA • 1551 • Style04 • 1 •H2381FRD


Page 456 KIA Method - M2

Kia Optima Sedan 2001 2006

TOOL: INSIDE ACCESS TOOL - 35


1. Insert wedge between glass and weather strip directly above door lock button inside of vehicle (see figure 1).
2. Insert tool in door with tip facing the front of the vehicle (see figure 1).
3. Reposition wedge to allow the lowering of the tool into the door (see figure 2).
4. Lower tool into door until V’ shaped portion of tool is beneath the window glass.
5. Raise the tool until that the V’ shaped portion of the tool is entirely visible on the inside of the vehicle (see figure 3).
6. Rotate the tool so that the tip is positioned in front of the door lock button (see figure 4).
7. Pull on tool in order to slide the door lock button towards the front of the vehicle (see figure 5).
NOTE: To aid in the removing of the tool, place the wedge between the glass and the weatherstrip on the inside of
the door ne ar the tool. The tool will slide easily from the inside of the door.

Tool 35

� �


KIA

KIA OPTIMA Tool in Insertion Position Tool in Working Position

View from Inside the Door Move Lock Button to Rear to Unlock

KIA002-M2KIA • 1222 • Style05 • 1 •R3510


Method - M1 KIA Page 457

Kia Cinco 2002 2005 Kia Rio Cinco 2004 2005


Kia Rio 2 & 4 Door 2001 2005 Kia Sephia 1994 1997

Tool: S’ Tool - 47
1.Separate the window glass from weather-stripping with a Strip Saver TM and insert a wedge between
the Strip Saver TM and the window.
2.Insert your slightly to the left of the wedge tool.
3.Lower the tool into door and hook the door lock rod with the hook at the end of the tool.
4.Twist tool slightly and pull upwards on lock rod to unlock door.

Tool 47

KIA

Tool

KIA RIO Tool in Insertion Position Tool in Working Position

KIA003KIA • 354 • Style03 • 1 •V4710


Page 458 KIA Method - M1

Kia Rio 2006 2010 Kia Rio 5 2006 2010

Tool: Long Inside Access 89


1. Insert wedge between glass and weather- striping
2. Insert tool in to the front door
3. Reposition wedge to allow the lowering of the tool into the door (see figure 2).
4. Lower tool into the door (see figure 3).
5. raise the tool so the tool comes out on the inside of the door
6. Slide tool in The door.
7. Rotate the tool into door until shaped portion of tool is beneath the window glass.
Raise the tool until that the shaped portion of the tool is entirely visible on the inside of the vehicle so that the tip is
positioned in front of the door lock button (see figure 4).
8. Pull on tool in order to slide the door lock button towards the front of the vehicle (see figure 5).
Note: To aid in the removing of the tool, place the wedge between the glass and the weather-strip on the inside of
the door near the tool. The tool will slide easily from the inside of the door.

Tool 89
KIA

Alternative method use


Alternate Altohj

Kia Rio Tool in insertion position Tool in working position

View from inside the door


KIA004KIA • 857 • Style04 • 1 •R3512
Method - M1 KIA Page 459

Kia Sedona Mini Van 2002 2005

Tool - Horizontal Linkage Tool - 23


1. Insert a wedge between the glass and the weather-strip.
2. Point the tip of the tool towards the front of the vehicle.
3. Lower the tool into the door until it lays on the lock linkage.
4. Rotate tool to bind the linkage.
5. Pull down and forward on the tool so that the linkage moves
toward the front of the car.

Tool 23

KIA
KIA SEDONA Tool in insertion position Tool in working position

View from the inside of vehicle Inside door panel Close up of tool in working position

KIA005KIA • 1233 • Style06 • 1 •kia124


Page 460 KIA Method - M1

Kia Sedona 2006 2010 Kia Amanti 2004 2010

TOOL : JACK TOOL


1. Insert jack tool into side of door and separate the door from the frame of the vehicle.
2. Insert a ir wedge into upper portion of the door and inflate to create an opening in the door.
3. Slide the tool into the interior of the vehicle until the tip is positioned in front of the lock button.
4. With the tip of the tool resting on the lock button, pull back on the tool to Unlock the vehicle.
Use of the Glass Master Wedge System Is Recommended!

Tool 78sg
KIA

Kia Sedona Insert Jack Tool Insert and inflate Air Wedge

Insert Long Reach Tool


KIA006KIA • 858 • Style04 • 1 •jack_but
Method - M1 KIA Page 461

Kia Sephia 1998 2001

Tool: Horizontal Linkage Tool 23


1. Point the tip of the tool towards the rear of the car.
2. Insert the tool between the glass and weather-strip.
3. Lower the tool into the door slowly while turning tool until handle is pointing away from car.
4. Stop lowering tool when you feel it contact the door lock linkage.
5. While watching door lock button (inside car), twist tool so as to move tip of tool towards rear of car.
NOTE: Watch the door lock button inside the car. If you contact the correct rod inside the door, you will see the door
lock button move.

Tool 23

Kia Sephia Tool in insertion position Tool in working position KIA

Close-up of door without inside panel

KIA008KIA • 676 • Style04 • 1 •H2312B


Page 462 KIA Method - M1

Kia Sorento 2003 2010

Tool: Horizontal Linkage Tool 23


1. Create an opening for the tool using a Strip Saver and Wedge.
2. Point the tip of the tool towards the front of the car.
3. Lower the tool into the passenger side door, directly above the door handle (see figure and photos).
4. After lowering the tool almost to the handle, turn the handle away from the car to access the linkage.
5. Hook and bind the linkage. Turn tool handle towards rear of car to move linkage to front of car and un-
lock the door.
NOTE: Watch the door lock button inside the car. If you contact the correct rod inside the door, you will see
the door lock button move.

Rear
Door
KIA

Tool 23

Move to rear

Rear Door

Kia Sorento Tool in Insertion Position Tool in Working Position

KIA009KIA • 1275 • Style03 • 1 •H23102BRD


Method - M1 KIA Page 463

Kia Spectra Hatchback 2002 2004 Kia Spectra 2001 2004

Tool: Horizontal Linkage Tool 23


1. Create an opening for the tool using a Strip Saver and Wedge.
2. Point the tip of the tool towards the front of the car.
3. Lower the tool into the passenger side door, directly above the door handle (see figure and photos).
4. After lowering the tool almost to the handle, turn the handle away from the car to access the linkage.
5. Hook and bind the linkage. Turn tool handle towards rear of car to move linkage to front of car and unlock the door.
NOTE: Watch the door lock button inside the car. If you contact the correct rod inside the door, you will see the door
lock button move.

Tool 23

KIA
KIA SPECTRA Tool in Insertion Position Tool in Working Position

View from Inside the Door View of Targeted Linkage Close up of Tool in Action

KIA010KIA • 355 • Style06 • 1 •H2376


Page 464 KIA Method - M1

Kia Spectra 2005 2010 Kia Spectra 5 2005 2010

Tool: Horizontal Linkage Tool - 23


1.Separate glass from weather-strip with a wedge on REAR DOOR.
2.Insert tool with tip pointing towards front of vehicle (see illustration for position).
3.Twist tool to hook and bind linkage.
4.Turn tool handle to move linkage towards the rear of the vehicle.
NOTE : Watch door lock button for movement. When you have contacted the correct linkage, you will see the door
lock button move.

Tool 23
KIA

Kia Spectra 5 Tool in Insertion Position. Use Rear Tool in Working Position
passenger door.

View from Inside the Door. Hook Linkage and Move to Front of the Vehicle

KIA011KIA • 856 • Style05 • 1 •H2309BRD


Method - M1 KIA Page 465

Kia Sportage 1995 2002

Tool: Large side of double tool - 26


1. Separate glass from weather-strip with wedge.
2. Lower the tool into door directly above the door lock button.
3. Lift up door lock button using tip of tool.
NOTE: You should be watching the door lock button inside of the car. When you contact the correct lever, you will see
the door lock button move.

Tool 26

Direction
Tool

KIA
KIA SPORTAGE 99 Tool in insertion position Tool in working position

Close up of tool from inside door panel Close up of tool and lock rod in work-
ing position
KIA012KIA • 1140 • Style05 • 1 •V2605
Page 466 KIA Method - M1

Kia Sportage 2005 2010

Tool: Long Inside Access 89


1.Insert wedge between glass and weather- striping
2. Insert tool in to the front door
3. Reposition wedge to allow the lowering of the tool into the door (see figure 2).
4. Lower in to the door(see figure 3).
5 Raise the tool until that the shaped portion of the tool is entirely visible on the inside of the vehicle so that the tip is
positioned in front of the door lock button
6. Pull on tool in order to slide the door lock button towards the front of the vehicle (see figure 5).
7. Rotate the tool tool into door until shaped portion of tool is beneath the window glass.
Note: To aid in the removing of the tool, place the wedge between the glass and the weather-strip on the inside of
the door near the tool. The tool will slide easily from the inside of the door.

Tool 89
KIA

Kia Sportage Tool in insertion position Tool in working position

Turn tool at an angle to access door View from inside the vehicle
lock button
KIA013KIA • 1438 • Style05 • 1 •R3512
Method - M1 KIA Page 467

Kia Optima 2007 2010 Kia Rondo 2007 2010

TOOL: INSIDE ACCESS TOOL - 35


1. Insert wedge between glass and weather strip directly above door lock button inside of vehicle (see figure 1).
2. Insert tool in door with tip facing the front of the vehicle (see figure 1).
3. Reposition wedge to allow the lowering of the tool into the door (see figure 2).
4. Lower tool into door until V’ shaped portion of tool is beneath the window glass.
5. Raise the tool until that the V’ shaped portion of the tool is entirely visible on the inside of the vehicle (see figure 3).
6. Rotate the tool so that the tip is positioned in front of the door lock button (see figure 4).
7. Pull on tool in order to slide the door lock button towards the front of the vehicle (see figure 5).
NOTE: To aid in the removing of the tool, place the wedge between the glass and the weatherstrip on the inside of
the door ne ar the tool. The tool will slide easily from the inside of the door.

Tool 35
� �

Kia Optima Tool in insertion position Tool in working position KIA

Push door lock button to unlock


KIA014KIA • 582 • Style04 • 1 •R3510
Page 468 KIA Method - M1

Kia Borrego 2009 2011

Tool: Long Inside Access 89


1. Insert wedge between glass and weather-strip directly above door lock button inside of vehicle
2. (see figure 1).
3. Insert tool in door with tip facing the front of the vehicle (see figure 1).
4. Reposition wedge to allow the lowering of the tool into the door (see figure 2) and lower (see figure 3).
5. Slide tool forward in door.
6. Rotate the tool tool into door until “V” shaped portion of tool is beneath the window glass.
7. Raise the tool until that the “V” shaped portion of the tool is entirely visible on the inside of the vehicle so that
the tip is positioned in front of the door lock button (see figure 4).
8. Pull on tool in order to slide the door lock button towards the front of the vehicle (see figure 5).
Note: To aid in the removing of the tool, place the wedge between the glass and the weather-strip on the inside of the
door near the tool. The tool will slide easily from the inside of the door.

Tool 89
KIA

Borrego Tool in insertion position Tool in working position

View from inside the vehicle Pull button back to unlock the vehicle

Kiax15KIA • 1629 • Style05 • 1 •R8901FD


Method - M1 LAND ROVER Page 469

Land Rover Discovery 1994 2004 Land Rover All Models 1980 1993

Tool: Double Tool - 26


1. Separate the window glass from weather-stripping with a Strip Saver and insert a wedge between the
Strip Saver and the window.
2. Insert your slightly to the left of the wedge tool.
3. Lower the tool into door and turn handle to allow tool tip access to the door lock button.
4. Lift tool handle to unlock the door.
Note 1998 and newer Land Rovers may be equipped with a type of deadlock mechanism,. If these vehi-
cles were locked using the key the door lock button will move up and down, but will not unlock the vehicle .

LAND ROVER
Tool 26

Shield

Land Rover Discovery Tool in Insertion Position Tool in Working Position

LAND ROVER002LAND ROVER • 796 • Style03 • 1 •V2607


Page 470 LAND ROVER Method - M1

Land Rover Freelander 3 Door 2003 2005 Land Rover Freelander 4 door 2002 2005

Tool: Inside Access Tool - 35


1. Insert wedge between glass and weather-strip directly above door lock button inside of vehicle (see figure 1).
2. Insert tool in door with tip facing the front of the vehicle (see figure 1).
3. Reposition wedge to allow the lowering of the tool into the door (see figure 2).
4. Lower tool into door until shaped portion of tool is beneath the window glass.
5. Raise the tool until that the shaped portion of the tool is entirely visible on the inside of the vehicle (see figure 3).
6. Rotate the tool so that the tip is positioned next to the door lock handle (see figure 4).
7. Move tool to engage door lock handle, unlocking the door (see figure 5).
Note: To aid in the removing of the tool, place the wedge between the glass and the weather-strip on the inside of the
door near the tool. The tool will slide easily from the inside of the door.

Tool 35
LAND ROVER

LAND ROVER FREELANDER Tool in insertion position Tool in working postion

Inside view of tool in working position Close up


LAND ROVER003LAND ROVER • 210 • Style05 • 1 •freelander
Method - M1 LAND ROVER Page 471

Land Rover LR3 2005 2010

TOOL: INSIDE ACCESS TOOL - 35


1. Insert wedge between glass and weather strip directly above door lock button inside of vehicle (see figure 1).
2. Insert tool in door with tip facing the front of the vehicle (see figure 1).
3. Reposition wedge to allow the lowering of the tool into the door (see figure 2).
4. Lower tool into door until V’ shaped portion of tool is beneath the window glass.
5. Raise the tool until that the V’ shaped portion of the tool is entirely visible on the inside of the vehicle (see figure 3).
6. Rotate the tool so that the tip is positioned in front of the door lock button (see figure 4).
7. Pull on tool in order to slide the door lock button towards the front of the vehicle (see figure 5).
NOTE: To aid in the removing of the tool, place the wedge between the glass and the weatherstrip on the inside of
the door ne ar the tool. The tool will slide easily from the inside of the door.

Tool 35

LAND ROVER
Land Rover LR3 Tool in Insertion Position. Use Rear Tool in Working Position
Passenger Door.

View From Inside the Door. Hook Door


Lock Button to Unlock.
LAND ROVER004LAND ROVER • 1439 • Style04 • 1 •R8901FD
Page 472 LAND ROVER Method - M1

Land Rover Range Rover 1994 2000

TOOL: ‘S’ Tool - 47


1. Separate the glass from weather-stripping on door.
2. Lower tool into door in between the inner door frame.
3. Twist tool to hook the door lock rod.
4. Lift door lock rod to unlock door.
Reminder: Be sure to use the rubber tip on your 47 Tool
NOTE: The 2000-2002 models can be opened using this method, unless they are deadlocked. The 2003 -2004 Land
Rovers use a new deadlock mechanism which cannot be opened.

Tool 47
LAND ROVER

Range Rover Tool in insertion position. Tool in working position.

Hook lock rod with tool (not seen) and


lift to unlock.

LAND ROVER005LAND ROVER • 903 • Style04 • 1 •V4704F


Method - M1 LAND ROVER Page 473

Land Rover LR2 2006 2010 Land Rover Range Rover Sport 2006 2010
Land Rover Range Rover 2001 2010

TOOL: One Hand Jack Tool- 78SG


1.Use the One Hand Jack tool to separate the door frame from the body of the vehicle.
2.Insert the Air Wedge to wards the top of the door and inflate.
3.Remove the One Hand Jack Tool .
4. Insert a Long Reach Tool (such as the 78, Flat Max or Long John Tool) into the opening.
5.Maneuver the tool to engage the door handle or, when available, the door lock release button.
6.Pull the handle or engage the lock release button to unlock the door.
Note this opening should only be used in emergency situations

Tool 78SG

Land Rover LR2 Insert and inflate air wedge Insert tool into door cavity LAND ROVER

Manuever tool to door lock handle Pull door lock handle to unlock door

LAND ROVER007LAND ROVER • 773 • Style05 • 1 •jacktool


Page 474 LEXUS Method - M1

Lexus ES300 1992 1996

TOOL : FLEXIBLE LONG REACH TOOL - 78SG


1. On driver’ s side door, insert tool between window and weather-strip, tip of tool facing downward (See
figure 1 for position).
2. Insert a wedge between tool and window and use the groove in the wedge to guide the tool into the
vehicle (See figure 2).
3. Slide the tool into the interior of the vehicle until the tip is positioned in front of the lock button (See fig-
ure 3).
4. With the tip of the tool resting on the lock button, push the tool to unlock the vehicle (See figure 4).
NOTE : This vehicle will try to re-lock itself. It is necessary to pull the door handle at the exact moment that
you move the door lock button .
LEXUS

Tool 78SG

Tool

Pull Back
Handle to
Unlock

Tool in insertion position Tool in working position View of inside of door with tool in work-
ing position

LEXUS002LEXUS • 972 • Style03 • 1 •glassman


Method - M1 LEXUS Page 475

Lexus ES300 2002 2003 Lexus ES330 2004 2006

Tool: Small Inside Access Tool-65


1. Insert wedge between glass and weather-strip directly above door lock button inside of vehicle (see figure 1).
2. Insert tool in door with tip facing the front of the vehicle
3. Reposition wedge to allow the lowering of the tool into the door 4. Lower tool into door until shaped portion of tool
is beneath the window glass.
5. Raise the tool until that the shaped portion of the tool is entirely visible on the inside of the vehicle 6. Rotate the
tool so that the tip is positioned under the door lock button
7. Pull up on tool in order to raise the door lock button, unlocking the door (see figure 5).
Note: This vehicle will try to re-lock itself. It is necessary to pull the door handle, at the exact moment that you move
the door lock button.
To aid in the removing of the tool, place the wedge between the glass and the weather strip on the inside of the door
near the tool. The tool will slide easily from the inside of the door.

Tool 65

Lexus ES300 Tool in insertion position Lowering the tool into the door LEXUS

Tool in working position Inside the car view of tool Close up of inside

LEXUS004LEXUS • 1234 • Style06 • 1 •R3502


Page 476 LEXUS Method - M1

Lexus GS300 1994 2008 Lexus GS400 1994 2000


Lexus ES250 1990 1992 Lexus GS430 2006 2010

Tool: Inside Access Tool - 35


1. Insert wedge between glass and weather-strip directly above door lock button inside of vehicle (See figure 1).
2. Insert tool in door with tip facing the front of the vehicle (See figure 1).
3. Reposition wedge to allow the lowering of the tool into the door (See figure 2).
4. Lower tool into door until shaped portion of tool is beneath the window glass.
5. Raise the tool until that the shaped portion of the tool is entirely visible on the inside of the vehicle (See figure 3).
6. Rotate the tool so that the tip is positioned in front of the door lock button (See figure 4).
7. Pull on tool in order to slide the door lock button towards the front of the vehicle (See figure 5).
Note: This vehicle will try to re-lock itself. It is necessary to pull the door handle, at the exact moment that you move
the door lock button.
To aid in the removing of the tool, place the wedge between the glass and the weather strip on the inside of the door
near the tool. The tool will slide easily from the inside of the door.

Tool 35
LEXUS

Lexus GS 300/400 Tool in insertion position Tool in working position

Close-up of inside of door


LEXUS006LEXUS • 1090 • Style04 • 1 •R3501
Method - M1 LEXUS Page 477

Lexus GX470 2003 2010

Tool: Small Inside Access Tool-65


1. Insert wedge between glass and weather-strip directly above door lock button inside of vehicle (See figure 1).
2. Insert tool in door with tip facing the front of the vehicle (See figure 1).
3. Reposition wedge to allow the lowering of the tool into the door (See figure 2).
4. Lower tool into door until shaped portion of tool is beneath the window glass.
5. Raise the tool until that the shaped portion of the tool is entirely visible on the inside of the vehicle (See figure 3).
6. Rotate the tool so that the tip is positioned in front of the door lock button (See figure 4).
7. Pull on tool in order to slide the door lock button towards the front of the vehicle (See figure 5).
Note: This vehicle will try to re-lock itself. It is necessary to pull the door handle, at the exact moment that you move
the door lock button.
To aid in the removing of the tool, place the wedge between the glass and the weather strip on the inside of the door
near the tool. The tool will slide easily from the inside of the door

Tool 65

LEXUS
Tool In Insertion Position Tool In Working Position Angle tool pack to Pull Button back

Vehicle will try and relock itself

LEXUS007LEXUS • 1276 • Style04 • 1 •R3501


Page 478 LEXUS Method - M1

Lexus LX 470 1999 2007

Tool: Small Inside Access Tool-65


1. Insert wedge between glass and weather-strip directly above door lock button inside of vehicle (See figure 1).
2. Insert tool in door with tip facing the front of the vehicle (See figure 1).
3. Reposition wedge to allow the lowering of the tool into the door (See figure 2).
4. Lower tool into door until shaped portion of tool is beneath the window glass.
5. Raise the tool until that the shaped portion of the tool is entirely visible on the inside of the vehicle (See figure 3).
6. Rotate the tool so that the tip is positioned in front of the door lock button (See figure 4).
7. Pull on tool in order to slide the door lock button towards the front of the vehicle (See figure 5).
Note: This vehicle will try to re-lock itself. It is necessary to pull the door handle, at the exact moment that you move
the door lock button.
To aid in the removing of the tool, place the wedge between the glass and the weather strip on the inside of the door
near the tool. The tool will slide easily from the inside of the door

Tool 65
LEXUS

Lexus LX 470 Tool in insertion position. Tool in working position.

Tool under the window. View inside the door.

LEXUS007bLEXUS • 1117 • Style05 • 1 •R3501


Method - M1 LEXUS Page 479

Lexus RX400h 2006 2008

Tool: Long Inside Access Tool 89


1. Insert wedge between glass and weather-strip directly above door lock button inside of vehicle (see
figure 1).
2. Insert tool in door with tip facing the front of the vehicle
3. Reposition wedge to allow the lowering of the tool into the door
4. Lower tool into door until shaped portion of tool is beneath the window glass.
5. Raise the tool until that the shaped portion of the tool is entirely visible on the inside of the vehicle
6. Rotate the tool so that the tip is positioned under the door lock button
7. Pull up on tool in order to raise the door lock button, unlocking the door.
NOTE: Use rear door for this opening.

LEXUS
Tool 89

LEXUS008LEXUS • 860 • Style00 • 1 •R8901FD


Page 480 LEXUS Method - M1

Lexus IS 250 2006 2010 Lexus IS 350 2006 2010

Tool: Small Inside Access Tool-65


1. Insert wedge between glass and weath er-strip directly above door lock button inside of vehicle (see figure 1).
2. Insert tool in door with tip facing the front of the vehicle
3. Reposition wedge to allow the lowering of the tool into the door
4. Lower tool into door until shaped portion of tool is beneath the window glass.
5. Raise the tool until that the shaped portion of the tool is entirely visible on the inside of the vehicle6. Rotate the tool
so that the tip is positioned under the door lock button
7. Pull up on tool in order to raise the door lock button, unlocking the door (see figure 5).
Note: This vehicle will try to re-lock itself. It is necessary to pull the door handle, at the exact moment that you move
the door lock button.
To aid in the removing of the tool, place the wedge between the glass and the weather strip on the inside of the door
near the tool. The tool will slide easily from the inside of the door.

Tool 35
LEXUS

Lexus IS250 Tool in insertion position Tool in working position

Hook door lock button to unlock

LEXUS009LEXUS • 143 • Style04 • 1 •R3502


Method - M1 LEXUS Page 481

Lexus LX570 SUV 2008 2010

TOOL: Air Wedge and Long Reach Tool - 78SG


1. Insert the Air Wedge to wards the top of the door and inflate.
2. Insert a Long Reach Tool (such as the 78, Flat Max or Long John Tool) into the opening.
3.Maneuver the tool to engage the door handle or, when available, the door lock release button.
4.Pull the handle or engage the lock release button to unlock the door.
NOTE: Do not use Jack Tool on regular cab, ONLY USE AIR WEDGE. Jack Tool can be used on Extend-
ed Cab

LEXUS
Tool 78SG

Insert Jack Tool Insert Air Wedge and Pump Pull Lock Button

LEXUS011LEXUS • 584 • Style03 • 1 •Jacktool


Page 482 LEXUS Method - M1

Lexus RX 300 1999 2003 Lexus LX 450 1996 1998


Lexus LS400 1990 2000 Lexus SC300 1992 2000
Lexus LS430 2001 2006 Lexus SC400 1992 2000

Tool: Inside Access Tool 35


1. Insert wedge between glass and weather-strip directly above door lock button inside of vehicle 2. Insert
tool in door with tip facing the front of the vehicle
3. Reposition wedge to allow the lowering of the tool into the door
4. Lower tool into door until shaped portion of tool is beneath the window glass.
5. Raise the tool until that the shaped portion of the tool is entirely visible on the inside of the vehicle
6. Rotate the tool so that the tip is positioned under the door lock button
7. Pull up on tool in order to raise the door lock button, unlocking the door.
NOTE: Use rear door for this opening.

Tool 35
LEXUS

Lexus RX 300 Tool in insertion position. Tool in working position.

View from inside the door. Close up of tool.


LEXUS014LEXUS • 66 • Style05 • 1 •R3501
Method - M1 LEXUS Page 483

Lexus RX330 2004 2007

Tool: Long Inside Access Tool 89


1. Insert wedge between glass and weather-strip directly above door lock button inside of vehicle (see
figure 1).
2. Insert tool in door with tip facing the front of the vehicle
3. Reposition wedge to allow the lowering of the tool into the door
4. Lower tool into door until shaped portion of tool is beneath the window glass.
5. Raise the tool until that the shaped portion of the tool is entirely visible on the inside of the vehicle
6. Rotate the tool so that the tip is positioned under the door lock button
7. Pull up on tool in order to raise the door lock button, unlocking the door.
NOTE: Use rear door for this opening.

Rear
Door

LEXUS
Tool 89

Alternative method use


Alternate AltOHJ

LEXUS015-M1LEXUS • 1401 • Style00 • 1 •R8901RD


Page 484 LEXUS Method - M1

Lexus SC430 2002 2010

Tool: Flexible Long Reach Tool 78sg


1. Insert tool between window and weather-stripping, with tip of tool facing downward
2. I nsert a wedge between tool and window and use the groove in the wedge to guide the tool into the vehicle
3. Slide the tool into the interior of the vehicle until the tip is positioned in front of the door lock handle.
4. With the tip of the tool hook the door lock handle and pull the handle to unlock the vehicle.
5. Pulling the Inside Door Handle once unlocks the door. You must pull the Outside Door Handle to open the door.
Use of the Glass Master System is recommended!

Tool

Tool 78SG
Drivers Handle
DOOR ONLY
Direction

Tool

Pull Back
Handle to
Unlock Drivers
LEXUS

DOOR ONLY

Lexus SC430 Insert Strip Savers Insert Glass Master Wedge

Insert Wedge Spreaders to create Insert the tool Hook the door handle on drivers door
working room and pull.
LEXUS018LEXUS • 1236 • Style06 • 1 •R5009dd
Method - M1 LEXUS Page 485

Lexus ES350 2007 2010 Lexus IS300 2001 2005


Lexus ES250 Lexus IS300 Sport 2002 2005

TOOL : JACK TOOL


1. Insert jack tool into side of door and separate the door from the frame of the vehicle.
2. Insert a ir wedge into upper portion of the door and inflate to create an opening in the door.
3. Slide the tool into the interior of the vehicle until the tip is positioned in front of the lock button.
4. With the tip of the tool resting on the lock button, pull back on the tool to Unlock the vehicle.
These vehicles can easily be damaged Open only in emergency situation

LEXUS
Tool 78SG

LEXUS019LEXUS • 583 • Style00 • 1 •jack_but


Page 486 LEXUS Method - M1

Lexus IS Convertible 2010 2011

TOOL : FLEXIBLE LONG REACH TOOL - 78SG


1. On driver’ s side door, insert tool between window and weather-strip, tip of tool facing downward (See
figure 1 for position).
2. Insert a wedge between tool and window and use the groove in the wedge to guide the tool into the
vehicle (See figure 2).
3. Slide the tool into the interior of the vehicle until the tip is positioned in front of the lock button (See fig-
ure 3).
4. With the tip of the tool resting on the lock button, push the tool to unlock the vehicle (See figure 4).
NOTE : This vehicle will try to re-lock itself. It is necessary to pull the door handle at the exact moment that
you move the door lock button .
LEXUS

Tool

Pull Back
Handle to
Unlock

Tool 78SG

LEXUS020LEXUS • 1617 • Style00 • 1 •Glassman


Method - M1 LOTUS Page 487

Lotus Elan All Lotus Esprit

TOOL: Large Side of Double Tool - 26


1. Separate the glass from weather-strip with a strip saver.
2. Lower the tool into the door near the door lock button.
3. Push up on door lock button using tip of tool.
NOTE : You should be watching the door lock button inside of the car.
When you contact the correct lever, you will se the door lock button move.

LOTUS
Tool 26

LOTUS001LOTUS • 1091 • Style00 • 1 •V2601


Page 488 MACK HEAVY TRUCKS Method - M1

Mack All Other Cab Over All Mack MR Series Heavy Duty Cab Over All
Mack Cab Over Heavy Duty

Tool: Vent Window Tools 103 & 104


1) Insert the Flat vent tool 104 directly under the vent window handle.
2) Insert the Vent window tool 103
3) Depress the vent window handle release button with the flat 104 Tool.
4) Rotate the vent window handle with the 103 tool while maintaining the release button depressed.
5) Insert your arm in through the open vent window to unlock the truck.
MACK HEAVY TRUCKS

Insert #104 Latch Insert #103 Vent Handle


Button Tool

Tool 103-04

MACK HEAVY TRUCKS001MACK HEAVY TRUCKS • 943 • Style00 • 1 •R103-04


Method - M1 MACK HEAVY TRUCKS Page 489

Mack Freedom All

Tool: 105 Double Bend Tool


1 Insert strip saver and wedge to protect the door.
2.Insert the tool into the door at a 45 degree angle.
3. Lower the tool so the tip moves towards the very back of the door above the latch mechanism (see
diagram).
4.Hook the lever that extends above the latch with the tip of the tool.
5.Pull on the tool to move the lever forward and unlock the door.

Wedge

MACK HEAVY TRUCKS


Direction

Direction Tool 105

Mack Freedom Create working room w/ Strip Saver & Tool in working position
Wedge. Insert tool at an angle

MACK HEAVY TRUCKS002MACK HEAVY TRUCKS • 1495 • Style03 • 1 •V10508HT


Page 490 MACK HEAVY TRUCKS Method - M1

Mack Granite All

Tool: 91 Over and Under Tool


1 Insert the long downward hook tool into the door.
2.Lower the tool on top of the bell-crank.
3.Push down on the bell-crank with the hooked end of the tool.
4.When you have the tool in the right position you will see the door lock button move forward.

Push down on
Bell Crank with
tip of tool
Door Lock
Button Tool 91
Push
Down

Lock Cable
MACK HEAVY TRUCKS

New Mack Granite Granite has new door lock mechanism Door lock button is on top of inner door
panel

Insert tool in position shown

MACK HEAVY TRUCKS003MACK HEAVY TRUCKS • 1492 • Style04 • 1 •V9101HT


Method - M1 MACK HEAVY TRUCKS Page 491

Mack MS Series Medium Duty Cab All

Tool: 101
1.Insert a wedge between the glass and the weather-stripping.
2.Lower the tool into the door at the position shown.
3.Push down on the bell crank with the top of the tool.
4.Care should be used only a gentle push down is required.

Wedge
Tool 101
Wedge
���e�����

���e�����

MACK HEAVY TRUCKS


Mack MS Series Medium Duty Cab Note location of door lock button on Door lock button not visible form
Over this truck outside

Position tool at rear of passenger door Tool in working position. Push down on Note position of tool in door
tool to unlock door.
Mack Heavy Trucks005MACK HEAVY TRUCKS • 1490 • Style06 • 1 •V10101HT
Page 492 MACK HEAVY TRUCKS Method - M1

Mack New Style Paddle Handle Pre-1995

Tool: 101
1. Insert a wedge between the glass and the weather-stripping.
2.Lower the tool into the door at the position shown.
3.Push down on the bell crank with the tip of the tool.
4.Care should be used, only a gentle push down is required.

Wedge
Tool 101
Tool
MACK HEAVY TRUCKS

Linkage
Direction �
Direction

Alternative method use


Alternate Alt103-04

‘New Style’ Mack Trucks This opening for trucks with this type Tool in insertion position
handle. Other type, use Method 2.

Tool in working position View from inside the door Close up. Hook bell crank with tool and
push down to unlock.
MACK HEAVY TRUCKS006MACK HEAVY TRUCKS • 1164 • Style06 • 1 •V10102HT
Method - M1 MACK HEAVY TRUCKS Page 493

Mack Old Style Lever Type Handle All

Tool: 86 Over Under Tool


1.Use the strip saver and wedge to create working room for the tool. Note the door is very tight against the glass and
may require extra pressure from the wedge.
2.Insert the tool with the upward hook down into the door.
3.Lower the tool below the linkage and lift the tool up under the linkage.
4.Rotate the tool to bind the linkage.
5.Rock the tool to move the linkage forward and unlock the door.

Tool 86

Wedge

Move to front to
unlock

MACK HEAVY TRUCKS


Lock Linkage
Flat Bar

Alternative method use


Alternate Alt103-04

‘Old Style’ Mack Truck Lever type handle Tool in insertion position

Twist tool handle to move linkage and


unlock door

MACK HEAVY TRUCKS007MACK HEAVY TRUCKS • 1163 • Style04 • 1 •V8605HT


Page 494 MACK HEAVY TRUCKS Method - M1

Mack Vision 1999 2009

Tool: 26 Double Tool


1.Insert a wedge between the glass and the weather-stripping.
2.Lower the tool into the door near the rear edge of the door.
3.Twist the tool so that the tip moves towards the inside of the vehicle.
4.Lift up on the tool under the door lock button to unlock the truck.

Tool 26

Tool

Pull
Up
MACK HEAVY TRUCKS

Linkage

Mack Vision Create working room w/ Strip Saver & Lower tool into door under door lock
Wedge button. Lift tip of tool under lock button
to unlock

Tip of tool must be directly under butt


to unlock door

MACK HEAVY TRUCKS008MACK HEAVY TRUCKS • 1250 • Style04 • 1 •V6001HT-26


Method - M1 MASERATI Page 495

Maserati Biturbo Zagato All

Tool: Hook & Bind - 90


1. Separate glass from weather-strip.
2. Insert tool towards door lock button towards front of door.
3. Lower the tool into the door.
4. Hook bell crank below door lock button.
NOTE: You should be watching the door lock button inside of the car.When you have hooked the correct
rod, you will see the door lock button move.

MASERATI
Tool 90

MASERATI001MASERATI • 1092 • Style00 • 1 •H9012


Page 496 MAZDA Method - M1

Mazda 3 2004 2009 Mazda MX3 1992 1996

Tool: INSIDE ACCESS TOOL - 35


1. Insert wedge between glass and weather-strip directly above door lock button inside of vehicle. (SEE
FIGURE)
2. Insert tool in door with tip facing the front of the vehicle. (SEE FIGURE 1)
3. Reposition wedge to allow the lowering of the tool into door. (SEE FIGURE 2)
4. Lower tool into door until shaped portion of tool is beneath the window glass.
5. Raise the tool until the shaped portion of the tool is entirely visible on the inside of the vehicle. (SEE
FIGURE 3)
6. Rotate the tool so that the tip is positioned in front of the door lock button. (SEE FIGURE 4)
7. Pull on toll in order to slide the door lock button towards the front of the vehicle. (SEE FIGURE 5)
NOTE: To aid in the removing of the tool, place the wedge between the glass and the weather-strip on the
inside of the door near the tool. The tool will slide easily from the inside of the door.
MAZDA

Tool 35

Mazda 3 Tool in Insertion Position. Tool in Working Position

MAZDA001MAZDA • 1372 • Style03 • 1 •R3501


Method - M1 MAZDA Page 497

Mazda 5 2006 2010

Tool: Small Inside Access Tool 65


1. Insert wedge between glass and weather-strip directly above door lock button inside of vehicle (see figure 1).
2. Insert tool in door with tip facing the front of the vehicle (see figure 1).
3. Reposition wedge to allow the lowering of the tool into the door (see figure 2).
4. Lower tool into door until shaped portion of tool is beneath the window glass.
5. Raise the tool until that the shaped portion of the tool is entirely visible on the inside of the vehicle (see figure 3).
6. Rotate the tool so that the tip is positioned on the door lock button (see figure 4).
7. Move the tool in order to unlock the door lock button .
Note: The vehicle will relock itself automatically if it is equipped with a factory security system. You must pull the door
handle immediately after unlocking the door.
Note : To aid in the removing of the tool, place the wedge between the glass and the weather-strip on the inside of
the door near the tool. The tool will slide easily from the inside of the door.

Tool 65

MAZDA
Mazda 5 Tool in insertion position Tool in working position

View from inside the door Push button to unlock door

MAZDA002MAZDA • 1472 • Style05 • 1 •R6501


Page 498 MAZDA Method - M1

Mazda RX8 2004 2010

Tool: Small Inside Access Tool 65


1. Insert wedge between glass and weather-strip directly above door lock button inside of vehicle (see figure 1).
2. Insert tool in door with tip facing the front of the vehicle (see figure 1).
3. Reposition wedge to allow the lowering of the tool into the door (see figure 2).
4. Lower tool into door until shaped portion of tool is beneath the window glass.
5. Raise the tool until that the shaped portion of the tool is entirely visible on the inside of the vehicle (see figure 3).
6. Rotate the tool so that the tip is positioned on the door lock button (see figure 4).
7. Move the tool in order to unlock the door lock button .
Note: The vehicle will relock itself automatically if it is equipped with a factory security system. You must pull the door
handle immediately after unlocking the door.
Note : To aid in the removing of the tool, place the wedge between the glass and the weather-strip on the inside of
the door near the tool. The tool will slide easily from the inside of the door.

Tool 65
MAZDA

Mazda RX8 Tool in Insertion Position. Tool in Working Position.

Hook Door Lock Button to Unlock.

MAZDA002bMAZDA • 1373 • Style04 • 1 •R6501


Method - M1 MAZDA Page 499

Mazda 5 Wagon 2004 2008 Mazda 6 Hatch Back 2004 2008


Mazda 6 2003 2008

Tool: Long Inside Access Tool 89


1. Insert wedge between glass and weather-strip directly above door lock button inside of vehicle (see figure 1).
2. Insert tool in door with tip facing the front of the vehicle
3. Reposition wedge to allow the lowering of the tool into the door
4. Lower tool into door until shaped portion of tool is beneath the window glass.
5. Raise the tool until that the shaped portion of the tool is entirely visible on the inside of the vehicle
6. Rotate the tool so that the tip is positioned under the door lock button
7. Pull up on tool in order to raise the door lock button, unlocking the door.
NOTE: Use rear door for this opening.

Tool 89

MAZDA
Mazda 6 Tool in insertion position Tool in working position

View from inside the door

MAZDA003MAZDA • 476 • Style04 • 1 •R3511RD


Page 500 MAZDA Method - M1

Mazda 626 1998 2002

Tool: CHECK MARK TOOL 66


1. Separate glass from weather-stripping with a wedge.
2. Point tip of tool towards front of car as shown below.
3. Lower the tool into car (SEE DIAGRAM FOR POSITION)
4. After tool is lowered beneath first linkage, turn tool to hook bottom linkage (SEE ENLARGED ILLUSTRATION)
5. Rotate tool to bind the linkage and tilt the handle towards front of vehicle as to move the linkage towards the rear
of the door.
6. Watch door lock button inside of vehicle for movement. When you have bound the correct linkage, you will see the
door lock button move.
Note: Be careful not to loosen the molding around the window. If it does come loose, just pop it back into place.

Tool 66
MAZDA

MAZDA 626 Tool in insertion position. Tool in working position.

View from inside the door. Close Up: Move linkage to the REAR.

MAZDA006MAZDA • 644 • Style05 • 1 •H6601BRD


Method - M1 MAZDA Page 501

Mazda 929 1992 1995 Mazda RX7 1986 1992


Mazda MX6 1993 1997

Tool: Horizontal Linkage Tool- 23


1. Separate glass from weather-strip on front door.
2. Point tip of tool towards front of car.
3. Lower the tool into car (SEE FIGURE FOR POSITION)
4. After tool is lowered, rotate tool to hook top linkage. (SEE ENLARGED ILLUSTRATION)
5. Bind the linkage and tilt the handle towards front of vehicle to move the linkage towards the rear of the door.
Note: It is important to rock the tool towards the front to move linkage, as the linkage is very stiff.

Tool 23

MAZDA
Mazda 929 Tool in insertion position Tool in working position

View from inside the door Close up: Move linkage to rear

MAZDA008MAZDA • 646 • Style05 • 1 •H2313B


Page 502 MAZDA Method - M1

Mazda Miata 1990 2000 Mazda MX5 Roadster

Tool: Horizontal Linkage- 23


1. Separate glass from weather-stripping with a wedge.
2. Point tip of tool towards front of car.
3. Lower tool into car (SEE FIGURE FOR POSITION).
4. After tool is lowered, rotate tool to hook bottom linkage. (SEE ENLARGED ILLUSTRATION).
5. Bind the linkage and tilt the handle towards front of vehicle to move the linkage towards the rear of the door.

Tool 23
MAZDA

Mazda Miata Tool in insertion position Tool in working position

Door without inside panel

MAZDA011MAZDA • 977 • Style04 • 1 •H2314F


Method - M1 MAZDA Page 503

Mazda Millenia 4 Door 1995 2002

Tool: Reverse Hook Tool- 42


1. Separate glass from weather-strip on the passenger side door with a StripSaver and wedge.
2. Point tip of tool towards front of car.
3. Lower the tool into car door directly above door handle. (SEE FIGURE FOR POSITION)
4. After tool is lowered, turn tool handle slightly to access and door lock rod. (SEE ENLARGED ILLUSTRATION)
5. Lift tool to unlock door.

Tool 42

MAZDA
Mazda Millenia Tool in insertion position Tool in working position

View from inside the door View from inside the door

MAZDA014MAZDA • 980 • Style05 • 1 •H4210BRD


Page 504 MAZDA Method - M1

Mazda MPV 1989 1999 Mazda B3000 1990 2001


Mazda MX6 1988 1992 Mazda B4000 1990 2001
Mazda 626 1993 1997 Mazda Navajo 1991 1998
Mazda B2000 / B2200 1990 2000 Mazda Protégé 1990 2003
Mazda B2500 / B2600 1990 2001 Mazda Protégé 5 4 door 2002 2003

Tool: Large side of double tool - 26


1. Separate glass from weather-strip.
2. Lower the tool into the door near the door lock button.
3. Push up on door lock button using tip of tool.
NOTE: You should be watching the door lock button inside of the car. When you contact the correct lever, you will see
the door lock button move.

Tool 26 Front Passenger


Door

INSER TION
MAZDA

Alternative method use


Alternate Alt47

Mazda MPV Tool in insertion position Close-Up of door without inside panel

Tool in working position. View from


inside of car

MAZDA015MAZDA • 662 • Style04 • 1 •V2601


Method - M1 MAZDA Page 505

Mazda MPV 2000 2007 Mazda MPV LX 2002 2003

Tool: Large side of double tool - 26


1. Separate glass from weather-strip in REAR SLIDING DOOR.
2. Lower the tool into the door near the door lock button.
3. Push up on door lock button using tip of tool.
NOTE: You should be watching the door lock button inside of the car. When you contact the correct lever, you will
see the door lock button move.

Tool 26

MAZDA
Mazda MPV Tool in insertion position Tool in working position

View from inside the vehicle

MAZDA016MAZDA • 1146 • Style04 • 1 •V2606


Page 506 MAZDA Method - M1

Mazda MX-5 Miata 2006 2010 Mazda MX-5 Miata 2004 2005
Mazda Mazda Speed 2005 2010 Mazda Mazda RX7 1993 1996
Mazda Miata 2001 2008

TOOL : FLEXIBLE LONG REACH TOOL - 78SG


1. Insert tool between window and weather-strip, tip of tool facing downward (SEE FIGURE 1 FOR POSITION)
2. Insert a wedge between tool and window and use the groove in the wedge to guide the tool into the vehicle (SEE
FIGURE 2)
3. Slide the tool into the interior of the vehicle until the tip is positioned in front of the lock button (SEE FIGURE 3)
4. With the tip of the tool resting on the lock button, pull back on the tool to unlock the vehicle.
Use of the optional Glass Saver system is recommended!

Tool 78SG
MAZDA

Mazda Miata Insert glassman tool Insert tool into cavity

View from inside the vehicle Pull door lock button to unlock door

MAZDA018MAZDA • 1471 • Style05 • 1 •R5007


Method - M1 MAZDA Page 507

Mazda 3 Hatchback 2010 2011

Tool: Small Inside Access Tool – 65


1. Insert wedge between glass and weather-strip directly above door lock button inside of vehicle (See figure 1).
2. Insert tool in door with tip facing the front of the vehicle (See figure 1).
3. Reposition wedge to allow the lowering of the tool into the door (See figure 2).
4. Lower tool into door until “V” shaped portion of tool is beneath the window glass.
5. Raise the tool until that the “V” shaped portion of the tool is entirely visible on the inside of the vehicle (See figure
3).
6. Rotate the tool so that the tip is positioned in front of the door lock button (See figure 4).
7. Pull on tool in order to slide the door lock button towards the front of the vehicle (see figure 5).
Note: To aid in the removing of the tool, place the wedge between the glass

Tool 65

Alternative method use

MAZDA
Alternate Altohj

Mazda 3 Hatch Tool in insertion position View from inside the vehicle

Push door lock button to unlock

Mazda029MAZDA • 1662 • style04 • 1 •r3511rd


Page 508 MAZDA Method - M1

Mazda 3 Sedan 2010 2011

Tool: Small Inside Access Tool – 65


1. Insert wedge between glass and weather-strip directly above door lock button inside of vehicle (See figure 1).
2. Insert tool in door with tip facing the front of the vehicle (See figure 1).
3. Reposition wedge to allow the lowering of the tool into the door (See figure 2).
4. Lower tool into door until “V” shaped portion of tool is beneath the window glass.
5. Raise the tool until that the “V” shaped portion of the tool is entirely visible on the inside of the vehicle (See figure
3).
6. Rotate the tool so that the tip is positioned in front of the door lock button (See figure 4).
7. Pull on tool in order to slide the door lock button towards the front of the vehicle (see figure 5).
Note: To aid in the removing of the tool, place the wedge between the glass

Tool 65

Alternative method use


MAZDA

Alternate Altohj

Mazda 3 Sedan Tool in insertion position View of tool being inserted

View from inside the vehicle Push door lock button to unlock

Mazda029bMAZDA • 1621 • style05 • 1 •r3511rd


Method - M1 Mazda Page 509

Mazda 6 2009 2011

Tool: Small Inside Access Tool – 65


1. Insert wedge between glass and weather-strip directly above door lock button inside of vehicle (See figure 1).
2. Insert tool in door with tip facing the front of the vehicle (See figure 1).
3. Reposition wedge to allow the lowering of the tool into the door (See figure 2).
4. Lower tool into door until “V” shaped portion of tool is beneath the window glass.
5. Raise the tool until that the “V” shaped portion of the tool is entirely visible on the inside of the vehicle (See figure
3).
6. Rotate the tool so that the tip is positioned in front of the door lock button (See figure 4).
7. Pull on tool in order to slide the door lock button towards the front of the vehicle (see figure 5).
Note: To aid in the removing of the tool, place the wedge between the glass

Tool 65

Alternative method use

Mazda
Alternate Altohj

Mazda 6 Use the rear door Place wedge towards the front of the
rear door.

Lower tool with the tip facing the front Position the tool over the button and
of the vehicle. push to unlock the car.

Mazda026MAZDA • 1646 • style05 • 1 •r3511rd


Page 510 MAZDA Method - M1

Mazda Tribute 2001 2009

TOOL: 77 Tool
1.Loosen and remove the license plate’ s left side light directly above the license plate.
2.Insert tool inside license plate light cavity.
3.Hook door lock activator bell crank.
4.Pull down on tool to move latch and unlock rear door.

Tool 77


MAZDA

Loosen Tail Light with Screw Driver Insert Tool into Tail Light Cavity Tool in Insertion Position

Tool in Working Position Hook Latch with Tool and Move Up Close up of Tool in Action. Move up-
wards to Move Lacth and Unlock

MAZDA027MAZDA • 1226 • Style06 • 1 •H7703RD


Method - M1 MAZDA Page 511

Mazda CX-7 SUV 2007 2010

Tool: INSIDE ACCESS TOOL - 35


1. Insert wedge between glass and weather-strip directly above door lock button inside of vehicle. (SEE FIGURE)
2. Insert tool in door with tip facing the front of the vehicle. (SEE FIGURE 1)
3. Reposition wedge to allow the lowering of the tool into door. (SEE FIGURE 2)
4. Lower tool into door until shaped portion of tool is beneath the window glass.
5. Raise the tool until the shaped portion of the tool is entirely visible on the inside of the vehicle. (SEE FIGURE 3)
6. Rotate the tool so that the tip is positioned in front of the door lock button. (SEE FIGURE 4)
7. Pull on toll in order to slide the door lock button towards the front of the vehicle. (SEE FIGURE 5)
NOTE: To aid in the removing of the tool, place the wedge between the glass and the weather-strip on the inside of
the door near the tool. The tool will slide easily from the inside of the door.

Tool 35

MAZDA
Alternative method use
Alternate Altohj

Mazda CX-7 Tool in insertion position Tool in working position

View from inside the vehicle Push door lock button to unlock
MAZDA028MAZDA • 770 • Style05 • 1 •R3501
Page 512 MAZDA Method - M1

Mazda CX-9 SUV 2007 2010

Tool: INSIDE ACCESS TOOL - 35


1. Insert wedge between glass and weather-strip directly above door lock button inside of vehicle. (SEE FIGURE)
2. Insert tool in door with tip facing the front of the vehicle. (SEE FIGURE 1)
3. Reposition wedge to allow the lowering of the tool into door. (SEE FIGURE 2)
4. Lower tool into door until shaped portion of tool is beneath the window glass.
5. Raise the tool until the shaped portion of the tool is entirely visible on the inside of the vehicle. (SEE FIGURE 3)
6. Rotate the tool so that the tip is positioned in front of the door lock button. (SEE FIGURE 4)
7. Pull on toll in order to slide the door lock button towards the front of the vehicle. (SEE FIGURE 5)
NOTE: To aid in the removing of the tool, place the wedge between the glass and the weather-strip on the inside of
the door near the tool. The tool will slide easily from the inside of the door.

Tool 35
MAZDA

Alternative method use


Alternate Altohj

Mazda CX-9 Tool in insertion position Tool in working position

Push door lock button to unlock

MAZDA028bMAZDA • 771 • Style04 • 1 •R3501


Method - M1 MERCEDES Page 513

Mercedes 190E Series 1984 1995 Mercedes G500

Tool: S’ Tool - 47
1.Separate the window glass from weather-stripping with a Strip Saver and insert a wedge between the
Strip Saver and the window.
2.Insert your slightly to the left of the wedge tool.
3.Lower the tool into door and hook the door lock rod with the hook at the end of the tool.
4.Twist tool slightly and pull upwards on lock rod to unlock door.

MERCEDES
Tool 47

Tool in insertion position Tool in working position

MERCEDES001MERCEDES • 981 • Style02 • 1 •V4708


Page 514 MERCEDES Method - M1

Mercedes 300CE 1990 1995

Tool: Long End of Double-Sided Tool - 26


1. Separate glass from weather-stripping.
2. Point tip of tool towards front of car. Keep tool parallel to door lock lever.
3. Lower the tool into door while tilting tool as shown in diagram ( SEE FIG. FOR POSITION ).
4. Tip of tool must enter hole in door frame.
5. Pull up on tool to lift door lock knob and open door.
MERCEDES

Tool 26

MERCEDES002MERCEDES • 1121 • Style00 • 1 •V2604


Method - M1 MERCEDES Page 515

Mercedes 420SEL 1990 1996

Tool: Double Bend Tool - 88


1. Separate glass from weather-strip.
2. Lower the tool into the door, using inside door handle of rear door as a guide (SEE FIGURE BELOW)
Note: The tip of the tool must go into the hole in the doorframe.
3. Lift up and hook bell crank (SEE FIGURE BELOW)
NOTE: You should be watching the door lock lever inside of the car. When you contact the correct bell
crank you will see the door lock lever move.
NOTE : Handle on the tool may be different than shown in photo.

Tool 88-45

MERCEDES

Mercedes 420 SEL Tool in working position

MERCEDES003MERCEDES • 982 • Style02 • 1 •H8801RD


Page 516 MERCEDES Method - M1

Mercedes 260E 1980 1988 Mercedes 300TE 1980 1988


Mercedes 300E 1980 1988 Mercedes 450SL 1977

Tool: Double-Sided Tool - 26


Use REAR door and SHORT END of tool
1. Separate glass from weather-strip.
2. Point tip of tool towards front of car. Keep tool parallel to door lock lever.
3. Lower the tool into door while turning tool so hand of tool points away from car.
4. Tip of tool must enter hole in door frame.
5. Hook bell crank with tip of tool. (SEE FIGURE FOR POSITION)
NOTE: Watch door lock lever. When you have hooked correct bell crank, you will see the door lock button move.

Tool 26
MERCEDES

Mercedes 450SL Tool in insertion position Tool in working position

View from inside the door

MERCEDES004MERCEDES • 561 • Style04 • 1 •H2603RD


Method - M1 MERCEDES Page 517

Mercedes C230 Coupe 2002 2005 Mercedes C320 Sedan & Wagon 2000 2007
Mercedes C280 2003 2007 Mercedes C32AMG Sedan 2002 2007

Tool: Strip Tool - 57


1. Insert Strip Saver in between door and window frame at the very front of the car (SEE DIAGRAM FOR POSITION).
2. Insert folded end of Strip Tool between the Strip Saver and the door or window frame. (SEE INSERTION DIAGRAM)
3. Very carefully walk the Strip tool around the door frame to the back of the door. (You may use a wedge to gain extra
working room)
4. Maneuver Strip Tool to hook door lock knob.
5. Pull Strip Tool to unlock door.
NOTE: This vehicle is equipped with driver and passenger side door air bags. This tool works from the outside of the
car, and will not disturb the airbag. While we design our openings to avoid disruption of the airbag, we recommend
that all locksmiths inform customers of potential airbag damage and secure a release of liability and strongly urge the
car owner to have the airbag inspected for damage following the opening.

Tool 57

MERCEDES
MERCEDES C320 Insert Tool in Door Corner. Wire Stays on Top Hook Lock Button Using Tool and Wire

View from Inside the Door. Lift to Unlock.


MERCEDES007MERCEDES • 551 • Style04 • 1 •V5702
Page 518 MERCEDES Method - M1

Mercedes CLK 350 Coupe & Convertible 1998 2010 Mercedes CLK 320 coupe & convertible 1998 2005
Mercedes 300SL 1990 1995 Mercedes CLK 430 coupe & convertible 1998 2004
Mercedes 500S 2003 2008 Mercedes CLK 500 Coupe & Convertible 1998 2004
Mercedes 500SL 1990 1995 Mercedes CLK 500 2005 2010
Mercedes 560SL 1986 1991 Mercedes CLK 55 Coupe & Convertible 1998 2010
Mercedes 560SL 1986 1991 Mercedes CLK Series Coupe & Convertible 1998 2010
Mercedes CL-500 Coupe 2000 2010 Mercedes SL Convertible 2003 2010
Mercedes CL55 AMG Coupe 2001 2002 Mercedes SLK 280 2003 2010
Mercedes CL600 Coupe 2001 2003 Mercedes SLK 350 2005 2007
Mercedes CLK 250 2006 2010 Mercedes SLK Class 2003 2010

TOOL : FLEXIBLE LONG REACH TOOL - 78SG


1. Insert tool between window and weather-strip, tip of tool facing downward (SEE FIGURE 1 FOR POSITION)
2. Insert a wedge between tool and window and use the groove in the wedge to guide the tool into the vehicle
3. Slide the tool into the interior of the vehicle and hook the door handle.
4. Pull back on the door handle to unlock the vehicle.
Use Of Glass Saver system is recommended!

Tool 78SG

Tool
MERCEDES

Handle

D��ect�on

Tool

Pull Back
Handle to
Unlock PASSENGER
DOOR

Mercedes CLK 320 Tool in insertion position Tool in working position

View of inside of door Pull handle back to open door


MERCEDES010MERCEDES • 393 • Style05 • 1 •R5004
Method - M1 MERCEDES Page 519

Mercedes E-Class 1996 2003 Mercedes E430 Sedan 1996 2009


Mercedes E320 Sedan & Wagon 1996 2009 Mercedes E55AMG Sport Sedan 1996 2009
Mercedes E350 Sedan 2006 2009 Mercedes GL450 2006 2010
Mercedes E350 Wagon 2006 2009 Mercedes ML350 2004 2007

Tool: Strip Tool - 57


1. Insert Strip Saver in between door and window frame at the very front of the car 2. Insert folded end of Strip Tool
between the Strip Saver and the door or window frame. 3. Very carefully walk the Strip tool around the door frame to
the back of the door. (You may use a wedge to gain extra working room)
4. Maneuver Strip Tool to hook door lock knob.
5. Pull Strip Tool to unlock door.
NOTE: This vehicle is equipped with driver and passenger side do or airbags. This tool works from the outside of the
car, and will not disturb the airbag. While we design our openings to avoid disruption of the airbag, we recommend
that all locksmiths inform customers of potential airbag damage and secure a release of liability and strongly urge the
car owner to have the airbag inspected for damage following the opening.

Tool 57

MERCEDES
Mercedes 320E Insert Strip Savers Insert Strip Tool

Tool in working position Pull lock button open


MERCEDES012MERCEDES • 746 • Style05 • 1 •V5702
Page 520 MERCEDES Method - M1

Mercedes ML320 1998 2002 Mercedes ML500 2000 2002


Mercedes ML430 All Mercedes ML55 2000 2002

Tool: S’ Tool - 47
1. Separate the window glass from weather-stripping with a Strip Saver and insert a wedge between the Strip Saver
and the window.
2.Insert your slightly to the left of the wedge tool.
3.Lower the tool into door and hook the door lock rod with the hook at the end of the tool.
4.Twist tool slightly and pull upwards on lock rod to unlock door.

Tool 47
MERCEDES

MERCEDES ML 320 Tool in insertion position Tool in working position

Close up of door without inside panel


MERCEDES013MERCEDES • 65 • Style04 • 1 •V4708
Method - M1 MERCEDES Page 521

Mercedes 300E 1989 1994 Mercedes C320 Sedan & Wagon 2000 2007
Mercedes C-Series 4 door 1994 2002 Mercedes C32AMG Sedan 2002 2007
Mercedes C230 Coupe 2002 2005 Mercedes S-Class 1994 2009
Mercedes C280 2004 2007

Tool: Strip Tool - 57


1. Insert Strip Saver in between window and door, or window frame.
2. Insert folded end of Strip Tool between Strip Saver and the door or window frame. (SEE INSERTION
DIAGRAM)
3. Maneuver Strip Tool to hook door lock knob.
4. Pull Strip Tool to unlock door.
SPECIAL NOTE: You should only attempt to unlock this vehicle in an absolute emergency, the window
mechanism can be damaged very easily.
NOTE : This vehicle is equipped with driver and passenger side door airbags. This tool works from the out-
side of the car, and will not disturb the airbag. While we design our openings to avoid disruption of the air-
bag, we recommend that all locksmiths inform customers of potential airbag damage and secure a release
of l iability and strongly urge the car owner to have the airbag inspected for damage following the opening.

MERCEDES
Tool 57

MERCEDES015MERCEDES • 392 • Style00 • 1 •V5701


Page 522 MERCEDES Method - M1

Mercedes SL 500 coupe & convertible 1999 2010 Mercedes SL Class coupe & convertible 1999 2010
Mercedes SL 600 coupe & convertible 1999 2010

TOOL : FLEXIBLE LONG REACH TOOL - 78SG


1. Insert tool between window and weather-strip, tip of tool facing downward (SEE FIGURE 1 FOR POSITION)
2. Insert a wedge between tool and window and use the groove in the wedge to guide the tool into the vehicle (SEE
FIGURE 2)
3. Slide the tool into the interior of the vehicle and hook the door handle.
4. Pull back on the door handle to unlock the vehicle.
Use Of Glass Saver system is recommended!

Tool

Tool 78SG

Handle

D��ect�on

Tool

Pull Back
Handle to
MERCEDES

Unlock PASSENGER
DOOR

Mercedes SLK 230 Tool in insertion position Tool in working position

Veiw from inside the car Pull handle back to open door

MERCEDES016MERCEDES • 237 • Style05 • 1 •R5004


Method - M1 MERCEDES Page 523

Mercedes GL 2006 2010

Tool: STRIP TOOL - 57


1. Insert Strip Saver in between window and door, or window frame.
2. Insert folded end of Strip Tool between Strip Saver and the door or window frame (SEE INSERTION DIAGRAM).
3. Maneuver Strip tool to hook door lock knob.
4. Pull Strip Tool to unlock door.
NOTE : All 1991 and later model BMWs are equipped with a special lock mechani sm which engages when the
door is locked with the key. When the door is locked with the key it, is impossible to open with car opening tools. In
the event of lost keys, BMW dealers can get replacements with the V.I.N. number. If the car is locked by any o ther
method, use these opening methods.
NOTE : Since most of the time vehicle will be in a dead lock position; we recommend ordering a replacement key
from the BMW dealer. This key can be ordered using the vehicle identification number.

Tool 57

Mercedes GL Insert jack tool. Use Rear Door Insert and inflate air wedge MERCEDES

Insert strip tool into door cavity Maneuver strip tool into position Hook door lock button and lift to unlock

MERCEDES026MERCEDES • 774 • Style06 • 1 •V5701


Page 524 MERCEDES Method - M1

Mercedes G Class 2005 2010

Tool: 115 Tool


1. Insert strip saver and wedge into door to create an opening for the tool.
2.Point tip of tool towards the rear of the vehicle and lower tool into door.
3.Turn tool handle away from door.
4.Lift tool to engage lock latch and unlock door.

Tool 115
Use
20o
Tip
MERCEDES

Mercedes G Class Tool in insertion position Tool in working position

View from inside the door Lift lock latch to unlock door

MERCEDES027MERCEDES • 628 • Style05 • 1 •V11501


Method - M1 MERCEDES Page 525

Mercedes C Class 4 door 2008 2010

Tool RCBM Remote control Button Master


1) Use the Air wedge to make working room do not use a jack tool
2) Insert the RCBM tool into the car
3) loop the door lock button
4) Pull up on the knob on the tool to grasp the button and unlock the car

Tool RCBM

MERCEDES

Use the Air Jack to make room for a Button Tool The RCBM Button tool grasps the smooth button

MERCEDES028MERCEDES • 1598 • Style02 • 1 •RCBM


Page 526 Mercedes Method - M1

Mercedes GLK SUV 2010 2011

TOOL: One Hand Jack Tool- 78SG


1.Use the One Hand Jack tool to separate the door frame from the body of the vehicle.
2.Insert the Air Wedge to wards the top of the door and inflate.
3.Remove the One Hand Jack Tool .
4. Insert a Long Reach Tool (such as the 78, Flat Max or Long John Tool) into the opening.
5.Maneuver the tool to engage the door handle or, when available, the door lock release button.
6.Pull the handle or engage the lock release button to unlock the door.
Mercedes

Tool 78SG

MERCEDES029MERCEDES • 1647 • Style00 • 1 •jacktool


Method - M1 MINI Page 527

Mini Clubman Long body 2008 2010 Mini Cooper Convertible 2008 2010
Mini Cooper Mini Cooper Convertible Convertible 2009 2011

TOOL : FLEXIBLE LONG REACH TOOL - 78SG


1 Insert the Glassman tool in-between the Glass and the weather-striping on the Drivers door
2) insert the long reach tool in-between the two layers of protective material on the Glassman tool
3) Pull on the door lock handle twice with the tip of the long reach tool to unlock the door

Tool

Tool 78SG

Handle

Direction

Tool

Pull Back
Handle to
Unlock Drivers Door
DOOR

MINI
Mini Cooper Tool in insertion position Tool in working position

View from inside vehicle

MINI002MINI • 1279 • Style06 • 1 •R5004DD


Page 528 MITSUBISHI Method - M1

Mitsubishi 3000 GT 1991 1999 Mitsubishi 3000 GT Spyder Convertible 1991 1999

Tool: Downward Hook Tool - 91


1. Separate glass from weather-stripping.
2. Point tip of tool toward front of car.
3. Insert tool into door at the position shown below.
4. Rest the tip of the tool on the linkage closest to the outside of the door.
5. Rotate the tool to bind and move the linkage towards the front of the vehicle (SEE ENLARGEMENT DIAGRAM).
NOTE: Watch the door lock button inside the car for movement.

Tool 91L
MITSUBISHI

Mitsubishi 3000GT Tool in insertion position Tool in working position

Rotate tool to bind the lock linkage and


move the linkage towards the front of
the vehicle.

MITSUBISHI001MITSUBISHI • 984 • Style04 • 1 •H9104F


Method - M1 MITSUBISHI Page 529

Mitsubishi Galant 1987 1993 Mitsubishi Galant 1987 1993


Mitsubishi Diamante 1992 1996 Mitsubishi Mirage 2 Door Coupe 1989 1992
Mitsubishi Diamante 1992 1996 Mitsubishi Mirage 4 Door Sedan 1989 1996
Mitsubishi Diamante Wagon 1993 1996

Tool: Large side of double tool 26.


1. Separate glass from weather-s trip.
2. Lower the tool into the door near the door lock button.
3. Push up on door lock button using tip of tool.
NOTE : You should be watching the door lock button inside of the car.

Tool 26

MITSUBISHI
Mitsubishi Galant Tool in insertion position Tool in working position

Close-up of door without inside panel

MITSUBISHI002MITSUBISHI • 918 • Style04 • 1 •V2601


Page 530 MITSUBISHI Method - M1

Mitsubishi Eclipse 1990 1994

Tool : HORIZONTAL LINKAGE - 23


1. Separate glass from weather-strip with a wedge.
2. Point tip of tool towards front of car.
3. Lower the tool into car (SEE FIGURE FOR POSITION)
4. After tool is lowered, turn tool to hook top linkage (SEE ENLARGED ILLUSTRATION)
5. Rotate tool to bind the linkage and tilt the handle towards rear of vehicle as to move the linkage towards the rear of
the door.

Tool 23
MITSUBISHI

Tool in insertion position Tool in working position Door without inside panel

close up of tool in action

MITSUBISHI005MITSUBISHI • 988 • Style04 • 1 •H2317B


Method - M1 MITSUBISHI Page 531

Mitsubishi Eclipse 1995 1999 Mitsubishi Starion 1983 1989

Tool : HORIZONTAL LINKAGE TOOL - 23


1. Separate glass from weather-strip with a wedge.
2. Point tip of tool towards rear of car.
3. Lower the tool into car (SEE FIG. FOR POSITION)
4. After tool is lowered, turn tool to hook bottom linkage (SEE ENLARGED ILLUSTRATION)
5. Rotate tool to bind the linkage and tilt the handle towards rear of vehicle as to move the linkage towards the front
of the car.
6. Watch door lock button inside of vehicle for movement. When you have bound the correct linkage, you will see the
door lock button move.

Tool 23

Mitsubishi Eclipse Tool in insertion position Tool in working position MITSUBISHI

View from inside the door Close up- move linkage to front

MITSUBISHI006MITSUBISHI • 989 • Style05 • 1 •H2318F


Page 532 MITSUBISHI Method - M1

Mitsubishi Endeavor 2004 2008 Mitsubishi Endeavor 2010 2011

Tool: Small Inside Access Tool 65


1. Insert wedge between glass and weather-strip directly above door lo ck button inside of vehicle (see figure 1).
2. Insert tool in door with tip facing the front of the vehicle
3. Reposition wedge to allow the lowering of the tool into the door
4. Lower tool into door until shaped portion of tool is beneath the window glass.
5. Raise the tool until that the shaped portion of the tool is entirely visible on the inside of the vehicle
6. Rotate the tool so that the tip is positioned under the door lock button
7. Pull up on tool in order to raise the door lock button, unlocking the door.
NOTE: Use rear door for this opening.

Tool 65
MITSUBISHI

Mitsubishi Endeavor Tool in Insertion Position. Tool in Working Position.

View from Inside the Door.

MITSUBISHI009MITSUBISHI • 1376 • Style05 • 1 •R3511RD


Method - M1 MITSUBISHI Page 533

Mitsubishi Galant 1999 2003 Mitsubishi Galant 1994 1998

Tool: Horizontal Linkage Tool - 23


1. Separate glass from weather-strip with a wedge.
2. Point tip of tool toward front of car.
3. Lower tool into care (SEE FIG. FOR POSITION).
4. After tool is lowered, turn tool to hook bottom linkage (SEE ENLARGED ILLUSTRATION).
5. Watch the door lock button inside of vehicle for movement. Once the correct linkage is bound, you will see the but-
ton move.
6. Rotate tool to bind the linkage and tilt the handle towards the rear of the car as to move the linkage towards the
front of the car.

Tool 23

MITSUBISHI
Mitsubishi Galant Tool in Insertion position. Tool in Working Position.

Inside door panel. Close Up

MITSUBISHI012MITSUBISHI • 1123 • Style05 • 1 •H2316F


Page 534 MITSUBISHI Method - M1

Mitsubishi Diamante 1997 2004

Tool: HORIZONTAL LINKAGE TOOL - 23


1. Separate glass from weather-strip with a wedge.
2. Point tip of tool towards front of car.
3. Lower the tool into car (SEE FIG. FOR POSITION)
4. After tool is lowered, turn tool to hook bottom linkage (SEE ENLARGED ILLUSTRATION)
5. Rotate tool to bind the linkage and tilt the handle towards rear of vehicle so as to move the linkage towards the
front of the car.
6. Watch door lock button inside of vehicle for movement. When you have bound the correct linkage, you will see the
door lock button move.

Tool 23
MITSUBISHI

Mitsubishi Diamante Tool in working position View of inside of door

Turn tool to move linkage towards front


of car

MITSUBISHI012xMITSUBISHI • 987 • Style04 • 1 •H2316F


Method - M1 MITSUBISHI Page 535

Mitsubishi Galant 2004 2009

Tool: Long Inside Access Tool 89


1. Insert wedge between glass and weather-strip directly above door lock button inside of vehicle (see figure 1).
2. Insert tool in door with tip facing the front of the vehicle
3. Reposition wedge to allow the lowering of the tool into the door
4. Lower tool into door until shaped portion of tool is beneath the window glass.
5. Raise the tool until that the shaped portion of the tool is entirely visible on the inside of the vehicle
6. Rotate the tool so that the tip is positioned under the door lock button
7. Pull up on tool in order to raise the door lock button, unlocking the door.
NOTE: Use rear door for this opening.

Rear
Door
Tool 89

Mitsubishi Galant Tool in Insertion Position. Tool in Working Position. MITSUBISHI

View from Inside the Door

MITSUBISHI013MITSUBISHI • 1375 • Style04 • 1 •R8901RD


Page 536 MITSUBISHI Method - M1

Mitsubishi Evolution 2004 2007 Mitsubishi Ralliart Sedan 2004 2005


Mitsubishi Lancer 4 door 2002 2006

Tool: Check Mark Tool - 66


1. Using the REAR PASSENGER DOOR, separate glass from weather-strip with a wedge.
2. Insert appro priate end of tool with tip pointing towards front of vehicle.
3. Lower tool under top linkage (see enlargement diagram).
4. Lift tool to hook linkage.
5. Turn handle to move the linkage towards the front of the vehicle .

Tool 66
MITSUBISHI

MITSUBISHI LANCER Tool in insertion position Tool in working position

View from inside the vehicle

MITSUBISHI014MITSUBISHI • 259 • Style04 • 1 •h6602frd


Method - M1 MITSUBISHI Page 537

Mitsubishi Mirage 1985 1988

TOOL: SLIM JIM


1. Separate glass from weather-strips.
2. Use front door.
3. Move the lock pawl with tip of the Slim Jim.
NOTE: Watch door lock button.

MITSUBISHI
Tool SJ

MITSUBISHI015MITSUBISHI • 921 • Style00 • 1 •HSJ01


Page 538 MITSUBISHI Method - M1

Mitsubishi Mirage 2 door 1993 1996 Mitsubishi Mirage 3 Door Hatch 1989 1996

Tool: HORIZONTAL LINKAGE TOOL -23


1. Separate glass from weather-strip with a wedge.
2. Point tip of tool towards front of car.
3. Lower the tool into car (SEE DIAGRAM FOR POSITION)
4. Bind the linkage by twisting the tool (SEE ENLARGED ILLUSTRATION)
5. Rock the tool towards the front of the car in order to move the linkage forward.
Note: Look at the door lock button inside car for movement. When you have found the linkage, you will see the lock
button move.

Tool 23
MITSUBISHI

Tool in insertion position Tool in working position Door without inside panel

Close Up- move linkage to front

MITSUBISHI017MITSUBISHI • 991 • Style04 • 1 •H2321F


Method - M1 MITSUBISHI Page 539

Mitsubishi Mirage 2 door 1997 2002 Mitsubishi Mirage Sedan 4 door 1997 2002

Tool : HORIZONTAL LINKAGE - 23


1. Separate glass from weather-strip with a wedge.
2. Point tip of tool towards rear of car.
3. Lower the tool into car (SEE FIGURE FOR POSITION)
4. After tool is lowered, turn tool to hook bottom linkage (SEE ENLARGED ILLUSTRATION)
5. Rotate tool to bind the linkage and tilt the handle towards rear of vehicle as to move the linkage towards the front
of the car.
6. Watch door lock button inside of vehicle for movement. When you have bound the correct linkage, you will see the
door lock button move.

Tool 23

MITSUBISHI
Mitsubishi Mirage Tool in insertion position Tool in working position

Grab lower lock linkage with hook on Turn tool to move linkage towards front
the end of the tool of car

MITSUBISHI018MITSUBISHI • 992 • Style05 • 1 •H2316F


Page 540 MITSUBISHI Method - M1

Mitsubishi Expo 1993 1994 Mitsubishi Montero 1989 2000

TOOL: LARGE SIDE OF DOUBLE TOOL 26


1. Separate glass from weather-strip.
2.Lower the tool into the door near the door lock button.
3.Push up on door lock button using tip of tool.
NOTE: You should be watching the door lock button inside of the car.

Tool 26
MITSUBISHI

Montero LS Tool in insertion position Tool in working position

MITSUBISHI019MITSUBISHI • 196 • Style03 • 1 •V2601


Method - M1 MITSUBISHI Page 541

Mitsubishi Montero 2001 2007

TOOL: Horizontal Linkage Tool- 23


1. Insert Strip Saver and Weather Strip in rear passenger side door to create opening for tool.
2.With tip of tool facing the front of the vehicle, lower tool into the door (see diagram for position)
3.Twist tool handle and lift to hook and bind lock linkage.
4.Turn handle towards rear of vehicle to move linkage to front and unlock the door.

Tool 91S

Linkage

MITSUBISHI MONTERO Tool in Insertion Position Tool in Working Position MITSUBISHI

View from Inside the Door Close up of Tool in Action


MITSUBISHI021MITSUBISHI • 1188 • Style05 • 1 •H9194FRD
Page 542 MITSUBISHI Method - M1

Mitsubishi Montero Sport 1997 2004

Tool - Horizontal Linkage Tool - 23


1. Insert a wedge between the glass and the weather - strip.
2. Point the tip of the tool towards the front of the vehicle.
3. Lower the tool into the door until it lays on the lock linkage.
4. Rotate tool to bind the linkage.
5. Pull down and forward on the tool so that the linkage moves toward the front of the car.

Tool 23
MITSUBISHI

Mitsubishi Montero Sport Tool in insertion position Tool in working position

Close up of inside door without panel Move linkage to front of vehicle Close up of tool and linkage

MITSUBISHI022MITSUBISHI • 1142 • Style06 • 1 •H2361F


Method - M1 MITSUBISHI Page 543

Mitsubishi Outlander 2003 2006

TOOL: Horizontal Linkage Tool- 23


1. Insert Strip Saver and Weather Strip in rear passenger side door to create opening for tool.
2.With tip of tool facing the front of the vehicle, lower tool into the door (see diagram for position)
3.Twist tool handle and lift to hook and bind lock linkage.
4.Turn handle towards rear of vehicle to move linkage to front and unlock the door.

Tool 23

Linkage

Mitsubishi Outlander Tool in insertion position Tool in working position MITSUBISHI

View from inside the vehicle Close up of tool in action

MITSUBISHI023MITSUBISHI • 1280 • Style05 • 1 •h2394FRD


Page 544 MITSUBISHI Method - M1

Mitsubishi Precis 1990 1993

Tool: DOUBLE HOOK TOOL - 26


1. Separate glass from weather-strips.
2. Use front door.
3. Point tip of tool toward rear of car.
4. Insert tool into door. (SEE FIGURE FOR POSITION)
5. Hook the bottom of the lock button and lift.
Note: Watch door lock button. When you have hooked correct rod, you will see the door lock button move.

Tool 26 Front Passenger


Door

INSER TION
MITSUBISHI

Alternative method use


Alternate Alt47

Mitsubishi Precis Tool in insertion position Tool in working position

Pull up

MITSUBISHI024MITSUBISHI • 993 • Style04 • 1 •V2601


Method - M1 MITSUBISHI Page 545

Mitsubishi Raider 2006 2009

TOOL: ‘S’ Tool - 47


1. Separate the glass from weather-stripping on door.
2. Lower tool into door in between the inner door frame.
3. Twist tool to hook the door lock rod.
4. Lift door lock rod to unlock door.
Reminder: Be sure to use the rubber tip on your 47 Tool

Tool 47

MITSUBISHI
Mitsubishi Raider Tool in insertion position Tool in working position

Hook lock rod and lift to unlock

MITSUBISHI025MITSUBISHI • 1487 • Style04 • 1 •V4701


Page 546 MITSUBISHI Method - M1

Mitsubishi Mighty Max All Mitsubishi Van Upto 1990


Mitsubishi Pickup

Tool: Large side of double tool 26


1. Separate glass from weather-strip.
2. Lower the tool into the door near the door lock button.
3. Push up on door lock button using tip of tool.
NOTE: You should be watching the door lock button inside of the car.
MITSUBISHI

Tool 26

Mitsubishi Van Tool in working position

MITSUBISHI027MITSUBISHI • 439 • Style02 • 1 •V2601


Method - M1 MITSUBISHI Page 547

Mitsubishi Eclipse Spyder Convertible 2007 2010 Mitsubishi Eclipse 2006 2010
Mitsubishi Eclipse 2000 2005 Mitsubishi Eclipse Spyder Convertible 2003 2005

TOOL : FLEXIBLE LONG REACH TOOL - 78SG


1. Insert tool between window and weather-strip, tip of tool facing downward (SEE FIGURE 1 FOR POSITION)
2. Insert a wedge between tool and window and use the groove in the wedge to guide the tool into the vehicle (SEE
FIGURE 2)
3. Slide the tool into the interior of the vehicle until the tip is positioned in front of the lock button (SEE FIGURE 3)
4. With the tip of the tool resting on the lock button, pull back on the tool to unlock the vehicle.
Use of the optional Glass Saver system is recommended!

Tool 78SG

MITSUBISHI
Mitsubishi Eclipse Spyder Insert glass wedge in window Insert long reach tool into glass wedge

Push tip of tool on lock button to Close-up of tool tip unlocking door
unlock

MITSUBISHI028MITSUBISHI • 613 • Style05 • 1 •R5007


Page 548 MITSUBISHI Method - M1

Mitsubishi Lancer 2007 2010

Tool: Long Inside Access Tool 89


1. Insert wedge between glass and weather-strip directly above door lock button inside of vehicle (see figure 1).
2. Insert tool in door with tip facing the front of the vehicle
3. Reposition wedge to allow the lowering of the tool into the door
4. Lower tool into door until shaped portion of tool is beneath the window glass.
5. Raise the tool until that the shaped portion of the tool is entirely visible on the inside of the vehicle
6. Rotate the tool so that the tip is positioned under the door lock button
7. Pull up on tool in order to raise the door lock button, unlocking the door.
NOTE: Use rear door for this opening.

Tool 89
MITSUBISHI

Alternative method use


Alternate Altohj

Mitsubishi Lancer Tool in insertion position Tool in working position

View from inside the vehicle Pull door lock button to unlock
MITSUBISHI029MITSUBISHI • 614 • Style05 • 1 •R8901FD
Method - M1 MITSUBISHI Page 549

Mitsubishi Outlander 2007 2010

Tool: Long Inside Access Tool 89


1. Insert wedge between glass and weather-strip directly above door lock button inside of vehicle (see figure 1).
2. Insert tool in door with tip facing the front of the vehicle
3. Reposition wedge to allow the lowering of the tool into the door
4. Lower tool into door until shaped portion of tool is beneath the window glass.
5. Raise the tool until that the shaped portion of the tool is entirely visible on the inside of the vehicle
6. Rotate the tool so that the tip is positioned under the door lock button
7. Pull up on tool in order to raise the door lock button, unlocking the door.
NOTE: Use rear door for this opening.

Tool 89

MITSUBISHI
Alternative method use
Alternate Altohj

Mitsubishi Outlander Tool in insertion position Tool in working position

Push door lock button to unlock

MITSUBISHI029xMITSUBISHI • 61 • Style04 • 1 •R8901FD


Page 550 MITSUBISHI HEAVY TRUCKS Method - M1

Mitsubishi HT Fuso FE Old Style All

TOOL: ‘S’ Tool - 47


1. Separate the glass from weather-stripping on door.
2. Lower tool into door in between the inner door frame.
3. Twist tool to hook the door lock rod.
4. Lift door lock rod to unlock door.
Reminder: Be sure to use the rubber tip on your 47 Tool

Wedge
MITSUBISHI HEAVY TRUCKS

Tool 47
� oo�
Direction

Direction

Tool in insertion position Tool in working position

MITSUBISHI HEAVY TRUCKS001-M1MITSUBISHI HEAVY TRUCKS • 1496 • Style02 • 1 •V4718HT


Method - M2 MITSUBISHI HEAVY TRUCKS Page 551

Mitsubishi HT Fuso FE Old Style All

Tool: 105 Double Bend Tool


1.Insert the tool into the rear of the door.
2.Lower the tool with the tip facing the rear INSIDE of the door.
3.Hook the door lock rod where it connects to the door latch mechanism.
4.Lift the tool to unlock the truck.

Wedge

MITSUBISHI HEAVY TRUCKS


Tool 105
Tool
Direction

Direction

Tool in the insertion position. Tool in working position. Hook lock linkage and
lift to unlock.

MITSUBISHI HEAVY TRUCKS001-M2MITSUBISHI HEAVY TRUCKS • 944 • Style02 • 1 •V10506HT


Page 552 MITSUBISHI HEAVY TRUCKS Method - M1

Mitsubishi HT Fuso FE New Style All

TOOL: ‘S’ Tool - 47


1. Separate the glass from weather-stripping on door.
2. Lower tool into door in between the inner door frame.
3. Twist tool to hook the door lock rod.
4. Lift door lock rod to unlock door.
Reminder: Be sure to use the rubber tip on your 47 Tool

Wedge
MITSUBISHI HEAVY TRUCKS

Tool 47
� oo�
Direction

Direction

Mitsubishi Fuso Tool in insertion position. Tool in working position. Hook the lock
rod with the tip and lift to unlock.

MITSUBISHI HEAVY TRUCKS002MITSUBISHI HEAVY TRUCKS • 945 • Style03 • 1 •V4719HT


Method - M1 NISSAN Page 553

Nissan 200SX 1987 1995

TOOL: ‘S’ Tool - 47


1. Separate the glass from weather-stripping on door.
2. Lower tool into door in between the inner door frame.
3. Twist tool to hook the door lock rod.
4. Lift door lock rod to unlock door.
Reminder: Be sure to use the rubber tip on your 47 Tool

Tool 47

NISSAN
Tool

Nissan 200 SX Tool in insertion position Tool in working position

View from inside the door

NISSAN001NISSAN • 1347 • Style04 • 1 •V4710


Page 554 NISSAN Method - M1

Nissan 200SX 2 door 1996 1998

Tool: Reverse Hook Tool - 42


1. Separate glass from weather-stripping with a wedge on passenger door.
2. Point tip of tool towards rear of car.
3. Lower the tool into car below linkage guard and linkage (SEE FIG. FOR POSITION) .
4. Rotate tool so handle points away from the vehicle.
5. Lift up on tool and hook linkage (note: you are reaching behind the shield).
6. Twist tool so handle points towards the front of the vehicle in order to bind the linkage.
7. Rock tool so that the linkage moves towards the front of the vehicle.
NOTE: In order to remove the tool, first lift tool completely off the linkage, rock tool so tip moves towards inside of
door panel, lower tool, rotate it and lift up.

Tool 42
NISSAN

NISSAN 200SX Tool in insertion position Tool in working position

View from inside the door Twist tool in order to bind lock linkage Twist tool to move linkage towards
front of vehicle
NISSAN002NISSAN • 996 • Style06 • 1 •H4205
Method - M1 NISSAN Page 555

Nissan 240SX 1989 1994

TOOL: ‘S’ Tool - 47


1. Separate the glass from weather-stripping on door.
2. Lower tool into door in between the inner door frame.
3. Twist tool to hook the door lock rod.
4. Lift door lock rod to unlock door.
Reminder: Be sure to use the rubber tip on your 47 Tool

Tool 47

Tool

Pull Back
Handle to
Unlock

NISSAN
Alternative method use
ENLARGEMENT Alternate AltGM

Tool in insertion position Tool in working position View from inside the door

Close up of tool on linkage

NISSAN003NISSAN • 1346 • Style04 • 1 •H4703


Page 556 NISSAN Method - M1

Nissan 300ZX 1983 1989

TOOL: ‘S’ Tool - 47


1. Separate the glass from weather-stripping on door.
2. Lower tool into door in between the inner door frame.
3. Twist tool to hook the door lock rod.
4. Lift door lock rod to unlock door.
Reminder: Be sure to use the rubber tip on your 47 Tool

Tool 47

Tool

Pull Back
Handle to
Unlock

Alternative method use


Alternate AltGM
NISSAN

ENLARGEMENT

Nissan 300ZX Tool in insertion position Tool in working position

View from inside the door Close up of tool on lock linkage

NISSAN005NISSAN • 1348 • Style05 • 1 •H4720


Method - M1 NISSAN Page 557

Nissan 350 Z 2003 2005 Nissan 350 Z Roadster 2004 2009


Nissan 240SX 1995 1998 Nissan NX 2 Door 1991 1994
Nissan 300ZX 1990 1996 Nissan Pulsar All
Nissan 350 Z 2006 2008

TOOL : FLEXIBLE LONG REACH TOOL - 78SG


1. On driver’ s side door, insert tool between window and weather-strip, tip of tool facing downward (SEE FIGURE 1
FOR POSITION)
2. Insert a wedge between tool and window and use the groove in the wedge to guide the tool into the vehicle (SEE
FIGURE 2)
3. Slide the tool into the interior of the vehicle until the tip is positioned in front of the lock button (SEE FIGURE 3)
4. With the tip of the tool resting on the lock button, pull back on the tool to unlock the vehicle
NOTE: Due to the size of the window, this opening may be difficult to perform.

Tool 78SG

Tool

NISSAN
Pull Back
Handle to
Unlock

Nissan 350 Z Insert Super Wedge/Glassman and Tool in Working Position


Tool

View from Inside the Door Push Door Luck Button Close up of Tool in Action

NISSAN007NISSAN • 1343 • Style06 • 1 •glassman


Page 558 NISSAN Method - M1

Nissan GTR 2009 2011

TOOL : FLEXIBLE LONG REACH TOOL - 78SG


1. On driver’s side door, insert tool between window and weather-strip, tip of tool facing downward (SEE
FIGURE 1 FOR POSITION)
2. Insert a Glassman between tool and window Insert the tool between the two halves of the glassman
3. Slide the tool into the interior of the vehicle until the tip is positioned on the toggle at the top of the door
4. Move the lock toggle on the door to unlock the vehicle
Extreme care should be taken to prevent damage to the vehicle

Glassman

Long Reach Tool


NISSAN

Nissan GTR

Tool 78SG

NISSAN007bNISSAN • 560 • Style00 • 1 •nissan_gtr


Method - M1 NISSAN Page 559

Nissan Altima 1993 1997

Tool: Reverse Hook Tool - 42


1. Separate glass from weather-strip with a wedge.
2. Insert tool with tip about 4 from rear door frame (point tip towards rear of vehicle).
3. Lower tool under linkage (approx. 5 down).
4. Lift tool to catch linkage.
5. Twist tool to bind linkage.
6. Move linkage towards the front of the vehicle.
NOTE: Watch door lock button for movement. When you have contacted the correct linkage, you will see the door
lock button move.

Tool 42

NISSAN
NISSAN ALTIMA Tool in working position View from inside the door

View from inside the door

NISSAN008-M1NISSAN • 998 • Style04 • 1 •H4213F


Page 560 NISSAN Method - M2

Nissan Altima 1993 1997

Tool : Triple Hook Tool - 86


1. Separate glass from weather-strip with a wedge.
2. Insert tool with tip (the side of the tool with a 90 degree bend) pointing towards rear of vehicle (see il-
lustration for position).
3. Lower tool under top linkage (see enlargement diagram).
4. Lift tool to catch linkage.
5. Twist tool to bind linkage.
6. Pull tool to move the linkage towards the front of the vehicle.
NOTE: Watch door lock button for movement. When you have contacted the correct linkage, you will see
the door lock button move.
NISSAN

H8604FRD.eps

Tool 86

NISSAN008-M2NISSAN • 1119 • Style00 • 1 •H8604FRD


Method - M1 NISSAN Page 561

Nissan Altima 1998 2001

Tool : Triple Hook Tool - 86


1. Separate glass from weather-strip with a wedge on REAR DOOR.
2. Insert tool with tip (the side of the tool with a 90 0 bend) pointing towards rear of vehicle (see illustration for posi-
tion).
3. Lower tool under top linkage (see enlargement diagram).
4. Lift tool to catch linkage.
5. Twist tool to bind linkage.
6. Pull tool to move the linkage towards the front of the vehicle.
NOTE: Handle on the tool may be different than shown in photo.

�����
����
Tool 86
Wedge
Wed
�����ge

�����ge

�� �e������ ���

NISSAN
����� �� �e
���� H8614FRD.eps ����� ���

Nissan Altima Tool in insertion position Tool in working position

View from inside the door Close up of tool

NISSAN009NISSAN • 1124 • Style05 • 1 •H8614FRD


Page 562 NISSAN Method - M1

Nissan Altima 2002 2006 Nissan Maxima 2004 2008


Nissan Altima 2007 2011

Tool: Inside Access Tool 35


1. Insert wedge between glass and weather-strip directly above door lock button inside of vehicle (See figure 1).
2. Insert tool in door with tip facing the front of the vehicle (See figure 1).
3. Reposition wedge to allow the lowering of the tool into the door (See figure 2).
4. Lower tool into door until shaped portion of tool is beneath the window glass.
5. Raise the tool until that the shaped portion of the tool is entirely visible on the inside of the vehicle (See figure 3).
6. Rotate the tool so that the tip is positioned in front of the door lock button (See figure 4).
7. Pull on tool in order to slide the door lock button towards the front of the vehicle (see figure 5).
Note: To aid in the removing of the tool, place the wedge between the glass and the weather strip on the inside of the
door near the tool. The tool will slide easily from the inside of the door.

Tool 35
NISSAN

Alternative method use


Alternate Altohj

NISSAN ALTIMA Tool in insertion position Tool in working position

Inside view for tool in working position


NISSAN010NISSAN • 1105 • Style04 • 1 •R3511RD
Method - M1 NISSAN Page 563

Nissan Armada 2004 2010 Nissan Pathfinder Armada 2004 2010


Nissan Armada 2004 2010 Nissan Titan 2004 2010
Nissan Pathfinder Armada 2004 2010

Tool: 74
1. Separate the glass from weather-stripping with a Strip Saver and Wedge.
2. With the tip of the tool facing the front of the car, lower tool into door at the very front of the Drivers door.
3. Lower tool deep into the door and turn the handle away from the car. Lift tool handle until working end of tool
emerges from under the glass and inside of the car. Note : it may be difficult to lift the tool up into the vehicle. Gently
probe to find the gap between the glass and the inside door panel.
4. With working end of tool fully inside the car, maneuver the tool to push down on the electric door lock button and
unlock the door. Driver’ s door only

Tool 74

Nissan Armada Tool in insertion position. Tool in working position. NISSAN

View from Inside the Door.

NISSAN011NISSAN • 1379 • Style04 • 1 •H7404


Page 564 NISSAN Method - M1

Nissan Frontier 1998 2004 Nissan Pickup 1998 2004

Tool: Triple Hook Tool - 86


1.Separate glass from weather-strip with a wedge.
2.Point the tip of the tool towards the front of the vehicle and lower into the door at the position shown in the diagram.
Note Do not lower the tool far into the door, as the linkage is very high.
3.Lift tool to hook and bind linkage.
4.Turn tool handle towards rear of vehicle to move linkage forward and unlock the door.
NOTE: Handle on the tool may be different than shown in photo.

Tool 86

H8611.eps
NISSAN

Alternative method use


Alternate Alt35

NISSAN FRONTIER Tool in insertion position Tool in working position

Door without inside panel Close up of tool and linkage

NISSAN012-M1NISSAN • 71 • Style05 • 1 •H8611


Method - M2 NISSAN Page 565

Nissan Frontier 1998 2004 Nissan Pickup 1998 2005


Nissan Frontier 2005 2010

Tool: Inside Access Tool 35


1. Insert wedge between glass and weather-strip directly above door lock button inside of vehicle (see figure 1).
2. Insert tool in door with tip facing the front of the vehicle (see figure 1).
3. Reposition wedge to allow the lowering of the tool into the door (see figure 2).
4. Lower tool into door until shaped portion of tool is beneath the window glass.
5. Raise the tool until the shaped portion of the tool is entirely visible on the inside of the vehicle (see figure 3).
6. Rotate the tool so that the tip is positioned in front of the door lock button (see figure 4).
7. Pull on tool in order to slide the door lock button towards the front of the vehicle (see figure 5).
The door lock will relock automatically, so you must open the door immediately after unlocking it.
NOTE: To aid in the removing of the tool, place the wedge between the glass and the weather-strip on the inside of
the door near the tool. The tool will slide easily from the inside of the door.

Tool 35

NISSAN FRONTIER Tool in insertion position Tool in working position NISSAN

Tool inside vehicle View from inside of vehicle


NISSAN012-M2NISSAN • 1135 • Style05 • 1 •R3503
Page 566 NISSAN Method - M1

Nissan Frontier Crew Cab 2001 2004 Nissan Open Sky 2003 2004

TOOL: S’ Tool- 47
1.Insert Strip Saver and Wedge into passenger side door to create an opening for the tool.
2.Lower tool into door directly above the door handle.
3.Lower the tool approximately half way into the door.
4.Twist tool to hook lock linkage below the bell crank (See Diagram and Photos).
5.Lift tool to engage lock linkage and unlock the door.

Tool 47


NISSAN

NISSAN FRONTIER CREW CAB Tool in Insertion Position Tool in Working Position

View from Inside the Door Hook Linkage and Pull up to Engage
Bell Crank

NISSAN014NISSAN • 1199 • Style05 • 1 •H4709RD


Method - M1 NISSAN Page 567

Nissan Maxima 1990 1994 Nissan Stanza 1982 1998


Nissan Maxima 1986 1994 Nissan Stanza 1982 1998
Nissan Sentra 1987 1990

Tool: S’ Tool - 47
1. Separate the window glass from weather-stripping with a Strip Saver TM and insert a wedge between
the Strip Saver TM and the window.
2.Insert your slightly to the left of the wedge tool.
3.Lower the tool into door and hook the door lock rod with the hook at the end of the tool.
4.Twist tool slightly and pull upwards on lock rod to unlock door.

NISSAN
Tool 47

Alternative method use


Alternate Alt26

NISSAN015NISSAN • 648 • Style00 • 1 •V4701


Page 568 NISSAN Method - M1

Nissan Maxima 1995 1999

Tool: Reverse Hook Tool - 42


1. Separate glass from weather-strip with a Strip Saver and Wedge.
2. Hook and bind lock linkage directly under doorknob.
3. Rock tool towards front of car to move linkage forward.

Tool 42

Alternative method use


NISSAN

Alternate Alt35

NISSAN MAXIMA Tool in working position Close up of inside door without panel

Close up of tool

NISSAN017NISSAN • 649 • Style04 • 1 •H4212F


Method - M1 NISSAN Page 569

Nissan Maxima 2000 2003

Tool: Check Mark Tool - 66


1. Using the REAR PASSENGER DOOR, separate glass from weather-strip with a wedge.
2. Insert appropriate end of tool with tip pointing towards front of vehicle.
3. Lower tool under top linkage (see enlargement diagram).
4. Lift tool to hook linkage.
5. Turn handle to move the linkage towards the front of the vehicle.

Tool 66

NISSAN
Alternative method use
Alternate Alt26

NISSAN MAXIMA 2000 Tool in insertion position Tool in working position

Close up of door without inside panel Close up of tool and linkage

NISSAN018NISSAN • 995 • Style05 • 1 •H6602FRD


Page 570 NISSAN Method - M1

Nissan Murano 2003 2008

Tool: Small Inside Access Tool 65


1. Insert wedge between glass and weather-strip directly above door lock button inside of vehicle (See figure 1).
2. Insert tool in door with tip facing the front of the vehicle (See figure 1).
3. Reposition wedge to allow the lowering of the tool into the door (See figure 2).
4. Lower tool into door until shaped portion of tool is beneath the window glass.
5. Raise the tool until that the shaped portion of the tool is entirely visible on the inside of the vehicle (See figure 3).
6. Rotate the tool so that the tip is possitioned in front of the door lock button (See figure 4).
7. Pull on tool in order to slide the door lock button towards the front of the vehicle (see figure 5).
Note: To aid in the removing of the tool, place the wedge between the glass and the weather strip on the inside of the
door near the tool. The tool will slide easily from the inside of the door.

Tool 65
NISSAN

Alternative method use


Alternate Altohj

Nissan Murano Tool in insertion position Tool in working position

View from inside the door

NISSAN019NISSAN • 1281 • Style04 • 1 •R3511RD


Method - M1 NISSAN Page 571

Nissan Axxess 1990 1992 Nissan Pickup 1985 1997


Nissan Pathfinder 1982 1995 Nissan Truck 1985 1997

Tool : Large side of double tool - 26


1. Separate glass from weather-strip.
2. Lower the tool into the door near the door lock button.
3. Push up on door lock button using tip of tool.
Note: you should be watching the door lock button inside of the car.

Tool 26

NISSAN
NISSAN PICKUP TRUCK Tool in Working Position Door without Inside Panel

Close up of Door without Inside Panel

NISSAN021NISSAN • 197 • Style04 • 1 •V2601


Page 572 NISSAN Method - M1

Nissan Pathfinder 1996 2004

TOOL: Triple Hook Tool- 86


1.Insert Strip Saver and Wedge into REAR passenger door to create an opening for the tool.
2.Point tip of tool towards rear of vehicle and lower tool into the door. Do not lower tool deep into the door (See
diagram and photos for position).
3.Twist tool handle and lift to hook and bind lock linkage.
4.Turn tool handle to rear of vehicle to move linkage towards front of vehicle and unlock the door.
NOTE: Handle on the tool may be different than shown in photo.

Tool 86

H8616FRD.eps
NISSAN

Tool in Insertion Position Tool in Working Position View from Inside the Door

Close up of Tool in Action

NISSAN022NISSAN • 70 • Style04 • 1 •H8616FRD


Method - M1 NISSAN Page 573

Nissan Pathfinder 2005 2010

Tool: Long Inside Access Tool 89


1. Insert wedge between glass and weather-strip directly above door lock button inside of vehicle (see figure 1).
2. Insert tool in door with tip facing the front of the vehicle
3. Reposition wedge to allow the lowering of the tool into the door
4. Lower tool into door until shaped portion of tool is beneath the window glass.
5. Raise the tool until that the shaped portion of the tool is entirely visible on the inside of the vehicle
6. Rotate the tool so that the tip is positioned under the door lock button
7. Pull up on tool in order to raise the door lock button, unlocking the door.

Tool 89

NISSAN
Nissan Pathfinder Tool in Insertion Position. Tool in Working Position on Inside of
the Car.

View from Inside the Car. Hit Door Lock Button to Unlock the Car. Close-up of Tool in Action.

NISSAN023NISSAN • 1444 • Style06 • 1 •R3512


Page 574 NISSAN Method - M1

Nissan Quest 1993 2002

TOOL: S’ Tool- 47
1. Insert Strip Saver and Wedge into passenger side door to create an opening for the tool.
2.Lower tool into door directly above the door handle.
3.Lower the tool approximately half way into the door.
4.Twist tool to hook lock linkage below the bell crank (See Diagram and Photos).
5.Lift tool to engage lock linkage and unlock the door.

Tool 47
NISSAN

ENLARGEMENT

NISSAN QUEST Tool in insertion position Tool in working position

Door without inside panel

NISSAN025NISSAN • 1066 • Style04 • 1 •H4703


Method - M1 NISSAN Page 575

Nissan Quest 2004 2010

Tool : Inside Access Tool 35


1. Separate glass from weather-stripping with a wedge on passenger rear door.
2. Point tip of tool towards front of car.
3. Lower the tool into car below linkage guard and linkage at the very front of the rear door
4. Rotate tool so the tip of the tool contacts the door lock button.
5. Move the door lock button in order to unlock the vehicle.

Tool 35

NISSAN
Nissan Quest Tool in insertion position. Lower tool into the door.

Lift working end of tool inside the Maneuver the tool to reach the door Hook the door lock button to unlock
vehicle. lock button. the door.

NISSAN026NISSAN • 1380 • Style06 • 1 •R3501


Page 576 NISSAN Method - M1

Nissan Sentra 2001 2006 Nissan Sentra 4 door 1995 1999


Nissan Sentra 1991 1994 Nissan Sentra SE-R 2004 2006

Tool : Inside Access Tool 35


1. Separate glass from weather-stripping with a wedge on passenger rear door.
2. Point tip of tool towards front of car.
3. Lower the tool into car below linkage guard and linkage at the very front of the rear door
4. Rotate tool so the tip of the tool contacts the door lock button.
5. Move the door lock button in order to unlock the vehicle.

Tool 35
NISSAN

Nissan Sentra Tool in insertion position Lower tool into door

Tool in working position Lean tool to access door lock button

NISSAN030NISSAN • 1152 • Style05 • 1 •R3501


Method - M1 NISSAN Page 577

Nissan Xterra 2005 2010 Nissan Xterra 2000 2004

Tool: Long Inside Access Tool 89


1. Insert wedge between glass and weather-strip directly above door lock button inside of vehicle (see
figure 1).
2. Insert tool in door with tip facing the front of the vehicle
3. Reposition wedge to allow the lowering of the tool into the door
4. Lower tool into door until shaped portion of tool is beneath the window glass.
5. Raise the tool until that the shaped portion of the tool is entirely visible on the inside of the vehicle
6. Rotate the tool so that the tip is positioned under the door lock button
7. Pull up on tool in order to raise the door lock button, unlocking the door.

NISSAN
Tool 89

NISSAN032NISSAN • 1446 • Style00 • 1 •R3512


Page 578 NISSAN Method - M1

Nissan Sentra 2007 2010

Tool: Small Inside Access Tool 65


1. Insert wedge between glass and weather-strip directly above door lock button inside of vehicle (See figure 1).
2. Insert tool in door with tip facing the front of the vehicle (See figure 1).
3. Reposition wedge to allow the lowering of the tool into the door (See figure 2).
4. Lower tool into door until shaped portion of tool is beneath the window glass.
5. Raise the tool until that the shaped portion of the tool is entirely visible on the inside of the vehicle (See figure 3).
6. Rotate the tool so that the tip is positio ned in front of the door lock button (See figure 4).
7. Pull on tool in order to slide the door lock button towards the front of the vehicle (see figure 5).
Note:To aid in the removing of the tool, place the wedge between the glass and the weather strip on the inside of the
door near the tool. The tool will slide easily from the inside of the door.

Tool 65
NISSAN

Nissan Sentra Tool in insertion position Tool in working position

View from inside the vehicle Push door lock button to unlock
NISSAN034NISSAN • 63 • Style05 • 1 •R3511RD
Method - M1 NISSAN Page 579

Nissan Versa 4 door 2007 2010

Tool: 116- Large Under Window Tool


1. Insert strip saver and wedge between glass and weather-striping
2.Insert tool into the front door
3.Reposition wedge to allow the lowering of the tool into the door(see figure2).
4.Lower tool (see figure 3).
5.Slide tool in the door
6.Rotate the tool into the door until shaped portion of tool is beneath the window glass
7.Raise the tool until the portion of the tool is entirely visible on the inside of the vehicle so that the tip is positioned in
front of the door lock button (see figure 4).
8.Pull on tool in order to slide the door lock button towards the front of the vehicle (see figure 5).
Note: To aid in the moving of the tool, place the wedge between the glass and the weather-strip on the inside of the
door near the tool. The tool will slide easily from the inside of the door.

Tool 116

Nissan Versa Tool in insertion position Tool in working position NISSAN

Push door lock button to unlock


NISSAN035NISSAN • 64 • Style04 • 1 •R3512
Page 580 NISSAN Method - M1

Nissan Rogue 2008 2010

TOOL: Air Wedge with Long Reach Tool- 78SG


1. Do NOT Use The One Hand Jack tool on this vehicle
2 .Insert the Air Wedge to wards the side of the door and inflate.
3. Insert a Long Reach Tool (such as the 78, Flat Max or Long John Tool) into the opening.
5. Maneuver the tool to engage the door handle or, when available, the door lock release button.
6. Pull the handle or engage the lock release button to unlock the door.

Tool 78SG
NISSAN

Insert the air Wedge Insert the long reach tool Move the door lock button

Nissan038NISSAN • 578 • Style04 • 1 •jacktool


Method - M1 NISSAN Page 581

Nissan 370 Z 2009 2010

TOOL : FLEXIBLE LONG REACH TOOL - 78SG


1. On driver’ s side door, insert tool between window and weather-strip, tip of tool facing downward (SEE
FIGURE 1 FOR POSITION)
2. Insert a wedge between tool and window and use the groove in the wedge to guide the tool into the
vehicle (SEE FIGURE 2)
3. Slide the tool into the interior of the vehicle until the tip is positioned in front of the lock button (SEE
FIGURE 3)
4. With the tip of the tool resting on the lock button, pull back on the tool to
unlock the vehicle
NOTE: Due to the size of the window, this opening may be difficult to perform.

NISSAN
Tool

Pull Back
Handle to
Unlock

Tool 78SG

Nissan039NISSAN • 1648 • Style00 • 1 •glassman


Page 582 Nissan Method - M1

Nissan Cube 2009 2011

TOOL: Air Wedge with Long Reach Tool- 78SG


1. Do NOT Use The One Hand Jack tool on this vehicle
2 .Insert the Air Wedge to wards the side of the door and inflate.
3. Insert a Long Reach Tool (such as the 78, Flat Max or Long John Tool) into the opening.
5. Maneuver the tool to engage the door handle or, when available, the door lock release button.
6. Pull the handle or engage the lock release button to unlock the door.
Nissan

Tool 78SG

Nissan040NISSAN • 1620 • Style00 • 1 •jacktool


Method - M1 NISSAN Page 583

Nissan Murano 2009 2011

Tool: Small Inside Access Tool 65


1. Insert wedge between glass and weather-strip directly above door lock button inside of vehicle (see figure 1).
2. Insert tool in door with tip facing the front of the vehicle
3. Reposition wedge to allow the lowering of the tool into the door
4. Lower tool into door until shaped portion of tool is beneath the window glass.
5. Raise the tool until that the shaped portion of the tool is entirely visible on the inside of the vehicle
6. Rotate the tool so that the tip is positioned on the door lock button
7. Twist the tool to pull the lock back and unlock the vehicle.
NOTE: Use rear door for this opening.

Tool 65

Alternative method use


Alternate Altohj

NISSAN

Nissan041NISSAN • 1650 • Style06 • 1 •R3511RD


Page 584 NISSAN Method - M1

Nissan Maxima 2009 2011

Tool: Small Inside Access Tool 65


1. Insert wedge between glass and weather-strip directly above door lock button inside of vehicle (see figure 1).
2. Insert tool in door with tip facing the front of the vehicle
3. Reposition wedge to allow the lowering of the tool into the door
4. Lower tool into door until shaped portion of tool is beneath the window glass.
5. Raise the tool until that the shaped portion of the tool is entirely visible on the inside of the vehicle
6. Rotate the tool so that the tip is positioned on the door lock button
7. Twist the tool to pull the lock back and unlock the vehicle.
NOTE: Use rear door for this opening.

Tool 65
NISSAN

Alternative method use


Alternate Altohj

Maxima Use the rear door Insert with the tip facing the front

Lift tool and bring V tip on the inside of Position tool onto the button Twist tool to unlock the vehicle
the vehicle
NISSAN042NISSAN • 1649 • Style06 • 1 •R3511RD
Method - M1 PETERBILT HEAVY TRUCKS Page 585

Peterbilt 387 All Peterbilt 270 Day Cab Over All

TOOL: ‘S’ Tool - 47


1. Separate the glass from weather-stripping on door.
2. Lower tool into door in between the inner door frame.
3. Twist tool to hook the door lock rod.
4. Lift door lock rod to unlock door.
Reminder: Be sure to use the rubber tip on your 47 Tool

� ��� �

PETERBILT HEAVY TRUCKS


Tool 47
� ��l
�������
Pull
Up

Pull�Up

Peterbilt 387 Insert tool at rear of passenger door Hook door linkage w/ tip of tool and lift
tool to unlock door

PETERBILT HEAVY TRUCKS002PETERBILT HEAVY TRUCKS • 1500 • Style03 • 1 •V4717HT


Page 586 PETERBILT HEAVY TRUCKS Method - M1

Peterbilt Day Cab Over All

TOOL: ‘S’ Tool - 47


1. Separate the glass from weather-stripping on door.
2. Lower tool into door in between the inner door frame.
3. Twist tool to hook the door lock rod.
4. Lift door lock rod to unlock door.
Reminder: Be sure to use the rubber tip on your 47 Tool

Wedge
PETERBILT HEAVY TRUCKS

Tool 47
� oo�
Direction

Direction

Peterbilt Day Cab Over Insert tool in position shown Hook door linkage w/ tip of tool and lift
tool to unlock door

PETERBILT HEAVY TRUCKS002xPETERBILT HEAVY TRUCKS • 1498 • Style03 • 1 •V4719HT


Method - M1 PETERBILT HEAVY TRUCKS Page 587

Peterbilt 389 All

Tool: Double Tool 26


1. Separate glass from weather-stripping.
2. Point tool towards rear of car.
3. Lower the tool into car. (SEE FIG. FOR POSITION)
4. Lift tool to contact door lock button.
5. Lift tool to unlock door.

Wedge

Tool 26

PETERBILT HEAVY TRUCKS


Pull�
Up
Pull�
� Up
Tool

Linkage

Peterbilt 389 Tool in working position Lower tool into door w/ tip under door
lock button. Lift tool to unlock door

View from inside door


PETERBILT HEAVY TRUCKS003PETERBILT HEAVY TRUCKS • 1497 • Style04 • 1 •V2616HT
Page 588 PETERBILT HEAVY TRUCKS Method - M1

Peterbilt All Other Models All

Tool: Double Tool 26


1. Separate glass from weather-stripping.
2. Point tool towards rear of car.
3. Lower the tool into car. (SEE FIG. FOR POSITION)
4. Lift tool to contact door lock button.
5. Lift tool to unlock door.

Tool 26

Wedge
PETERBILT HEAVY TRUCKS

Pull�
Up
Pull�
� Up
Tool

Linkage
Alternative method use
Alternate Alt103-04

Peterbilt 378 Insert tool in position shown Lower tool into door under door lock
button lift tool to unlock door

PETERBILT HEAVY TRUCKS003xPETERBILT HEAVY TRUCKS • 1501 • Style03 • 1 •V2616HT


Method - M1 PEUGEOT Page 589

Peugeot All All

Tool: DOUBLE BEND TOOL - 88


1. Separate glass from weather-stripping with a wedge.
2. Point tool towards rear of car.
3. Lower the tool into car. (SEE FIG .FOR POSITION)
4. Hook lock lever with tip of tool.
NOTE: You should be watching the door lock lever inside of the car. When you have hooked the correct
lever inside the door, you will see the door lock button move.

PEUGEOT
V8804.eps

Tool 88-20

PEUGEOT001PEUGEOT • 1530 • Style00 • 1 •V8804


Page 590 PORSCHE Method - M1

Porsche Boxter All Porsche ALL OTHERS


Porsche 911 1987 2005

Tool: Flexible Long Reach Tool 78sg


1.Insert tool between window and weather-stripping, with tip of tool facing downward
2. Insert a wedge between tool and window and use the groove in the wedge to guide the tool into the vehicle
3.Slide the tool into the interior of the vehicle until the tip is positioned in front of the door lock handle.
4.With the tip of the tool hook the door lock handle and pull the handle to unlock the vehicle.
5.Pulling the Inside Door Handle once unlocks the door. You must pull the Outside Door Handle to open the door.
Use of the Glass Master wedge system is recommended.

Tool

Tool 78SG

Handle

D��ect�on

Tool

Pull Back
Handle to
PORSCHE

Unlock PASSENGER
DOOR

Porsche Boxter Insert protective sleeve Insert glassmaster and tool

Manuever tool to unlock door Hook door lock handle with end of tool

PORSCHE005PORSCHE • 1002 • Style05 • 1 •R5004


Method - M1 PORSCHE Page 591

Porsche 928 Coupe All Porsche Cayenne 2003 2010

TOOL : FLEXIBLE LONG REACH TOOL - 78SG


1. Use the One hand Jack system and an air wedge to create working room to insert the tool between window and
weather-strip, tip of tool facing downward (SEE FIGURE 1 FOR POSITION)
2. Insert a wedge between tool and window and use the groove in the wedge to guide the tool into the vehicle (SEE
FIGURE 2)
3. Slide the tool into the interior of the vehicle and hook the door handle.
4. Pull back on the door handle to unlock the vehicle.
Use Caution This is an Extreme Emergency Opening Only

Tool 78SG

Pull Handle

PORSCHE
Porsche Cayenne Insert Strip Saver on Top Side of Door. Insert One Hand Jack Into Door
Through Strip Saver.

Use Air Jack Wedge to Create a Cavity Tool in Working Position. Insert on Top Hook Door Handle to Unlock.
in the Door. of Door to Position Working end.
PORSCHE006PORSCHE • 266 • Style06 • 1 •RLJ04
Page 592 PORSCHE Method - M1

Porsche Panamera 2010 2011

Tool: Flexible Long Reach Tool 78sg


1. Insert tool between window and weather-stripping, with tip of tool facing downward
2. I nsert a wedge between tool and window and use the groove in the wedge to guide the tool into the
vehicle
3. Slide the tool into the interior of the vehicle until the tip is positioned in front of the door lock handle.
4. With the tip of the tool hook the door lock handle and pull the handle to unlock the vehicle.
5. Pulling the Inside Door Handle once unlocks the door. You must pull the Outside Door Handle to open
the door.
Use of The Glass Master Wedge System is Recommended!

Tool
PORSCHE

Handle

D��ect�on

Tool

Pull Back
Handle to
Unlock PASSENGER
DOOR

Tool 78sg

PORSCHE007PORSCHE • 1704 • Style00 • 1 •r5004


Method - M1 PORSCHE Page 593

Porsche 911 Carrera 2006 2010 Porsche 911 Carrera S 2006 2010
Porsche 911 1980 1986 Porsche 944 1987 1992

Tool: Flexible Long Reach Tool 78sg


1.Insert tool between window and weather-stripping, with tip of tool facing downward
2.Insert a wedge between tool and window and use the groove in the wedge to guide the tool into the vehicle
3.Slide the tool into the interior of the vehicle until the tip is positioned in front of the door lock handle.
4.With the tip of the tool hook the door lock handle and pull the handle to unlock the vehicle.
5.Pulling the Inside Door Handle once unlocks the door. You must pull the Outside Door Handle to open the door.

Use of the Glass Master wedge system is recommended.

Tool

Tool 78SG

Handle

D��ect�on

Tool

PORSCHE
Pull Back
Handle to
Unlock PASSENGER
DOOR

Porsche Carerra Insert protector Insert glassman tool

Insert tool into cavity created by glassman View from inside the vehicle Hook door lock button to unlock door

PORSCHE008PORSCHE • 667 • Style06 • 1 •R5004


Page 594 ROLLS ROYCE Method - M1

Rolls Royce Corniche All

TOOL: Double Bend Tool - 88


1. Separate glass from the weather-stripping using a wedge (use care).
2. Insert the tool with tip of tool pointing towards the rear of the car.
3. Hook lock linkage behind rear inner door handle (there are two inner door handles, front and rear).
4. Move the lock rod towards the front of the car.
NOTE: Watch the rear door handle inside of the car for movement. When you contact the proper rod, you
will see the rear door lock handle move.
NOTE: Handle on the tool may be different than shown in photo
ROLLS ROYCE

h8804

Tool 88-20

ROLLS ROYCE001ROLLS ROYCE • 1003 • Style00 • 1 •H8804


Method - M2 SAAB Page 595

Saab 9000 1986 1999 Saab 9000 1986 1999


Saab 900 Upto 1993

Tool: SMALL HOOK TOOL 22


1. Separate glass from weather-stripping with a wedge.
2. Point tip of tool towards rear of car.
3. Lower the tool into car (SEE FIG. FOR POSITION) .
4. Hook Bell Crank with end of tool.
5. Lift straight up on tool in order to raise the lock button.

Tool 22

Saab 9000 Tool in insertion Position Tool in working position SAAB

View From Inside The Door Hook Bell Crank and lift to unlock door Hook bell crank and lift

SAAB002SAAB • 1005 • Style06 • 1 •H2207


Page 596 SAAB Method - M1

Saab 92 2005 2006 Saab 92X 2005 2006

Tool: - 77
1.Separate glass from weather-strip of the passenger side front door with a Strip Saver and wedge.
2. Point appropriate tool end towards the front of the vehicle and lower into the door directly above the
door handle (See photo 2 and 3).
3. Turn tool handle away from vehicle to access lock linkage.
4. Hook and bind lower lock linkage with tool.
5. Move tool downward to push linkage down and unlock the door.
SAAB

Tool 77

Saab 92X Tool in Insertion Position Tool in Working Position

SAAB003SAAB • 1383 • Style03 • 1 •H7711


Method - M2 SAAB Page 597

Saab 900 1994 & up Saab 9-3 1999 2002


Saab 9-3 Convertible 1999 2002 Saab 9-5 1999 2001
Saab 9-3 1999 2002 Saab 9-5 1999 2001
Saab 9-3 Convertible 1999 2002 Saab 900 1994 & up

Tool: Double Tool - 26


1. Separate glass from weather-strip with wedge.
2. Lower the tool into the door near the door lock button.
3. Push up on door lock button using tip of tool.
NOTE : You should be watching the door lock button inside of the car for movement.

Tool 26

SAAB
Alternative method use
Alternate Alt26

Saab 93 Tool in insertion position Tool in working position

View from inside door Close Up

SAAB005SAAB • 532 • Style05 • 1 •V2601


Page 598 SAAB Method - M1

Saab 9-3 2003 2010 Saab 9-5 2002 2010


Saab 9-3 Convertible 2003 2010 Saab 9-5 Convertible 2004 2006
Saab 9-3 Sport 2007 2010

TOOL: ‘S’ Tool - 47


1. Separate the glass from weather-stripping on door.
2. Lower tool into door in between the inner door frame.
3. Twist tool to hook the door lock rod.
4. Lift door lock rod to unlock door.
Reminder: Be sure to use the rubber tip on your 47 Tool

Tool 47
SAAB

Saab 93 Tool in insertion position Tool in working position

Close up of door without inside panel Lift tool to unlock door

SAAB006SAAB • 1283 • Style05 • 1 •V4701


Method - M1 SAAB Page 599

Saab 9-7X 2005 2010

TOOL: Horizontal Linkage Tool - 23


1. Insert Strip Saver and wedge in passenger side door.
2.Point the tip of the tool towards the front of the vehicle and lower the tool into the door.
3.Twist tool handle away from the vehicle to access the linkage
4.Hook the lower lock linkage with the working end of the tool.
5.Move tool handle towards the rear of the vehicle to move the linkage towards the front and unlock the door.

Wedge

Tool 23

Tool

Linkage

Move to front

SAAB
Move to front

PASSENGER DOOR

Saab 97x Tool in insertion position Tool in working position

View from inside the door Close up of tool on lock linkage

SAAB008SAAB • 686 • Style05 • 1 •H2382F


Page 600 SCION Method - M1

Scion TC 2005 2010

Tool: Long Inside Access Tool 89


1. Insert wedge between glass and weather-strip directly above door lock button inside of vehicle (see figure 1).
2. Insert tool in door with tip facing the front of the vehicle
3. Reposition wedge to allow the lowering of the tool into the door
4. Lower tool into door until shaped portion of tool is beneath the window glass.
5. Raise the tool until that the shaped portion of the tool is entirely visible on the inside of the vehicle
6. Rotate the tool so that the tip is positioned under the door lock button
7. Pull up on tool in order to raise the door lock button, unlocking the door.
NOTE: Use rear door for this opening.

Tool 35
SCION

Scion TC Tool in Insertion Position. Tool in Working Position. Working End


of Tool Inside the Car.

View from Inside the Door. Hook Door


Lock Button to Unlock.

SCION001SCION • 1448 • Style04 • 1 •R3511RD


Method - M1 SCION Page 601

Scion XA 2004 2007

Tool: Long Inside Access Tool 89


1. Insert wedge between glass and weather-strip directly above door lock button inside of vehicle (see figure 1).
2. Insert tool in door with tip facing the front of the vehicle
3. Reposition wedge to allow the lowering of the tool into the door
4. Lower tool into door until shaped portion of tool is beneath the window glass.
5. Raise the tool until that the shaped portion of the tool is entirely visible on the inside of the vehicle
6. Rotate the tool so that the tip is positioned under the door lock button
7. Pull up on tool in order to raise the door lock button, unlocking the door.
NOTE: Use rear door for this opening.

Tool 35

Scion XA Tool in Insertion Position. Tool in Working Position. SCION

View from Inside the Door.


SCION002SCION • 1397 • Style04 • 1 •R3511RD
Page 602 SCION Method - M1

Scion XB 2004 2007

TOOL: ‘S’ Tool - 47


1. Separate the glass from weather-stripping on door.
2. Lower tool into door in between the inner door frame.
3. Twist tool to hook the door lock rod.
4. Lift door lock rod to unlock door.
Reminder: Be sure to use the rubber tip on your 47 Tool

Tool 47
SCION

Alternative method use


Alternate Alt81

Scion XB Tool in Insertion Position. Tool in Working Position.

SCION003SCION • 1396 • Style03 • 1 •V4701


Method - M1 SCION Page 603

Scion XB 3 Door 2008 2010

TOOL: Air Wedge with Long Reach Tool- 78SG


1. Do NOT Use The One Hand Jack tool on this vehicle
2 .Insert the Air Wedge to wards the side of the door and inflate.
3. Insert a Long Reach Tool (such as the 78, Flat Max or Long John Tool) into the opening.
5. Maneuver the tool to engage the door handle or, when available, the door lock release button.
6. Engage the lock release button to unlock the door.

Tool 78SG

SCION
Scion XB Make room using the jack Tool Insert the AirJack

Insert the long reach tool Move the door lock button

SCION004SCION • 1600 • Style05 • 1 •jacktool


Page 604 SCION Method - M1

Scion XD 2008 2010

TOOL: Air Wedge with Long Reach Tool- 78SG


1. Do NOT Use The One Hand Jack tool on this vehicle
2 .Insert the Air Wedge to wards the side of the door and inflate.
3. Insert a Long Reach Tool (such as the 78, Flat Max or Long John Tool) into the opening.
5. Maneuver the tool to engage the door handle or, when available, the door lock release button.
6. Engage the lock release button to unlock the door.

Tool 78SG
SCION

Scion XD Insert the Air Wedge Insert the long reach tool

Move the door lock button with the tool

SCION005SCION • 1599 • Style04 • 1 •jacktool


Method - M1 Smart Page 605

Smart ForTwo 2 door 2008 2011

TOOL: FLEXIBLE LONG REACH TOOL - 78SG


1. Create small opening at the roof of car by lifting canvas by hand
2. Insert the tool in the opening and guide the tool into the vehicle.
3. Slide the tool into the interior of the vehicle until the tip is positioned in front of the lock handle.
4. With the tip of the tool pull the door lock handle to unlock door

Lift Canvas To
Insert Tool

Tool
Tool 78sg

Handle

Smart
Smart For Two Carefully lift rim of canvas Maneuver tip of Long Reach Tool for
insertion under the canvas

Insert Long Reach Tool through under Position tip of tool under the opening Pull the handle to open door
the canvas handle

Smart001M1SMART • 1666 • Style06 • 1 •Under_Canv


Page 606 Smart Method - M2

Smart ForTwo 2 door 2008 2011

TOOL: Long Inside Access - 89


1. Insert wedge between glass and weather-strip directly above door lock button inside of vehicle
2. Insert tool in door with tip facing the front of the vehicle
3. Reposition wedge to allow the lowering of the tool into the door (see figure 2).
4 Lower (see figure 3).
5 .Slide tool forward in door.6 Rotate the tool into door until shaped portion of tool is beneath the window
glass.Raise the tool until that the shaped portion of the tool is entirely visible on the inside of the vehicle so
that the tip is positioned in front of the door lock button (see figure 4)
6 Pull on tool in order to slide the door lock button towards the rear of the vehicle Note: To aid in the re-
moving of the tool, place the wedge between the glass
Smart

Tool 89

Smart ForTwo

Smart001M2SMART • 1618 • Style03 • 1 •r3501


Method - M3 SMART Page 607

Smart ALL 2008 2010

Tool: Flexible Long Reach Tool 78sg


1. Insert the glassman tool between window and weather-stripping, with tip of tool facing downward
2. I nsert a wedge between tool and window and use the groove in the wedge to guide the tool into the
vehicle
3. Slide the tool into the interior of the vehicle until the tip is positioned in front of the door lock handle.
4. With the tip of the tool hook the door lock handle and pull the handle to unlock the vehicle.
5. Pulling the Inside Door Handle once unlocks the door. You must pull the Outside Door Handle to open
the door. Use of The Glass Master Wedge System is Recommended!

Tool

Handle

D��ect�on

SMART
Tool

Pull Back
Handle to
Unlock PASSENGER
DOOR

Tool 78SG

Smart001M3SMART • 602 • Style00 • 1 •r5004


Page 608 STERLING HEAVY TRUCKS Method - M1

Sterling Ram 4500/5500 Truck 2008 2009

Tool 120
1) Insert the Strip saver and wedge between the glass and the weather-striping
2) Point the tip of the tool toward the rear of the car
lower the tool in to the door making sure the tool goes behind the window run channel. The tool should be at the rear
of the door. (The window run channel is the piece the windows slides down in
3) Lower the tool under the lock linkage
4) Lift the tool under the linkage to unlock the door.

Tool 120
STERLING HEAVY TRUCKS

V8806.eps

Tool in insertion Position Tool in working position Notice the tool Is inserted behind the
window run channel

Tool lifting the linkage behind the run channel


Sterling Heavy Trucks002M1STERLING • 1692 • Style04 • 1 •V12001
Method - M1 STERLING HEAVY TRUCKS Page 609

Sterling All Models All

TOOL: ‘S’ Tool - 47


1. Separate the glass from weather-stripping on door.
2. Lower tool into door in between the inner door frame.
3. Twist tool to hook the door lock rod.
4. Lift door lock rod to unlock door.
Reminder: Be sure to use the rubber tip on your 47 Tool

� ��� �

STERLING HEAVY TRUCKS


Tool 47

� ��l
�������
Pull
Up

Pull�Up

Sterling Insert tool in position shown Lower tool into door. Hook door lock
rod w/ tip of tool an lift tool to unlock
door

STERLING HEAVY TRUCKS001-M1STERLING HEAVY TRUCKS • 1502 • Style03 • 1 •V4717HT


Page 610 STERLING HEAVY TRUCKS Method - M2

Sterling All Models All

Tool: 105 Double Bend Tool


1. Insert a wedge between the glass and the weather-stripping.
2.Lower the tool into the door at the position shown.
3. Place the tip of the tool under the door lock linkage.
4.Lift the tool to unlock the truck .

Wedge
STERLING HEAVY TRUCKS

Tool 105

Pull
Up

Sterling Truck Tool in insertion position Tool in working position

STERLING HEAVY TRUCKS001-M2STERLING HEAVY TRUCKS • 1507 • Style03 • 1 •V10507HT


Method - M1 SUBARU Page 611

Subaru Forester Wagon 2008 2010 Subaru Impreza 2008 2010

Tool 89
1 Insert Strip saver and Wedgee into the door between glass and weather-stripping
2: lower the tool into the door at the front of the passenger door
Remove the Wedgee and strip saver
3 Lift the tool so the tool comes up on the inside of the door
4 move the tool so the tip touches the door lock button
5 push the front of the door lock button in to unlock

Tool 89

SUBARU
Alternative method use
Alternate Altohj

Subaru Impreza Tool insertion Position Tool working position

Place tip on door lock button Push button with tip to unlock

SUBARU019SUBARU • 368 • STyle05 • 1 •alt89fd


Page 612 SUBARU Method - M1

Subaru 3 door All Subaru Justy All

Tool: Horizontal Linkage Tool 23


1. Separate glass from weather-stripping.
2. Use front door.
3. Lower tool into door until it catches the linkage.
4. Twist tool to bind the linkage.
5. Push tip of tool towards rear of car (SEE FIG. FOR POSITION) .
Note: Watch door lock button. When you have hooked correct lever, you will see the door lock button move.
SUBARU

Tool 23

SUBARU001SUBARU • 834 • Style00 • 1 •H2364F


Method - M1 SUBARU Page 613

Subaru Loyale All

Tool: Double Bend Tool - 88


1. Separate glass from the weather-stripping using a wedge (use care).
2. Insert the tool with tip of tool pointing towards the rear of the car.
3. Hook lock linkage behind rear inner door handle (there are two inner door handles, front and rear).
4. Move the lock rod towards the front of the car.
NOTE : Watch the rear door handle inside of the car for movement.
When you contact the proper rod, you will see the rear door lock handle move.
NOTE: Handle on the tool may be different than shown in photo.

Tool 88-45

SUBARU
h8804

SUBARU LOYALE Tool in working position View From Inside The Door

SUBARU001xSUBARU • 1093 • Style03 • 1 •H8804


Page 614 SUBARU Method - M1

Subaru B9 Tribeca 2006 2010

Tool: Long Inside Access Tool 89


1. Insert wedge between glass and weather-strip directly above door lock button inside of vehicle (see figure 1).
2. Insert tool in door with tip facing the front of the vehicle
3. Reposition wedge to allow the lowering of the tool into the door
4. Lower tool into door until shaped portion of tool is beneath the window glass.
5. Raise the tool until that the shaped portion of the tool is entirely visible on the inside of the vehicle
6. Rotate the tool so that the tip is positioned under the door lock button
7. Pull up on tool in order to raise the door lock button, unlocking the door.
NOTE: Use rear door for this opening.

Tool 65
SUBARU

Subaru B9 Tribeca Tool in insertion position. Use rear Tool in working position.
door.

Push lock button to unlock door.

SUBARU002SUBARU • 1450 • Style04 • 1 •R3511RD


Method - M1 SUBARU Page 615

Subaru Legacy 2004 2009 Subaru Outback 2004 2009

TOOL: Small Inside Access Tool - 65


1. Insert wedge between glass and weather-strip directly above door lock button inside of vehicle
2. Insert tool in door .
3. Reposition wedge to allow the lowering of the tool into the door (see figure 2).
3. Lower tool into door until shaped portion of tool is beneath the window glass.
4. Raise the tool until that the shaped portion of the tool is entirely visible on the inside of the vehicle (see figure 3).
5. Rotate the Tool so that the tip is positioned under the door lock button (see figure 4).
6. Move the tip of the tool to unlock the door lock button.
NOTE : To aid in the removing of the tool, place the wedge between the glass and weather-strip on the inside of the
door near the tool. The tool will slide easily from the inside of the door.

Tool 65

Subaru Legacy Tool in insertion position. View from inside the door. SUBARU

Push lock button to unlock.


SUBARU002xSUBARU • 1449 • Style04 • 1 •R3504
Page 616 SUBARU Method - M1

Subaru Baja 2003 2007

Tool: 77
1. With a strip saver and wedge, s eparate glass from weather-stripping on passenger door.
2. Point tip of tool towards front of car.
3. Lower the tool into car (SEE FIG. FOR POSITION).
4. After tool is lowered, rotate tool to hook linkage .
5. Push down on tool to move linkage downward and unlock the door.

Tool 77
SUBARU

Subaru Baja Tool in insertion position Tool in working position

View from inside the door Close up of tool on linkage

SUBARU003SUBARU • 681 • Style05 • 1 •H7711


Method - M1 SUBARU Page 617

Subaru Forester 1998 2002

Tool: S TOOL 47
1. Separate glass from weather-strip with a wedge.
2. Use the tool to find your insertion position. Mark your position with the wedge and insert your tool.
3. Lower the tool below the inner door frame.
4. Hook the lock rod that runs from the latch to the bell crank.
5. Lift tool to engage bell crank and unlock door.

Tool 47

SUBARU
Subaru Forester Tool in insertion position Tool in working position

View from inside the door Close up of tool on linkage

SUBARU004SUBARU • 1166 • Style05 • 1 •H4711


Page 618 SUBARU Method - M1

Subaru Forester 2003 2007

TOOL : FLEXIBLE LONG REACH TOOL - 78SG


1. On driver’ s side door, insert tool between window and weather-stripping, tip of tool facing downward
(see figure 1 for position).
2. Insert a wedge between tool and window and use the groove in the wedge to guide the tool into the
vehicle (see figure 2).
3. Slide the tool into the interior of the vehicle until the tip is positioned in front of the lock button (see figure
3).
4.With the tip of the tool resting on the lock button, pull back on the tool to unlock the vehicle (see figure
4).
NOTE: The Remote Access System is a set of tools which can be custom configured in numerous ways
in order to achieve desired access. Above are a few possible combinations-configure your remote access
system according to your specific needs.
SUBARU

Tool 78SG

Tool

Pull Back
Handle to
Unlock

Subaru Forester Insert glass spreader Tool in working position

SUBARU005SUBARU • 1362 • Style03 • 1 •glassman


Method - M1 SUBARU Page 619

Subaru Impreza Outback 1993 2001 Subaru Impreza 1993 2001

Tool: S TOOL 47
1. Separate glass from weather-strip with a wedge.
2. Use the tool to find your insertion position. Mark your position with the wedge and insert your tool.
3. Lower the tool below the inner door frame.
4. Hook the lock rod that runs from the latch to the bell crank.
5. Lift tool to engage bell crank and unlock door.

Tool 47

SUBARU
Subaru Impreza Tool in insertion position Tool in working position

Twist tool to hook linkage and lift

SUBARU006-M1SUBARU • 207 • Style04 • 1 •H4701


Page 620 SUBARU Method - M1

Subaru Impreza 1993 2001 Subaru Impreza Outback 1993 2001

Tool: Reverse Hook Tool - 42


1. Separate glass from weather-stripping with a wedge on passenger door.
2. Point tip of tool towards rear of car.
3. Lower the tool into car below linkage guard and linkage (SEE FIG. FOR POSITION) .
4. Rotate tool so handle points away from the vehicle.
5. Lift up on tool and hook linkage (note: you are reaching behind shield).
6. Twist tool so handle points towards the front of the vehicle in order to bind the linkage.
7. Rock tool so that the linkage moves towards the rear of the vehicle.
NOTE: In order to remove the tool, first lift tool completely off the linkage, rock tool so tip moves towards inside of
door panel, lower tool, rotate it and lift up.

Tool 42
SUBARU

Subaru Impreza Tool in insertion position Tool in working position

Twist tool to move linkage towards rear


of vehicle

SUBARU006-M2SUBARU • 1096 • Style04 • 1 •H4206


Method - M1 SUBARU Page 621

Subaru Legacy 1995 2003

Tool: S TOOL - 47
1.Separate glass from weather-strip with a wedge.
2. Use the tool to find your insertion position. Mark your position with the wedge and insert your tool.
3. Lower the tool below the inner door frame.
4. Lift the tool so tip is in front of bell crank.
5. Lift tool to engage bell crank and unlock door.

SUBARU
Tool 47

SUBARU006bSUBARU • 1009 • Style00 • 1 •H4701


Page 622 SUBARU Method - M1

Subaru Impreza 4 door 2002 2007 Subaru WRX 4 door 2003 2007
Subaru Impreza WRX 4 Door 2003 2007

Tool: - 77
1.Separate glass from weather-strip of the passenger side front door with a Strip Saver and wedge.
2. Point appropriate tool end towards the front of the vehicle and lower into the door directly above the
door handle (See photo 2 and 3).
3. Turn tool handle away from vehicle to access lock linkage.
4. Hook and bind lower lock linkage with tool.
5. Move tool downward to push linkage down and unlock the door.
SUBARU

Tool 77

SUBARU007SUBARU • 1239 • Style00 • 1 •H7711


Method - M1 SUBARU Page 623

Subaru Legacy 1992 1994

Tool: DOWNWARD HOOK TOOL - 91


1. Separate glass from the weather-stripping using a wedge (use care).
2. Insert tool with tip pointing towards the rear of the car
3. Lower tool into door
4. Turn tool so it is above lower linkage.
5. Twist tool so it binds the linkage.
6. Move it towards the front of vehicle.
NOTE: Watch door lock button for movement.
NOTE: Handle on the tool may be different than shown in photo.

Tool 91L

SUBARU LEGACY WAGON Tool in insertion Position Tool in working Position SUBARU

View From Inside The Door View From Inside The Door Close up of tool
SUBARU009SUBARU • 1008 • Style06 • 1 •H9105F
Page 624 SUBARU Method - M1

Subaru Legacy Outback 1996 2003 Subaru Outback 1996 2003

Tool: - Triple Hook Tool - 86


1. Separate glass from weather-strip of the passenger side front door with a Strip Saver and wedge.
2. Point appropriate tool end towards the front of the vehicle and lower into the door directly above the door handle
(See photo 2 and 3).
3. Turn tool handle away from vehicle to access lock linkage.
4. Hook and bind lower lock linkage with tool.
5. Move linkage downward to unlock the door.

Tool 86
SUBARU

Subaru Legacy Outback Tool in Insertion Position Tool in Working Position

View from Inside the Door Close up of Tool Hooking Linkage

SUBARU012SUBARU • 833 • Style05 • 1 •H8620


Method - M1 SUBARU Page 625

Subaru SVX All

Tool: Triple Hook Tool - 86


1. Separate glass from weather-strip.
2. Lower the tool into the door near the door lock button.
3. Insert tip of tool under top linkage.
4. Lift tool and move to rear of vehicle.
NOTE: You should be watching the door lock button inside of the car.

SUBARU
H8605B.eps

Tool 86

SUBARU015SUBARU • 1094 • Style00 • 1 •H8605B


Page 626 SUZUKI Method - M1

Suzuki Forenza 2004 2008 Suzuki Sidekick 2 door 1996 1998


Suzuki Esteem 1995 2002 Suzuki SV7 2002 2005
Suzuki Forenza Wagon 2005 2008 Suzuki Vitara 1999 2005
Suzuki Reno 2005 2008 Suzuki X-90 1996 1998
Suzuki Samarai Suzuki XL7 2000 2007

TOOL: ‘S’ Tool - 47


1. Separate the glass from weather-stripping on door.
2. Lower tool into door in between the inner door frame.
3. Twist tool to hook the door lock rod.
4. Lift door lock rod to unlock door.
Reminder: Be sure to use the rubber tip on your 47 Tool

Tool 47
SUZUKI

Alternative method use


Alternate Alt26

Suzuki Forenza Tool in Insertion Position Tool in Working Position

SUZUKI003SUZUKI • 1384 • Style03 • 1 •V4701


Method - M1 SUZUKI Page 627

Suzuki Aerio 2003 2007 Suzuki SX4 4 door 2007 2010


Suzuki Aerio GS Sedan 2003 2007 Suzuki Verona 2004 2006
Suzuki Aerio SX Hatchback 3 Door 2002 2007

TOOL: ‘S’ Tool - 47


1. Separate the glass from weather-stripping on door.
2. Lower tool into door in between the inner door frame.
3. Twist tool to hook the door lock rod.
4. Lift door lock rod to unlock door.
Reminder: Be sure to use the rubber tip on your 47 Tool

Direction

Tool 47

SUZUKI
Direction

Tool in insertion position Tool in working position

SUZUKI003BSUZUKI • 682 • Style02 • 1 •V4703


Page 628 SUZUKI Method - M1

Suzuki Grand Vitara 2006 2010

Tool: Long Inside Access Tool 89


1. Insert wedge between glass and weather-strip directly above door lock button inside of vehicle (see
figure 1).
2. Insert tool in door with tip facing the front of the vehicle
3. Reposition wedge to allow the lowering of the tool into the door
4. Lower tool into door until shaped portion of tool is beneath the window glass.
5. Raise the tool until that the shaped portion of the tool is entirely visible on the inside of the vehicle
6. Rotate the tool so that the tip is positioned under the door lock button
7. Pull up on tool in order to raise the door lock button, unlocking the door.
SUZUKI

Tool 89

SUZUKI004SUZUKI • 1493 • Style00 • 1 •R3512


Method - M1 SUZUKI Page 629

Suzuki Swift Horizontal Toggles All

Tool: Horizontal Linkage Tool - 23


1. Separate glass from weather-stripping with Strip Saver and Wedge.
2. Point tip of tool towards front of car.
3. Lower the tool into car (SEE FIG. FOR POSITION).
4. After tool is lowered, rotate tool to hook top linkage (ENLARGED ILLUSTRATION).
5. Bind the linkage and tilt the handle towards front of vehicle to move the linkage towards the rear of the
door.
NOTE: It is important to rock the tool towards the front to move linkage, as the linkage is very stiff.

SUZUKI
Tool 23

SUZUKI008SUZUKI • 835 • Style00 • 1 •H2313B


Page 630 SUZUKI Method - M1

Suzuki XL7 2007 2010

Tool: 77 Tool
1.Insert strip saver and wedge into passenger side door directly above the door handle.
2.Point tip of tool towards the rear of the vehicle and lower the tool into the door.
3. T urn handle away from the door in order to allow the tool tip to access the lock linkage.
4.Turn and lift tool to hook the top lock linkage .
5. Pull tool to the front of the vehicle in order to move the linkage and unlock the door.

Tool 77

Shield
SUZUKI

Suzuki XL7 Tool in insertion position Tool in working position

View from inside the door Hook lock linkage to unlock door
SUZUKI011SUZUKI • 673 • Style05 • 1 •H7713F
Method - M1 SUZUKI Page 631

Suzuki Equator 2009 2010

Tool: Long Inside Access 89


1. Insert wedge between glass and weather- striping
2. Insert tool in to the front door
3. Reposition wedge to allow the lowering of the tool into the door (see figure 2).
5. 4. Lower (see figure 3).
6.Slide tool in The door.
7. Rotate the tool tool into door until shaped portion of tool is beneath the window glass.
Raise the tool until that the shaped portion of the tool is entirely visible on the inside of the vehicle so that
the tip is positioned in front of the door lock button (see figure 4).
8. Pull on tool in order to slide the door lock button towards the front of the vehicle (see figure 5).
Note: To aid in the removing of the tool, place the wedge between the glass and the weather-strip on the
inside of the door near the tool. The tool will slide easily from the inside of the door.

Tool 89 SUZUKI

SUZUKI012SUZUKI • 1682 • Style00 • 1 •R3512


Page 632 Toyota Method - M1

Toyota Venza 4 door 2009 2011

TOOL: One Hand Jack Tool and Tool 78SG


1. Use the One Hand Jack tool to separate the door frame from the body of the vehicle.
2. Insert the Air Wedge towards the top of the door and inflate.
3. Remove the One Hand Jack Tool.
4. Insert a Long Reach Tool (such as the 78SG Long Reach Flexible tool) into the opening.
5. Maneuver the tool to engage the door handle or, when available, the door lock release button.
6. Pull the handle or engage the lock release button to unlock the door.

Tool 78SG
Toyota

Toyota Venza Use One-Hand Jack Tool to wedge top Use Air Wedge on top of door to create
side of door opening, insert long reach tool

Use tip of Long Reach Tool to pull lock Once lock is on open position, open
open door

ToyotaTOYOTA • 1658 • Style05 • 1 •Jack_But


Method - M1 TOYOTA Page 633

Toyota 4-Runner 2003 2007

Tool: Long Inside Access Tool 89


1. Insert wedge between glass and weather-strip directly above door lock button inside of vehicle (see figure 1).
2. Insert tool in door with tip facing the front of the vehicle
3. Reposition wedge to allow the lowering of the tool into the door
4. Lower tool into door until shaped portion of tool is beneath the window glass.
5. Raise the tool until that the shaped portion of the tool is entirely visible on the inside of the vehicle
6. Rotate the tool so that the tip is positioned under the door lock button
7. Pull up on tool in order to raise the door lock button, unlocking the door.

Tool 89

TOYOTA
Alternative method use
Alternate Altohj

Toyota 4-Runner Tool in insertion position Tool in working positino

View from inside the vehicle Close up of tool in action

TOYOTA004TOYOTA • 1352 • Style05 • 1 •R3502


Page 634 TOYOTA Method - M1

Toyota Avalon 2000 2005 Toyota Avalon 2006 2010


Toyota Avalon 4 Door 1995 1999

Tool: Inside Access Tool - 35


1. Insert wedge between glass and weather-strip directly above door lock button inside of vehicle (see figure 1).
2. Insert tool in door with tip facing the front of the vehicle (see figure 1).
3. Reposition wedge to allow the lowering of the tool into the door (see figure 2).
4. Lower tool into door until shaped portion of tool is beneath the window glass.
5. Raise the tool until that the shaped portion of the tool is entirely visible on the inside of the vehicle (see figure 3).
6. Rotate the tool so that the tip is positioned in front of the door lock button (see figure 4).
7. Pull on tool in order to slide the door lock button towards the front of the vehicle (see figure 5).
Note: To aid in the removing of the tool, place the wedge between the glass and the weather-strip on the inside of the
door near the tool. The tool will slide easily from the inside of the door.

Tool 35
TOYOTA

Alternative method use


Alternate Altohj

TOYOTA AVALON Tool in insertion position Tool in working position

View from inside the car Flip lock button to unlock door

TOYOTA006TOYOTA • 1539 • Style05 • 1 •R3502


Method - M1 TOYOTA Page 635

Toyota Camry 1988 1991

Tool: Horizontal Linkage Tool- 23


1. Separate glass from weather-stripping o REAR DOOR with a wedge.
2. Point tip of tool towards front of car
3. Lower the tool into the vehicle at the position shown in the diagram
4. Lift the tool underneath the bottom linkage and hook it with the tip of the tool.
5. Rotate tool to bind the linkage (SEE ENLA RGEMENT DIAGRAM)
6. Slide the linkage towards the rear of the vehicle

Tool 23

Toyota Camry Tool in insertion position Tool in working position TOYOTA

View from inside the door Close up of tool in action

TOYOTA009TOYOTA • 1351 • Style05 • 1 •H23100BRD


Page 636 TOYOTA Method - M1

Toyota Camry 2 Door 1992 1996

Tool: Inside Access Tool - 35


1.Insert wedge between glass and weather-strip directly above door lock button inside of vehicle (see
figure 1).
2. Insert tool in door with tip facing the front of the vehicle (see figure 1).
3. Reposition wedge to allow the lowering of the tool into the door (see figure 2).
4. Lower tool into door until shaped portion of tool is beneath the window glass.
5. Raise the tool until that the shaped portion of the tool is entirely visible on the inside of the vehicle (see
figure 3).
6. Rotate the tool so that the tip is positioned under the door lock button (see figure 4).
7. Pull up on tool in order to raise the door lock button, unlocking the door (see figure 5).
Note: To aid in the removing of the tool, place the wedge between the glass and the weather-strip on the
inside of the door near the tool. The tool will slide easily from the inside of the door.
TOYOTA

Tool 35

TOYOTA010TOYOTA • 849 • Style00 • 1 •R3502


Method - M1 TOYOTA Page 637

Toyota Camry 4 Door 1992 1996

Tool: S TOOL 47
1.Separate glass from weather-strip and insert tool.
2. Lower the tool below the inner door frame.
3. Hook the linkage between inner door frame and shield.
4. Push down on linkage.

Tool 47

TOYOTA
Alternative method use
Alternate Altohj

Toyota Camry Tool in insertion position Tool in working position

View from inside the door Hook linkage and push down on linkage

TOYOTA011TOYOTA • 1082 • Style05 • 1 •H4702


Page 638 TOYOTA Method - M1

Toyota Camry 4 door 2007 2010 Toyota Camry 2002 2006


Toyota Camry 4 Door 1997 2001 Toyota Camry 2002 2006

Tool: Inside Access Tool - 35


1. Insert wedge between glass and weather-strip directly above door lock button inside of vehicle (see figure 1).
2. Insert tool in door with tip facing the front of the vehicle (see figure 1).
3. Reposition wedge to allow the lowering of the tool into the door (see figure 2).
4. Lower tool into door until shaped portion of tool is beneath the window glass.
5. Raise the tool until that the shaped portion of the tool is entirely visible on the inside of the vehicle (see figure 3).
6. Rotate the tool so that the tip is positioned under the door lock button (see figure 4).
7. Pull up on tool in order to raise the door lock button, unlocking the door (see figure 5).
Note: To aid in the removing of the tool, place the wedge between the glass and the weather-strip on the inside of the
door near the tool. The tool will slide easily from the inside of the door.

Tool 35
TOYOTA

Alternative method use


Alternate Altohj

Toyota Camry Tool in insertion position, facing front Tool in working position
of vehicle.

Hook lock button with tool to unlock Closeup of tool tip on lock button

TOYOTA014TOYOTA • 619 • Style05 • 1 •R3502


Method - M1 TOYOTA Page 639

Toyota Celica 1982 1989

Tool: Horizontal Linkage Tool- 23


1. Separate glass from weather-stripping.
2. Point tip of tool toward front of car.
3. Lower tool into door until the tip of the tool rests on the top linkage (see illustration below).
4. Rotate the tool to bind the linkage.
5. Tilt the tool as to move the linkage towards the rear of the vehicle.
Use Driver’ s Side Door

Tool 23

TOYOTA
Alternative method use
Alternate Altohj

Tool in insertion position Tool in working position door without inside panel

Close up

TOYOTA014ATOYOTA • 1011 • Style04 • 1 •H2323B


Page 640 TOYOTA Method - M1

Toyota Celica Coupe 2000 2005 Toyota Celica 1994 1999


Toyota Celica 1990 1993

TOOL : FLEXIBLE LONG REACH TOOL - 78SG


1. Insert tool between window and weather-stripping, tip of tool facing downward (see figure 1 f or position).
2. Insert a wedge between tool and window and use the groove in the wedge to guide the tool into the vehicle (see
figure 2).
3. Slide the tool into the interior of the vehicle until the tip is positioned in front of the lock button (see figur e 3).
4. With the tip of the tool resting on the lock button, pull back on the tool to unlock the vehicle (see figure 4).
Use of Glass Master System is recommended !

Tool 78SG

Tool
TOYOTA

Pull Back
Handle to
Unlock

TOYOTA CELICA Tool in Working Position Close up of Wedge Set-up

View from Inside the car Hook and pull lock button

TOYOTA017TOYOTA • 1010 • Style05 • 1 •glassman


Method - M1 TOYOTA Page 641

Toyota Corolla 2 & 3 Door 1983 1988

Tool: Horizontal Linkage Tool 23


1. Separate glass from weather-stripping with a Strip Saver and wedge.
2. Lower tool into door on top of lock linkage
3. Bind the linkage with the tip of the tool and move it forward

Tool 23

TOYOTA
Alternative method use
Alternate Altohj

TOYOTA COROLLA Tool in insertion position Tool in working position

TOYOTA018TOYOTA • 1014 • Style03 • 1 •H2393F


Page 642 TOYOTA Method - M1

Toyota Corolla 2 Door 1989 1992

Tool: Hook & Bind Tool 90


1. Separate glass from weather-stripping with a wedge.
2. Insert tool between glass and weather-stripping.
3. Point tip of tool towards rear of car.
4. Lower the tool into car (SEE FIG. FOR POSITION).
5. Hook linkage under plastic shield.
6. Move linkage towards rear of car.
Note: Watch the door lock button for movement. When you have
engaged the correct linkage, the button will move.

Tool 90
TOYOTA

TOYOTA COROLA Tool in working position Door without inside panel

Close up of tool in action

Toyota018TOYOTA • 1015 • Style04 • 2 •H9001


Method - M1 TOYOTA Page 643

Toyota Corolla FX 2 Door Hatch 1987 1988

Tool: Horizontal Linkage Tool 23


1. Separate glass from weather-stripping with wedge.
2. Point the tool towards rear of car.
3. Insert tool into door between glass and weather-stripping.
4. Lower the tool until it contact door lock rod
(SEE ILLUSTRATION).
5. Twist tool so handle moves toward front of car and tip of tool
moves toward rear.
NOTE: Rod has a rubber cover so grip it firmly in order to move the linkage.

TOYOTA
Tool 23

TOYOTA018TOYOTA • 1019 • Style00 • 2 •H2326


Page 644 TOYOTA Method - M1

Toyota Corolla 4 Door 1980 1985

Tool: Double Tool - 26


1. Separate glass from weather-stripping with Strip Saver and Wedge.
2. Insert tool into door between glass and weather-stripping.
3. Lift the door lock button with the tip of the tool
TOYOTA

Tool 26

TOYOTA019TOYOTA • 1016 • Style00 • 1 •V2601


Method - M1 TOYOTA Page 645

Toyota Corolla 4 Door 1986 1992 Toyota Corolla Wagon 1986 1992
Toyota Canry 1984 1987 Toyota Cressida 1986 1988

Tool: Horizontal Linkage Tool 23


1. Separate glass from weather-stripping on rear passenger door with a wedge.
2. Point tip of tool towards front of car.
3. Lower the tool into car unit the tip connects with the top lock linkage (see diagram for position).
4. Rotate the tool in order to bind the linkage.
5. Tilt the tool to move the linkage towards the rear of the vehicle.
NOTE: Look at the lock button inside of the vehicle for movement. When you have contacted the correct
linkage, you will see the button move.

TOYOTA
Tool 23

Toyota Corolla DX Working position Rear Door View from inside door

TOYOTA020TOYOTA • 1017 • Style03 • 1 •H2392BRD


Page 646 TOYOTA Method - M1

Toyota Corolla 4 Door 1993 1997 Toyota Corolla Wagon 1993 1997

Tool: Horizontal Linkage Tool - 23


1. Separate glass from weather-stripping with a wedge.
2. Point tip of tool towards front of car.
3. Lower the tool into car until it comes in contact with the lower lock linkage (see diagram for position).
4. Rotate the tool to bind the linkage.
5. Tilt the tool to move the linkage towards the rear of the vehicle.

Tool 23
TOYOTA

TOYOTA COROLLA Tool in insertion position. Use REAR Tool in working position
DOOR

Tool approx. 6 inches down into door Close up of tool inside the door. Move
linkage to Rear of car

TOYOTA023TOYOTA • 1018 • Style05 • 1 •H2325BRD


Method - M1 TOYOTA Page 647

Toyota Corolla 1998 2002 Toyota Pickup 1988 1994


Toyota 4-Runner 1986 1989 Toyota Tacoma 1996 2004
Toyota 4-Runner 1990 1995 Toyota Van Upto 1991
Toyota 4-Runner 1996 2002

TOOL: Inside Access Button Lifter- 81


1. Insert wedge between glass and weather-strip near the door lock button on the REAR DOOR
2. Insert tool in door with tip facing the front of the vehicle .
3. Reposition wedge to allow the lowering of the tool into the door
4. Lower tool into door until shaped portion of tool is beneath the window glass.
5. Raise the tool until that the shaped portion of the tool is entirely visible on the inside of the vehicle
6. Rotate the tool so that the tip is positioned next the door lock button and lift the button.
Note : To aid in the removing of the tool, place the wedge between the glass and the weather-strip on the inside of
the door near the tool. The tool will slide easily from the inside of the door.

Tool 81

TOYOTA
TOYOTA Corolla Tool in Insertion Position. Use REAR Door Tool in Working Position

Hook Lock Button and Pull up to Unlock

TOYOTA024TOYOTA • 1198 • Style04 • 1 •toy81RD


Page 648 TOYOTA Method - M1

Toyota Corolla 2003 2008

TOOL: Small Inside Access Tool - 65


1. Insert wedge between glass and weather-strip directly above door lock button inside of vehicle
2. Insert tool in door .
3. Reposition wedge to allow the lowering of the tool into the door (see figure 2).
3. Lower tool into door until shaped portion of tool is beneath the window glass.
4. Raise the tool until that the shaped portion of the tool is entirely visible on the inside of the vehicle (see figure 3).
5. Rotate the Tool so that the tip is positioned under the door lock button (see figure 4).
6. Move the tip of the tool to unlock the door lock button.
NOTE : To aid in the removing of the tool, place the wedge between the glass and weather-strip on the inside of the
door near the tool. The tool will slide easily from the inside of the door.

Tool 65
TOYOTA

Alternative method use


Alternate Altohj

2003 Toyota Corolla Tool in Insertion position Tool in working position

View From Inside

TOYOTA025TOYOTA • 683 • Style04 • 1 •R6504


Method - M1 TOYOTA Page 649

Toyota Cressida Upto 1985

Tool: DOUBLE TOOL - 26


1. Separate glass from weather-stripping on passenger rear door with a wedge.
2. Using the door lock button as a guide, insert the double tool into the door (see diagram below).
3. Position the tool underneath the lock button.
4. Lift straight up on the tool to lift the door lock button.

TOYOTA
Tool 26

TOYOTA CRESSIDA Tool in insertion position Tool in working position

TOYOTA026TOYOTA • 1020 • Style03 • 1 •H2604RD


Page 650 TOYOTA Method - M1

Toyota Cressida 1989 1992

Tool: Horizontal Linkage Tool 23


1. Separate glass from weather-stripping with a wedge.
2. Insert the tool in the REAR door as shown.
3. Push down on the door lock linkage with the tip of the tool
NOTE: The linkage is high and way at the rear of the door. Watch the door lock button for movement
TOYOTA

Tool 23

TOYOTA028TOYOTA • 1022 • Style00 • 1 •H2394BRD


Method - M1 TOYOTA Page 651

Toyota Echo 4 Door 2000 2006

TOOL: Horizontal Linkage Tool- 23


1. Separate window from weather strip with Strip Saver and Wedge on REAR DOOR.
2. Point tool towards rear of vehicle and lower into door.
3. Twist tool to hook lower linkage.
4. Turn tool handle to move linkage to front of vehicle.

Tool 23

TOYOTA
TOYOTA ECHO Tool in insertion position Tool in working position

View from inside of the door Tool in working position Close Up

TOYOTA029-M1TOYOTA • 1033 • Style06 • 1 •H2358RD


Page 652 TOYOTA Method - M2

Toyota Echo 4 Door 2000 2006

Tool: S’ TOOL 47
1. Separate glass from weather-strip and insert tool.
2. Lower the tool below the inner door frame.
3. Hook the linkage between inner door frame and shield.
4. Lift to unlock.

Tool 47
TOYOTA

TOYOTA ECHO Tool in insertion position Tool in working position

Close up of door without inside door Close up of tool and linkage engaged Close up of tool
panel

TOYOTA029-M2TOYOTA • 1147 • Style06 • 1 •H4705


Method - M1 TOYOTA Page 653

Toyota Echo 2 Door 2000 2006

Tool: S’ TOOL 47
1. Separate glass from weather-strip and insert tool.
2. Lower the tool below the inner door frame.
3. Hook the linkage between inner door frame and shield.
4. Lift to unlock.

Tool 47

TOYOTA
TOYOTA ECHO Tool in Insertion Position Tool in Working Position

Lift Tool to Unlock Door

TOYOTA030TOYOTA • 67 • Style04 • 1 •H4705


Page 654 TOYOTA Method - M1

Toyota Highlander 2002 2007 Toyota Highlander Hybrid 2006 2007

Tool 89
1 Insert Strip saver and Wedgee into the door between glass and weather-stripping
2: lower the tool into the door at the front of the passenger door
Remove the Wedgee and strip saver
3 Lift the tool so the tool comes up on the inside of the door
4 move the tool so the tip touches the door lock button
5 push the front of the door lock button in to unlock

Tool 89
TOYOTA

Alternative method use


Alternate Altohj

TOYOTA HIGHLANDER Tool in Insertion Position. Use Rear Tool in Working Position. Slide Tool
Door. Insert in far Rear of Door. Forward in Door.

View From Inside the Door Move Lock Button to Unlock


TOYOTA031TOYOTA • 1179 • Style05 • 1 •R8901fd
Method - M1 TOYOTA Page 655

Toyota Land Cruiser 1980 1989

Tool: Horizontal Linkage Tool - 23


1.Separate glass from weather-stripping with a wedge.
2.Point tip of tool towards rear of car.
3.Lower the tool into car (SEE FIG. FOR POSITION).
4.Hook top linkage and twist as shown in enlargement.
5.Push tool towards rear of vehicle.
NOTE: Watch the door lock button for movement. When you have engaged the correct linkage the button will move.

Tool 23

TOYOTA
Alternative method use
Alternate Altohj

TOYOTA LANDCRUISER Tool in insertion position Tool in insertion position

Tool in working position Tool in working position

TOYOTA032TOYOTA • 1069 • Style05 • 1 •H2399BRD


Page 656 TOYOTA Method - M1

Toyota Land Cruiser 1990 1997

TOOL: Downward Hook Too l - 91


1.Remove weather-stripping on rear door to allow access to the inner door.
2.Use tip of wedge to help pry up weather-stripping. (Weather-stripping is easily removable and should present no
problem).
3.Insert tool into door and lower it below lock linkage shield. NOTE: 1990 models lock linkage and are easier to open.
4.Lift tool under metal shield. The shield is flexible and can be easily lifted with tip of tool.
5.Insert tool over linkage.
6.Bind linkage with tip of tool and move to rear.
NOTE: Handle end of tool may be different than shown in photos.

Tool 91
TOYOTA

Alternative method use


Alternate Altohj

Toyota Landcruiser 1993 Remove weather-strip with wedge Tool in insertion position

Tool in working position Tool in working position Photo without shield

TOYOTA033TOYOTA • 1071 • Style06 • 1 •h9110brd


Method - M1 TOYOTA Page 657

Toyota Land Cruiser 1998 2007

Tool: Small Inside Access Tool 65


1. Insert wedge between glass and weather-strip directly above door lock button inside of vehicle (see
figure 1).
2. Insert tool in door with tip facing the front of the vehicle (see figure 1).
3. Reposition wedge to allow the lowering of the tool into the door (see figure 2).
4. Lower tool into door until shaped portion of tool is beneath the window glass.
5. Raise the tool until that the shaped portion of the tool is entirely visible on the inside of the vehicle (see
figure 3).
6. Rotate the tool so that the tip is positioned under the door lock button (see figure 4).
7. Pull up on tool in order to raise the door lock button, unlocking the door (see figure 5).
Note : To aid in the removing of the tool, place the wedge between the glass and the weather-strip on the
inside of the door near the tool. The tool will slide easily from the inside of the door.

Tool 65 TOYOTA

Alternative method use


Alternate Altohj

TOYOTA034TOYOTA • 1131 • Style00 • 1 •R3501


Page 658 TOYOTA Method - M1

Toyota Matrix 2003 2008

TOOL: Small Inside Access Tool - 65


1. Insert wedge between glass and weather-strip directly above door lock button inside of vehicle
2. Insert tool in door .
3. Reposition wedge to allow the lowering of the tool into the door (see figure 2).
3. Lower tool into door until shaped portion of tool is beneath the window glass.
4. Raise the tool until that the shaped portion of the tool is entirely visible on the inside of the vehicle (see figure 3).
5. Rotate the Tool so that the tip is positioned under the door lock button (see figure 4).
6. Move the tip of the tool to unlock the door lock button.
NOTE : To aid in the removing of the tool, place the wedge between the glass and weather-strip on the inside of the
door near the tool. The tool will slide easily from the inside of the door.

Tool 65
TOYOTA

Toyota matrix Tool in insertion position Tool in working position

View from inside

TOYOTA035-M1TOYOTA • 1253 • Style04 • 1 •R6504


Method - M2 TOYOTA Page 659

Toyota Matrix 2003 2008

Tool: S’ Tool 47
1 Use a screw driver or other tool to loosen the passenger side rear license plate light.
2. Insert S’ tool through the opening with the hooded end facing the front of the car, as shown in diagram and photo-
graph.
3.Twist the tool to hook and bind the lock rod.
4.Gently pull down on the tool to unlock the latch.

Tool 47

light

TOYOTA

Toyota Matrix Remove Rear License Light with Insert Tool Beneath Light.
Screwdriver.

Tool in Working Position. Hook Linkage to Unlock Door.

TOYOTA035-M2TOYOTA • 1508 • Style05 • 1 •H4721RD


Page 660 TOYOTA Method - M1

Toyota MR5 Spyder Convertible 2000 2005 Toyota MR2 1991 1995
Toyota MR2 1984 1990

TOOL : FLEXIBLE LONG REACH TOOL - 78SG


1. Insert tool between window and weather-stripping, tip of tool facing downward (see figure 1 for position).
2. Insert a wedge between tool and window and use the groove in the wedge to guide the tool into the vehicle (see
figure 2).
3. Slide the tool into the interior of the vehicle until the tip is positioned in front of the lock button (see figure 3).
4. With the tip of the tool resting on the lock button, pull back on the tool to unlock the vehicle (see figure 4).
Use of the Glass Master wedge system is recommended. .

Tool 78SG
TOYOTA

TOYOTA MR5 Spyder Insert Glass Wedge in Side of Window Insert First Wedge Spreader

Insert Second Wedge Spreader Insert Tool in Wedge Hook Lock Button and Pull Tool Back
to Unlock

TOYOTA038TOYOTA • 1034 • Style06 • 1 •R5002


Method - M1 TOYOTA Page 661

Toyota Paseo 1992 1998

Tool: Horizontal Linkage Tool - 23


1. Separate glass from weather-stripping.
2. Point tip of tool toward rear of car.
3. Insert tool into door (see illustration).
4. Bind linkage with hooked end of tool
5. Move tool in the direction shown in order to move the bell crank towards the rear of the vehicle.
Note : Watch door lock b utton. When you have hooked the correct rod , you will see the door lock button move.

Tool 23

Direction Lock Linkage

TOYOTA
ENLARGEMENT

TOYOTA PASEO Tool in insertion position Tool in working position

View from inside the door Close Up of tool in action

TOYOTA039TOYOTA • 1025 • Style05 • 1 •H23102


Page 662 TOYOTA Method - M1

Toyota Previa 1991 1997

Tool: Hook & Bind Tool 90


1.Separate glass form weather-strip with a wedge.
2.Insert the tool approximately 11 to 12 inches from rear edge of window (slightly longer than the length of a standard
piece of paper).
3.Lower the tool below the hole in the door frame as shown in the illustration.
4.Lift straight up on the tool while turning the tip towards the inside of the auto (this will place the tool directly in front
of the bell crank).
5.Lower the tool in order to hook bell crank, opening the door (see enlargement diagram).
NOTE: You should be watching the door lock button inside of the car. When you contact the bell crank, you will see
the door lock button move.

Tool 90
TOYOTA

Toyota Previa Measure 11-12” for insertion position Tool in working position

A- Tool B- Lock Linkage C- Bell Crank

TOYOTA041-M1TOYOTA • 841 • Style04 • 1 •H9003


Method - M2 TOYOTA Page 663

Toyota Previa 1991 1997

Tool: Hook & Bind Tool 90


1. Separate glass from weather-stripping with a wedge.
2. Insert tool between glass and weather-stripping.
3. Point tip of tool towards rear of car.
4. Lower the tool into car (SEE FIG. FOR POSITION).
5. Hook linkage under plastic shield.
6. Move linkage towards rear of car.
Note: Watch the door lock button for movement. When you have engaged the correct linkage, the button
will move.

TOYOTA
Tool 90

TOYOTA041-M2TOYOTA • 892 • Style00 • 1 •H9001


Page 664 TOYOTA Method - M1

Toyota Prius 2001 2003

TOOL: Small Inside Access Tool - 65


1. Insert wedge between glass and weather-strip directly above door lock button inside of vehicle
2. Insert tool in door .
3. Reposition wedge to allow the lowering of the tool into the door (see figure 2).
3. Lower tool into door until shaped portion of tool is beneath the window glass.
4. Raise the tool until that the shaped portion of the tool is entirely visible on the inside of the vehicle (see
figure 3).
5. Rotate the Tool so that the tip is positioned under the door lock button (see figure 4).
6. Move the tip of the tool to unlock the door lock button.
NOTE : To aid in the removing of the tool, place the wedge between the glass and weather-strip on the
inside of the door near the tool. The tool will slide easily from the inside of the door.
TOYOTA

Tool 65

TOYOTA PRIUS Hook Lock Button to Unlock

TOYOTA042TOYOTA • 1175 • Style02 • 1 •R3501


Method - M1 TOYOTA Page 665

Toyota Prius 2004 2009 Toyota RAV-4 2001 2006

Tool: Inside Access Tool - 35


1. Insert wedge between glass and weather-strip directly above door lock button inside of vehicle (see figure 1).
2. Insert tool in door with tip facing the front of the vehicle (see figure 1).
3. Reposition wedge to allow the lowering of the tool into the door (see figure 2).
4. Lower tool into door until shaped portion of tool is beneath the window glass.
5. Raise the tool until that the shaped portion of the tool is entirely visible on the inside of the vehicle (see figure 3).
6. Rotate the tool so that the tip is positioned under the door lock button (see figure 4).
7. Pull up on tool in order to raise the door lock button, unlocking the door (see figure 5).
Note: To aid in the removing of the tool, place the wedge between the glass and the weather-strip on the inside of
the door near the tool. The tool will slide easily from the inside of the door.

Tool 35

TOYOTA
Toyota Prius Tool in insertion position. Tool in working position.

View from inside the door.

TOYOTA046-M1TOYOTA • 1398 • Style04 • 1 •R3502


Page 666 TOYOTA Method - M2

Toyota RAV-4 2007 2010

TOOL: One Hand Jack Tool- 78SG


1.Use the One Hand Jack tool to separate the door frame from the body of the vehicle.
2.Insert the Air Wedge to wards the top of the door and inflate.
3.Remove the One Hand Jack Tool .
4. Insert a Long Reach Tool (such as the 78, Flat Max or Long John Tool) into the opening.
5.Maneuver the tool to engage the door handle or, when available, the door lock release button.
6.Pull the handle or engage the lock release button to unlock the door.
Note this opening should only be used in emergency situations

Tool 78SG
TOYOTA

TOYOTA RAV 4 Insert Jack Tool Insert Air Wedge and Pump

Hook Handle Hook Handle

TOYOTA046-M2TOYOTA • 621 • Style05 • 1 •jacktool


Method - M1 TOYOTA Page 667

Toyota RAV-4 4 Door 1996 2000

Tool: Hook & Bind Tool 90


USE REAR PASSENGER DOOR
1. Separate glass from weather-strip with a wedge.
2.Insert the tool approximately 11 to 12 inches fro rear edge of window (slightly longer than the length of a standard
piece of paper).
3.Lift straight up on the tool while turning the tip towards the inside of the auto (this will place the tool directly in front
of the bell crank).
4.Lower the tool in order to hook bell crank, opening the door (see enlargement diagram).
NOTE: You should be watching the door lock button inside of the car. When you contact the bell crank, you will see
the door lock button move.

Tool 90

TOYOTA
Toyota RAV 4 Door Tool in insertion position. Tool in working position.

Grab bell crank and move towards rear Move bell crank towards rear of
of vehicle. vehicle.

TOYOTA046b-M1TOYOTA • 1073 • Style05 • 1 •H9004B


Page 668 TOYOTA Method - M2

Toyota RAV-4 2 Door 1996 2000

Tool: Reverse Hook Tool - 42


1. Separate glass from weather-stripping with a wedge on passenger door.
2.Point tip of tool towards rear of car.
3.Lower the tool into car below linkage.
4.Rotate tool so handle points away from the vehicle.
5.Lift up on tool and hook linkage.
6.Twist tool so handle points towards the front of the vehicle in order to bind the linkage.
7.Rock tool so that the linkage move towards the front of the vehicle.
Instructions are for rear passenger side door.

Tool 42
TOYOTA

Toyota RAV 2 Door Tool in insertion position. Tool in working position.

Twist tool to move linkage towards Twist tool to move linkage towards
front of vehicle. front of vehicle.

TOYOTA046b-M2TOYOTA • 1072 • Style05 • 1 •H4208


Method - M3 TOYOTA Page 669

Toyota RAV-4 4 Door 1996 2000

Tool: Reversed Hook Tool - 42


1. Separate glass from weather-strip on front passenger door with a wedge.
2.Insert the tool in the door with the tip approx. 11 from the front edge of the window as shown in the insertion dia-
gram below.
3.Lower the tool into the door and rotate the tool until the tip is pointing towards the inside of the vehicle, th ough the
hole on the inner door frame (see the illustration below).
4.Hook the lock linkage with the tip of the tool, bind the linkage and tilt the tool to move the linkage towards the front
of the vehicle.
NOTE: USE FRONT PASSENGER DOOR

Tool 42

TOYOTA
Toyota RAV 4 Door Tool in insertion position. Tool in working position.

Hook linkage and move towards front Hook linkage and move towards front
of vehicle of vehicle

TOYOTA046b-M3TOYOTA • 941 • Style05 • 1 •H4219


Page 670 TOYOTA Method - M1

Toyota Sequoia 2001 2007

Tool: Small Inside Access Tool 65


1. Insert wedge between glass and weather-strip directly above door lock button inside of vehicle (see figure 1).
2. Insert tool in door with tip facing the front of the vehicle (see figure 1).
3. Reposition wedge to allow the lowering of the tool into the door (see figure 2).
4. Lower tool into door until shaped portion of tool is beneath the window glass.
5. Raise the tool until that the shaped portion of the tool is entirely visible on the inside of the vehicle (see figure 3).
6. Rotate the tool so that the tip is positioned on the door lock button (see figure 4).
7. Move the tool in order to unlock the door lock button .
Note: The vehicle will relock itself automatically if it is equipped with a factory security system. You must pull the door
handle immediately after unlocking the door.
Note : To aid in the removing of the tool, place the wedge between the glass and the weather-strip on the inside of
the door near the tool. The tool will slide easily from the inside of the door.

Tool 65
TOYOTA

Alternative method use


Alternate Altohj

TOYOTA SEQUOIA Tool in Insertion Position. Use REAR Tool Emerges Inside the Vehicle
Door.

Move Lock Button to Open


TOYOTA047TOYOTA • 1178 • Style04 • 1 •R6502RD
Method - M1 TOYOTA Page 671

Toyota Sienna 2004 2010 Toyota Sienna 1998 2003

Tool: Inside Access Tool - 35


1. Insert wedge between glass and weather-strip directly above door lock button inside of vehicle (see figure 1).
2. Insert tool in door with tip facing the front of the vehicle (see figure 1).
3. Reposition wedge to allow the lowering of the tool into the door (see figure 2).
4. Lower tool into door until shaped portion of tool is beneath the window glass.
5. Raise the tool until that the shaped portion of the tool is entirely visible on the inside of the vehicle (see figure 3).
6. Rotate the tool so that the tip is positioned under the door lock button (see figure 4).
7. Pull up on tool in order to raise the door lock button, unlocking the door (see figure 5).
Note: To aid in the removing of the tool, place the wedge between the glass and the weather-strip on the inside of the
door near the tool. The tool will slide easily from the inside of the door.

Tool 35

Toyota Sienna Tool in insertion position. Tool in working position TOYOTA

View from inside the door

TOYOTA049TOYOTA • 1399 • Style04 • 1 •R3502


Page 672 TOYOTA Method - M1

Toyota Solara 2 Door 1999 2003 Toyota Solara 2004 2007

TOOL: FLEXIBLE LONG REACH TOOL - 78SG


1. On driver’ s side door, insert tool between window and weather-stripping, tip of tool facing downward (see figure 1
for position).
2. Insert a wedge between tool and window and use the groove in the wedge to guide the tool into the vehicle (see
figure 2).
3. Slide the tool into the interior of the vehicle until the tip is positioned in front of the lock button (see figure 3).
4. With the tip of the tool resting on the lock button, pull back on the tool to unlock the vehicle (see figure 4).
NOTE : on 199-2003 Solaras, pull the door lock button to unlock . On 2004 and later Solaras, pull the door handle to
unlock.
NOTE : The Remote Access System is a set of tools which can be custom configured in numerous ways in order to
achieve desired access. Above are a few possible combinations- configure your remote access system according to
your specific needs.

Tool 78SG

Tool
TOYOTA

Pull Back
Handle to
Unlock

Toyota Solara Tool in working position View from inside the car

Hook door lock button

TOYOTA050TOYOTA • 1032 • Style04 • 1 •glassman


Method - M1 TOYOTA Page 673

Toyota Supra 1982 1986

Tool: Horizontal Linkage Tool 23


1. Separate glass from weather-strip.
2. Insert tool towards door lock button at the position shown in the diagram below.
3. Lower the tool into the door.
4. Hook bell crank below door lock button.
5. Pull back on tool to unlock the door.
NOTE: You should be watching the door lock button inside of the car. When you have hooked the correct
rod, you will see the door lock button move.

TOYOTA
Tool 23

TOYOTA052TOYOTA • 1026 • Style00 • 1 •H2317B


Page 674 TOYOTA Method - M1

Toyota Supra 1987 1992

Tool: Horizontal Linkage Tool - 23


1. Separate glass from weather-stripping.
2. Point tip of tool toward front of car.
3. Insert tool into door at the position shown below.
4. Rest the tip of the tool on the top linkage.
5. Rotate the tool to bind and move the linkage towards the rear of the vehicle (see enlargement diagram).
NOTE: Watch the door lock button inside the car for movement.
NOTE: Handle on the tool may be different than shown in photo.

Rotate Tool To
Bind Linkage
TOYOTA

Lock
Linkage Tool 23

Direction

ENLARGEMENT

Toyota Supra Tool in insertion position Tool in working position

TOYOTA053TOYOTA • 1027 • Style03 • 1 •H23100F


Method - M1 TOYOTA Page 675

Toyota Supra 1993 1998

TOOL : FLEXIBLE LONG REACH TOOL - 78SG


1. On driver’ s side door, insert tool between window and weather-stripping, tip of tool facing downward (see figure 1
for position).
2. Insert a wedge between tool and window and use the groove in the wedge to guide the tool into the vehicle (see
figure 2).
3. Slide the tool into the interior of the vehicle until the tip is positioned in front of the lock button (see figure 3).
4. With the tip of the tool resting on the lock button, pull back on the tool to unlock the vehicle (see figure 4).
NOTE: The Remote Access System is a set of tools which can be custom configured in numerous ways in order to
achieve desired access. Above are a few possible combinations-configure your remote access system according to
your specific needs.

Tool 78SG

Tool

TOYOTA
Pull Back
Handle to
Unlock

Toyota Supra Insert tip of tool only, without a wedge Use wedge as guide to slide tool into
door

Hook door lock button with tip of tool

TOYOTA054TOYOTA • 1028 • Style04 • 1 •glassman


Page 676 TOYOTA Method - M1

Toyota T-100 1993 1998

Tool: Downward Hook Tool - 91


1. Separate glass from weather-stripping with a wedge.
2.Insert tool into door as shown below.
3.Lower the tool into car (SEE FIG. FOR POSITION).
4.Push bell crank towards the front of vehicle with the tip of tool.
NOTE: Handle on the tool may be different than shown in photo.

Tool 91
TOYOTA

TOYOTA Pick Up T100 Tool in insertion position Tool in working position

Door without inside panel Close up of door without inside panel

TOYOTA055TOYOTA • 1534 • Style05 • 1 •H9110F


Method - M1 TOYOTA Page 677

Toyota Tacoma 2005 2007

Tool: Long Inside Access Tool 89


1. Insert wedge between glass and weather-strip directly above door lock button inside of vehicle (see figure 1).
2. Insert tool in door with tip facing the front of the vehicle
3. Reposition wedge to allow the lowering of the tool into the door
4. Lower tool into door until shaped portion of tool is beneath the window glass.
5. Raise the tool until that the shaped portion of the tool is entirely visible on the inside of the vehicle
6. Rotate the tool so that the tip is positioned under the door lock button
7. Pull up on tool in order to raise the door lock button, unlocking the door.

Tool 89

TOYOTA
Toyota Takoma Tool in Insertion Position Tool in Working Position

View From Inside the Vehicle Move Lock Button to Unlock the Door

TOYOTA057TOYOTA • 1452 • Style05 • 1 •R3502


Page 678 TOYOTA Method - M1

Toyota Tercel 2 Door 1991 1994

Tool: Horizontal Linkage Tool - 23


1. Separate glass from weather-stripping.
2. Point tip of tool toward rear of car.
3. Insert tool into door (see illustration).
4. Hook lock linkage with tip of tool (see enlargement diagram).
5. Move tool in the direction shown in order to move the bell crank towards the rear of the vehicle.
Note : Watch door lock button. When you have hooked correct rod , you will see the door lock button
move.
TOYOTA

Direction Lock Linkage

ENLARGEMENT
Tool 23

TOYOTA059TOYOTA • 1030 • Style00 • 1 •H23102


Method - M1 TOYOTA Page 679

Toyota Tercel 4 Door 1991 1999 Toyota Tercel 2 Door 1995 1998

Tool: S’ Tool - 47
1. Separate glass from weather-strip with a wedge.
2. Lower the tool below the inner door frame.
3. Twist tool to hook the door lock rod.
4. Lift lock rod to unlock car door.
NOTE: USE FRONT PASSENGER DOOR

Tool 47

TOYOTA

TOYOTA TERCEL Tool in Insertion Position Tool in Working Position

TOYOTA061TOYOTA • 1197 • Style03 • 1 •V4711


Page 680 TOYOTA Method - M1

Toyota Tundra 1999 2006 Toyota Tundra Stepside 2003 2006

Tool: Inside Access Tool 35


1. Insert wedge between glass and weather-strip directly above door lock button inside of vehicle (see figure 1).
2. Insert tool in door with tip facing the front of the vehicle (see figure 1).
3. Reposition wedge to allow the lowering of the tool into the door (see figure 2).
4. Lower tool into door until shaped portion of tool is beneath the window glass.
5. Raise the tool until that the shaped portion of the tool is entirely visible on the inside of the vehicle (see figure 3).
6. Rotate the tool so that the tip is positioned under the door lock button (see figure 4).
7. Pull up on tool in order to raise the door lock button, unlocking the door (see figure 5).
Note : To aid in the removing of the tool, place the wedge between the glass and the weather-strip on the inside of
the door near the tool. The tool will slide easily from the inside of the door.

Tool 35
TOYOTA

TOYOTA TUNDRA Tool in insertion position Tool in working position

View from inside the vehicle

TOYOTA062TOYOTA • 1540 • Style04 • 1 •R3502


Method - M1 TOYOTA Page 681

Toyota FJ Cruiser SUV 2007 2010

TOOL: One Hand Jack Tool- 78SG


1.Use the One Hand Jack tool to separate the door frame from the body of the vehicle.
2.Insert the Air Wedge to wards the top of the door and inflate.
3.Remove the One Hand Jack Tool .
4. Insert a Long Reach Tool (such as the 78, Flat Max or Long John Tool) into the opening.
5.Maneuver the tool to engage the door handle or, when available, the door lock release button.
6.Pull the handle or engage the lock release button to unlock the door.
Note this opening should only be used in emergency situations

Tool 78SG

TOYOTA
Toyota FJ Cruiser Insert Jack Tool Insert Air Wedge and Pump

Insert long reach tool into the door Push lock button with tool tip to unlock door Pull door handle with tool tip

TOYOTA065TOYOTA • 620 • Style06 • 1 •jacktool


Page 682 TOYOTA Method - M1

Toyota Tundra pickup 2007 2010

TOOL: Air Wedge and Long Reach Tool - 78SG


1. Insert the Air Wedge to wards the top of the door and inflate.
2. Insert a Long Reach Tool (such as the 78, Flat Max or Long John Tool) into the opening.
3.Maneuver the tool to engage the door handle or, when available, the door lock release button.
4.Pull the handle or engage the lock release button to unlock the door.
NOTE: Do not use Jack Tool on regular cab, ONLY USE AIR WEDGE. Jack Tool can be used on Extended Cab

Tool 78sg
TOYOTA

TOYOTA TUNDRA Insert Jack Tool Insert Air Wedge and Pump

Push door lock button

TOYOTA067TOYOTA • 622 • Style04 • 1 •jacktool


Method - M1 TOYOTA Page 683

Toyota Yaris 2 door 2007 2011

TOOL: Air Wedge and Long Reach Tool - 78SG


1.Insert the Air Wedge to wards the top of the door and inflate.
2.insert a Long Reach Tool (such as the 78, Flat Max or Long John Tool) into the opening.
3.Maneuver the tool to engage the door handle or, when available, the door lock release button.
4.Pull the handle or engage the lock release button to unlock the door.
NOTE: ONLY USE AIR WEDGE, do not use jack tool for this opening

Tool 78sg

Toyota Yaris Insert air wedge into door Insert tool into opening TOYOTA

Manoeuvre tool to hook door lock handle View from inside the vehicle Hook door lock handle to unlock door

TOYOTA068TOYOTA • 623 • Style06 • 1 •jacktool


Page 684 TOYOTA Method - M1

Toyota Yaris 4 door 2007 2011 Toyota Yaris 5 DR Hatch 2008 2011

Tool: Long Inside Access Tool 89


1. Insert wedge between glass and weather-strip directly above door lock button inside of vehicle (see figure 1).
2. Insert tool in door with tip facing the front of the vehicle
3. Reposition wedge to allow the lowering of the tool into the door
4. Lower tool into door until shaped portion of tool is beneath the window glass.
5. Raise the tool until that the shaped portion of the tool is entirely visible on the inside of the vehicle
6. Rotate the tool so that the tip is positioned under the door lock button
7. Pull up on tool in order to raise the door lock button, unlocking the door.
Note: To aid in the removing of the tool, place the wedge between the glass and the weather-strip on the inside of
the door near the tool. The tool will slide easily from the inside of the door.

Tool 89
TOYOTA

Yaris 4 Door Tool in insertion position Work Position

Tool Inside vehicle

TOYOTA069TOYOTA • 776 • Style04 • 1 •R3502


Method - M1 TOYOTA Page 685

Toyota Corolla 2009 2010

Tool: Long Inside Access Tool 89


1. Insert wedge between glass and weather-strip directly above door lock button inside of vehicle (see
figure 1).
2. Insert tool in door with tip facing the front of the vehicle
3. Reposition wedge to allow the lowering of the tool into the door
4. Lower tool into door until shaped portion of tool is beneath the window glass.
5. Raise the tool until that the shaped portion of the tool is entirely visible on the inside of the vehicle
6. Rotate the tool so that the tip is positioned under the door lock button
7. Pull up on tool in order to raise the door lock button, unlocking the door.
Note: To aid in the removing of the tool, place the wedge between the glass and the weather-strip on the
inside of the door near the tool. The tool will slide easily from the inside of the door.

TOYOTA
Tool 89

Toyota Corola Tool in insertion position C:\Kdrive\htt\Toyota\TOY049\Photo1.


EPS

TOYOTA070TOYOTA • 607 • Style03 • 1 •R3502


Page 686 TOYOTA Method - M1

Toyota Highlander 2008 2009

Tool: Long Inside Access Tool 89


1. Insert wedge between glass and weather-strip directly above door lock button inside of vehicle (see figure 1).
2. Insert tool in door with tip facing the front of the vehicle
3. Reposition wedge to allow the lowering of the tool into the door
4. Lower tool into door until shaped portion of tool is beneath the window glass.
5. Raise the tool until that the shaped portion of the tool is entirely visible on the inside of the vehicle
6. Rotate the tool so that the tip is positioned under the door lock button
7. Pull up on tool in order to raise the door lock button, unlocking the door.

Tool 89

Alternative method use


TOYOTA

Alternate Altohj

Toyota Highlander Insert the tool in the door Hook the door lock button

put the tip of the tool in front of the move the button back Pull the handle quickly while unlocking
button as the system will relock itself

TOYOTA071TOYOTA • 597 • Style06 • 1 •R3502


Method - M1 TOYOTA Page 687

Toyota Matrix 2009 2011

TOOL: One Hand Jack Tool- 78SG


1.Use the One Hand Jack tool to separate the door frame from the body of the vehicle.
2.Insert the Air Wedge to wards the top of the door and inflate.
3.Remove the One Hand Jack Tool .
4. Insert a Long Reach Tool (such as the 78, Flat Max or Long John Tool) into the opening.
5.Maneuver the tool to engage the door handle or, when available, the door lock release button.
6.Pull the handle or engage the lock release button to unlock the door.
Note this opening should only be used in emergency situations

Tool 78sg

TOYOTA
Alternative method use
Alternate Altohj

Toyota Corola Carefully jack the door slightly Use the Air Jack to create working
room

Use the Long reach Tool to Unlock the


door

TOYOTA072TOYOTA • 1601 • Style04 • 1 •Altohj


Page 688 TOYOTA Method - M1

Toyota Sequoia 2008 2010

Tool: Long Inside Access 35


1. Insert wedge between glass and weather-strip directly above door lock button inside of vehicle (see figure 1).
2. Insert tool in door with tip facing the front of the vehicle (see figure 1).
3. Reposition wedge to allow the lowering of the tool into the door (see figure 2).
4 Lower (see figure 3).
5 .Slide tool forward in door.
6 Rotate the tool into door until shaped portion of tool is beneath the window glass.
Raise the tool until that the shaped portion of the tool is entirely visible on the inside of the vehicle so that the tip is posi-
tioned in front of the door lock button (see figure 4).
7 Pull on tool in order to slide the door lock button towards the rear of the vehicle
The vehicle will try and relock itself so it will be necessary to pull on the handle quickly during the unlock procedure
Note: To aid in the removing of the tool, place the wedge between the glass and the weather-strip on the inside of the door
near the tool. The tool will slide easily from the inside of the door.

Tool 35
TOYOTA

Alternative method use


Alternate Altohj

Toyota Highlander Tool insertion Position Insert the tool in the rear door

put the tip of the tool in front of the move the button back Pull the handle quickly while unlocking
button as the system will re-lock itself
TOYOTA073TOYOTA • 598 • Style06 • 1 •r3511rd
Method - M1 TOYOTA Page 689

Toyota Land Cruiser 2008 2010

TOOL: One Hand Jack Tool- 78SG


1. Use the One Hand Jack tool to separate the door frame from the body of the vehicle.
2 .Insert the Air Wedge to wards the top of the door and inflate.
3. Remove the One Hand Jack Tool .
4. Insert a Long Reach Tool (such as the 78, Flat Max or Long John Tool) into the opening.
5. Maneuver the tool to engage the door lock release button.
6. Pull the lock release button to unlock the door.
Note the vehicle will attempt to relock itself

Tool 78SG

TOYOTA
TOYOTA Land Cruiser Insert Jack Tool Insert Air Wedge and Pump

Insert the long reach tool Pull on the door lock button Pull on the door lock button

Toyota074TOYOTA • 604 • Style06 • 1 •jacktool


Page 690 UD-NISSAN HEAVY TRUCKS Method - M1

UD Nissan All All

Tool: 105 Double Bend Tool


1.Insert a wedge between the glass and the weather-stripping.
2.Lower the tool into the door at the position shown.
3.Place the tip of the tool under the door lock linkage.
4.Lift the tool to unlock the truck .

Wedge
UD-NISSAN HEAVY TRUCKS

Tool 105

Pull
Up

UD/Nissan Trucks Insert tool in position shown Lower tool into door. Hook door lock
rod w/ tip of tool and lift tool to unlock
door

UD-NISSAN HEAVY TRUCKS001UD-NISSAN HEAVY TRUCKS • 1503 • Style03 • 1 •V10507HT


Method - M1 VW Page 691

VW Beetle Old Style Pre-1998 VW Golf 1995 2006


VW Cabrio 1995 2002 VW GTI 1995 2006
VW Cabriolet VW GTI Upto 1998
VW Eurovan All VW Vanogan

Tool: Double - 26
1. Separate glass from weather-strip.
2. Lower the tool into the door (see fig).
3. Hook door lock button with tip of tool
NOTE : You should be watching the door lock button inside of the car.

Tool 26

VOLKSWAGEN CABRIOLET Tool in working position Tool in working position VW

Door without inside panel Door without inside panel Close Up of door without inside panel

VW001VOLKSWAGEN • 839 • Style06 • 1 •V2601


Page 692 VW Method - M1

VW Beetle 1998 2010

TOOL: DOUBLE BEND TOOL - 88


1. Insert a strip saver and wedge
2. Insert tool between window and weather-stripping, tip of tool rearward.
3. Lower the tool into the door and move the tip towards the inside.
4. Hook the linkage with the tip of the tool and lift

Tool 88-20
Use 20o
VW

Tip

VOLKSWAGEN BEETLE tool in insertion position tool in working position

VW002VOLKSWAGEN • 1255 • Style03 • 1 •VW010


Method - M1 VW Page 693

VW Beetle Convertible 2004 2010 VW GTI 2007 2010


VW Eos convertible 2007 2010

Tool: Flexible Long Reach Tool 78sg


1. On driver’ s side door, insert tool between window and weather-stripping, with tip of tool facing downward (see
figure 1 for position).
2. I nsert a wedge between tool and window and use the groove in the wedge to guide the tool into the vehicle (see
figure 2).
3. Slide the tool into the interior of the vehicle until the tip is positioned in front of the lock button (see figure 3).
4. With the tip of the tool resting on the lock button, pull back on the tool to unlock the vehicle (see figure 4).
5. Pulling the Inside Door Handle once unlocks the door. You must pull the Outside Door Handle to open the door.

Tool

Tool 78SG

Handle

D��ect�on

Tool

Pull Back
Handle to

VW
Unlock PASSENGER
DOOR

Volkswagen Beetle Convertible Insert glassmaster Insert tool into glassmaster cavity

Hook door lock handle Pull door lock handle to unlock door
VW003VOLKSWAGEN • 1423 • Style05 • 1 •R5004
Page 694 VW Method - M1

VW Rabbit 1989 1999 VW GTI 1995 2004


VW Corrado All VW Jetta 1986 2009
VW Fox 1988 1996 VW Quantum
VW Golf 1995 2004 VW Scirocco All

Tool: Double Bend Tool 88


1. Separate glass from weather-strip.
2. Insert tool with tip of tool pointing towards rear of car.
3. Lower the tool into the door (see fig.).
4. Hook door lock rod where it attaches to the door lock mechanism.
NOTE: You should be watching the door lock button inside of the car. When you have contacted the cor-
rect lever, you will see the door lock button move.
NOTE: Handle on the tool may be different than shown in photo.
Illustration shows the passenger side door.
Instructions are either front door.
VW

Tool 88-20

V8810.eps

VW RABBIT Tool in insertion position Tool in working position

VW009VOLKSWAGEN • 1136 • Style03 • 1 •V8810


Method - M1 VW Page 695

VW Passat 1990 2005 VW Rabbit 2006 2009


VW Passat 2006 2010

Tool: Long Inside Access 89


1. Insert wedge between glass and weather-strip directly above door lock button inside of vehicle (see figure 1).
2. Insert tool in door with tip facing the front of the vehicle (see figure 1).
3. Reposition wedge to allow the lowering of the tool into the door (see figure 2).
4. Lower the tool in to the door and lift it up and out on the inside of the vehicle
5.Slide tool forward in door.
6. Rotate the tool tool into door until shaped portion of tool is beneath the window glass.
Raise the tool until that the shaped portion of the tool is entirely visible on the inside of the vehicle so that the tip is posi-
tioned in front of the door lock button (see figure 4).
8. Pull on tool in order to slide the door lock button towards the front of the vehicle (see figure 5).
Note: To aid in the removing of the tool, place the wedge between the glass and the weather-strip on the inside of the door
near the tool. The tool will slide easily from the inside of the door.

Tool 89

VW
Volkswagen Passat Tool in Working Position. Working End is Inside Vehicle. View from Inside the Vehicle.

Push Door Lock Button to Unlock the Vehicle.

VW010VOLKSWAGEN • 1040 • Style04 • 1 •R8901FD


Page 696 VW Method - M1

VW Phaeton 2005 2006

Tool: Long Inside Access 89


1. Insert wedge between glass and weather-strip directly above door lock button inside of vehicle (see figure 1).
2. Insert tool in door with tip facing the front of the vehicle (see figure 1).
3. Reposition wedge to allow the lowering of the tool into the door (see figure 2).
4. Lower the tool in to the door and lift it up and out on the inside of the vehicle
5.Slide tool forward in door.
6. Rotate the tool tool into door until shaped portion of tool is beneath the window glass.
Raise the tool until that the shaped portion of the tool is entirely visible on the inside of the vehicle so that the tip is
positioned in front of the door lock button (see figure 4).
8. Pull on tool in order to slide the door lock button towards the front of the vehicle (see figure 5).
Note: To aid in the removing of the tool, place the wedge between the glass and the weather-strip on the inside of the
door near the tool. The tool will slide easily from the inside of the door.

Tool 89
VW

Volkswagen Phaeton Tool in Insertion Position Tool in Working Position

View from Inside the Door Close up of Tool in Action

VW012VOLKSWAGEN • 1512 • Style05 • 1 •R8901FD


Method - M1 VW Page 697

VW Touareg 2004 2010

TOOL : FLEXIBLE LONG REACH TOOL - 78SG


1. Use the One hand Jack system and an air wedge to create working room to insert the tool between window and
weather-strip, tip of tool facing downward (SEE FIGURE 1 FOR POSITION)
2. Insert a wedge between tool and window and use the groove in the wedge to guide the tool into the vehicle (SEE
FIGURE 2)
3. Slide the tool into the interior of the vehicle and hook the door handle.
4. Pull back on the door handle to unlock the vehicle.
Use Caution This is an Extreme Emergency Opening Only

Tool 78SG

Pull Handle

VW
Volkswagen Touareg Tool in Insertion Position. Hook Door Lock Handle.

Pull Door Lock Handle to Unlock.

VW014VOLKSWAGEN • 1394 • Style04 • 1 •RLJ04


Page 698 Volkswagen Method - M1

VW CC 2 Door 2009 2011

TOOL: FLEXIBLE LONG REACH TOOL - 78SG and Glassman


Tool: Glassman Tool
1. Insert the Glassman Tool on the side of the unframed window.
2. Insert the tool into the Glassman Tool to protect the glass from damage.
3. Insert a Long Reach Tool (such as the 78SG) into the opening.
4. Maneuver the tool to engage door lock release button.
5. Engage the lock release button to unlock the door.

Tool

Tool 78SG

Handle

D��ect�on

Tool

Pull Back
Handle to
Unlock PASSENGER
Volkswagen

DOOR

VW CC Insert Glassman Position Glassman so Long Reach


Tool can be inserted

Insert Long Reach Tool Once lock is on open position, open


door
VW015VOLKSWAGEN • 1631 • Style05 • 1 •R5004
Method - M1 Volkswagen Page 699

VW Routan Van 2009 2011

Tool: 114 Tool


1. Use a strip saver and wedge to create an opening in the door between the window and the weather stripping.
2. Point tool tip towards the front of the vehicle and lower tool into door all the way to the bend in the tool
3. Turn tool handle away from the vehicle.
4. Hook and bind the door lock rod.
5. Lift tool to unlock the door.

Tool 114

Volkswagen
VW Routanj Tool in insertion position Twist tool to insert

Tool in Working Position

VW016VOLKSWAGEN • 1653 • Style04 • 1 •V11401


Page 700 Volkswagen Method - M1

VW Tiguan 4 door 2009 2011

TOOL: One Hand Jack Tool and Tool 78SG


1. Use the One Hand Jack tool to separate the door frame from the body of the vehicle.
2. Insert the Air Wedge towards the top of the door and inflate.
3. Remove the One Hand Jack Tool.
4. Insert a Long Reach Tool (such as the 78SG Long Reach Flexible tool) into the opening.
5. Maneuver the tool to engage the door handle or, when available, the door lock release button.
6. Pull the handle or engage the lock release button to unlock the door.

Tool 78sg
Volkswagen

VW Tiguan Use One-Hand Jack Tool to wedge top Insert Air Wedge at top of door to cre-
side of door ate opening

Inflate Air Wedge Insert Long Reach Tool Use tip of Long Reach Tool to pull lock
open
VW017VOLKSWAGEN • 1619 • Style06 • 1 •Jack_But
Method - M1 VOLVO Page 701

Volvo 240 1985 1996 Volvo 240DL 1985 1996

Tool: HORIZONTAL LINKAGE TOOL 23


1. Separate glass from weather-stripping with a wedge on rear passenger door.
2. Point tip of tool towards front of car.
3. Lower the tool on top of linkage.
4. Bind linkage with tip of tool and push.
5. Rock tool so that you’ re now looking towards rear of car.
Note : Look at the door lock button inside car for movement. When you have bound the linkage, you will
see the lock button move.

VOLVO
Tool 23

VOLVO001VOLVO • 1036 • Style00 • 1 •H2327BRD


Page 702 VOLVO Method - M1

Volvo C70 1998 2005 Volvo C70 2006 2010

TOOL : FLEXIBLE LONG REACH TOOL - 78SG


1. On driver’ s side door, insert tool between window and weather-stripping, with tip of tool facing downward (see
figure 1 for position).
2. Insert a wedge betw een tool and window and use the groove in the wedge to guide the tool into the vehicle (see
figure 2).
3. Slide the tool into the interior of the vehicle until the tip is positioned in front of the lock button (see figure 3).
4. With the tip of the tool resting on the lock button, pull back on the tool to unlock the vehicle (see figure 4).
NOTE: The Remote Access System is a set of tools which can be custom configured in numerous ways in order to
achieve desired access. Above are a few possible combinations - configure your remote access system according to
your specific needs.

Tool 78SG

Tool
VOLVO

Pull Back
Handle to
Unlock

VOLVO C70 Insert wedge in window Wedges in window

Insert tool between wedges Tool in working position View from inside the door

VOLVO006VOLVO • 1543 • Style06 • 1 •glassman


Method - M1 VOLVO Page 703

Volvo S40 2000 2004 Volvo V40 2000 2004

Tool: Tool - 47
1. Separate glass from weather-strip with a Strip Saver and Wedge.
2. Lower tool into door.
3. Twist tool to hook door lock rod.
4. Lift tool to unlock the door.

Tool 47

VOLVO

VOLVO S40 Tool in insertion position Tool in working position

VOLVO008VOLVO • 1143 • Style03 • 1 •H4707


Page 704 VOLVO Method - M1

Volvo V50 2005 2010 Volvo S80 2007 2010


Volvo 900 Series 1983 1995 Volvo S90 1998 2000
Volvo 960 1996 1997 Volvo V90 1998 2000
Volvo S40 2005 2010

TOOL : FLEXIBLE LONG REACH TOOL - 78SG


1. Use the One hand Jack system and an air wedge to create working room to insert the tool between win-
dow and weather-strip, tip of tool facing downward (SEE FIGURE 1 FOR POSITION)
2. Insert a wedge between tool and window and use the groove in the wedge to guide the tool into the
vehicle (SEE FIGURE 2)
3. Slide the tool into the interior of the vehicle and hook the door handle.
4. Pull back on the door handle to unlock the vehicle.
Use Caution This is an Extreme Emergency Opening Only
VOLVO

Pull Handle

Tool 78SG

VOLVO009VOLVO • 329 • Style00 • 1 •RLJ04


Method - M1 VOLVO Page 705

Volvo S60 2001 2004 Volvo V70 2001 2010


Volvo 700 Series 1987 1997 Volvo X70 XC Cross Country 2002 2004
Volvo S60R 2002 2004 Volvo X70R 2003 2004

TOOL: STRIP TOOL


1. Insert Strip Savers between the window and the door or window frame.
2. Insert folded end of Strip Tool in between window and Strip Saver (SEE DIAGRAM).
3. Hook door lock knob with folded end of Strip Tool.
4. Pull Strip Tool to unlock door.
NOTE: Whenever the door lock button is exposed, we recommend using this method.

Tool 57

VOLVO
Insert 2 Strip Savers into Top of Door Insert Tool BETWEEN 2 Strip Savers Slide Tool Down Door to Access Lock
Button

Hook Lock Button and Lift Tool to


Unlock

VOLVO010VOLVO • 1286 • Style04 • 1 •V5701


Page 706 VOLVO Method - M1

Volvo S60 2005 2010

TOOL: ‘S’ Tool - 47


1. Separate the glass from weather-stripping on door.
2. Lower tool into door in between the inner door frame.
3. Twist tool to hook the door lock rod.
4. Lift door lock rod to unlock door.
Reminder: Be sure to use the rubber tip on your 47 Tool

Tool 47


VOLVO

Volvo S60 Tool in Insertion Position. Use Rear Insert Tool as Shown.
Passenger Door.

Tool in Working Position. Hook Lock Rod and Lift to Unlock. Close up of Tool Hooking Lock Rod.

VOLVO011VOLVO • 1453 • Style06 • 1 •V4707


Method - M1 VOLVO Page 707

Volvo S80 1999 2006

Tool: Small Hook Tool - 22


1. Separate glass from weather-strip.
2. Insert tool with tip of tool pointing towards rear of car.
3. Lower the tool into the door (see fig.).
4. Hook door lock rod where it attaches to the door lock mechanism.
NOTE: You should be watching the door lock button inside of the
car. When you have contacted the correct lever, you will see the door lock button move.
Illustration shows the passenger side door.
Instructions are for either front door.

Tool 22

VOLVO
Alternative method use
Alternate Altohj

Volvo S80 Tool in insertion position Tool in working position

VOLVO013VOLVO • 837 • Style03 • 1 •V2204


Page 708 VOLVO Method - M1

Volvo S70 1998 2004 Volvo S70 R 2003 2004


Volvo 800 Series 1995 1997

Tool: Double Tool - 26


1. Insert tool between glass and weather-strip parallel with the door lock button.
2. Lower the tool into the door.
3. Place tip of tool under the door lock button.
4. Lift up on tool in order to raise the door lock button.

Tool 26
VOLVO

VOLVO S70 Tool in insertion Position Tool in working position

Tool in working position

VOLVO015VOLVO • 1080 • Style04 • 1 •V2601


Method - M1 VOLVO Page 709

Volvo V70 1998 2000

Tool: Double Tool - 26


1. Insert tool between glass and weather-strip parallel with the door lock button.
2 Lower the tool into the door.
3. Place tip of tool under the door lock button.
4. Lift up on tool in order to raise the door
lock button.

Tool 26

VOLVO
VOLVO V70 Tool in Insertion Position Tool in Working Position

View from inside the door

VOLVO015bVOLVO • 77 • Style04 • 1 •V2601


Page 710 VOLVO Method - M1

Volvo XC90 2003 2010 Volvo XC70 2005 2010

TOOL: Double Bend Tool - 88


1. Insert Strip Savers between the window and the door or window frame.
2.Point tip of tool towards front of vehicle.
3.Tilt tool so that it is parallel to the door window frame.
4.Lower tool into the door.
5.Hook lock linkage under latch.
6.Pull up to unlock the door
NOTE: Whenever the door lock button is exposed, we recommend using this method.

Tool 88-20

Use 20o
Tip
VOLVO

Alternative method use


Alternate Altohj

Volvo XC90 Tool in insertion position Move tool parrallel to window frame

Insert tool in corner of door Lower tool into door

VOLVO018VOLVO • 1287 • Style06 • 1 •V8812


Method - M1 VOLVO Page 711

Volvo ALL 1980 1984

TOOL: ‘S’ Tool - 47


1. Separate the glass from weather-stripping on door.
2. Lower tool into door in between the inner door frame.
3. Twist tool to hook the door lock rod.
4. Lift door lock rod to unlock door.
Reminder: Be sure to use the rubber tip on your 47 Tool

VOLVO
Tool 47

VOLVO019VOLVO • 1035 • Style00 • 1 •V4701


Page 712 VOLVO Method - M1

Volvo V70 2008 2010 Volvo XC70 5 Door 2008 2010


Volvo XC60 2009 2011

Tool: 78SG Flexible Long Reach Tool


1. Insert the Jack tool on the top portion of the door frame.
2. Inflate the Air Jack to create a cavity in the door.
3.Insert tool into cavity in the door, in the upper corner of the door frame.
4.Maneuver tool so that working end contact the door handle inside of the vehicle.
5.Hook the door handle and twist tool to open door.

Tool 78SG
VOLVO

Volvo XC70 Use the jack tool to create working room Insert the air wedge

Insert the long reach tool Pull the door handle twice to unlock

VOLVO020VOLVO • 23 • Style05 • 1 •JackTool


Method - M1 VOLVO Page 713

Volvo C30 two door 2008 2010

Tool: 78SG Flexible Long Reach Tool


1. Insert the Air Jack do not use the jack tool on this vehicle
2. Inflate the Air Jack to create a cavity in the door.
3. Insert tool into cavity in the door, in the upper corner of the door frame.
4. Maneuver tool so that working end contact the door handle inside of the vehicle.
5. Hook the door handle and pull twice to unlock the door

Tool 78SG

Tool

Pull Back
Handle to
Unlock

VOLVO
Volvo C30 Insert The Air Jack at the side of the Insert the log reach at the top corner
door do not use the jack tool

Insert the Long reach tool Pull the door handle to unlock Pull the handle a second time to open
the door

VOLVO021VOLVO • 600 • Style06 • 1 •Glassman


Page 714 VOLVO HEAVY TRUCKS Method - M1

Volvo HT Cab Over All

Tool: 101
1.insert the tool at the rear of the front door.
2.Lower the tool into the door at a slight angle.
3.the tool should land on top of the lock linkage that comes from the door lock button to the latch mechanism.
4.Push down and back on the linkage to unlock the truck.

Wedge Tool 101

Wedge

���e�����

���e�����
VOLVO HEAVY TRUCKS

Volvo Day Cab Over Create working room w/ Strip Saver & Tool is lowered in at rear of door. Tool
Wedge. Insert tool in position shown goes in less than half the lenth of door

Gently push down on linkage that con- Note position of door lock button.
nects to door lock button Linkace and button are parrallel

VOLVO HEAVY TRUCKS001VOLVO HEAVY TRUCKS • 1584 • Style05 • 1 •V10103HT


Method - M1 VOLVO HEAVY TRUCKS Page 715

Volvo HT New Style All

Tool: 101
1. insert the tool at the rear of the front door.
2.Lower the tool into the door at the position shown.
3. rock the tool so that the tip of the tool moves the linkage to the front of the truck.
4.The tip moves towards the front while the handle rocks to the rear.

Tool 101

VOLVO HEAVY TRUCKS


Volvo New Style Insert tool in position shown Position & lower tool at rear of pas-
senger door Rock tool

Tool lays on top of linkage at position Rock top of tool towards rear which door lock button is a lever on top of
shown moves linkage towards front of truck door

VOLVO HEAVY TRUCKS002VOLVO HEAVY TRUCKS • 1583 • Style06 • 1 •V10104HT


Page 716 VOLVO HEAVY TRUCKS Method - M1

Volvo HT White GMC All

Tool: 105 Double Bend Tool


1. Insert a wedge between the glass and the weather-stripping.
2.Lower the tool into the door at the position shown.
3.Place the tip of the tool under the door lock linkage.
4.Lift the tool to unlock the truck.

Wedge
VOLVO HEAVY TRUCKS

Linkage

Tool 105
Direction
Direction

Tool

Volvo White GMC ( includes all early Insert tool in position shown Lower tool into door less slightly less
Volvo trucks manufactured under than half way into door. Hook lock rod
White & GMC brand names) where it connects to latch

VOLVO HEAVY TRUCKS003VOLVO HEAVY TRUCKS • 1582 • Style03 • 1 •V10504HT


Method - M1 WESTERN STAR HEAVY TRUCKS Page 717

Western Star Classic Style Heavy Duty All Western Star New Style Heavy Duty

Tool: 102 Upward Bend Tool


1 Insert a strip saver and wedge into the door to create an opening for the tool.
2.Lower the tool into the door with the tip of the tool facing the rear of the vehicle.
3.Hook the bottom of the lock linkage and lift the tool to unlock the door.

Wedge
Tool 102
Linkage

WESTERN STAR HEAVY TRUCKS


Direction
Direction

Tool

Western Star Classic Style Heavy Duty Western Star New Style Heavy Duty Lower tool at rear of passenger door

Note position of tool. Tip must go Lift tool up under door lock linkage to View of door lock button from inside
under door lock rod where it connects unlock door door
to door lock latch

WESTERN STAR HEAVY TRUCKS001WESTERN STAR HEAVY TRUCKS • 1504 • Style06 • 1 •V10203HT
Page 718 WESTERN STAR HEAVY TRUCKS Method - M1

Western Star Slant Nose All

TOOL: ‘S’ Tool - 47


1. Separate the glass from weather-stripping on door.
2. Lower tool into door in between the inner door frame.
3. Twist tool to hook the door lock rod.
4. Lift door lock rod to unlock door.
Reminder: Be sure to use the rubber tip on your 47 Tool

� ��� �
WESTERN STAR HEAVY TRUCKS

Tool 47
� ��l
�������
Pull
Up

Pull�Up

Western Star Slant Nose Create working room w/ Wedge & Hook door lock rod w/ tip of tool. Lift
Weather Strip tool to unlock door

WESTERN STAR HEAVY TRUCKS002WESTERN STAR HEAVY TRUCKS • 1505 • Style03 • 1 •V4717HT
TOOL IDENTIFICATION
Tool Identification Section

Page 719

Tool Identification Section


Tool # 22 Tool # 23
Small Hook Tool Horizontal Linkage Tool

Tool # 26 Tool # 35
Double Tool Inside Access Tool
TOOL IDENTIFICATION
Page 720
Tool Identification Section

Tool # 42 Tool # 47
Reverse Hook Tool ‘S’ Tool

The Strap Tool and Strip Tool


come as a two piece set. To
use the Strip Tool without the
Flexible Strap Tool housing
Just remove the Strip Tool and
use it separately

Strap Tool Tool # 57


Strip Tool
TOOL IDENTIFICATION
Tool Identification Section

Page 721

Tool Identification Section


Tool # 65 Tool # 66
Small Inside Access Tool Check Mark Tool

Tool # 67 Tool # 71
Ford Cable Tool Camry Tool
TOOL IDENTIFICATION
Page 722
Tool Identification Section

Tool # 74
Mini Inside Access Tool
Tool # 77

Tool # 78
Flexible Long Reach Tool
Tool # 81
TOOL IDENTIFICATION
Tool Identification Section

Page 723

Tool Identification Section


Tool # 82
Tool # 86

Tool # 88
Tool # 89
TOOL IDENTIFICATION
Page 724
Tool Identification Section

Tool # 90 Tool # 91

Tool # 101 Tool # 102


TOOL IDENTIFICATION
Tool Identification Section

Page 725

Tool Identification Section


Tool # 104
Tool # 103

Tool # 105 Tool # 112


TOOL IDENTIFICATION
Page 726
Tool Identification Section

Tool # 115
Tool # 114

Tool # 118 Tool # 119


TOOL IDENTIFICATION
Tool Identification Section

Page 727

Tool Identification Section


Tool #120 Tool
Slim Jim

Tool # 96SS
Glass Man Tool Wedgee
Strip Savers
TOOL IDENTIFICATION
Page 728
Tool Identification Section

Remote Control Loop Tool


Button Master

One Hand Jack

Air Jack and


Super Air Jack
(Air Wedges) Super One Hand Jack

You might also like